Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warning:
Category:
Fandoms:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Collections:
Vigilante Pog!!, DaisyMooonLovesThis, Flutters Dsmp Shelf, Flutters Hermitcraft Shelf
Stats:
Published:
2021-09-26
Completed:
2023-03-09
Words:
171,274
Chapters:
22/22
Comments:
565
Kudos:
2,085
Bookmarks:
344
Hits:
64,293

Benchtrio's Amazing Guide to City Living

Summary:

Grian always bursts into their little, cozy attic right before things can go terribly wrong. Like that one time Ranboo had wanted to cook dinner. Tommy is pretty sure Grian had been asleep at the time of the occasion, judging by how messed up his blond hair was, yet he ran up two floors -four sets of stairs, fifteen steps each- and then burst through the door with a shout of "NO, DON'T DO IT!!!".

It had been an eventful night that one, ending with a scolding and a very much grounded Ranboo. Which is weird, because Grian isn't Ranboo's parent, he is just their neighbor.

And, at this point, it's just the norm for Grian to know what they are up to. The trio's theory is that the avian has a sixth sense or something.

"Oh, hey Tommy and Tubbo!" Grian greets as he bends to pick up the fallen, heavy-looking boxes. "You're looking chipper today. Work went well, I'm guessing?"

"Oh, Hell yeah! We mugged a guy!"

"You did what-"

Or: In which fic we explore the way Benchtrio can bring death and destruction to an innocent city, cause chaos and endear themselves to heroes and villains alike. Very fluffy, very crack-y.

Notes:

  • Inspired by [Restricted Work] by (Log in to access.)

Hello! Have I just started another WIP fanfic? Yes. Yes, I have. This one is a tad easier to write though, because I have school and since I have based this mostly on irl situations, it's much easier to write! I am also sorta experiencing writer's block as well but the other fanfics should be updated soon! :D

Enjoy!

*runs*

(See the end of the work for more notes.)

Chapter 1: A house downstairs, another upstairs

Notes:

Chapter titles are the lyrics to Where does love live? by Michalis Hatzigiannis, the opening song to the show this fic was inspired by. Took the translation and editted it the best I could :)

Chapter Text

Ranboo hates mornings.

 

Monday mornings especially.

 

The start of the week just has something that triggers the unhappy hormones in his brain and makes the soreness in his very old (not very old) bones excruciatingly painful. Really, he feels like he might die; flop on the earth and splutter like a fish out of water and eventually have crosses for eyes.

 

Like, all his bones start aching the moment the clock strikes midnight on Sunday and it's awful . It's like he is Cinderella at the grand palace one moment, and a beaten ragdoll the next.

 

It must have to do with the fact that he has work on Monday mornings, y'know? Actually, he works all days of the week, excluding the weekend. Blessed be the weekend. He is technically unemployed -a minor, in fact- but still! He works part-time, with no contract, money as black as coal, and he likes to think that he has a normal partnership with the pawn shop owner.

 

Okay, maybe he doesn't grasp the exact concept of the word 'partnership' but he brings the guy tons of stuff a week! That has to be a sort of partnership, right?

 

And hey, the bills have to be paid somehow, unless he wants him and his roommates to be booted out of the attic room of the block of flats they've been renting for nearly a year. Either that or never have a normal shower or a warm meal ever again.

 

Plus, the other residents are rather nice, Ranboo likes them and he sure as Hell doesn't want to be evicted because of something as small as rent .

 

He really does feel like he is going to die, though. A very slow, very painful death while he waves goodbye to this very, very cruel world -and not because it's a Monday. 

 

Why is he running again?

 

He hadn't done his morning stretches this morning, he was not prepared for a long, fast-paced jogging session on the very crooked pavement of the outer city either. Jogging wasn't exactly the activity he had gone out for, that much he can tell. He had only put on his two-toned mask and sunglasses (what he likes to call his work clothes) and left the building. Hadn't he gone out on a 'shopping' spree? Did he break something again?

 

He barely dips his head as the blade of a thrown axe misses his face by a millimeter and gets stuck on the side of a building with a loud crack . Oh , he remembers now! And his stomach flips for the… fifth? sixth? -he stopped keeping track after the third flip- time today.

 

He is so screwed , he'll be lucky to make it back alive!

 

Look, running from a top-ten ranking hero so early in the day was not something that Ranboo had expected nor had wanted to do today! Why he forgot such a jarring detail in the middle of his little escape is entirely beyond him as well. He hadn't expected to be running away from anyone, actually!

 

Well, at least, in the crowded sidewalk, he had believed that he would make it out without as much as a scratch!

 

That theory came out false, obviously. Ranboo can't exactly blend in with normal people. Normal people aren't as tall as the freaking streetlights , they don't have curved horns, their skin is not split down the middle -head to toe- like a ying-yang, and they surely don't have a tufted tail protruding from their butt, swishing back and forth with seemingly no control over it!

 

So, yeah, he can't exactly, 'magically', disappear, can he?

 

And he can't exactly understand how he even managed to get into this predicament, really.

 

He had just been minding his own business: walking along the street, looking over stalls and stands of jewelry, perhaps some unsupervised section of a bakery for bread, and spying for wallets in the back pockets of people's jeans as per usual -nothing out of the ordinary, really- and then he had bumped into the legend , The Blade himself! His idol!

 

Or rather, his hand had dived into the hero's back pocket before he had realized who he was stealing from.

 

Oops…

 

Ranboo still doesn't know how he didn't see the Hero in the middle of that fan circle, signing T-shirts and hats and taking pictures and whatnot.

 

Had he been caught on camera too? Nah, he was behind the man, hidden by the cape (how did he not recognize the cape?! He'll blame it on the shiny, golden wallet in the dude's pocket), and he's pretty sure The Blade noticed him simply because he had tugged too hard on the phone and wallet.

 

Under different circumstances, Ranboo would have been fanboying like a five-year-old, like any other normal individual on the street. He would be taking pictures without asking for permission first; he would be jumping up and down like an excited toddler; he would probably text or phone his friends about the encounter (if he had a phone anyway), before finally working up the courage to ask for a group photo or for The Blade's signature right on his forehead. And he would probably faint from excitement right after- and oh God, the Hero would have to give him CPR, holy, even mouth to mouth because he would forget how to breathe-

 

Okay, enough hero-saving-the-damsel-in-distress scenarios.

 

But seriously, wouldn't that be amazing?! Not the fading part- the one where he saves him! Wouldn't that be a dream come true-

 

He's been a Blade fan for what? Five years now? He remembers hearing about The Blade and these unbelievable actions of courage of his since he was eight or nine. And, as an impressionable teenager in search of a father figure, he picked the oblivious hero as his dad. Along the way, he even picked up the hero's monotonous drawl and everything! 

 

All that and he doesn't even have a piece of Blade merchandise. For shame.

 

Anyways.

 

Normally, he would be so happy to just be in the near vicinity of the stoic Hero, who spends ninety percent of his time chasing down criminals and the other ten percent doing fanservice! Honest! He wouldn't be running like a chicken with its head cut off, dodging thrown weapons that somehow miss his head and back (he is a pretty clear target as a practical giant) -and it must be his hoodie doing all the work (it's his favorite; favorite clothes are lucky, aren't they?).

 

Did he mention that he is not normal, though?

 

Yeah. 

 

On top of all that, he hasn't accomplished a single thing of importance yet! He can't die now !

 

What's he gonna brag about in the afterlife? About the plastic ducks he has in the bathroom? The toothbrush he has chopped and diced into a makeshift lockpick? Or the fact that he had pissed off a hero to the point where his body got dumped in a ditch, still single and very not ready to mingle?

 

Ranboo still isn't sure if the bloodthirsty hero missed that axe throw by accident or not. He did get a nick on the shoulder from it as it was recalled by an unseen force, though, so most likely by accident -a miscalculated throw if you will.

 

Man, The Blade is so awesome. Weird to say that as he is being chased by said hero, isn't it? If Ranboo wasn't in a fight or flight situation, he would have probably minded more about that.

 

The next axe throw passes right above his head, and Ranboo can almost feel the netherite blade shear some of his hair off as if he were a sheep .

 

He is so dead . Super dead if he is allowed to exaggerate a little bit… is it an exaggeration if it is basically the truth, though? Eh, that's a question for another day. A day when he won't be running from a to-be public executioner, when he won't be thinking of which alley to take to continue his escape route (thankfully the dead ends in the city are very rare and cautioned by street signs) without getting absolutely lost in the process.

 

Then again, it would be an honor to die at The Blade's hands, wouldn't it? Perhaps he could ask for an autograph as his dying wish. He'll ask for it to be written in sharpie on his forearm and then show it off to Saint Peter before he passes through the gate; that sounds like a good idea. Maybe death or a close call will scare the shy out of him, y'know? Finally make his brain understand that he shouldn't be embarrassed about asking a hero for an autograph -it's literally in the job description for heroes to sign stuff , for God's sake! Heck, The Blade had been signing a kid's cap before he noticed Ranboo's sneaky hand!

 

But Ranboo really doubts it will. He has had one too many close calls in the past (not that he remembers much of any other than his friends shouting at him for his idiocy) and it hasn't done anything to him; hasn't even traumatized him or scarred him for life!- nevermind, it probably has; the memory gaps can't be explained otherwise.

 

Then again, if he did die, Tommy and Tubbo (the most horrible thieves in existence and -sadly or not- his roommates and best friends for life) would either starve to death or live on the street for the rest of their lives. The two had almost gotten them all caught the last time they went on a stealing spree because they were obnoxiously loud (as per usual) and too obvious with their hands when they tried to sneak candy into their pockets.

 

Yes, they were trying to satiate their sweet tooths that day.

 

Oh, and let's not forget that one time that Tubbo had posed as a suicide bomber in a bank just so he could see why suicide bombers did what they did (the volunteering ones). That had been a fun day. Yes, especially when Tommy and Ranboo had spent about two hours trying to explain their friend's antics and that the bomb was totally plastic to the Crowfather of all heroes!

 

How had Tubbo gotten that boomb anyway? Ranboo doesn't remember having metal scraps and gunpowder in the attic.

 

Or that other time when Tommy had tried to mug a mugger in an alley, in the middle of the day. Yes, you read that right. The guy was a mugger, already mugging a poor lad in that alley with a pocket knife and Tommy had decided that he had to go all rabid racoon on the guy.

 

That had not been a fun experience, especially when Ranboo and Tubbo had to drag him away before a hero could notice the mauled man in the alley.

 

Yes, mauled .

 

It's safe to say that his best friends are more of a safety hazard to everyone around them (except Ranboo, of course, he knows their triggers and cues like the back of his hand) than thieves, which is why Ranboo is the only one out and about poking through pockets.

 

So, nope! No, sir! For the two most chaotic individuals in his life, he refuses to die today! Otherwise, he might just go crazy and annoy all angels and devils with his worrying in both Heaven and Hell.

 

A little weird though, isn't it? For a hero to be going after the thrill of the chase (and kill) rather than the safety of innocent people? Ranboo knows all that The Blade does; he is, as mentioned, a very dedicated fan , and he really doesn't want to get beaten into a pulp before being thrown in juvie jail for twenty years. He doesn't want to end up in jail at all, actually, there isn't much he misses from the city -free Healthcare, for example! He often hears on the news that it isn't free in other countries and that people commit petty crimes to get in jail for it.

 

Ranboo is very aware of The Blade's apprehension protocol and it is not at all reassuring. He would prefer to keep all his limbs attached to his body even in death, thank you.

 

Let's just say that Ranboo will need that free healthcare if the hero gets his way.

 

He dares a glance over his shoulder and his breath hitches at the empty yet angry glare he receives from the boar skull mask of the hero. His ears twitch at the loud growl he hears, and it seems like The Blade has picked up speed. Yup, he shouldn't have done that. He really shouldn't have done that, oh God-

 

Ranboo knows for a fact that the hero can run faster than that. Heck, he has seen videos of the man running on all fours and catching up to criminals in literal seconds! He should be just trying to play with his food right now, playing a game of tag for the fun of it. Much like a cat rather than a- well- a pig . That's The Blade's whole shtick, y'know?

 

Ranboo used to like tag; he really dislikes it right now.

 

All will be good in the end though, right? He is the main character of his story, he is not going to go down at the hands of his idol of all people!

 

Yeah, everything will be alright, he swears to the universe that he will not steal from the supermarket for a week -a whole week! It's a death sentence, really!- if he doesn't get caught today. You see, the supermarket is a big issue; groceries and transporting food items is a big issue in general, actually. Everything is overpriced and the stalls at the weekly market (where it's cheap and much more fresh) don't have fruits and veggies packed in bags! And he can't exactly grab ten apples, shove them in his pocket and run away like a clothed raspberry, can he? 

 

Oh, and would you look at that! There's his escape route!

 

Ranboo dips into the alley right as a sword thrusts into the spot he was in just a moment ago, wonders for a moment if it stabbed a pedestrian instead, and after there are only screams of terror and not pain (he can differentiate those pretty well), he proceeds to dive behind a dumpster and some misplaced trash bags. Why are there even trash cans and trash bags there? Isn't that like, illegal?

 

Well. it's not Ranboo's problem, now, is it? 

 

And man that hoodie must be a real lucky charm, because he finds a set of diamond earrings just sitting there, buried under a trash can he pushed over in his rush. Bless the dude who threw it in the red bin that day.

 

Pocketing them, he stands, checks his surroundings and when he only sees just a cat chasing a mouse in the corner, he uses his very origin to his advantage. If it wasn't apparent by the horns and the black side of his skin, Ranboo is an enderborn (or part enderborn, he still doesn't know why half his body is basically albino) and he can teleport!

 

As Tommy would say: how poggers is that?!

 

Purple particles -little whispers- surround him before he fizzles out of existence, surely leaving behind a very confused hero and a few frightened street cats. He was not about to teleport in the light of day and reveal his powers to The Blade and by default, to everyone around! He does not want to out his Vigilante persona, Endwalker, for a very, very long time. It is safer to risk running into a back alley fight or a stabbing -same thing- than it is teleporting on the sidewalk.

 

Wait, he didn't mention being a vigilante before, huh. Oh well, the cat is out of the bag now, won't be taking anything back.

 

Because, as much as he is proud of his work as the very infamous, teleporting, Slenderman person on the rooftops of buildings, catching bad guys and throwing cool catchphrases like Batman, being a vigilante is very much illegal . Jail time worth of illegal , actually. He doesn't know why it's illegal but laws are laws and he does not follow (nor know) most of them. He mainly (and unknowingly) commits tax fraud and that's maybe the most innocent thing he does in today's society.

 

So, yeah, he would really rather be free than be tracked down and stuck in a gray, mundane building with murderers and wrong doers (of which some had been handed in by him) and who knows what else! And he is pretty sure that he is the only person who can teleport in the city of Esempe.

 

The only unregistered person with teleporting powers, might I add.

 

Neat, isn't it?

 

It really isn't, because he can't teleport in public and make stealing a thousand times easier. There are already a few speculators making up theories of whether that purple smoke is a smoke bomb or just something that comes with his ability. Getting caught on camera and probing some scientist kid right isn't exactly on his to-do list.

 

So thievery remains time consuming and exhausting.

 

Perhaps, he could turn Endwalker into a part-time villain; then he could be time efficient and exhausted. Then he could rob a bank and be set for life, take Tommy and Tubbo and go live in the Bahamas or something.

 

Are the Bahamas even worth living in permanently? Maybe Miami would be better.

 

Speaking of stealing, Ranboo looks down at today's haul. Glittery necklaces and bracelets hang from his pockets, courtesy of that one Pandora establishment. The employee had chased him for a whole block before inevitably giving up. That had not been fun.

 

He has a couple of phones in the badly-sewn-on inside pockets of his hoodie, a couple of wallets to go along with them too, and he will forever be thankful for the idiocy of high schoolers for putting said phones in the back pockets of their trousers.

 

Huh.

 

How did he not drop a single thing on that chase? He must be getting better or something… or his hoodie is just too good, too good for even the universe to handle. Ha.

 

Yeah, his hoodie luck is too good, because usually he is a clumsy mess of long limbs and fumbling fingers -with too many documented accounts to count on ten fingers and ten toes. There has never been a time before (that he remembers anyway) when he hasn't dropped a thing. He has always dropped something, like a penny or a credit card (and the latter isn't as bad as it sounds, because he doesn't know how to use one so it may as well be a useless piece of plastic). Sometimes he even looks like a cartoon thief when the jewelry just doesn't want to cooperate and just flies out of his pockets while he's on the run.

 

Anyway, the point here is that he has to buy his food for a week now, because dammit , Ranboo keeps his promises! He has been keeping his promises ever since he heard The Blade speak about the subject of favors on some morning talk show he'd seen on the screens of the electronic shop downtown.

 

Ranboo really hates the hero now. Darn Blade and his godly righteousness! Or, well, it's not really hate, just the heat of the moment, y'know? He could never bring himself to hate The Blade -that would be a sin in and of itself.

 

Moving on.

 

As much as he hates to admit it, the phones he now has in his possession won't sell for a lot as second-hand and the money from the little jewelry he managed to snatch will go towards rent and heating and to whatever else the building administrator asks of them this month. Again, not even the jewelry will sell for much because the pawn shop owner dislikes Pandora with an incomprehensible passion. It's like the man has some personal grudge against the very founder of the brand and it's really nonpractical! He always complains when Ranboo brings in pieces with the Pandora brand on the back. It's crazy -unreal even- but sadly, it's the truth.

 

The guy refuses to buy Pandora pieces for more than five euros each .

 

And the only jewelry shops with low security are the Pandora ones. For some reason.

 

And Ranboo doesn't want to go looking for a new pawn shop now that he is on good terms with the old man.

 

Sigh.

 

Maybe they can go without electricity this month actually. Yeah, that would make not starving to death a lot easier and the money spending more manageable. Ranboo is okay with that. No light, no stove and no cooking. He isn't sure if Tubbo and Tommy will be as happy as him with only cereal and Starbucks snacks for breakfast, lunch and dinner but he can hardly say that he cares.

 

Actually, he does care but won't tell anyone that. He can't bear the disappointed faces of his friends when he is supposed to be bringing home the bread.

 

Having no working stove is fine by him; he is a horrid cook and too much of a kitchen scientist. Somehow, everything edible he makes turns out looking finger-lickin' good and simultaneously promising to make your stomach explode . Not fun. And he is somehow immune to the gunpowder that is his cooking, in contrast to Tubbo and Tommy who always fold in two and hold their stomachs in pain after only a spoonful of a simple soup. And he always receives these angry, betrayed glares, I mean, come on, it's not that bad.

 

He hasn't cooked in three years now (he is only allowed in the kitchen when the food he makes is a trusted recipe that will not lead to food poisoning -which they have no idea how to treat by the way ) but he knows that his brain can ( and will ) come up with something able to kill God Himself if he really tried. Because as one grows so does their special talent, right? And apparently Ranboo's special talent is making explosive food.

 

And how difficult could food poisoning God really be?

 

...Perhaps he should give cooking another go at some point. Maybe Tubbo would find a way to make Ranboo's food into real-life bombs. When the fridge has more than a carton of (spoiled) milk and an untouched cabbage in it, maybe he will make a cake.

 

Why do they even own a cabbage? None of them so much as near greens. Wait, let's rephrase that: none out of the two most normal of the household so much as near greens. Tubbo is weird enough to eat cabbages -he is the type of kid to dip a carrot in a jar of Nutella and then eat it… that honestly doesn't sound that bad.

 

Huh.

 

Chocolate carrots.

 

Perhaps Ranboo could prank Tommy with chocolate carrots.

 

He looks around at the four walls surrounding him -it's their little attic apartment thankfully, and not some stranger's house again; that would have been embarrassing. He lays out his goods on the very small and for some reason smelly coffee table-

 

Listen, they had dragged that thing in from outside, none of them know what those stains on the wood are nor how to get them out! The three of them have tried everything; from scrubbing the stains of the unknown substance out with a paper towel to spraying it with cheap cleaning spray. Nothing has worked, so they have left it like that.

 

It's not like they haven't gotten used to the smell, anyway.

 

He still paces the backs of trash cans for discarded, non-smelly coffee tables whenever he is out and about, though.

 

Sifting through the many phones, he finds an iPhone in a pink, ornate flip case. No way. No. Freaking. Way. Now this will sell well in the back alley! A couple hundred at least! Bless his hoodie for its luck is too much for a single universe to handle. He can buy food and pay all their bills with this!

 

He has to tell Tubbo and Tommy about this! Perhaps he can have a small party with them because of this treasure of a phone. Oh, Mondays have never been so heavenly! And they say that money "can't buy happiness" or something like that; rich snobs and their angsty-ness and their monologues. Blegh.

 

But now, the two are working. He has to wait a couple more hours for them to return. Again, they don't have as much luck in stealing as he does because they are too loud to sneak away from the scene of the crime unnoticed and usually they get more than one person on their tails. Many were the times they tried and failed, and Ranboo had to drag them into many alleys to teleport them back home before any heroes could get to them first.

 

So, their work doesn't pay much. Ranboo tries his best to pay for everything this way, and they bring back whatever they can, really.

 

And normally he would complain, because the other two spend too much time out in the beating sun and he is pretty sure one (or both) of them will die of a heat stroke at some point. But today, he tells himself that he won't be all over them like a mother hen because he is in a good mood. Surely, once he gets to tell them the good news, they'll be just as excited as him.

 

He sighs. Nothing else to do other than to go pawn off the little treasures and head down to Stress' for lunch.

 

*

 

Working is not poggers. That is the conclusion which Tommy has come to. He hates working; he hates the sun; he hates the little shadow there is left as said star is currently in the center of the sky, at a 90 degree angle, boiling their brains like they're eggs in a pot of scalding water. Even though it's not his turn to grab the washing broom and do the real work yet, he groans.

 

One, he is absolutely bored and two, he would really much prefer to be running from the cops than having to sit on the hot ass brick sidewalk for ten hours. Yes, he gets up to stretch his legs every now and again -when it’s his turn with the mop- but he still sits and the brick is hotter than fucking fire . Just, how is he supposed to sit there and not complain? How? He has all the right in the world to complain actually.

 

Why did they have to pick the sea side road to clean cars again? It had been Tubbo's idea if he remembers correctly. Something about the seaside street being way busier, cops-free and more traffic-heavy than the districts downtown.

 

But the brick isn't the only issue. Their water bottles they’d been taking little, tiny sips from are nearly drained dry and the bucket of soap water beside him is almost empty. He looks at Tubbo, who is currently taking advantage of the red light, cleaning the windshield of the stopped car at the front of the line and the many other helpless cars' that are left to the broom's mercy.

 

Though it isn’t exactly a broom, is it? It’s a windshield cleaner -or something like that. It’s a weird looking broom, and they clean said windows with it… it’s a crossbreed between a mop and a brook- there.

 

If Tommy cared more, he would snicker and cackle at the driver's misery, but alas, he could care less about the rich asses that can afford whole cars .

 

Rarely does anyone pay them for the free cleaning service, and when they do , it's normally coins or a couple pennies that they want to get rid of, nothing big. Tommy often gets angry at that but he is a natural at putting on fake smiles. Like, what are they supposed to do with a penny?! Tommy remembers a coworker of theirs who had moved to another street some time ago, who had told them that a couple years ago, the drivers had to pay them by the word of law . And it’s really unfair, isn’t it? Because- why can't it be the same now? It would save them all the trouble, and the two of them wouldn't have to buy as much dish soap as they do nor stay in the glaring sun for ten hours straight .

 

Tubbo runs back with a pep in his step this time, not the usual defeated walk both him and Tommy are used to doing. So, it's not that weird when Tommy raises his eyebrow at the other boy and stands up expectantly, fluffy, raccoon tail swishing behind him in nervous excitement.

 

Tubbo holds a whole five euro banknote in his hand. They grin. There is so much they can do with that!

 

They can lure some greedy wrong’un down an alley and perform a flawless mugging for starters! They could double or triple their profits just like that: by snatching their victim's wallet! Tommy's scruffy tail swishes back and forth at the thought and he rubs his hands together evilly like a lil' cartoon villain.

 

Yes, that is a very great and very sensible idea!

 

"You wanna lure old men down the drug alleys, Tubso?", he asks but he doesn't really have to. The other is buzzing with excitement already and in a second, he is being half-dragged-half-led to the opposite street with the big buildings and shit.

 

The crossbreed-broom and empty bucket are left on the pavement, in the middle of the street, long forgotten in favor of actual money. And flawless robbery. Time to play thief!

 

Tommy will just have to make sure not to bite someone’s jugular this time.

 

"Waaay ahead of you, big man!", Tubbo grins as he picks off a loose thread from his dirty, green shirt. He uses his stingers ( fingernails , Tommy would correct him, but he actually values his life -as much as Ranboo doubts it- to do so) to prick a hole in the paper and before long, they have cast their line and are waiting for their unfortunate victim to bite.

 

Sure, what they are about to do is morally wrong and very against the usual Vigilante code. They are supposed to protect civilians from the bad guys, not be the bad guts but hey, who's gonna stop them? Ranboo is far, far away to yank them home by the ears, most likely already back home and waiting for them at Stress’. They can do anything they want and he won't be able to do shit about it. Ha.

 

Right now, they are the civilians, the other vigilantes can worry about the people they'll lure into the alley today. In the middle of the day. Tommy cackles. Who cares though? There are no vigilantes during the daytime! They'll get away with it! Holy, there is a ninety-nine percent chance they’ll get away with mugging people!

 

There is a tug at the end of the line. Oh God , they are about to mug a person!

 

Is this what Ranboo does when he is out and about being a wrong'un? If so, that bastard has been keeping them from all the fun! But Tommy can't exactly be mad - he really wants to be mad - because they get caught instantly under normal circumstances.

 

Then there is another tug, and then another…

 

Tommy realizes that it is just people stepping and dragging the bill around. Fuck them for walking and giving him hope!

 

"I don't think people are interested in a five note", Tubbo grumbles and damn it, he can't stand that pout he pulls! Tommy huffs stubbornly and crosses his arms.

 

"Just you wait, some idiot is gonna fall for it eventually", if anything had stuck to him through watching Ranboo pick candy canes off shelves, it’s that patience is key . Always has been and always will be, apparently.

 

Tubbo opens his mouth but then the makeshift cord is almost yanked out of his hands. They both scream, they both almost fall over in an attempt to grasp the string. The attempt is futile.

 

"Uh, are the two of you okay?", it's some random man with a stupid orange and red balaclava, who has been successfully lured right into their trap! Yep! They obviously didn’t almost lose their bait!

 

Tommy can barely believe it, as he is awestruck when he sees the outline of a wallet in the dude's pants. And boy, does it look thick.

 

Tubbo is much quicker than him, translucent wings buzzing as he launches himself off the ground with surprising speed. Usually, the short brunet is not this fast. But hey, they are really desperate for that wallet.

 

A man's gotta do what he's got to do, right? If he has to accelerate his speed like that then so be it.

 

"Get him!", he shouts, and Tommy is scrambling to his feet, furry, little ears twitching up as he runs at the man.

 

"Got him!"

 

The man is underneath them after some more battle cries and a good minute of fighting and struggling. The two of them cackle, Tubbo having sat criss-crossed on the dude's back and Tommy looking through his clothes for more valuables. For as light as he looks,Tubbo is as heavy as a fucking boulder! Trust Tommy, you do not want to get tackled by Tubbo and then be used as a bed for eight hours.

 

"Alright, kids, you can let me go now!", the man says in a kind of awkward voice with an awkward kind of laugh. They glare at him. "Okay, shutting up it is"

 

That's more like it.

 

After dumping their victim in the dumpster (alive with just a few minor scratches that can definitely not be traced back to Tommy), all laughing and smiling like toddlers, they enter the normal streets again.

 

And, they would’ve gone back to their normal station on the sidewalk. Really, they would’ve … But, you see, there’s this sudden inconvenience, per say-

 

“...Crowfather”, Tommy almost swoons at the sight of his favorite hero. Even though the man had put a stop to his best friend’s fun that one day at the bank, Tommy absolutely would kill to breathe the same air as the blond man!

 

The Crowfather is just that poggers, alright?

 

Without thinking, the teen takes a step forward, and then another, arms raising and doing grabby hands like a toddler. Tubbo is suddenly blocking his path, this very mature aura radiating off him.

 

...Since when was Tubbo mature? That never happens. Well, whatever, Tommy will ignore this clear sign of danger.

 

“Tubbo, I want an autograph!”, he declares, furrowing his eyes at his friend.

 

“He almost arrested me!”, Tubbo responds and- yeah, there isn’t much Tommy can say to that, is there? Alright, switching over to plan B… Except, there is no plan B, fuck . Quick, Tommy, think!

 

Hmmmm….

 

Ah-ha!

 

“But Tubbooooo!”, if his demands can’t be met with words, they’ll be met with puppy eyes. He makes his eyes go wide and pleading, slumps his back just slightly to be on eye level with the shorter boy.

 

Now, normally, Tubbo always falls for his Tommy's puppy eyes (Tommy has an eighty percent succession rate, Ranboo beating him with ninety-five-point-six percent) , excluding some instances-

 

"We need to return home before that guy escapes the trash can, Tommy!"

 

-quite like this one, where he just can't be arsed falling for Tommy's spectacular puppy eyes.

 

Well. Moving on to plan C it is! Exploiting Tubbo's one and only weakness -which may sound cruel, maybe a lil' low -because they're besties and all- but in this situation, it is necessary .

 

"Aw, come on man! You say you would rather run away if it was Warden standing there rather than getting his signature slapped on your wrist?"

 

Warden is Tubbo's favorite hero, quite how Crowfather is Tommy's and The Blade is Ranboo's. Their favorite heroes are their greatest and only known weakness (other than each other, of course) and Tommy makes sure to use that information to his advantage when his friends don't relent.

 

What does "relent" even mean? Note that one for Miss Cleo .

 

Tubbo gawks at him, mouth opening wide and a hand pressing to himself as if offended.

 

"That's a low blow, Tommy", Tubbo growls, his glaring eyes and buzzing wings promising hurt and revenge . Presumably in the form of pollen sneezes. "Low blow", he repeats.

 

Crap , that means double revenge! And that really isn't a good thing!

 

Well, at least Tommy got to have his hero's autograph before his untimely demise. That's super worth it.

 

"Do I know you from somewhere, mate?", Crowfather asks as he pulls a sharpie out of an inside pocket of his 

 

Oh God, Tommy is about to faint. The Crowfather called him mate . Mate . He fucking greeted him, holy shit .

 

Tommy strangles his childish glee real fast, though. He is not about to embarrass himself in front of his childhood hero! Nooo, nah-ah, no thank you , sir .

 

Anyway, he can't let the man know why he thinks Tommy's face is familiar -especially with Tubbo being nearby (literally three steps behind Tommy because the brunet also wanted an autograph on his shoe. Yes, Tubbo is currently standing on one foot and actually balancing . Tubbo is just too OP, man).

 

"Maybe I was a victim from a villain attack?", he tries to suggest, a tad too late because the hero has spotted Tubbo.

 

And his face lights up in realization of all things. Well. There goes their little underground 'mission'.

 

"Oooh! I remember you two now", Crowfather exclaims with a hearty laugh. "I suppose I did save you from that villain attack"

 

Actually, Crowfather had only saved the innocent bystanders and Tubbo's many hostages inside the bank. Tommy and Ranboo had saved Tubbo the humiliation of being thrown behind bars at the young age of fourteen, and probably from being thrown into an orphanage after the cops figured out that he had no parents.

 

Though in theory, they can also take all the credit from the heroes (because they had dragged Tubbo out of the bank, who was still throwing weird passive-aggressive threats the banker's way), Tommy is too much of a Crowfather simp to care about that right.

 

"Here you go. Don't go scaring people again, alright?"

 

And with that, Tommy and Tubbo leave with a signed wrist and signed shoe.

 

*

 

When the two of them get back to the block of flats (having hidden their mop and bucket somewhere relatively safe), all excited and giddy about their encounter with Crowfather, they barely notice the moving boxes by the front doors of the mini lobby area.

 

They are so immersed in looking for little details in the sharpie signatures and figuring out schemes about how they could copy-paste the hero’s autograph on clothes and make bank out of it, that they walk straight into a mouthful of red and blue feathers.

 

That quickly brings them back to reality.

 

Tommy yelps and rubs his face, Tubbo doing much the same but with the little twist of actually falling back from the bump. And the person with said feathers jumps, the boxes in his hands flying out of his hands. Something shatters- oh, one of the boxes had glasses, huh?

 

Well. That's awkward.

 

Can't really say that it has glasses in it now.

 

"Ah, what!", the person exclaims, feathers ruffling and spreading with a woosh. It's Grian, the very nice avian man from 2B.

 

The guy is like their personal bodyguard inside the building and in the neighborhood. He somehow always knows when they are up to something major, like planning on grabbing crayons and painting dicks on the sides of buildings or when Tubbo is experimenting with little mechanical things he'd found in the trash can by the school.

 

Grian always bursts into their little, cozy attic right before things can go terribly wrong. Like that one time Ranboo had wanted to cook dinner. Tommy is pretty sure Grian had been asleep at the time of the occasion, judging by how messed up his blond hair was, yet he ran up two floors -four sets of stairs, fifteen steps each - and then burst through the door with a shout of "NO, DON'T DO IT!!!".

 

It had been an eventful night that one, ending with a scolding and a very much grounded Ranboo. Which is weird, because Grian isn’t Ranboo’s parent, he is just their neighbor.

 

None of them question his fatherly nature and especially not his fatherly intuition. The last time they doubted the kindness of the man, they had ended up at his house, discussing renting the attic with the owner of the block of flats. Not to say that it had been a bad thing -that’s the whole reason they have a roof over their heads now- but the avian had literally hunted them down , backed them into an alley, practically dragged them to his apartment and sat them in blankets with mugs of hot chocolate shoved in their hands for that convenient arrangement.

 

And, at this point, it's just the norm for Grian to know what they are up to. The trio’s theory is that the avian has a sixth sense or something.

 

"Oh, hey Tommy and Tubbo!" Grian greets as he bends to pick up the fallen, heavy-looking boxes. "You’re looking chipper today. Work went well, I'm guessing?"

 

"Oh, Hell yeah! We mugged a guy!"

 

"You did what -"

 

"Anyways!", Tubbo interrupts quickly, sensing the very long and very boring lecture parchment that the avian is about to unroll before them.

 

"No, no, Tubbo! We’re not switching the topic here! You mugged someone?", to their surprise, Grian is grinning from ear to ear, looking like he is about to burst into numerous fits of giggles. Another thing that has become quite apparent to them recently is that said avian is a massive prankster and mischief harbinger. 

 

"Uh… yeah, we did", Tubbo hesitantly admits because the fear of the unknown and the jittery nerves that expression brings is quite a rare thing. His wings buzz. Guess they still have sides of Grian to learn about.

 

Tommy holds up the stolen wallet right after Tubbo’s confession, presenting the little trophy of their effort with pride and a puffed chest. His fluffy tail wags like a dog presenting a newly obtained bone to their owner.

 

“You better hide that before Stress sees it”, Grian simply warns them, as if they hadn’t mugged a guy in an alley and thrown him in a trash can full of smelly trash -not that they will ever mention that part, because maybe Grian will ground them both if they do.

 

Tubbo peers at the boxes in the avian’s arms, examines the “FRAGILE” word on the side of some and the weird icons and arrows. His eyes light up, as he immediately realizes that there will be a new neighbor coming in to live in the building.Tommy also connects the dots rather fast and so, he picks up a box… only to realize it is like a hundred kilos and ultimately drops it. Grian cackles like a maniac.

 

“Jesus fucking Christ , what is in there?!”, he shouts, taking a step back from the box.

 

“Probably potatoes if it’s so heavy”

 

“Who is the new guy?”, Tubbo asks with a mortified face. Tommy shares a similar look because- who in the fuck packs potatoes in moving boxes?!

 

“My very good friend, Mumbo!”, Grian beams, signaling for the two of them to help with the lighter boxes. The duo lifts the smallest ones they can find in order to not have to carry the much heavier boxes of potatoes. “We managed to unload his stuff before any cars came by, and now he is circling the block to find a place to park his car”

 

In the end, Grian took the potatoes.

 

Tubbo and Tommy visibly wince at that. They might not own a car but they see the everyday struggle local drivers go through to find an available spot at the sidewalk, some even parking in the middle of streets or riding up the pavement. It’s a real mess; it causes traffic issues, makes drivers go mad with the horn. They can only imagine that this Mumbo guy is going through the same thing -especially because parking in this neighborhood is completely out of the question.

 

“Anyway, are you two heading up now?”, Grian asks, cocking his head much like a bird, as the three of them ascend to the second floor. The avian holds his box under one hand as he fishes the keys out of his jeans’ pocket.

 

The two of them should really not be surprised at the morbid display or raw strength. That’s the potato box, what- How can a man look normal and then hold a box weighing kilos like it’s a mere ant?

 

They don’t question it. This is Grian after all. The guy is full of surprises.

 

“I believe Ranboo is at Stress’ for lunch. You should go join them”, Grian continues, unlocking the door to his apartment with relative ease, “And tell him that the dust bath is ready and waiting for him, please”

 

The two of them nod quickly, carrying the boxes to the man’s living room. Grian calling Ranboo down for dust baths is pretty much a normal occurrence. Happens two times a week, with either Grian coming up to the attic to collect the teen or Ranboo going down on his own. This happens because being an enderborn and water just don’t mix. Water causes Ranboo’s skin to become irritated or cause something like burns if it stays on him for too long -kind of like how ice starts to burn if left on human skin for too long. Cleo had called it an inherited allergy if Tommy remembers correctly.

 

So, when the avian took notice of Ranboo’s origin, he had pulled the teen aside and taught him about dust baths.

 

Tommy and Tubbo are super jealous of Ranboo’s dust privilege. Every time he returns from one he looks so relaxed and so ready to flop on the bed and sleep in for days .

 

“We’ll tell him”, Tubbo confirms. Tommy on the other hand…

 

“Do you know what Stress made for lunch?”

 

Stress is basically their adoptive mother, a very nice lady in 3A with the best cooking the three of them have ever tasted in their lives. She takes care of their laundry (more like begs them to change out of their dirty clothes at least once a week), calls them down for lunch on Mondays when she doesn’t have work (and makes each one’s favorite meal), helps them with the homework Cleo assigns them- she should be called the ultimate mother figure if anything.

 

All should bow down to her.

 

Grian barks out a laugh -not a surprised one, he had probably guessed that the question was coming sooner or later. Blame it on father instincts.

 

“I think she made spaghetti for Ranboo, roasted vegetables for Tubbo and fish and chips for you, Toms”

 

“Poggers!”

 

They may be poor, they may be living in a stinky attic and constantly refusing their neighbors’ help (they have received ultimate kindness, they don’t want to take advantage of these people -as much as Grian’s other friend from 2A, Pearl, likes to say that they aren’t taking advantage of anything), they may be living off thievery and illegally washing cars on the street, they may cause more chaos than peace when they are playing hero at night but-

 

But life is good.

Chapter 2: A house next door and I'm inbetween

Summary:

Techno may or may not be having a bad day.

Chapter Text

"I can't believe you got your ass handed to you by some lanky ass guy!" Wilbur laughs, doubling over with his hands holding his stomach for the third time since Techno told him the news.

 

Technoblade really wants to stab him and give him something else to hold right now. Like his guts, for example. Yeah, that would be preferable -wouldn't suffice but it would be a good start.

 

"Again, I did not get my ass handed to me", he tries to remain as calm as he possibly can whilst he fiddles with the laptop in front of him, the tab of iCloud-Find my iPhone shining white and bright in his face. The thing is taking ridiculously long to track his phone down, as if this piece of numerals is having fun exploiting this new weakness of his. How dare technology play with him like this?! In a crisis, no less!

 

And you might ask "Technoblade, how did you lose your phone?". Well. He had done the good ol' noob mistake of putting the freaking flip-flop sized thing in his back pocket.

 

He had been doing a usual hour of fanservice in the middle of the street when it happened. When disaster struck. When his heart rate picked up speed. When he felt something tugging at the back pocket of his pants whilst he was busy signing something for a random kid from the crowd that had formed around him. When he turned around and met eyes with a tall guy who had his hand in his pocket- and if he hadn't known better, he would've called the dude a pervert.

 

And it would've been preferable if the guy was a pervert at this point. Would've surely saved Techno trouble and time.

 

But nooooo . It just had to be a thief. A highly stupid and successful one at that. All in all, the worst kind of thief to steal from you. Techno still can't believe the nerve of that guy; to come in during The Blade's monthly fanservice hour -which, in all honesty, is the smartest he's seen a thief be- and manage to swipe not only his phone , but his wallet as well.

 

The wallet that Phil had given him on his eighteenth birthday as a "Welcome to adulthood!" present.

 

A vein pops in his forehead as he remembers that small detail. How dare the wallet get stolen?! And on top of that, how dare he let two of his most prized possessions get stolen from himself?!

 

No matter, if the program in front of him hurries a bit, he will have the location of the thief before the guy has the chance to empty his pockets and throw it out. Techno can run fast enough, he has the ability to run faster than the average long-legs and he will make the thief's life Hell once he's got an address.

 

Techno had heard the many other stolen jewelry and whatever else valuable the dude had shoved in his pockets; they were jiggling and clicking like crazy while they were running. It would take some time to empty those out, and if he guessed right, he had more phones than just The Blade's on him. And , if that were the case, then it would take at least ten minutes for the thief to take out the batteries and SIM cards.

 

Technoblade hopes that his calculations are precisely correct.

 

That flip-flop of a phone holds one too many secrets of his: his name (civilian identity), his address, his phone number, his family, pictures of his family, all these wonderful memories stored in it that he would really rather not be revealed to the public- and all that because he had taken the wrong phone before he left the house. He has lost all the passwords to his social media accounts now as well, because he had been an idiot and only saved them in a page of that notebook app he had found on the device, instead of saving them on Chrome like a normal person. Y'know. So they could show up in his password settings and not have to worry about forgetting them.

 

He sighs. Next time, he will follow the advice of his old man and write his usernames and passwords on a slip of paper and tuck it under his hat- Wait. He doesn't wear hats. Nevermind, he'll put it in his boar mask or something, or use it as a bookmark for his many, many, many mythology books.

 

Surely it won't get lost with the second method.

 

Wait. That means- Phew, given the thief will probably not bother looking in the notebooks app (if he manages to crack the password of the lock screen, no one would ever think that the great Blade would put "Baked_Potatoes" -in numerals- as his phone password. Ha, suck it, nerd), his accounts won't be hacked and the media will never know this ever happened.

 

You see, most heroes have work phones, which, to be fair, are pretty crappy (as old as they can get really) and some even have those old Nokia ones. Y'know. The unbreakable bricks that are called phones . Those things aren't phones; they are murder weapons in disguise. Literal murder weapons in disguise, because they all have these little tracker devices and little remote explosives tucked away under the plastic cover that detonate in instances like this one; when they get stolen or lost or compromised in one way or another. Oh, how much would he love to press that red button and watch a building explode on Live TV, but alas, he had been a dumbass, and took his actual phone to work.

 

Wait a minute. It wasn't just his phone that got stolen, was it? Right, the thief took his wallet too. The little leather object that held his money, ID card, Jumbo coupons and credit card. He will have to call the bank after this, won't he? But most importantly, that wallet holds sentiment like no other, because it's a gift from his dad. If the thief tries to blackmail him with the wallet, he swears he'll-

 

"Then how did he get your phone, your wallet and manage to get away from The Blade? Come on, let me see the bruises!", Wilbur continues with his teasing, and soon , Techno frets, the brunet will have a hot meal out of his own organs. If he continues. And he will continue, because it's Wilbur , and his brother has an addiction to making Techno want to (affectionately) strangle him.

 

And how, you'd ask, does someone strangle somebody else affectionately? No one knows, actually. And no one has found out… yet. Which is probably a good thing. Yeah, Techno thinks, probably should stay that way as well.

 

"I was enjoying the hunt, okay? Not my fault this city has so many alleyways", Techno grumbles, his fingers drumming against the keyboard. How long does it take for a satellite to detect a phone?

 

"And you just- you just lost him like that? In an alley ?", Wilbur asks, a word away from bursting into giggles again.

 

"He dipped behind some trash cans and then disappeared- somehow ", the pinkett answered mindlessly. 

 

Really, the only thing he remembers vividly of that encounter, other than the hand in his pocket, is the way the dude had disappeared. The only thing left behind was his scent. It was a god awful smell too, that of a poor person who hasn't washed in ages. And if Techno wasn't as vengeful, he would've left the matter at that, because the thief would probably make better use of his riches than he ever will.

 

But oh well.

 

The program finally gives him an address, and he grins brighter than the screen. Who knew a hero could hold such a grudge. "Oh, I've got you now", he whispers to himself, ripping a page from a nearby notebook to write down the address.

 

And to his surprise, Wilbur doesn't laugh at him, instead reading the information displayed on the screen. Techno would've commented on the lack of noise had he not been at a loss for words himself.

 

"That's Grian's apartment building", Wilbur points out.

 

"It is", Techno helpfully adds in. "Dude probably went in the concierge room past the reception or to the boiler to hide"

 

Wilbur shakes his head with a thoughtful expression. "No, Fundy would've seen him enter and detained him"

 

"Your child would've seen him and struck a deal to split the money, Wilbur"

 

"That-", Wilbur tries to defend his child's honor but he out of everyone knows that- "That is very true"

 

Fundy isn't Wilbur's son per se; the man is more of a very close family friend. A young adult with fox blood in his veins, who just so happens to be the concierge of their friend's apartment building. From what Wil has told Techno, the two met at Grian's apartment the day their avian friend was moving in. Wilbur was helping move some boxes upstairs and Fundy came up to them and complained about how he had just sweeped the floor clean.

 

Most people would forget about this; move their boxes, ignore the little inconvenience that was Fundy and continue their day.

 

Well.

 

Wilbur is not most people and his brother prides himself in that little fun fact. He never ever forgets, and that is a little character trait that Techno hates for many reasons.

 

Again, as Wilbur told Techno, he patted Fundy's head, told him to screw off, helped Grian with the boxes and then somehow (after a good few rounds of uno and cheating together in Monopoly) by the end of the day the two were "Like father and son", as Phil likes to put it. Who said that Uno and Monopoly only ruin friendships? If you cheat together, it creates friendships.

 

Techno still doesn't get how that happened -how poor Fundy ended up joining them in playing board games, especially after Wilbur told him to screw off-, though he still firmly believes that his brother's silver tongue had some involvement. Wilbur can be a pretty… let’s say ‘persuasive’ guy.

 

Techno has met Fundy once or twice; once when he was in the neighborhood and took the chance to say hello; the second when he went to visit Grian and completely ignored the “wet floor” sign at the reception. The elevator was broken again so he took the stairs to the second floor instead, which landed him in the hospital with some broken ribs and a broken leg. Apparently, Fundy had decided to polish the stairs that day. And the stairs of that apartment building are wooden .

 

Fundy had even tried to warn him as well, shouting that he had to wait for a few before going up. It was just fate. Fate and his stupidity. 

 

It was not a good day.

 

“So, what do we do?”, Wilbur asks.

 

“We go and ask if any of the tenants have seen a suspicious, two-toned individual roamin' the streets”, Techno says and nods to himself as he shuts down the laptop. "And if said individual passed through, I can track him down instead"

 

"You're a bloody bloodhound, Techno"

 

"Yup"

 

*

 

"All done with the dust bath, Ranboo?", Grian asks as the teen exits the apartment's bathroom.

 

Ranboo is still shaking his head, threading his fingers through black and white strands, making futile attempts at getting the dust out of his hair. It's a grainy experience to say the least and an annoying method to bathe as a whole human being, but it is the only way he has to not smell like old boxes and mold twenty-four-seven. 

 

Even though he complains about it, he is so grateful that Grian actually shares his dust baths with him since basically day one, otherwise he would have had to undergo Tubbo's experiments -which, no , they are not fun (for the victim). He had found this "magma cream" mixture that's apparently for burns in a trash can a few alleys away and wanted to put it on Ranboo's skin to see if it would irritate it or not.

 

Quite frankly, Ranboo does not want Tubbo getting his hands anywhere near his allergies.

 

"Yes, thank you again, sir", he is more relaxed than he was before too, shoulders feeling not as tense as they were when he entered the avian's home. He remembers Grian telling him that the dust is therapeutic in a way, brainwashing as Tommy would say.

 

"Stop with the formalities, you make me feel older than I actually am", Grian laughs as he goes over to help the boy get the dust out.

 

"But you are old, sir" , Ranboo says instead, and he stresses the word. The annoyed expression on the man's face is so worth it.

 

"You little -", Grian retracts his hands, acting offended, "Alright, that's it, I am telling Stress to put you three on a broccoli diet"

 

Ranboo laughs, because of course, that's a joke. Not even Tubbo eats broccoli, and he is a vegetarian; they'd be starving all three of them every Monday if that were to happen. And Monday is one of two days they have actual food. Plus, Stress loves them too much to ever think of committing such a sacrilegious act against them. That would be the only fault the woman has and it is the only one they will stand and continue to take advantage of.

 

But… Another of her faults is that she has the ability to ground them, which they all hate and try to stay clear of. She isn't even their mother and she holds so much power over their heads that it can get… scary . Ranboo doesn't think that Grian is going to take advantage of the latter fact at first because again it was supposed to be a joke … but then the man moves to the door.

 

The avian's colorful wings shift and tremble like he is trying to hold back giggles. Oh. This isn't as much of a joke as Ranboo previously thought.

 

"No! No- hey, Grian, we can talk about this!"

 

"Nah-ah, Ranboo-", right as he opens the door, they both halt their movements. There are voices downstairs, they can both hear very clearly Fundy's distressed tone as he shouts: "There is no two-toned individual here! Leeeeeave!", in that very sus, very high-pitched voice of his. Whoever he's trying to fool, it's definitely not working.

 

"Two-toned individual?", Grian mutters to himself before turning to face Ranboo with a disapproving gaze. The teen in turn gives him a sheepish smile. He moves to the stairs to see who's looking for the boy, nudging Ranboo to follow with a wing.

 

"I told you I stole a lot of things today", Ranboo says in a whisper as he looks over the railing to take a peek at the intruder. As if that is somehow a good defense.

 

"You didn't tell me you were followed -", Grian goes to chide him, but once again, they are interrupted by Fundy's loud shouting.

 

Is he trying to warn them? He is shouting so much, Ranboo fears he is going to get yelled at by Gem from 1A or that Impulse will write another noise complaint. He is, isn't he? Trying to warn them that there is someone looking for a ying-yang themed thief? Yeah, that must be it; kind of explains why he's shouting so much. Certainly makes much more sense than purposefully getting basically sued by one of the most powerful men in the city.

 

"Thank you for your cooperation, miss"

 

Ranboo's heart drops to his stomach, and his stomach in turn does a front flip and then a backflip, does all sorts of skateboard tricks until it turns into a washing machine- he thinks he is going to throw up on top of the broken elevator that sits idly at the reception in the middle of the stairwell.

 

He would recognize that stoic and monotonous voice anywhere . Be it on a remote island, in the city center, in a packed club- anywhere . That's The Blade down there! And he is looking for him! And that was Gem's door shutting! Oh, God, how is he going to explain this-

 

"We are very sorry for disturbing you at this hour, have a good day, miss!"

 

"You too, Ghostbur and Blade!"

 

And he's got company too!

 

Fuck .

 

"Ranboo, why are two of the top-ten heroes looking for you?" Grian asks and Ranboo understands the clear 'You will regret it if you lie to me' look he gives him. There is no fear of anyone actually handing him over to the heroes -everyone knows that the three of them mostly steal for a living (except for Stress, who would take away their freedom rights, AKA ground them until one of them married or died). But, you see, they don't know who they steal from most of the time.

 

"You seeee ", he tries to stall for time, like something magical will happen and he'll be suddenly out of the situation. It’s happened before when a cop had managed to catch up to him and then some outsider tackled the cop to the ground, for some reason. But obviously, as proven now, it was a mere fluke. Who is going to tackle Grian? Ranboo himself? That would not help his relationship with the man.

 

He sighs, nothing has happened other than Fundy's obnoxious protesting and Ghostbur's constant mocking of the fox.

 

Guess nothing is going to save him.

 

"I, um, might have accidentally , stress that, uh, stolen The Blade's stuff"

 

Grian blinks once.

 

"As in his phone"

 

Then twice.

 

"And I think I got his wallet tooooo, uh, you okay there?"

 

Then three times as his eyes widen and Grian fully understands what Ranboo did this morning. Before he can speak, however, and scold him for his many unprovoked crimes and illegal activities, they hear a loud knock and then a door opening. The heroes have rounded the corner now, and from where they stand the two can see them perfectly whilst remaining concealed by the elevator shaft.

 

"Hello, good sirs, how can I help you on this very fine day?"

 

Oh shoot, that's Impulse. Crap, crap, crap, crap! They're about to lose free sweets privileges, aren't they? Oh, God, Tommy and Tubbo will hate him for weeks for this mess! They’ll take away his bed privileges too!

 

You see, Impulse is quite the deal around this part of town. He is the founder and current CEO of the iDimpy Candy Factory at the outskirts of town; he is amongst the richest of the rich and holds power like no other. The man could go up against the mayor if he wanted to and actually win . Normally, he is either off at work (in which time frame Tommy and Tubbo go and illegally use the man's shower -it has a jacuzzi, okay??) or at home or out with friends and business meetings and whatever else an adult businessman does nowadays. And he had given the three a Free-iDimpy card to get as much candy as they wanted for free from supermarkets.

 

He showed them how to use it as well! You get what you want and then swipe the card on the card reader and boom: free candy. One thing that they dislike, though, is that they have a limit of four sweet packages per month or one per week, so they have to use all this Math and Economics and all those number subjects Cleo has been teaching them. A “real world experience” Impulse had told them back then.

 

“There goes our chocolate”, Ranboo sulks quietly and Grian simply nods beside him in confirmation.

 

“Let’s hope Stress doesn’t learn of this”, the avian says in turn as he leans on the railing. He might be in the trio’s corner, always defending them and throwing off any policemen that come snooping, but no one -and I mean no one - can save them from an angered Stress. Not even Grian, who can apparently lift heavy as fuck boxes of potatoes.

 

They can both hear the hesitation in Impulse’s voice when he tells the heroes that he hasn’t seen a Ranboo look-alike in the neighborhood. And that hesitation is not out of fear of two heroes coming over and checking if he has weed brownies stored in the cabinet. No, no, no. It is because he probably wasn’t expecting heroes to be looking for Ranboo in the middle of the day, just like Grian, and he is probably trying to think up a way to take back the Free-iDimpy card from the trio whilst talking to the heroes. Man, multitasking must be hard.

 

Ranboo cowers when he sees Impulse walk slightly out of his apartment and throw a quick, very meaningful glance at the stairs. It was supposed to be a warning, both avian and enderborn know that but to the heroes? It must've come off as a signal to check upstairs, especially due to Impulse’s hesitation and contemplation.

 

Grian facepalms and Ranboo wonders if he’d be able to outrun The Blade a second time.

 

“Go hide upstairs with Tommy and Tubbo, I’ll try to get them off your trail, ‘kay?” Grian tells him in an exhausted voice, nudging him with a wing towards the next flight of stairs. Ranboo nods eagerly, immediately leaving his fate in Grian's hands as he goes up to Stress’. He trusts the man like that.

 

When he knocks on the door of the apartment, Tubbo is the one who answers, grabs him by the arm and haphazardly pulls him inside. He almost falls to the floor because of the force but luckily, his legs move faster than gravity. He still wonders how such a short teenager like Tubbo can muster such strength. Just the thought of the bee being able to manhandle him with such ease makes his forehead sweat.

 

He is greeted by a… peculiar scene in the two-bedroom apartment: Stress is chasing a very feral racoon around the kitchen. This isn’t as unusual as it sounds, because Tommy likes to irritate (and very much annoy) Stress by putting his muddy paws on the kitchen counter and jumping on the white couch as a raccoon. And normally, this is a laughing matter, one which usually ends with Tubbo and Ranboo holding their stomachs or rolling and dying of laughter on the floor.

 

What makes it weird this time, though, is the fact that Tommy has a knife in his mouth. A very long, very sharp and very heavy bread knife.

 

How is he carrying that thing and not falling over? And how did Ranboo not hear the ruckus from outside? The doors aren’t that soundproof!

 

Anyway.

 

“They’ve been doing this since you went to Grian’s”, Tubbo informs him, looking rather fearful of their friend's antics. Ranboo can't really blame him; raccoons are dangerous in and of themselves but a raccoon with a knife? That's a whole other level of dangerous.

 

“Tommy, put down the knife! Please, you’ll hurt yourself!” Stress yells, yelping when Tommy jumps from the top of the cupboards down to the bar to start another round ‘round the kitchen counters. Ranboo wonders why Stress hasn't played the ‘Mum Card’ on Tommy yet but he guesses that she most likely forgot. Tommy can have that effect on people with how sudden and brash everything he does is.

 

The racoon chitters, the universal sound for racoon laughter on Urban Dictionary thanks to Tommy, and adjusts the grip he has on the knife. Tubbo suddenly cheers when Tommy jumps on the clean cushions of the couch with dirty paws and stands on his two small lil hind legs with the knife held in his paw like a sword. Oh . A sword fight, that’s what they’re doing. A very dangerous one with no protection and no referee but one of them is an adult sooooo, it should be fine.

 

“Tommy, I will give you one chance to put the knife down and get off the couch", Stress warns, voice stern whilst she opens a drawer to draw her favorite pink kitchen knife from inside.

 

Said knife is a butcher's knife with a pink handle. Yeah, everything should be completely fine. Stress is a responsible adult and an amazing cook/chef, able to handle the whole kitchen knife set blindfolded. She would have to really try to accidentally harm any of them.

 

That fact does not make it feel any safer.

 

"Well", Ranboo says, rightfully backing towards the door because maybe the attic is better of a hiding spot in comparison to the mess here, "I um, I have uhhh, places to be, I'll be on my wa-"

 

"Don't be such a crybaby, Ranboo, it's just a knife fight!" Tubbo says cheerfully like he wasn't scared ten seconds ago, and any chances Ranboo had of escaping through the door or the balcony have comically gone out the window as the shorter boy drags him away from both.

 

" Tommy… "

 

Tommy chitters back in response, a cacophony of raccoon cackles that sounds suspiciously like "bring it on, bitch!". Ranboo can see multiple veins pop in Stress' forehead. Uh oh. Tommy should not have done that- oh, yeah, he really should not have done that. Oh well, too late to take anything back now. As long as Tubbo and himself don't get grounded for this, Ranboo thinks.

 

Tubbo cheers from where he stands, pumping his fists in the air.

 

"Let the fight commence!"

 

And if Cleo had assigned them to write a paragraph about what the gladiator fights were like, the picture in front of him would've gotten him a 20/20.

 

*

 

"Hello there, fellow citizen!" Ghostbur greets Grian when they meet on the stairwell. The Blade grunts a tired "hello" like it's cost him the world to spend time on formalities.

 

Fundy was not accompanying them anymore. He left the moment he noticed Grian on the stairwell, or sniffed his presence on the stairwell -fox genes and their OP power ups- saying something about needing to sweep the floors again because the heroes had dragged mud inside. Grian knows it's bullcrap since he hears Impulse's door open and said man chiding him about his obnoxiousness.

 

Oh well.

 

"Yeah, yeah, drop the hero-ie act Wilbur", Grian says, laughing half-heartedly at the pouty face he receives. He spares a look at Technoblade, who has a shadow cast over his mask and looks about ready to rip someone's throat out -he guesses that the man has taken Ranboo’s act of thievery to heart.

 

For a moment, the avian ponders how Gem and Impulse didn't bend under that creepy, weird stare of The Blade's. Then again, Wilbur -the more friendly-looking guy- was there too. Sometimes he gives his friends less credit than they deserve, because he finds himself almost quivering from the continued stare of Techno’s mask’s soulless gaze, whilst the other two didn't even bat an eye. Sheesh.

 

"What are you two doing on this side of the city? I thought you said HQ had assigned the both of you to the pier this week?", it's a question to stall, sure, but it is true; Grian remembers vividly how Wilbur had whined and whined for hours on end over the phone about it. Something to do with the cold and how the salt would ruin his clothes and make the color fade and whatever other nonsense and inhibition the hero could come up with on the spot while they were talking.

 

"We were!", Wilbur responds in a high tone of voice, like Grian had just reminded him that he wasn’t supposed to be here, "But, you see, we had a little change of plans”, and he rubs the back of his neck as he says that with the tiniest of awkward giggles.

 

Grian, thanks to Ranboo, knows exactly why the two heroes are here; more specifically why Ghostbur has accompanied The Blade here. It is to keep the casualties to a minimum. He is pretty sure that if Wilbur had not come with Techno, well… Gem and Impulse would have possibly been goners. As in; not dead per se but at the same time dead , y’know? In a half-alive, half-dead state. 

 

However, despite this knowledge, he has to play dumb for the sake of the child that is currently in-hiding. As ‘in-hiding’ as one can be around two hyperactive teenagers whose only goal in life is to cause chaos on a daily basis.

 

“Let me guess, you loaded your old man with your work again, didn’t you?”

 

Techno shrugs. Wilbur looks slightly to the side. Grian narrows his eyes at them and after two seconds, he can see them both physically begin to sweat under his scrutiny. They’ve done exactly that, haven’t they? This is... what? The fifth or sixth time that he’s caught them dumping their share of hero duties on Phil to do silly side quests such as this one? At least, that's as many times as he has caught them doing it. Poor Phil; he has two sons that are both a curse and a blessing.

 

And normally, Grian doesn’t really mind them doing that because he doesn’t like to delve deep into his friends’ family’s relationships. But right now? Right now said friends are looking for Ranboo and he has to distract them somehow and-

 

“I mean, he didn’t mind … much” -peer pressure always works on Techno; even the slightest narrowing of one’s eyes and he’ll spill his life story. Okay, maybe that’s an exaggeration on Grian’s part but it’s pretty close to the truth.

 

“Techno!”, Wilbur shouts.

 

“You two need to learn how to deal with your own problems without calling dear Crowfather for help all the time”, the avian sighs, feigning disappointment for the fun of the bit.

 

“No, no, you see, Grian, this matter is too serious not to call for Dadza”, Wilbur responds. Shoot. Seems like they haven’t forgotten about the stolen items. Uhhhh, what’s plan B? Call Pearl? Wait, no, she's at work! Hmmm…

 

"Woah!"

 

Ah! The perfect distraction has arrived! Finally! 

 

Grian can hear Mumbo's thudding footsteps from the lobby -OP avian abilities, sigh- and almost immediately after he hears him trip and fall and something explode . Okay, maybe it's not the best distraction now that he thinks about it; setting off explosives usually alerts heroes and there are two of the top ranked ones standing right in front of him. And, sadly or not, they are not deaf.

 

Don't get him wrong, it did the job quite well, because both Techno and Wilbur rushed downstairs with alert shouts of "What was that?!" and "Was that an explosion?!" -but, yeah, Mumbo is in for a trip. What's worse, Techno plucked the glimmering, netherite blade from its sheath at his side, looking about ready to murder.

 

"Hey, calm down- Techno don't do it!", Grian rushes after them, flapping colorful wings in an attempt to keep his balance on the short steps.

 

He is notably slower than the other two, and that fact is punctuated when he arrives at the scene of the crime, and sees poor Mumbo pinned down by both heroes. Techno is sitting on the poor man's back, holding him in a painful-looking headlock with not his arms but his sword and Wilbur is sitting cross-legged on black-dressed calves.

 

There is a black spot on the old tiles next to the fallen man and some harsh pieces of the suspected explosive, smoke coming off them in small, lingering waves. Not too far away is a sack of innocent potatoes that's fallen, some of the sizable spuds spilled out on the floor which Wilbur does not think twice before taking one and looking it over for who knows what reasons. It's not like you can hide anything inside a potato, let alone a bomb.

 

"Oh, my goodness, Mumbo!", Grian says in a worried but at the same time amused tone. Mumbo looks up at him like he is the only hero amongst the four of them, eyes open wide in panic.

 

"Grian!", he chokes out as he tries his best to avoid the blade at his throat. "Grian, help me!"

 

"Shut up, you can tell that to the judge, punk", Techno cuts him off. Grian raises an eyebrow.

 

"He'll tell the judge to help him?"

 

 

“Whose side are you on?!”

 

"Yes"

 

Okay. That's an… acceptable response? Grian doesn't know what to make of this. Wilbur is giggling, probably from the absurdity of their dialog, whilst he looks the potatoes over one by one. Again, how does someone hide an explosive in a small potato? It doesn't make sense! God, this is going to take a whole day, so the avian goes to try and pry Techno off.

 

Surprisingly, Techno actually let's him pull him off poor Mumbo, who does not waste a second in pulling his legs out from underneath Wilbur, making the latter fall flat on his face, to stand up. No one pays any mind to Ghostbur's pained groan. Grian thinks that serves him right for cooperating with his brother to restrain a man who was simply carrying his spuds. Look at Mumbo's mustache! It's sticking up like a scared cat's hair from the shock!

 

"You smell like soil, are you a farmer?", Techno asks Mumbo in the most serious yet murderous tone Grian has ever witnessed. He doesn't know if that question is promising good or bad things. Knowing Techno, it's probably some otherworldly mix of the two but still leaning towards bad.

 

Mumbo fumbles with his fingers, tugs at the edges of his absolutely trampled business suit- and who can blame him, really? He just got caught doing- well, carrying potatoes if anyone had to guess and probably making an attempt at suicide bombing or something! Which Grian disagrees with because Mumbo is a sane man but no one other than him and this whole building know that.

 

"Uh, not really, but I sometimes help a friend at his farm? Yeah, that's what I do"

 

And if awkwardness and suspicion were a person, it would have taken the form of Mumbo K. Jumbo at that moment. Because- who would believe him after that last sentence? It is so unbelievably obvious that it is a lie, even to a stranger it would be plain as day that Mumbo has just lied in the faces of two of this city's top heroes. The two heroes, though? They seem to need a couple lessons in lie detecting, or at least Techno does if Grian has to tell from the way his eyes light up.

 

At least his mood has been lifted. Ranboo might escape with his limbs attached if nothing major happens. 

 

"Blade, it isn't the time for your potato obsession right now!", Wilbur reminds waving an accusatory finger at Mumbo -when did he stand up anyway?-, "Something literally exploded right here, where I'm standing, and that man you're trying to befriend is the main suspect!"

 

Techno looks at his brother for a second, and even with the boar skull covering his face, Grian can clearly see a raised eyebrow. A questioning eyebrow. He can imagine it. Or see it. Whichever verb one likes to use.

 

"Oh, so we're not playing good cop, bad cop?"

 

"...That would've been a good idea"

 

Grian lets out the heartiest of laughs at that and Mumbo follows suit. Even the walls seem to be laughing and mocking them; mocking the way they just- two top heroes just revealed their plan with seemingly no hesitation.

 

The two heroes look around awkwardly, just avoiding general eye contact.

 

Grian wonders how the commotion has not attracted any outside eyes yet. I mean, they just tackled a person at the lobby, in front of open doors. Two heroes tackled a person at the lobby in front of open doors. Shouldn't pedestrians and cameramen be flocking around the entrance?

 

"It was just a firecracker, guys", Mumbo says after their laughter dies down. Because firecrackers are legal, yeah, that'll save him. It only takes a few blinks of three sets of eyes for him to retract that statement.

 

The moment Grian sees Wilbur open his mouth, probably to ask how a firecracker goes boom that loudly, he interrupts with a quick ruffle of his colorful feathers. It's a little trick Phil taught him to catch Wilbur and Techno's attention when the duo is up to something stupid. Or, as in this scenario, something that gets Grian's friends into trouble. Apparently, it's a family thing, and the two brothers are so used to Phil's avian behavior that it's basically one of their instincts now to stop and listen to what their dad has to say. And it works. It works weirdly well.

 

"So, uh, Mumbo", he addresses the man. "Did you leave Kubo at your parents’?"

 

"You have a dog?", of course Techno's brain sticks to that tidbit of information. The guy is a big ol' softy for anything adorable. Mumbo seems taken aback by this; not many people know that the great Blade could give up his own family for a crate of puppies.

 

Most importantly, how did Techno know that they were talking about a dog? Grian only said a name! Oh wait, he probably picked up on the scent. That explains it.

 

The Blade is known for his great nose; something about his piglin genes and pigs having an excellent sense of smell.

 

"Oh, um, yeah! I have a dog named Kubo, whom I sadly couldn't bring with because the landlord doesn't allow pets"

 

And no, shapeshifting raccoons do not count as pets. Well. If the landlord doesn't know, they don't.

 

"So I left him with my parents", and with that, Mumbo takes out his phone to presumably show the hero a picture of his dog.

 

That really grabs Techno's attention and the hero moves closer to the mustache man. Grian shrugs. If they want to bond over dogs (and potatoes) and not go after Ranboo, that's fine by him. The less blood that is spilled indoors, the better. Fundy complained a lot the last time it happened- I mean, what?

 

"Alright, you two can bond over your dogs, Ghostbur and I will carry your potatoes upstairs", and it's like the two dog lovers are deaf to the world. It's… probably fine. The more they get distracted, the better.

 

Wilbur nods with some hesitation, giving Grian a glance that says "why do I have to carry his things?", to which Grian replies with a swift: "You're a hero, Ghostbur"

 

And, of course, Wilbur just has to retaliate somehow.

 

"I thought you told me to drop that 'hero-ie act', changed your mind now?", to which Grian simply rolls his eyes and motions for him to pick up the stray potatoes.

 

In a matter of seconds, the spuds are neatly stacked inside their sack once again, looking like the spillage of them had been a bad dream. Wilbur is the first who tries to lift said sack, only to find that his bones are too frail for it. Typical. Grian rolls his eyes again, calls Wilbur a drama queen, and proceeds to lift the sack of potatoes like it's nothing (again).

 

"How- How are you doing that?!", Wilbur wonders. Grian doesn't really know how to answer him (honestly).

 

"You just lift with your legs, it's simple", he settles with, except-

 

"You realize you're holding that under your arm, right?", Wilbur is a lot more perceptive."How are you even balancing it?"  He ignores that and continues to the stairs. The hero is behind him as he goes up the steps, having said something about not wanting something similar to Techno's little hospital escapade to occur to Grian.

 

"Since when do you have a roommate?", Wilbur asks once they've turned to the next platform. "You didn't tell us anything about that"

 

The avian shrugs his wings as he shuffles through his pockets for his keys- wait, they left the door open. Phew. Key hassle avoided.

 

"It's a very recent development, he’s just now moving in. He has a few things to take care of here so he'll be staying for an undetermined amount of time", he tells him. He opens the door wider with his hip and proceeds to take the potatoes to the cabinets. “I think Techno and Mumbo will get along”

 

Wilbur, in the meantime, makes himself comfortable on the blanketed couch (which looks like a cat just came in and scratched at the blanket until it could roll in it), and he is tall enough to reach up to Grian’s elbow. Grian thinks nothing of it; he’s used to it.

 

“Does your friend know of us? As in, our civilian identities and such?”

 

The avian shakes his head no as he pushes the heavy (not) bag of potatoes in one of the lower cabinets.

 

“No, I haven’t told him”, he says, “He just knows that we’re acquaintances, your hero personas and I” -which is a complete lie (most of it is anyway) but Wilbur doesn’t need to know that. The brunet huffs a sigh of relief, muttering a “that’s good, that’s good..”

 

“Would you like a cup of tea- woah!”

 

Something thumps hard above their heads, on the ceiling, on the upper floor. Grian’s eyes widen, instantly realizing that something has gone wrong upstairs where the kids are. He’s faster than Wil at getting to the door, not even bothering to shut it behind him -at least that makes it easier for Wil to follow him- and he only hopes that Ranboo is not at Stress’ and that everyone is alright and not hanging off the third floor balcony.

 

“Grian, what was that!”, that’s Mumbo joined by Techno’s worried and gruff huff. Grian can hear them running up the stairs, pursuing them the best they can, but the avian’s eyes are trained on the wooden door that soon appears before him.

 

He is quick to knock, and he puts up an ear in the moments that it takes for the door to open. He almost falls flat on the floor because of how much weight he put on the door, but we won’t talk about that. In front of him stands a very ecstatic Tubbo and behind him, on the couch with raccoon paw prints, he witnesses a sight he has seen one too many times. Stress has Tommy pinned down on the cushions, looking a moment away from cutting him up with that cleaver she’s holding above her head- wait. Cleaver? Grian doesn’t get a moment to ponder on it. Over the loud, obnoxious screaming of a raccoon (how did none of them hear that?) and frantic eyes that turn to look at him, he sees Ranboo; good, poor Ranboo who probably got handcuffed to stay and watch whatever is unfolding in the apartment.

 

Quickly, he closes the door. On one hand, he is relieved that none of them are hurt but on the other… Well, he can’t help but be concerned about what he just saw. Anyways. He turns around, holding in his sigh of relief for a moment to come up with some elaborate lie because Ranboo is in there and the heroes who are looking for him are out here .

 

And, they are heroes , they will be concerned about whatever spooked the avian that much!

 

This really has not gone according to plan. Damn Grian and his good nature!

 

"What's going on?!", Wilbur shouts, followed suit by Mumbo, who Grian has yet to inform about the freeloaders in the attic. That's a mistake but it really isn't the time to address it right now. "Why did you close the door?"

 

"No reason!", Grian says, but his voice is at a higher pitch than usual.

 

Ghostbur goes up to the door and knocks. "This is SBI! Are you guys okay in there?", they receive a couple sounds of what can only be described as an orchestra of high pitched screams and screeches.

 

"They might be listening to screamo!", Mumbo interrupts. Grian loves his friends.

 

"Yeah, Stress is into that type of music weirdly enough!", he backs him up.

 

"Wait", all eyes fall on Techno, whose mask looks like it's scrunched up in scrutiny. He is making sniffing sounds that make Grian and Mumbo raise an eyebrow. "I SMELL HIM!"

 

"WHAT"

 

"HE'S IN THERE!"

 

"No, Blade, no one's in there!"

 

Regardless, Techno busts the door down.

 

Silence befalls their little group of four.

 

Grian is halfway to screaming when he sees that the scene in front of him is, well, normal. How? Stress is in the kitchen, seemingly cooking, not having realized that her door is literally on the floor from how loud the roof is, Tommy and Tubbo are sitting around the coffee table with papers and upside down books strewn around the area in an unorganized mess. If you exclude the broken door, it looks like an ordinary family: the mum who is making dinner, and the children who are pretending to be doing their homework. Grian thinks it’s fake for a second, until Tubbo and Tommy yell for Stress, saying that The Blade has just broken down their door.

 

Techno could care less about the trauma he has caused to two impressionable teenagers.

 

“WHERE IS HE?!”, the hero shouts, and Grian can hear Wilbur excuse himself to call their father. Mumbo is the first to rush in after the hero and he follows suit, flailing his wings but apparently, Phil skipped the tiny detail that the trick doesn’t work when Techno is mad .

 

“Blade, please calm down! You’re scaring the children!”, poor, oblivious Mumbo. It’s fine, he’ll learn to read Techno like an open book in due time, Grian thinks.

 

“What’s going on he- HEY!”, and before anyone can register it, Stress has come over with a wet frying pan, ready to defend the boys in the living room. “What are you doing in my house?!”, she frantically looks between the three, before blocking a fuming Techno from entering further into the house, Grian and Mumbo unable to do anything to stop the man.

 

“WHERE ARE YOU HIDING HIM?!”

 

“Excuse me, sir, but you need a warrant!”, Stress accuses, as if the door didn't get kicked in, and rightfully so because heroes must follow the same rules as the police. No exceptions.

 

“I’ve got that covered, so sorry for the disturbance, ma’am!”, Wilbur shouts from the doorway. He is still on the phone and Grian is sure that the only reason Phil has even picked up is to ensure that his sons haven’t done anything immoral yet. Ironic, isn’t it? “The warrant will be here soon!”

 

“This is breaking and entering!”, Stress states, and that means that she can use self defense. Grian quickly connects the dots between the frying pan in her hands and her words, and prepares for the fight that is about to break out. Quietly, he looks over towards the boys at the coffee table, having suddenly remembered that they are just sitting there watching.

 

Weirdly enough, Tubbo and Tommy are calmly observing them, quiet and passing notes to one another to not disturb them. Ranboo is thankfully nowhere in sight, and Grian guesses that the boy teleported to the attic the moment the door closed- and judging by the way a very tall teenager with split black and white skin and hair sheepishly enters the fray, he must’ve teleported back, for some reason .

 

This is it, Grian thinks, Ranboo is probably going to die and many of them will be left scarred for life, and his suspicion is proven true by the way Techno halts his struggle of getting him and Mumbo off him.

 

“You…”, the hero’s voice is dangerously low. Well, Fundy won’t be the one who has to clean up the blood. “You better have my stuff on you still”

 

To Grian’s surprise, Techno is… weirdly calm about the situation. Ranboo is weirdly calm about it too. Stress, Tubbo and Tommy on the other hand? They are quicker at jumping in front of Ranboo to shield him than you can say “bonanza”. The situation seems under control, and Wilbur, who is still on the phone to Phil, is standing at the doorway watching with a worried face. Grian can share the sentiment.

 

“No, no! Wait!”, Ranboo rushes to say, which causes more than a few eyebrows to raise in question. The teenager seems to grow meek at that, almost shying away behind the overbearing protection of his friends -they are quite literally squeezing the life out of him. “I, um, I have your phone and your um, wallet”

 

“Alright, hand them over”

 

It is very weird for The Blade to be seen this calm over thievery, and if anything, all the shouting from before proves that point. Grian can’t help but be suspicious. He quickly goes over and disentangles the two shorter boys from the other’s body and guides them towards the bedroom, where it is safe. It’s not exactly a way for him to indirectly shield their ears and physical health, it’s not like they won’t put their ears on the door anyway, but it’s so he can have some peace of mind that Tommy won’t maul anyone to death again and Tubbo won’t sting anyone till they fall into a comma again.

 

Don’t ask how he knows their crimes. He has his uh, sources? Yeah, we’ll call it that. Just- don't ask.

 

“Please, don’t hurt him, Mr. Blade, he’s just being a rebel”, Stress tries to make sure that no harm comes Ranboo’s way. She mostly has her eyes on the hero’s hands as Techno opens them, expecting to be handed his items. Mumbo immediately agrees, though Wilbur questions whether Mumbo actually knows these people or not.

 

“They are our little street kids”, the woman says after a short while of Ranboo fumbling with the many, many inside pockets of his jacket (which are mostly holes which Stress has patched up and somehow he made them work as pockets). Techno’s nod is almost dismissive. Ranboo hesitantly approaches, and hastily places both requested items in the awaiting hands of the hero. “I sincerely apologize for his behavior”

 

“I think he should be the one apologizin’, ma’am”, Techno says, to which Ranboo seems to become a foot shorter to hide behind Stress.

 

“Please, don’t take him to the station”, she says but she is dismissed once again. The woman sighs and sadly nudges the teen towards the hero. Ranboo is at a loss for words for a few lengthy moments.

 

“I’m very sorry about stealing your stuff, sir”, he says, and Stress discreetly puts a comforting hand on his side. Grian’s wings shuffle behind him and Mumbo drags him to him and WIlbur, “I won’t do it again”

 

“What’s your name, kid?”

 

“um… Ranboo?”

 

“Here”

 

“Huh?”

 

Suddenly, in Ranboo’s spindly fingers rest a few banknotes. Bright orange banknotes. 50s. A good four of them.

 

What.

 

“Don’t go stealin’ wallets again, some of them hold another sort of value that pawnbrokers don’t see, alright?”

 

Wilbur absolutely gapes at his brother. Grian, despite the absurdity of the situation, finds it in himself to chuckle. A hero forgiving a thief just like that, without taking them down to the station and keep them in police custody for a day? That’s unheard of! Especially from The Blade, who has like a million arrests on his record!

 

Who is this look alike standing before them? Where is their Techno?

 

“O-okay?”, Ranboo stummers, probably from the shock of not being either cut in half or put in handcuffs. Stress seems bewildered too, and Grian gives her a look that he'll find out what's going on later, when no one will be as confused. 

 

"I'll be taking my leave now, it was nice meeting you and uh, sorry about your door", Techno awkwardly coughs. Stress looks at the door, finally registering its state. Yeah, that door is near shattered.

 

"It's uhm, alright"

 

Which it isn't but after what has just happened, neither Grian nor Mumbo have the mind to disagree.

 

"I will get some guys to replace it, I promise"

 

At that, Wilbur turns away from them to talk to Phil again, saying something about needing him to order a door as well.

Chapter 3: I always wonder "What am I doing? Why am I here?"

Summary:

Mumbo is angry at Grian.
The heroes are not happy.
Jimmy has to deal with three feral kids on his own.
Said kids are grounded but they can go play heroes if Stress doesn't notice!

Overall, the day has been pretty normal!

Notes:

Oh my god, I have finally finished this chapter- You have no idea how happy I am with how it turned out. I am working on three stories and a one shots book simultaneously atm so I hope your patience doesn't run out anytime soon! :)

Also! Also, also, new story coming soon ;)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"You're saying that the two top heroes who pinned me down, one of which held a sword to my neck, plus their father, are the 'friends' you were telling me about?!", Mumbo shrieks, grabbing Grian by the shoulders and shaking him back and forth like a maraca.

 

The two of them left hastily after the ordeal between Ranboo and The Blade ended, Mumbo pulling Grian down to the blond's apartment, leaving the three rascals at Stress' mercy. And judging by the fact that they bumped into Impulse on their way down, the kids would be getting a double lecture. Sadly, though, Grian can't help; he has other problems to tend to himself, like the very angry mustache man in front of him. (he has taught the kids how to pull puppy eyes, they'll be fiiiine )

 

Mumbo only knows the basics of this bizarre family dynamic, having been out of town on "business" for about a month, in which month Grian (and the others) managed to pull a co-op Philza and adopt the street's strays. Grian had only given him the names of the kids and some basic characteristics (the obvious ones like Tubbo's bee wings and Ranboo's skin) to recognize them by. He's told him how they behave in general, but most of the conversations they've had about them were just Grian ranting about Ranboo doing this and oh my gosh, Tommy did that and how Tubbo has been getting these weird purple scabs over his knees from failed skateboard tricks so they’re keeping a closer eye on him- point is, he doesn’t know the kids as the kids themselves. And his very best friend is biased because he's running after them like a mother hen. Or parrot in his case.

 

But, Grian might've forgotten to tell Mumbo about his hero friends. Three of the most popular and skillful heroes in the country; in the world, even. One of which almost slit the man's throat open. Oops.

 

Grian can't exactly blame Mumbo for being angry at Techno (and by extension him as well but we're skipping that tiny detail). He would be upset too if some random guy almost cut his head off over a stupid potat exploding! Or, well, a misunderstood firecracker as Mumbo put it.

 

"Yeah!", Grian responds, quick and choppy, smiling like the madman that he is, like Mumbo just busted the best joke on the whole flippin' planet.

 

"Mate, you realize that they are heroes , right? He-roes "

 

"I do, yeah, why?"

 

"Weren't you telling me that the Crowfather was chasing you through the city like… two days ago?"

 

"Pearl had made it look like I was robbing that bank, it was a misunderstanding"

 

"And that The Blade almost chopped your wings off that one time?"

 

"We kind of ran into each other and I was covered in ketchup, he thought it was blood-"

 

"And wasn't there that one occurance when Ghostbur tried to use his Voice on you to make you throw yourself off that office building?"

 

"Eh, that was just bad timing and honestly, that was so long ago, Mumbo!"

 

"All of this happened, like… literally this week , Grian!"

 

"Buh, old news, old news!"

 

Mumbo facepalms. Grian resists the urge to chuckle.

 

"You're insufferable sometimes"

 

"Aw, I love you too, Mumbo!"

 

And with quite a strange noise, Grian falls on Mumbo, wrapping his arms and wings around the taller man.

 

"By the way, your potats won't explode overnight in the cupboard, right?"

 

Oh yeah, Mumbo has the ability to turn food items into bombs (hence the cool firecracker at the lobby). How cool is that? His go-to food is, you guessed it, potatoes; spuds; tatties; tubers; taters; or as Mumbo likes to call the ones he makes go boom: potats. They are quite explosive -Grian can tell you that much- and very destructive (and deadly 'cause they're still edible, but again, we’re skipping that detail). He has learnt to make two kinds of bombs so far: dynamite potats (which was the first batch that Grian carried up) and pressure-sensitive potats which work pretty much like mines. And yes, he has made huge mine fields using potats many times.

 

What? He only sets them around the parking lot of remote companies that are harmful to the environment! Those evil-doers had it coming!

 

“No, they should be fine as long as they’re stable and perfectly immobile-”

 

Grian twitches.

 

At that, Mumbo stops speaking, stops moving and both of their heads slowly turn to the cupboard. Grian's wings shiver, feathers ruffling and fluff raising due to goosebumps and that's when reality settles in.

 

"Crap"

 

"Did you seriously put them on top of each other?"

 

The avian slowly turns towards him again with a sheepish smile. He might’ve done exactly that. He discreetly coughs into his fist.

 

"Is there any chance you can disarm the mines?", and he coughs again, side-eyeing his mustached friend.

 

And that's when they hear the very distinct ploof of a potato falling.

 

This day is going fan-freaking-tastic.

 

(Never hide bombs in your cupboards, kids!)



*



Ghostbur is circling The Blade. It isn't done in a defensive sort of way, not like a predator circles its prey, but in a calculating, curious, and very scrutinizing manner. His brother acts like a cat sometimes and Techno can't do much about it other than accept it, even though he's a dog person. And that's fine, he can't really say that having a non-corporeal person walking around him in circles annoys him (he's used to it) but the reason he's doing it? Oh, man, the reason is perhaps the most annoying thing of all time. It's probably more annoying than having to tie your shoelaces every morning.

 

Wilbur is questioning his actions. It's been about half an hour since they departed from the block of flats, received their warrant and printed it out in a bookstore to file later at the police station (bless Phil) but Wil is too stubborn to forget about an incident that happened so long ago. Ugh. He supposes that it is kind of strange for the fearsome Blade to let a teenage thief off the hook so easily. Especially when he has arrested teens for pettier illegal things than pickpocketing. Especially when said thief stole his own belongings.

 

Shouldn't he be holding a huge grudge or something? Isn't his vengefulness and ultimate sense of justice supposed to be taking over? That's what Techno thinks should be happening right about now, and his brother has been reminding him every ten seconds, but for some reason, imagining the kid's face in his mind's eye doesn't anger him nor ire him at all. It is… weird, strange; it makes him feel uncomfortable and his skin fills with goosebumps.

 

"Are you really The Blade?", Wilbur asks, using titles only because they are in public. The public must never learn their real identities, lest they want to have reporters flocking their house and said house to be destroyed by vengeful villains (the three of them have put many big guys in jail, they wouldn’t put it past said guys to destroy a house with them inside of it). Only Phil’s crows would make it out alive.

 

"You're acting a little sus"

 

"Shut up, Ghostbur"

 

The public doesn't even know that they are related; that they are family . They don't know that Ghostbur and The Blade are brothers, or that The Crowfather is in reality their father and sole caregiver. And even though it would've added billions of points to their popularity basket and probably have them trending on Twitter for a couple months, they prefer their lives to be private; not broadcasted on the media. It's safer and more comfortable that way.

 

"You let that kid go without making that much of a fuss", Wil says instead, completely ignoring him and the death stare he receives. "You never do that"

 

Techno can't do anything but grit his teeth in defeat and silently fume. How does he even defend himself here? He can't really walk faster than a ghost and running or holding a shouting match in public for no reason does not sound very appealing. Darn his introversion and shyness.

 

He can't exactly kill his brother either because, well, he's his brother , and no matter what, he is doomed to forever love him.

 

And suddenly, Wilbur's eyes light up, like he has found a gilded sarcophagus in a random dune of the desert. Techno does not think that is a good sign for his mental health. No, scratch that, it is definitely not a good sign for his mental health, because Wil's grin is wider than Jeff the Killer's smile.

 

"Ghostbur, don't say something you'll regret-"

 

"Aw, has The Great Blade gone sooooft ?", the brunet asks in this annoying, high-pitched, babying tone. Techno is absolutely fuming, definitely not blushing in embarrassment in the middle of the street.

 

"No, I have not gone soft", he attempts to ensure but Wil only grins wider. God, can't a guy have morals and not be teased for it?

 

The reason he did not beat that kid's ass was because said kid had managed to somehow escape him, even when Techno had cornered him in that alleyway. Well, not exactly cornered, but close enough. And he can respect that because that's a super rare thing to happen. Actually, that never happens. No one escapes The Blade, and this is not a warning; it's a fact but Ranboo somehow managed to prove him wrong.

 

The kid was polite and had manners too which is an incredibly rare thing for a teenager his age. That added a couple points towards Techno not wanting to murder him as much for stealing his stuff.

 

On top of it all, Grian was defending Ranboo along with that other woman with the pan (she was scary , like, who holds a pan to a hero’s head?!), and he's probably been housing him from time to time if the fact that they shared the scent of bird dust counted. Which, yes, added many more points.

 

In the years that he's known Grian, it has become apparent that the man never does anything without a good reason. Most times. He will never forget that one time the avian bought all the egg cartons of a supermarket for an unexplained reason. Come to think of it, wasn't there a protest march the next day? And the heroes who tried to diffuse the situation got absolutely egged?

 

Yes, that's it, that's the only reason for letting the kid go scot free. He totally did not develop a soft spot for the kid in the few seconds that they interacted. It was totally because Grian was there that Ranboo got away unscathed. Mhm, yes, yes.

 

Then Wilbur's annoying, irritating voice broke through his (derailed) train of thought.

 

"Awwww, Technosoft, Technosoft~ "

 

Techno finds it somewhat more appealing to run away now. Especially since bystanders have started looking at him and Ghostbur and trying to decipher their words in the bustle of the crowd. This is just embarrassing, and the one hour of Blade fanservice is over for the month- he is not about to give thirteen-year-olds more material of the sort to write fanfics about.

 

"Ghostbur, stop " - or a fist fight will break out in the middle of the street . Wil catches that silent threat and backs away with that stupidly wide grin, looking casual and smug as ever. Techno starts thinking of ways to get back at his brother once their shift is over.

 

A wide shadow passes over them at that moment, however, and the people around cheer and greet The Crowfather . And why would they not? Philza, or The Crowfather, is one of the oldest heroes who have yet to retire, well into his mid-thirties and made of dad-material. The kids and teens alike love him and aspire to be like him, though they'd be missing the huge crow wings.

 

And the huge murder of crows that follow him like the plague. Yeah, kinda hard for a normal person to have that many crows chillin' in their backyard.

 

Guess the two of them can flex with a dad like Philza flippin’ Minecraft.

 

Techno sighs in relief and Wilbur turns into a cheeky face; that of a toddler who says that he hasn't eaten the whole jar of Nutella despite the empty jar in his hands and the Nutella smeared on his face. Techno really wants to jump his sibling right about now but he can't do it when Dadza is around. Parents never stop being parents after all (Phil still grounds them when they misbehave) and Wilbur can be so childish sometimes that he'll just use his Voice to get out of trouble (Techno always gets him back one way or another after those occurrences).

 

Once Phil lands, Techno wastes no time in walking over to greet their old man and Wilbur follows along, hands in the pockets of his pants, leaning back, relaxed. Phil stops Wilbur with a finger, however, and then halts Techno with a hawk-like glare. His wings fluff up, as if he needs to appear bigger when the air around him already is so authoritative and intimidating, and his sclera are narrower than they should be on the ground.

 

Oh no.

 

This is a bad sign. The two of them are about to have a bad time, aren't they? And villains think that they've seen dear Crowfather's mad self, in actuality, they know nothing about it because they don't get lectured by him whenever they rob a bank the wrong way.

 

"You're explaining everything that happened when we get home", Phil says, voice dangerously low and dangerous; it makes them both shiver. Techno thought that Wilbur had told Phil everything that happened. The betrayal .

 

Phil doesn't have to threaten them more than that to acquire all the information he needs anyway. And then, it's like someone has just… flipped a switch and the blond man turns to greet the crowd with the biggest, most innocent smile in the world -and he looks so angelic that his face seems to sparkle . It's unnerving how a man -more specifically: their father - can switch character so easily.

 

That even shut Wil up. That's good. Techno can deal with some less bullying on the streets. But he knows that the peace will last only for the duration of their patrol. Right as they step into HQ, it'll pick up again- and no, again, he has not gone soft . The Blade is and shall remain a stoic Hero figure. A random teenager will not change that!

 

But when they arrive at the HQ about three hours later, when the sky is beginning to turn orange, Wilbur doesn't start anything. Neither of them does for a solid second. As they step into the elevator to go to their respective offices and check out, Phil's aura is… Well, weird, for lack of a better word. It's like that moment in horror movies when the bass drops and you know that something is about to go wrong and the main character just looks off to the side like Dwayne Johnson with his smolder thing. Techno urges down a shiver.

 

Phil doesn’t ask about the sudden call about the warrant, nor about the overpriced, wooden door delivery they needed from Praktiker.

 

"I wanted to talk to you", he says instead, feathers bristling slightly. Ah, now the two of them get to know why their father took up the dramatic demeanor of the main character in a horror movie.

 

Wilbur nods, Techno does as well, and the two walk into their father's office without a hint of hesitation. Visible hesitation, because Techno can feel the tiniest bead of sweat forming on his eyebrow. He has no doubt that Wilbur feels the same if the slight twitch of his left pinkie finger is any indication. 

 

"There has been increased vigilante activity in the parish church of St. George" Phil tells them matter-of-factly. They nod. 

 

Vigilante activity is no news to them; vigilantes existed way before licensed heroes did! It’s how the job came to be. Too many wanted to play cops and robbers and the government thought, hey, why not actually make this into a job? They have super powers, they’ll be alright! So now both heroes and vigilantes exist! One is paid, the other is a volunteer. Great, innit?

 

However, most vigilantes keep a low profile, they hide and act like Spiderman or Batman and all those other heroes only in cases the real heroes might overlook or simply not notice, such as small-scale burglaries or a mugging in an alleyway. The heroes, at least the Sleepy Bois INC. (the three of them), praise and speak highly of them and if they could, they'd buy them a ton of ice cream and treats. But they can't. Why? Because the governor has his nose too far up his a- ahem. You get what I mean.

 

Rules are rules and laws are laws. Heroes are bound by contract, by some stolen oath that Techno couldn't care less about and an image to uphold since one's official debut. It's a political mess, honestly. A normal citizen would see the amount of paperwork and rules and etiquette and run for the hills. The amount of work and signing papers is scarier than catching the big guys outside. Only the crazy ones apply for hero jobs.

 

And even crazier (or perhaps immature as some see it) ones become vigilantes. Those guys are on their own, having to find their own little circle of connections, a place to heal injuries, fund their own equipment… it puts a huge dent in someone's life, is what it does. Vigilantes don't get paid, they have to make due with what they have and what they earn in their day jobs -if they have a day job and remember the rules and laws? Yeah, vigilantes are considered illegal.

 

Techno knows all this simply because the great Crowfather once was a part-time vigilante. Surprising, isn't it? He doesn't know how he did it but Phil became experienced enough to just open up his own hero business, drag his two sons in the biz and then the three of them were ranking in the top ten.

 

As you can see, they're learning from the best.

 

"Right. You want us to chase 'em?", Techno asks. The man nods, Wilbur groans at the idea.

 

"Yes, I want you two to catch as many as you can. Bystanders say that most of them are just kids playing heroes", he explains. "I'd rather they be in police custody for a day than spend another one outside"

 

Wilbur grows curious then and raises a questioning eyebrow. "Are you worried about the Watcher's increase in activity?"

 

"I am"

 

And when Phil worries about something, it is something major; something awfully huge and giant. Before the Watcher, there was no one that could match Phil, much less to out-match him. Every villain that they have come across was easy to throw in jail or to sail off to the Pentagon. Now? Now there is a villain dude that can fly faster, think faster and flee faster than their old man.

 

The Watcher is a danger, a terrorist in most cases that involve him and a complete mystery to the world. They only know his alias and gender and that's only because he had the decency to introduce himself on the news station before he started wrecking hero lives the next. He has claimed at least ten heroes’ lives. No one knows his motives, who he is, what his ability is; they can only come up with theories and even then, something either doesn't correlate or doesn't make sense.

 

Whenever a case pops up and The Watcher is involved, both Techno and Wil spot the unhappy quirk of Phil's eyebrows.

 

"Weren't you chasing him like two days ago?", Wilbur asks.

 

"We were all chasing him", Techno corrects.

 

"Yeah, but Phil did most of the work-"

 

It was a bank robbery gone wrong. Honestly, no one knows who started it -who walked in and held the gun. It was just two up-and-coming villains at first, Pearlescent Moon and her accomplice, Gemini. Not too much is known about them, their abilities are untrained and dangerous but nothing that heroes can't handle. The Dream Team had arrived on scene and they had the situation under control but then, The Watcher appeared out of nowhere and helped the two escape. SBI was called in and it was a wild goose chase from then on out.

 

Long story short, they did not manage to catch any of them that night.

 

Phil clears his throat, professional as ever, dragging their attention back to him.

 

"Anyways, I do not want to risk any of those kids going after the big fish or the big fish going after them. God knows what the Watcher will do to them if they confront him"

 

Techno hums, considering it. Beside him, he notices Wilbur cringing.

 

There haven't been any cases of The Watcher hitting vigilantes or mere bystanders. None of them are stupid enough to pick a fight with the sole man who can escape from The Crowfather but there are exceptions. There's a reason that Karens walk the Earth still.

 

"This is going to be a long week"

 

Phil clears his throat discreetly.

 

Oh boy .

 

"Week s "

 

*

 

"Guys, I am up for some crime stoppin' tonight", Tommy, in the guise of RaccoonInnit, biggest man, greatest vigilante and crime stopper ever, tells his two accomplices as he arrives at their meeting spot. It's nothing special, really, but it is their hang out spot both in regular and 'hero' clothes.

 

It's the video club that is next to the block of flats. What? The cashier is a good friend of the tenants, and by relation, he is a good friend of theirs and the best cover-up ever. If the heroes or villains chase 'em, they can just burst into the video club and hide behind the racks without so much as a shout (as long as it is before closing time). Jimmy, the aforementioned friend and video club cashier, is a very understanding person.

 

He also doesn't tattle on their midnight activities without being blackmailed, which is a huge plus. This blond, British man is the reason they can escape Stress' inquiries on the barely visible bags underneath their eyes so easily. They were just helping him stack some shelves, don't worry. They definitely weren't losing sleep because they were chasing bad guys, no no.

 

Speaking of Stress, she grounded them. It was unavoidable, unfortunately, and very not poggers, thanks to a tall, skinny teenager who both he and Tubbo hold a huge grudge over now (they kicked him off the bed for that). It's both because of the grounding and because of the fact that Impulse took back their free iDimpy rights for an undetermined amount of time. The man only told them "Until you behave, I am not giving it back". So, as you can tell, they aren’t having the best of times now.

 

Which is bullshit in Tommy's opinion, because they always behave themselves (aka when they roll +100 Stealth in pickpocketing and x2 Luck in car washing). It's not Ranboo's fault that The Blade stood in his path!

 

His accomplices, his most trusted partners in crime, are none other than Ranboob as Endwalker and Tubbo as Tubbee , who nod with this sophisticated look on their faces when he approaches.

 

Or, he thinks it's a sophisticated look at the very least it's a professional one.

 

Ranboo is wearing a face mask and sunglasses (which Tommy finds weird since it's night, and, well, the sun isn't out at night but who is he to sadden his friend?) and Tubbo has this steampunk look down to a T with glued-on rusty gears on orange tinted goggles and makeshift gas mask and the hundreds of sewed-on nuts and rusks and whatever Fundy (the janitor) calls those other ones, on a belt he had stolen some time ago.

 

Their costumes aren't anything special, literally handmade with the help of the amazing Cleo, who they had sworn to secrecy about the costumes because God knows what Stress would do if she found out that they punch evildoers every now and again.

 

So, y'know, he can't really make out their expressions.

 

At least they fit them all aesthetically. Tommy's is the simplest thing ever, though. He only wears his signature red and white baseball tee, a red bandana covering his nose and mouth and another black one covering his eyes -kind of like the mutant ninja turtles'! Listen, he couldn't help himself when the funny image of a raccoon thief defending innocent grandmas came to mind! It was too badass and cool to resist, so he took up the raccoon thief aesthetic with honor and pride.

 

"Alright, boss man, I don't think I'll be awake for long so the first couple must be quick", Tubbo informs him and already the brunet is yawning into his hand. Bee genes, innit? Poor Tubbo is as sleepy at night as he is energetic during the day and in an hour or so, Tommy calculates, he'll be a walking zombie. Or sleepwalking. It's as funny as it is inconvenient.

 

So, as Tubbo said, they'll have to deal with the first few crime cases quickly. 

 

"Right, the usual route?" Ranboo asks. Tommy hates his friend's height, because he is the only person that makes him crane his neck to look at.

 

"I'd say so. What do you say, Tubs?"

 

The brunet hums in consideration. 

 

"Sure. Can we check out the crystal shop down the road by the way?"

 

"What are the two of you up to again?", Jimmy comes out of the backroom with a box of new DVDs and blank blue cases, "Aren't the three of you supposed to be grounded?"

 

"Big J, big man, king of all things CD, how are you on this very fine evening?", Tommy asks in an attempt to change the subject. The man chuckles awkwardly and puts the box down on the counter. Tubbo makes a noise of interest and wastes no time jumping on the counter to inspect the new arrivals.

 

“Hey, hey! Careful with those!”, Jimmy, despite his attempt at being firm for half a second, goes ignored. It’s fine, it’s not like they take any of the DVDs (they don’t have a DVD player) anyway. The man sighs and turns his attention to the other two. “Are the three of you off to your hero shenanigans again?”

 

“Mhm, yes we are”, Tommy responds quickly. Ranboo nods beside him.

 

“The Watcher has been getting more active lately so we’re doing our part in keeping people safe!”

 

"That's a questionable thing to do after almost blowing up the ba-"

 

Tubbo’s wings buzz, seemingly having found something of interest. Or he just wants to distract Jimmy from his failed attempt at a successful bank robbery. But who can really tell?

 

“Yo! This movie looks sick! Can you-”

 

“Yes, yes, I’ll recommend it to Stress next time she wants to watch a comedy”

 

And Tubbo fistbumps the air. Honestly, the three of them leech off the tenants a bit too much. Actually, is it even leeching if they are willfully doing it? Tommy thinks that it isn’t. He is pretty sure that Stress would chase them around the block if they refused to eat for a day.

 

Jimmy’s attention shifts to them again as Tubbo climbs off the counter, leaving the DVD he picked out outside of the box.

 

“Anyway, you really shouldn’t be messing with the big guys, boys”, he warns them. More like lectures. Tommy does not like Jimmy’s attitude now. “Best case scenario, you’ll end up in a hospital bed”

 

“Listen here, buddy, you don’t tell bigman Tommy Innit what to do-”, Ranboo pulls Tommy back by his shirt, and manages to keep him at a safe distance as he hisses and claws the air in the direction of the cashier.

 

“What he means to say is thank you for the advice, right Tommy?.. Okay, ow, ow- No, don’t do that!”

 

As the two of them argue in the background, Tubbo pats Jimmy’s shoulder.

 

“Don’t worry bossman, we’re careful!”

 

Jimmy shakes his head.

 

“You have no idea what you’re getting yourselves into”

 

“Come oooon, he’s just slippery, that’s why the heroes haven’t caught him!”

 

“Uh huh”

 

*

 

Okay, so, turns out, The Watcher isn’t just slippery. That’s the first thing they learn when they find said villain flying over the city. He is fast; too fast , one might say. Faster than Crowfather even! And that says something about The Watcher’s superiority. The thing is that his abilities -whatever they are- allow for massive damage. Bigger damage than even freaking flex tape can fix! Flex tape! Have you seen that tape at work?! And the scale of said damage could easily redefine the word “massive”, don't even get him started on that.

 

He has already risked his nose for a grandma and Tubbo managed to fly two bystanders out of the way. And Ranboo has been teleporting left and right to get little kids out of the way. Why are there kids on the streets this late at night anyway?

 

Whatever, doesn't really matter, because, well...

 

The three of them are running. Running from what, you ask? Well, my friend, wherever there is a villain, there is always a hero, as they have learnt, and when those two meet, a huge fight breaks out. So, they might not be chasing them but the concrete debris certainly is.

 

“I think this was a bad idea!”, Tubbo yells and ducks right as a giant piece of cement flies over his head.

 

“Oh, it was!”, Tommy agrees -despite being so sure of the opposite like… an hour ago, whatever- and yips as a blast of air knocks him forwards. He trips over his feet but stays standing and chases after his friends. Ranboo returns to their side, having gone to move a couple to a safer spot than the open street.

 

“Tommy, morph and I’ll get us out of here!”, without a second thought, Tommy morphs into a small, hissing raccoon and jumps on Ranboo’s arm. Tubbo grabs the taller’s shoulder and with a very loud vwoop , they are out of there, missing the big piece of wall that would’ve hit them had they continued running instead.

 

Tommy has always hated teleporting, what with all the nausea and ill feeling that it brings him as a raccoon, and he still hates it when it has fished him out of a deep dry well. It’s not fun either way. One time, he almost stumbled off a roof because of it, which was not traumatizing per se but definitely close to it.

 

Lucky Ranboo, he doesn’t get affected by it since it’s an inherited ability of enderborns. Tubbo- oh. He has passed out, that’s not good. Tommy looks around to establish where Ranboo teleported the three of them and- oh okay, they are on the roof of a tall building quite far away from the fight, they can spare a minute to plan out shit. No one will find them on an open rooftop, right? Not even The Watcher, or Dream, who can fly, right? Yeah, nah, they won’t find them, what a ludicrous thought!

 

“Seems like he’s gone to bed early”, Ranboo comments when he checks on Tubbo’s condition.

 

“Can’t fault him with all the running we did”, Tommy shrugs after he morphs back into Human!Tommy Innit. “What do we do now?”

 

It is Ranboo’s turn to shrug. Tommy flips him off for no evident reason. He raises an eyebrow.

 

“We can’t just watch!”

 

“Innit, we can’t do anything to him! He doesn’t let anyone get close enough to land a hit on him, I mean, you saw how easily he threw Dream off him! Dream!

 

Oh, yeah, The Watcher did that, didn’t he? Dream is one of the best heroes, easily top-ten in the popularity and skill leaderboards. His ability is creation, which means that he can make anything out of thin air, the lucky, green teletubby bitch- Tommy holds a grudge against him and his team of heroes. What? They’ve ended more than one vigilante’s career long-term and they’ve had their fair share of experiences with the Dream Team, Tommy is allowed to hold grudges. And while he hates them, he can say that if Ranboo did not exist, he and Tubbo would’ve been thrown in jail or something. Actually, that applies to all heroes because Ranboo is just that overpowered.

 

But to throw Dream off? Not even throw , it was more of a kick to the stomach, he is pretty sure, or like, a dropkick. It was a pretty good hit, whatever it was, literally sent him flying into a house and he even made a dent in the wall like in the cartoons! That’s like, impossible to do! The guy has taken down the best of the best without being touched! He’s invincible! Well, guess The Watcher has proved that he is higher than mortals, end of conversation.

 

“Fucking Dream, man, hope he gets a broken arm”, Tommy grumbles. "Or a leg. Y'know the saying "break a leg"?, yeah, that but long term"

 

“Pretty sure that is a wish for good luck”

 

“Shut it”

 

Ranboo gives a smug grin. Tommy almost pushes him off the building.

 

The two of them sit down after their little wrestling match near the edge of the roof, Ranboo pulling the sleeping Tubbee between them, and watch the heroes fight The Watcher from a safe distance. It’s not everyday that you get to see either of the teams in action, and the fact that The Watcher is able to take on three of the best heroes at once is… inspiring? yes, for lack of a better word, it’s inspiring. And scary, but mostly inspiring. Tommy would like to hold that level of power one day; not to do crime but to stop it. He wants to be the opposite of The Watcher, y’know?

 

And it's Hella entertaining, actually. They find themselves laughing more than once at each punch thrown despite the damage that is dealt to nearby buildings. Quite the moral compass, innit? I mean, the heroes are getting thrown around like pillows in a pillow fight! That’s quite a funny comparison and a funny scene, they only need popcorn.

 

It’s easy to tell that the Dream Team is having trouble too, and that point is accentuated when they lose the villain when he flies down in the gaps between the buildings. You see, this whole time, they’d been fighting in the sky. Dream had made a pair of wings for himself and Sapnap (the guy is a demon hybrid) was chasing him Iron Man style with his pyromancy shit and 404 was too slow to catch up.

 

But they didn’t lose him! Because they literally saw where he went! They were watching! Haha, funny pun, yup yup. And they know the layout of this part of town like the palms of their hands! You know what this means? This could be their chance to shine, Tommy thinks, and a chance to stop The Watcher and his evil plans (whatever those are) once and for all.

 

Ranboo suspiciously side-eyes Tommy.

 

“RaccoonInnit, please, we really shouldn’t-

 

“Come on, Endwalker! Let’s go after him! We can trap him like Hiccup did Toothless in the first movie!”

 

“When did you even see that movie?? And no, that is absolutely crazy! We don’t even have anything to trap him with!”

 

Tommy thinks that Ranboo is one of the non-believers or pussies. He's probably one of the pussies; the guy likes cats, he's been feeding their scraps to the strays of the neighborhood for like a month now, despite himself and Tubbo always telling him not to because God knows if they'll have enough to eat tomorrow.

 

They can probably find something, like a stink bomb or a heavy rock, to throw at the guy. It can’t be that hard, can it? Surely in one of those trash cans they’ll find something useful! Tommy has a master’s degree in dumpster diving after all.

 

“You seriously think that we’ll be able to just… hurl a net at him and ask him to follow us to the cops?”

 

“Of course! RaccoonInnit is the best at persuasion, bigman!”

 

“I really doubt that. Last time you tried to flex your diplomacy skills, Cleo gave us extra homework. On a weekend ”

 

Tubbo huffs in his sleep at that, probably still in that half-awake, half-asleep state. Tommy furrows his eyebrows, an irritation tick just ticking away on his forehead, and is a second away from tackling Tubbo for laughing at him.

 

“If we don't go after him now, we're losing our chance!", he says instead, his anger well-hidden or redirected. He likes to think that it's well-hidden.

 

“You're losing the chance to do what?”

 

The both of them freeze at the foreign voice. Well, it’s only foreign to Ranboo, because Tommy heard it not too long ago. Fuck, two times in the same day is too much, Tommy thinks he might faint, actually. Behind them stands The Crowfather in all his glory, huge black wings tucked behind his back, wearing his signature green and gold kimono and looking at them with a disturbingly kind smile for a hero.

 

They usually don’t get smiles from heroes because none of them look at vigilantes in a kind way but Tommy is none the wiser when it comes to his god , his idol , the undisputed one and only who he'd kiss the ground for.

 

“Innit, we gotta go-”, he doesn’t listen to Ranboob, who has grabbed Tubbo under one arm (how is he even doing that? When did adrenaline give power buffs?) and stood up. Ranboo knows nothing, Tommy thinks, and he continues to gaze at The Crowfather with the sort of admiration only a No.1 fan can muster. And not many can earn Tommy’s admiration so that says a lot about the hero.

 

Tommy is only a little biased when it comes to The Crowfather though. God knows what the guy actually wants from them which is what worries Ranboo at the moment.

 

“No! No, don’t worry, I’m not here to hurt you”, The Crowfather quickly says, raising his hands up in a placating gesture. “I just want to help you”

 

“And I’m the queen of England”, Ranboo replies sassily, though the comment might’ve offended Tommy (who bristles and shouts at him to not be rude to The Crowfather) more than the hero. Said hero chuckles, and Tommy thinks he might faint for a second time. It is a pure blessing to hear such a sound. But then the hero’s eyes land on Tubbee and Ranboo flinches back just a tiny bit.

 

“Is your friend okay?”, the hero asks hurriedly, “Did you three get caught up in the fight?”

 

“No!”, Tommy immediately replies, as if someone has flipped the danger switch and now he is in panic mode. Ranboo thinks that it took him long enough to comprehend their situation. They’ve been compromised for like… a minute now? Two?

 

It is always bad when a hero starts asking questions because everything you say can and will be used against you in court or whatever.

 

Tommy quickly looks around for the foreboding murder of crows that accompanies The Crowfather and thanks to his excellent raccoon nightvision, he can easily spot the dark birds in the cover of the night. He has seen those things peck villains to bits on TV. Honestly, he doesn't want to be a mess of raccoon hair and peck marks at the end of this despite how much of an honor it would be.

 

Would it even be an honor? Eh, who cares.

 

"Hmmm", Crowfather hums “Okay”. Tommy slowly scoots backwards, motions slow so as to not be perceived as an escapee. No, he is definitely not stalling to spend more time with his idol who is probably going to arrest them, what do you mean-

 

He is perfectly fine with just the man's signature on his wrist. Speaking of which, he should hide that, rinse it off and whistle innocently as he walks down the street. The reason in him says that they are about to be arrested but he wonders whether being arrested by the great Crowfather will be a good story to tell his grandkids -nah, too early for those sort of stories.

 

“What the three of you are doing is illegal, you know”, the hero tells them, wings spreading just enough to mesmerize an awe-filled Tommy and a Ranboo that can honestly give less of a shit about what the hero has to tell them. “And dangerous,  especially if you're planning on going after The Watcher. You could get seriously hurt"

 

“Yeah, we saw the Dream Team get their asses kicked by The Watcher, pretty uncool and un-poggers if you’d ask me”, Tommy says with a thoughtful nod. Ranboo shoots him a look but it’s not like he can see it from within his sunglasses.

 

…They should really upgrade their costumes. At least get ski masks or something for eye-communicating or whatever.

 

“Alright”, the hero smiles, again, all kindly and stuff and Ranboo does not trust this one bit. Tommy starts to doubt the genuinity of that smile; it’s too strained. “I’d very much like you to follow me to the police department, we can call your parents there”

 

“Parents? No, we are big men with many women, no children here, king, nope-”, Tommy quickly rushes out because this is actually more serious than they thought it’d be.

 

When you think of a hero and vigilante meeting, you think that it’s gonna be a stand-off or something, and it is, but being the vigilante in this situation? With one of the top-ten heroes about to call your parents on you? And said parents not existing? Yeah, it’s not convenient at all.

 

Ranboo rushes to make a cover story.

 

“Yeah, and we seriously gotta get going, it’s been fun but we have uhhhhh… Business!”

 

“Big business! So much business, you don’t even want to know what it is all about!”

 

The Crowfather raises a blond eyebrow at them. Tommy manages to stand up and stumble backwards. Sadly, he doesn’t have eyes on his back, so Ranboo reaches a hand out to stop him from falling off the edge of the roof and teleport the three of them out of there.

 

Right on cue, the crows that have been patiently waiting on the surrounding buildings and trees flap and fly up and finally dive bomb Ranboo and Tommy with their pecking and highly annoying beaks. The Crowfather still smiles as the three of them get separated.

 

Tommy yells at the stupid birds, of course, because he has had many seaguls steal his sandwich from his hands when he and Tubbo take a break by the sea and Ranboo stumbles around the rooftop, bumps into many TV antennas and almost drops the sleeping bee in his arms in his attempt to get away from the stupid birds. This- this really isn’t working out for them, is it? Who knew birds could be so useful?

 

“End, we gotta bounce!”, Tommy shouts over the cacophony of croaking and the little annoyances that flap and peck at their faces.

 

How in hell has Tubbo not woken up in all the commotion?!

 

He can't hear Ranboo over the scuffle and the instinctive warbles of the enderborn. He sees The Crowfather looking quite amused with himself, as if ordering crows to feast on two innocent, vigilante boys is some sort of achievement. As much as he can, he tries to focus on the man's lips, or on the sounds that escape, he can hardly make it out but-

 

"...got three… chase- Watcher in the-"

 

Watcher in the sky! Tommy hears the flapping of wings before he can turn his head to look, and he can see the hero's eyes widen in a mix of shock, awe and fear as he looks at something behind them. The crows disperse at once, croaking and shouting still but the two of them are free to finally leave.

 

"End!", Tommy shouts. He feels Ranboo's hand on his back, right as purple clothes and obsidian feathers flutter into view. They teleport away just as The Crowfather is attacked by The Watcher .

 

*

 

Holy shit , they just lived through that. They lived through The Watcher's attack on a top-tier hero, holy shit, cum and balls- Yes, many, many balls of many, many materials.

 

Tommy can not believe it. Neither can Ranboo but Tommy has taken the stage with his exaggerations. When Jimmy asks why they are back to the video club so early, he doesn't get a response other than " piss, cum, semen , holy fucking ballsacks -" as that is Tommy's way of expressing stress.

 

Immature, he knows.

 

"Uhm, okay"

 

But holy fucking Primes , they just did that!

 

He briefly wonders if his idol, his hero, The Crowfather is going to make it out alive but dismisses the thought almost immediately. He's fucking The Crowfather, man, he's going to be fine. Probably. I mean, the Dream Team did get their asses handed to them so… who knows, honestly.

 

Nah, he'll be a-okay, he's a trained professional, there is no need to worry.

 

"Jesus Christ that was stressful", Tubbo comments and Ranboo, as shaky as he still is from dodging a bullet to the head or maybe he actually got hit by the villain’s wing, raises an eyebrow at him.

 

"You weren't even awake!", he exclaims.

 

"Yes I was", the bee-hybrid deflects, like it's a fact. "I was half-awake and half-aware"

 

"Right", Ranboo doesn't believe him.

 

"I was just holding in my"-he yawns into his hand-"my jumps, good night now"

 

He blinks at Tubbo as the brunet just flops dead on the floor, snoring lightly as he inhales all the dust and dirt of the floor.

 

"Um, Ranboo, I think Tommy is broken- no, that's not for chewing! Tommy!", Jimmy rushes after Tommy, who has shifted into a raccoon once more and is angrily chewing away at a random DVD case he found.

 

Ranboo silently thanks God for his teleportation powers, because he can't think of a way that he could safely and silently carry his friends to their little attic room.

Notes:

Feed me with your feedback, people! Comment! :D

Chapter 4: Always saying "I'm leaving" but staying anyway

Summary:

Naturally scared, the lot of 'em take a step back… Tommy didn't expect the roof to eject him because he stepped back. You see, they had failed to recognize the stub that was the rooftop's railing-wall thing. And he tripped. Backwards. Very much into the void that is the street below...

Tommy, of course, screams. Honestly, what else is there to do in this sort of situation? He is about to die, about to crack his head open and break all of his bones simply because he didn't take in his surroundings well enough. And he is not ready to die! He has so many more people to annoy, dreams of education and life success! He has friends and family, he can't just die!

…but he can't do anything about it other than scream and cry in his free fall…

Notes:

This took too long to type and now I am off to write one shots and other stuffs. I also need to study, huh. Enjoy :D

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Not a word”, Phil warns his two sons when he enters the house. Wilbur and Techno stare at him wide-eyed, maybe concerned or on the verge of making fun of his ridiculous, otherworldly, physical state. He can't really tell over the exhaustion in his old, aching hollow bones.

 

He has sticks and leaves sticking out of his (messed up) blond hair which is caked in debris and blood. His clothes are torn in places, his prized kimono ruined beyond repair and to top it all off, his wings are a mess and in immediate need of a good, long preen. Some of the secondary feathers are hanging on by a thread; he should pull those off.

 

He hates this. He hates everything, he hates the houseplant outside, he hates the proximity of the buildings, he hates owl wings and he abso -fucking- lutely hates The Watcher.

 

No, the villain doesn’t have owl wings but he may as well do with how silent he is! Phil's poor, elderly heart has yet to return to its normal rate ‐his BPS has probably set a new world record by now- from the huge scare he received tonight.

 

Instead of making fun of him as many would expect these chaotic brats to do, his sons rush to his side and look him over for any open wounds -which, no , Wilbur, he did not get stabbed . Only a little battered and bruised and a little punched through the fuckin’ wall . Y’know, the usual shit a hero has to go through when fighting an overpowered villain. And no , Techno, he is not bleeding- oh, would you look at that, he is bleeding. Guess the blood on him isn’t The Watcher’s after all. At least this one will heal quickly; ‘tis but a flesh ‘ound!

 

“How did you even bump into The Watcher when the Dream Team was chasing him?”, Wilbur asks after Phil shoos him to go to the kitchen.

 

He bumped into me! “, he says, very exasperated and frustrated with the beating the villain oh-so-kindly gave him. “He just- flew in while my crows were distracted with the two little shits- ahem- vigilantes, sorry, misdirected anger”, he hastily apologizes, doing a vague motion with his hands to accentuate his overwhelming frustration. “He came out of fucking nowhere! Just woooosh! And he was there!”

 

And a second later, Phil had been drop-kicked into the building next door and completely ruined a family's dinner. He probably gave the kids nightmares for the next year or so but honestly, that was the mildest his night was.

 

It was quite the painful experience, honestly, though every experience that involves The Watcher is painful in many ways and for obvious reasons. Not only is Phil having trouble hauling himself around, barely being able to put one foot in front of the other like a toddler learning how to walk but his pride has been hurt and his reputation ruined.

 

“What happened to the vigilantes? Did he get them?”, Techno asks, failing to mask his growing concern. Phil sits at the table after Wilbur fusses over him having to rest so as not to open the barely sealed wound. He lets his son serve him dinner.

 

“The taller of the three has teleportation powers. He got them out of there right as The Watcher showed up”, he explains and takes a spoonful of the soup Wilbur served him.

 

By the taste, he can easily tell that Techno cooked tonight. That and the fact that there are more potatoes than there are carrots swimming in the broth and more herbs have been added on top. It’s warm, the taste is perfect, same goes for the texture which he can tell his son has paid extra attention to for Wilbur’s ruined taste buds. It makes him feel proud; proud of both of his boys. He feels warm by the sense of home; of family.

 

It dawns on him then that he could’ve died tonight. This night easily could’ve been his last. It is a miracle that he is even standing right now -or, well, sitting- talking to his sons like it’s a normal night. He realizes that today… today he could’ve lost this; his life, his sons simply reaped from his hands and he would be ripped from theirs. No one escapes The Watcher unless he doesn’t feel like giving chase; he can track heroes down even if they are in the next town over and he has proved that by killing those who tried to escape him that way.

 

Phil is simply lucky that he was let go for an unclear reason he'd rather not debate now.

 

He can’t thank his guardian angel enough.

 

“Oh”, Techno exclaims in surprise when his phone rings. He swiftly takes it out of his pocket and looks at the caller ID. He smirks, all smug and his eyes glint with this twinge of mischief that Phil only sees when- "It's Dream. Brb, gotta bully a green teletubby".

 

Wilbur giggles and Phil follows suit. The other leaves to have some privacy for his cyber bullying.

 

"Get the sleep-man for me when you're done!", Wilbur calls after his brother. Phil sighs.

 

This is what he is trying to protect. Silly moments like these when his hero boys are cracking jokes and hanging out with friends or the times that Phil isn't dead on his feet and they put on movies to watch till they fall asleep on the couch. So far, he thanks the gods for this, neither Techno or Wilbur have had a close encounter with The Watcher and the villain hasn't taken an interest in them to instigate a confrontation yet- thank God. He has forbidden the two of them from even looking at the villain as well, only letting them study live and captured footage in hopes of figuring out the guy's powers.

 

Until the hero society knows of The Watcher's full list of powers and weaknesses, Wilbur and Techno are banned from confronting the villain.

 

That being said, they don't know how difficult it is to chase after this particular villain.

 

"How did the Dream Team even lose him? Dream is an incredible tracker, easily the best in the country, and George and Sapnap are top-tier bounty hunters! How did they let the guy slip away like that?", Wilbur asks, throwing his arms in the air.

 

Wil has always been quite animated when he talks about something he is passionate about. This time, however, he is not passionate. Like Phil himself, he is exasperated with the situation.

 

Phil feels bad when this happens; when he has to share the emotional burden of a humiliating defeat with his sons. Not because his pride is hurt but because he does not want them to get frustrated like this and grow gray hairs. He can be a little bit of a mother goose (or mother crow in this case) sometimes, he'll admit.

 

Nevertheless, he has no other option than to tell Wilbur what happened. He knows that once the brunet is curious about something, he'll look until he can find out everything about it. He'd find out sooner or later anyway if the press is doing its job correctly and it's probably for the best.

 

"He dove in an alleyway while Dream and Sapnap were in the sky. The bastard is difficult to follow even on land", Phil seethes and realizes at the same time.

 

Not only is that goddamned villain at home in the sky but he is just as slippery on land . You'd think an avian with wings as big as The Watcher’s would be slow and overburdened or completely unable to walk simply because of the weight on their back. Normal, well-known and logical physics, science, etcetera. And here The Watcher is; proving the scientists all wrong by running away on foot, not even a fallen feather or a rustle left behind.

 

Why he even retreated when it looked like he was winning is a complete mystery.

 

"What about George?", Wilbur then asks.

 

Phil thinks about it for a bit. He didn't see George around the area of the fight but then again, the heroes were fighting in the sky where 404 could not follow. Like most humans, he is stuck to the ground. But… What troubles him about this is that he didn't see anyone wearing a mushroom cap on the ground when he was flying by. Thinking about it now, that's weird . George was supposed to be working tonight and it's very unlikely that he skipped because he wasn't at the Dream Team's HQ when Wilbur called him (that's what his son claims anyway).

 

"I didn't see him anywhere", Wilbur's face grows skeptical and just a bit disappointed.

 

You see, the two of them are very good friends. They met in their second year of high school and chased each other into college and later they got into hero school together. They shared the same classes, laughed with one another during break time, they created chaos on the streets together and they bonded over making extra work for Phil because they were trying to fight the bad guys -that last one was before they received their hero licenses. Now they fight bad guys without bringing extra work to Phil's office.

 

Despite being in different teams and working in separate buildings and streets, the two have kept close. The whole calling-at-3-am trope.

 

"They were in the sky, so he probably didn't follow", Phil says when he spots a small worry wrinkle on his son's forehead. Wil calms just a bit.

 

"Yeah, you're probably right", he says, nodding as if to reassure himself.

 

Phil has his doubts as well. He did not spot George anywhere in the streets and if the whole team was after The Watcher, he'd not want to miss out on taking the dude out. He has this foreboding feeling resting in his gut, that something might've gone wrong.

 

Like a deus ex machina, Technoblade appears outside of the kitchen, looking disheveled and his face is worried . Techno never lets his worry show unless it is something bad . Really bad. Like, beyond "England losing to Scotland" kind of bad.

 

"Wilbur, you better sit down for this- Oh, good, you're already sitting-"

 

"...Techno?"

 

"The Watcher took a chunk out of George"

 

Shit.

 

*

 

"-lease, welcome top-hero Dream on the stage! A round of applause everyone!", said the reporter of a random podcast two days later. The hidden audience applauded, though Tommy doubts how real said 'audience' is.

 

"Are they at the zodiac part yet?", Tubbo asks as he joins him and Ranboo at the coffee table in front of the TV. He has his Maths notebook in hand as well as a pencil and zombie rubber.

 

"Nope", Ranboo is quick to answer, flipping a page of his text book. Tommy mimics him as Tubbo sets down his stuff and sits by them on the floor. "They have Dream as a guest, though"

 

"Aw, man! I was looking forward to it this time!"

 

You might be wondering… why are the three of them doing Maths? At this time of day? When they could be out playing with squirrels at the park? "They decided to be mature for once in their lives", could be a possible answer and it's not that different from the original reason.

 

Cleo is coming over for tea with Stress. That means that Cleo, their personal teacher of all things scientific (Maths, science, biology) will come upstairs for a minute to check their work. If they haven't finished by then, they're going to get their foreheads flicked; it definitely isn't the worst punishment the woman could've come up with but that does not make it a pleasant experience! Do you know how much shame and embarrassment that one flick brings them?

 

So, here they are, at the coffee table of Grian's apartment, biscuits and snacks on a big plate in the middle, studying with the TV as white noise. Or, it used to be white noise but having a top-tier hero on a show usually makes a kid's head snap to the screen.

 

They aren't alone, though. Tommy raises his head and spots their avian host washing the dishes and Mumbo (his new roommate or whatever) is on the couch typing away on his portable computer.

 

This new… addition to the household has put the three of them off; especially Tommy. For so long, they've only had Grian and Stress rushing after them and parenting them and maybe Impulse, Gem or Pearl (in rare cases even Fundy) would help out. Now, there is some ugly guy with an ugly ass mustache and tie who has pushed the "imprint button" on Tommy… He isn't sure if he likes this emotional development. He just wants to punch the guy in the face and shout curses at him because of what Tubbo has defined as "denial"- whatever that means.

 

"I think they're talking about the fight two days ago", Tubbo absent-mindedly notes, his full attention stuck to the television rather than his homework. Tommy never thought he'd see the day that the News would be more interesting than Algebra.

 

Scratch that, anything is more interesting than Algebra. Science is way better (and by that, he means the trivial scientific stories Cleo tells them from time to time)

 

"I thought the three of you were grounded two days ago"

 

The three of them startle at the voice of Mumbo, who simply takes a sip of his coffee, eyes not diverting from the screen of his laptop. Just like one of those businessmen assholes on TV. Tommy's tail bristles and his ears twitch in agitation. Who is this guy who thinks that he can just point out the-

 

"They were but you know how teens can be", Grian unhelpfully chimes in. The sound of running water stops and the man comes to the living room with a towel in his hands. "They don't listen to anyone"

 

Tommy decides to direct anger and frustration his way.

 

"Snitches get stitches biii- bean bag! Ha, ha!"

 

Only to immediately reconsider his life choices.

 

God, he really hates this "no swearing" rule in Grian's apartment, which they have to follow inside and outside the apartment. As long as they aren't within hearing distance, they can swear. The "dad glare" (as the three of them have dubbed it) is the punishment for vile language, or maybe a warning, they have yet to narrow it down. I mean, Grian is giving Tommy the "dad glare" right now so, who knows.

 

"Pffffffft, haha! Nice save, Tommy!", and now Tommy wants to stab Tubbo dearest with his pencil.

 

So he does… The slippery bastard matrix dodges . Darn.

 

Ranboo is simply ignoring the both of them, just doing his homework like the goody two-shoes that he is. Tommy decides that the taller's serenity is worth destroying and apparently, so does Tubbo who side-tackles him and proceeds to annoy the everliving fuck out of him.

 

Tommy nods in approval of the mini-chaos that he helped create. Serves him right.

 

"-bout The Watcher. The encounter between the Dream Team and the villain, especially 404's critical injury, has shocked the country. Can you tell us what exactly happened?", the reporter asked on the show, successfully capturing Tommy's loyal attention. Halfway through the question, Grian grabbed the remote to raise the volume.

 

"Hey, we're trying to study here!", Tubbo protests, even though he has his head on Ranboo's lap (how did they end up like that?) instead of the numerous pages of mathematical equations. Mumbo raises a confused brow and leans awkwardly to the side to observe their situation. That's what he gets for being taller than Tommy: awkwardness. Humpf.

 

"You really aren't studying though…"

 

Tubbo opens his mouth and so does Tommy as the supportive friend that he is but before either of them can start screaming at the mustached man, Grian shushes them.

 

"-is an incredibly powerful and dangerous individual and he proved that fact two nights ago by almost killing 404. Thankfully, my teammate is alive and steadily recovering-" Dream responded to the question. He sounded incredibly solemn and… apologetic? One can hardly tell with that stupid smiley-face mask on his face.

 

"Wait, he killed 404?", Ranboo pipes up, slim tail flicking in interest. Apparently, he only caught the interesting part. Tommy hears the distinct sound of feathers puffing up, what the three of them have learnt is a hint to Grian's excitement or agitation. Tommy can't tell which one it is.

 

"He said he's alive and recovering, so he didn't", Mumbo supplies, throwing a weird look at Grian for whatever reason. The enderborn nods and turns his attention to the TV.

 

"How did that happen exactly?", the reporter asked, digging her nose in the scoop, trying to stir a pot of drama and conspiracy theories that don't need to exist. "My sources say that you abandoned 404 in the midst of battle, is that true?"

 

"Wow, she's really trying to throw dirt on him", Tommy notes. Grian silently hums, muttering something about how the media works that way.

 

"Well, your sources seem to have misinformed you. Sapnap and I did not abandon 404, that would be sacrilege in our line of work, something worth going to prison for. We made sure to heal him enough so he wouldn't bleed out until the ambulance would arrive to take him to the hospital", Dream calmly explained. 

 

Tommy wonders how the hero can just take accusations to the face like that and not act upon them. If it were him, he would've stolen everyone's lunch boxes and bitten more than half of the show's crew members. Oh, and he would've committed a lot of arson by burning down the building. Quite the heroic act. It's probably one of the many reasons that he is stuck in the world of vigilantism. 

 

Dream continued.

 

"Catching The Watcher is our top priority so it's only natural that we went after him. We couldn't let him get away even if one of us was down"

 

Tommy swears he saw a hint of a smirk on the reporter's face.

 

"He did get away, however, did he not?" -Tommy can practically see the devil horns that sprout on her head.

 

Of course the villain got away -the three of them knew that much. At least, he got away from the Dream Team, who knows how The Crowfather dealt with the dude?

 

Tommy catches a hint of a grin on Grian's face. He pays it no mind; it's not the first time Grian has secretly grinned at the devastation of the hero society and the misery of heroes. The three of them have concluded that he just wants to see the world burn and that is probably why he is still their guardian/caretaker, whatever the right word is.

 

"He dipped into an alley and we lost him. It's one of the rare times that he retreats without killing or maiming a hero-"

 

"Wait, The Watcher does what now?!", Ranboo and Tubbo both shriek. Tommy is left aghast too- since when does The Watcher maim heroes? They knew about the killing bit but maiming?

 

The TV goes black and the three of them shout in protest as Grian waves the remote over their heads. The smug bastard.

 

"Finish your homework, Cleo will be here soon"

 

Another round of protests and Tommy really wants to shout at the top of his lungs. Or yell, whichever the right word is. So… he does. Tubbo has got his back too, following suit with the sound of absolute pain and misery that Maths brings. Tommy is pretty sure that he heard a vwoop of a scared and concerned Ranboob but at this point in time, he couldn't care less.

 

They only seem to have disturbed Mumbo, though, since Grian is too used to this to actually care.

 

"Grian, I'll run you over with your car!", Tommy yells so the whole building and the neighboring towns can hear just to spite the avian. It successfully scares Mumbo shitless- yeeeah, serves him right!

 

However, Grian, the victim in question , simply laughs at their sound pollution. The bastard! How could he?!

 

"I don't own a car, Tommy", he tells him with a victorious chuckle, wiggling his wings. Right, the dude can just fly everywhere and anywhere and not have to worry about car traffic and traffic lights and the law .

 

"But I do!", all heads turn to Mimbo and Tommy immediately notes the horrified expression that overtakes Grian's smug face.

 

This son of a bitch; this mustached, suit-wearing nerd. To think Tommy thought so bad of him! How could he ever commit such a sacrilegious, sinful act? He likes this madlad; such a crazy man with such a poggers and glorious mustache!

 

Take that, Grian!

 

"Mumbo, so help me, I will throw you out if you give them your car keys-"

 

So hardcore, so crazy, so mad and rad! So fucking poggers and not at all cringe or sadge! Oh, God, is he giving Grian a challenging look? He is giving Grian a challenging look and he is winning - no one has ever challenged Grian to a stare down and won! Like, ever! This is- this is unreal!

 

"I'll blow up your workplace, mate, you wouldn't want that, would you?"

 

Beside him, Tubbo takes in a sharp breath like Mumbo has just now pressed the "imprint button" on him, something akin to gasping and choking on a banana peel at the same time. He yeets himself on the man, tackling him and throwing them both off the couch, wings buzzing wildly behind him. The man goes down with an "oof" in a mess of long, lanky limbs.

 

"Oh my God, you have bombs?!", the short brunet all but shouts as he grabs Mumbo by the lapels of his suit- "And you didn't tell me?!"-and shakes him around like a maraca (ha, karma). No one pays attention to Mumbo's pained groans each time Tubbo accidentally lets his head hit the floor (one could question the genuinity of the word "accidentally").

 

Tommy runs at him as well. A poggers maniac and a bomb guy too? No way is he missing out! And Ranboo -who had apparently escaped to the kitchen- is lured into the mess of people on the floor by his own curiosity.

 

All three of them miss the smug yet fond look Grian gives them as Tubbo bombards Mumbo with questions about bombs and nuclear weapons. They also miss the fact that they have subconsciously accepted Mumbo because he threatened Grian with blowing up a building .

 

Honestly, maybe it's for the better if they ignore that last detail.

 

An hour later, Cleo arrives in all her zombie glory, looking as hip as ever with the most vibrant of colors contrasting her pale, rotting skin. She has a smile on her face, which is quick to fall into a frown when she learns that none of her students finished their homework.

 

*

 

Okay, so. First lesson of the night: you only find what you're looking for when you aren't looking for it. Tommy will make sure to scribble that quote on his hand once he gets ahold of a pen.

 

The Watcher is staring at them. All three of them. Okay, he is like ten buildings away, perched on a particularly tall TV antenna like some supreme comic book villain -and, listen, this shouldn't be possible but he is staring right at them ! Looking in their general direction, most specifically the roof they're on; whatever! Tommy can still feel eyes on him! And on any other day, he'd have impulsively thrown himself at the avian dude and mauled him to death with his raccoon paws and teeth buuuut… he is very unprepared for his big, spectacular and very much incredible and awe-inspiring fight with the greatest villain in existence tonight.

 

Note: the guy looks more prepared than the three of them combined. Maybe… just maybe , it would be a bad idea. Or it's just an idea for another day, he hasn't decided yet. Probably the latter.

 

"What is he doing up there?", Tubbo asks like this is just a normal phenomenon and he adjusts his goggles like that is going to allow him to actually see farther. Ranboo, God bless his quick thinking, pulls the boy back by the collar and drags him behind the big grill he and Tommy are hiding behind.

 

"Stay down, Tubbee!", the fearsome and awkwardly tall Endwalker scolds, "He'll see us!"

 

Tubbo simply pouts in protest. "But he's already seen us!"

 

Tommy thinks his friend has scrapped whatever plans he had the whole day in favor of becoming suicidal. Because at their stage of prep, they may as well be suicide bombers if they let The Watcher see them; so much as catch a glimpse of them. If he hasn't seen them already. What if Tubbo is right?

 

"If he saw us, he'd be on us already!", Tommy attempts to reason. "Don't you remember when Purpled's brother went after him?"

 

Purpled is a vigilante they met in the streets. About their age, light gray hair, some sort of alien-hybrid if they understood his explanation correctly, with an obsession for the color purple. I know, I know, super original name, innit? Now, his brother is a hero ranging somewhere in the top ten for stealthiness. A somewhat crippled hero but a hero nonetheless. I mean, the guy just can't use his left arm as efficiently as before.

 

He goes by the name "Valorant" but Purpled entrusted them with his real name, Punz. Tommy swears alien names are so much cooler than human ones. Human names suck unless they're ancient with actual meaning in them. Like Alexander, the man who chases away the enemy, the brave man, blah blah blah. And Punz is quite the stupid person, which is evident by the conscious choice of going after The Watcher alone… and then the roles were reversed in the chase, leading to Valorant getting his left arm almost torn off his body.

 

Honestly, that's a lucky madman right there because a) it wasn't his strong arm and b) he actually got to keep his arm.

 

"Hey, where was that excuse when you were trying to go after him?", Ranboo demands with a raised eyebrow, like that time Stress demanded to know where they were at 1am when they weren't answering the door. Freaking Pearl had snitched on them.

 

Neither of them notice Tubbo moving out of their makeshift hiding spot.

 

"Um, guys…"

 

And on top of that, they ignore him, preferring to initiate a heated, loud argument to paying attention to much more pressing matters.

 

"I was ready to cut his head off before! Both of 'em!"

 

"No, you were ready to kill us all!"

 

"Guys!", Tubbo shouts and both of their heads snap to him with two very loud and obnoxious "What?!"s.

 

He doesn't take the time to shush them, merely beckoning them urgently to the edge of the grill.

 

"Is it just me or is he closer than before?"

 

The Watcher is about five buildings away from them now, still perched on the tallest antenna on the building he's at. Fuck, fuck, fuck, they are fucking screwed! He saw them! Or heard them. Quite frankly, Tommy can admit that their little argument was pretty loud. It's a surprise that no one has come on the roof to check out what all this noise is about.

 

This time, there is no Crowfather to distract the villain with, though, so this is quite the situation. There are no other heroes in the area either- Oh. Did he just- did he just wave at them. As in, raise his hand and actually wave? Tommy is pretty sure he didn't sniff any white dust on their little patrol.

 

"Did he just wave at us or was it a figment of my imagination?"

 

Ah, so Tommy wasn't the only one who imagined- I mean, saw the small, almost shy and barely noticeable hand gesture. Maybe the big bad wolf just wants to make friends? Doesn't he have other villains to turn to, though? Actually- who knows? Villains are all weirdos in their own right and wrong.

 

"Sooo, what do we do now?", Tubbo whispers to the two of them.

 

"We leave?", Ranboo asks more than states. It's more of a confused statement. Like, it's the obvious and most plausible thing to do in a situation such as this one but he's still unsure of it.

 

"You leave with me, yeah"

 

Uh-oh. Oh no. No, no, no - no! Just no!

 

First, it was The Crowfather… and now The Blade?! Their luck is just perfect, always at their side, for fuck's sake. How did he even get on the rooftop without them noticing? Or were they so stuck to the villain just a few buildings away that they just didn't notice the hero sneak up on them. Fuck.

 

"Honestly, I was not expecting to bump into the three of you but I may as well take you to the adults now that I have", The Blade, voice as monotonous as ever, tells them. Is this what a hero monologue really sounds like? 'Cause none of them are impressed-

 

Looking back at his team and best friends in the whole wide world, Tommy quickly scraps the thought. Sigh, he should've guessed. Ranboo is too much of a simp to not be impressed and completely in awe. Okay, before you bombard him with accusations, Tommy will admit that he's not one to talk when he almost had them all arrested the other night but there is just this tiny, very small detail that you might've missed.

 

That was The Crowgather that night. The very generous and kind Crowfather who would never think of harming teenagers in hero costumes. This is the very dangerous and murderous Blade, who doesn't care how old his enemy is. And whatever Ranboo told the hero to not kill him back home clearly does not apply to Endwalker

 

At least, they had survival chances with the avian hero.

 

"We really should be bouncing away, RaccoonInnit", Tubbo hisses at him. The Blade snorts. Mockingly. Gasp!

 

"I can see where you got the "raccoon" part from", he comments all mirthfully. "Soon, you'll just be "Innit" "

 

Did he… did he just threaten his raccoon heritage?

 

"Eat shit, you big bastard with an unimpressive and totally not foreboding demeanor!", Tommy shouts.

 

The hero does not look impressed.

 

"End, snap out of it! We've got to leave!", Tubbo urgently nudges (more like jabs his elbow in the other's ribs) the enderborn.

 

Ranboo actually snaps out of it (like he had a choice, and we're ignoring the pained "oof").

 

"Yup, yup, come here- woah!"

 

He barely dodges the trident that comes hurling his way. It knocks over the grill, splitting it literally in two and spilling all the coals and embers in it. Their cover has been literally blown. Tommy gulps. Maaaaybe he shouldn't have tried to offend freaking Goliath . He isn't some random David!

 

Ranboo falls flat on his ass from trying to dodge the trident so hard. Well, that's Tommy's escape route blocked. Tubbo can just fly out of here.

 

Honestly, though, that's fair. Normally, they only have to dodge knives and punches from asshats who are high off their minds or fake-ass gangsters with BB guns, not whole fucking tridents! Who even owns a trident in this day and age? And isn't it used for fishing anyways? Like, out in the sea and not in the middle of a city??

 

"You're the teleporter", The Blade states the obvious as he nods his chin to Ranboo.

 

The weapon reels itself back to the hero's waiting hand. No strings attached, no visual tricks… even if there were strings, they wouldn’t be able to support the weight of a gilded -holy shit, it actually has gold on it - trident.

 

But.

 

What. The. Fuck.

 

How- How did that just happen? Tommy has seen some pretty disturbing things in the streets but nothing like this! Cleo has never mentioned anything like this in Physics and Science. When did objects evolve to have a mind of their own?

 

The Blade merely grins all smug at their shocked expressions. If only Tommy knew who the guy under the boar skull mask was, he'd be egging and TP-ing his house right now.

 

"Please, spare us!", Tubbo screeches as the hero lunges his trident at them again. Like he's about to be murdered. Murdered, murder, murderer… oh, fuck.

 

Tommy throws a quick glance over his shoulder. They got too frantic over the hero that they forgot that The Watcher is just there - oh, fuck, why are his wings spread like that? Are they all about to get slaughtered?

 

"Blade, The Watch-" but the hero couldn't care less about whatever Tommy is trying to tell him, apparently. Nope, violence is much better than talking; the thing is that Tommy doesn't know how to tell the hero with his mere, lanky muscles that a very dangerous villain is about to punt their asses to the moon.

 

For as strong as the hero is, he does not have Tommy's supreme raccoon night vision to see the villain. Neither does he have Tubbo's supreme hearing nor Ranboo's eyes that turn night into day.

 

Tubbo screeches at the top of his lungs as the forks of the trident catch his shirt and he is thrown to the ground on his back. Tommy observes for a second, because surely the trident can't have dug into the concrete . He is proven completely wrong as his friend struggles to tug the weapon off him.

 

"One down, two more to go", The Blade muses ominously. 

 

"Oh, shit, fuck, dick… ", Tommy begins a colorful chant of words as he runs to the scared Tubbee to try and get the trident off him. Out of the corner of his eye, he catches Ranboo teleporting between them and the hero to act as a meat shield. The madlad, that's why Tommy is friends with that crazy, selfless boy.

 

He tugs on the shaft of the trident as hard as he can with his scrawny arms. The thing doesn't budge; doesn't so much as sway or lean . This… this is super weird . Is this some remake of Thor's hammer? It's a head-scratcher, that's for sure and the whooshing of a blade -a sword, fuck- and the continuous vwooping of Ranboo's teleportations are not at all helping his stress levels.

 

Oh, and the looming threat of The Watcher, who -he spares a look at the villain- is flying towards them is not really- wait. Flying towards them?!

 

"Endwalker! Incoming!", he hears a frantic gurgle somewhere in the-less-than-impressive fight scene and one last vwoop before the loud flap of giant, obsidian wings enters his ears. He almost lost his red bandana to the air draft that accompanied the villain.

 

"Oh my fucking God!", Tubbo yells loudly, like that will make The Watcher drop dead on the spot. Which it doesn't but worth the shot.

 

"Tubbee, I am sorry for the shirt!"

 

"Who fucking cares for-", Tommy tugs the fabric against the sharp side of the forks, successfully freeing his dear chaotic friend but at the cost of… "-my shirt!"

 

He hauls him to his feet by the arm only with a little struggle. Now, where in the fuck is Ranboo - oh, here he is- and he drags them towards the edge of the rooftop.

 

"Sorry, guys, I gotta recharge", he tells them.

 

Tommy openly curses everything around them including the fallen grill.

 

So… There is a limit to how often dear, beloved Ranboo can use his vwoop- iness. When he is well-rested, fresh out of bed, his power is pretty much limitless. Tubbo has many times compared him to The Flash and Quicksilver, only excluding the running and eating kilos of tacos parts. However, if he uses it too many times continuously, he needs a snack break and there's a sort of recharge timer that goes higher the more he uses it from that point on. It's probably a couple minutes high right now.

 

"How long?", Tubbo asks, understandably panicked.

 

"Uh, I'd say about ten-"

 

Ten minutes. Alright, okay. They have to stay alive for a little over nine minutes, no biggie. They can probably manage.

 

Tommy looks towards the hero and villain fight that's broken out behind them. Only, it's less of a fight and more so a wrestling match. The Watcher is perched on The Blade's shoulders with the hero's head in a tight headlock, wings flapping wildly to keep the villain from falling off. 

 

Holy fuck - The Blade has been put in a headlock- that has never happened before! And he is actually struggling . This is a rare sight but then again, he did just get jumped by the one villain that can take him.

 

"Come on, Blade!", Ranboo yells, throwing his fists in the air. He's seemingly forgotten that said hero almost stabbed him with a trident and later almost cut him open with a sword. What a loyal simp.

 

Tommy almost shouts at him for it but loses his words when The Blade suddenly powers up. Like, literally , he gives a war cry and full-on slams The Watcher on the ground like he has turned into a final boss of a video game that has various stages. It makes the three of them gasp and take a step back. The hero and villain seem stunned as well; petrified in place, both presumably taken aback by the fact that The Blade actually managed to throw The Watcher off him so… easily . Huh. Well, that just happened.

 

The Blade is the first one to snap out of it, though, and The Watcher is just a second too late to dodge his sword. Tubbo winces as the blade pierces through the guy's wing and pins it down- and his wings aren't even feathered, they're insect ones! Tommy guesses it's a feeling similar to that of watching a fellow man get kicked in the balls.

 

"Wow, that was easier than I thought", the hero, of course, boasts as he stares down the guy. Said guy brings up his free wing to hit him upside the head with- The Blade pins it with his trident before he can. "You stay down, filthy scum. You're not as much of a pain without your wings, are you?"

 

That was… surprisingly easy and cool. Are they supposed to cheer him now? He just… pinned The Watcher ; the most dangerous, most cunning supervillain with a 75% kill rate. Said villain looks stunned to the point where he isn't even thrashing around to try and free himself. Well, maybe he saw that it's useless to struggle against the gilded trident? Who knows.

 

"That- that just happened", Ranboo matters, "Did that really happen? Did he just pin The Watcher or am I like, dreaming?", honestly, this scenario is pretty surreal. "Are you guys real-"

 

"Endwalker, this really isn’t the time for an existential crisis, bossman!", Tubbo whisper-yells at him. Ranboo simply blinks.

 

"Oh, right"

 

"Now, you three will come with me"

 

Tommy's head snaps to the pink-haired man. Why is he closer than before? Actually, why is he leaving The Watcher unsupervised? Is he stupid or arrogant and bigheaded? You don't catch a big -no, the biggest - fish in the sea and just leave it hanging on the hook!

 

"Listen, bigman, big T, you should really not concern yourself with us three poor, frail vigilantes-", Tommy attempts to reason to no avail because adults don't like listening to children. Fuck, fuckity, fuck-fuck, dick, balls -big ones- and everything in-between

 

"Your friend seems to be on a time limit too, a couple of minutes, am I right? We'll be at the police station in two", the hero says, states , like it's a well-known fact. Needless to say, this fact is unpleasant news to them.

 

"How did he figure it out?", Ranboo stage whispers to them, because this is the ultimate time for jokes, Ranboob!

 

"It's called observin'. You should try it out sometime" -apparently, The Blade wasn't blessed with good eyesight because he was blessed with great hearing.

 

Behind the hero, Tommy spots movement. He spares a glance -it was supposed to be a quick glance- and his breath hitches in his throat as he locks eyes with The Watcher's vibrant, hazy, violet orbs. The villain's hood has fallen off his head, leaving only the purple scarf to cover the rest of his face, revealing dirty blond strands.

 

Tommy's eyes widened momentarily. Black, giant wings, themed attire, blond hair… is he The Crowfather's evil twin or something?

 

However, before he can analyze further, the hero takes a step towards the three of them. All menacingly and shit and Tommy just wants to leave… but he can't really do that, can he? One, he has two teammates and Tubbo can't carry them to safety (they're too heavy for his poor bee wings) and Ranboo is still on recharge mode and two- oh, wait, that last one was number two.

 

Naturally scared, the lot of 'em take a step back… Tommy didn't expect the roof to eject him because he stepped back. You see, they had failed to recognize the stub that was the rooftop's railing-wall thing. And he tripped. Backwards. Very much into the void that is the street below.

 

He hears his friends shout and yell, for once, he feels sort of weightless. He sees his pals looking over the rooftop and Ranboo holding Tubbo back from jumping after him. That's a good call; they'd both splat on the ground if Tubbo were to try and catch him. The Blade also looks over the edge with a face close to… surprise? Misery? No, no… fear? The Great Blade… showing fear?

 

Then he actually realizes his situation… he is very much falling. Free falling . Towards the ground that is 15 meters below.

 

Tommy, of course, screams. Honestly, what else is there to do in this sort of situation? He is about to die, about to crack his head open and break all of his bones simply because he didn't take in his surroundings well enough. And he is not ready to die! He has so many more people to annoy, dreams of education and life success! He has friends and family , he can't just die!

 

…but he can't do anything about it other than scream and cry in his free fall…

 

This is it , he thinks, but fuck , he can't accept this!

 

The whooshing of feathers sounds above him and he opens his eyes just a crack (when did he close them?) to see arms reach out to him. He closes his eyes tight again and suddenly the direction of his fall changes; he hears frantic flapping, pained granting. Black wings flap in his ears and cloth feels under his fingertips.

 

…When did The Crowfather get here?

 

His poor soul is relieved to say the least… until he actually opens his eyes. And he screams yet again because this isn't The Crowfather but The Watcher . Oh, fuck , from one bad thing to the other and he can't even wrench himself free from the guy because they're too high up! It's either drop to his death or wait for his death. At least, he can ask the guy to make the once-in-a-lifetime experience painless.

 

Unless the guy drops him… he grips onto the villain's clothes even tighter. If he is going to be dropped, he may as well leave the dude naked!

 

The villain doesn't pay him any mind, though, continuing to flap his wings and fly. His injured wings, which were stabbed by the hero back on the building. Wait a second… The Blade is still on that roof with his friends! Oh, Christ, they're fucked! It sure as hell hasn't been ten minutes!

 

He doesn't have the time to ask the villain to return, as he is dropped on the roof of the local supermarket and The Watcher lands clumsily next to him.

 

Tommy falls on his butt, tries to regain his breath and get as much oxygen as he can back into his system. His heart is beating so hard, it might just burst out of his chest and live life without him. He hears a pained grunt and looks up to the villain, whose wings have fallen limp on the concrete behind him. How did he even get loose? Did The Blade recall his weapons or did he… nope, this guy mustn't be that crazy!

 

However, there is blood in the dark fluff and in between the feathers. Tommy does not remember another time that the hero and the villain spilled blood in their little wrestling match other than when the hero stabbed his wings… and -Tommy squinted to focus on the blood- there is bone sticking out of the flesh. Did he seriously tear himself free? Just to what? Escape and save a free falling raccoon on the way?

 

"Why- why did you do that?", he asks. Unafraid because the guy saved him from certain death. Plus, if he wanted Tommy dead, Tommy would probably be dead.

 

The Watcher fixes his hood, covering his head and only leaving a few blond strands out. He looks at him with those ridiculously vibrant eyes of his and Tommy has to gulp. The dude is giving him the raised eyebrow look; as in isn't it obvious? look.

 

"Did you want to splatter on the ground?"

 

And there it is: the obvious answer.

 

"I mean- no, I didn't but-"

 

"But?"

 

But if Tommy has learnt anything from Grian, it's that an avian's wings are incredibly important to them. They are their family heritage, their pride and joy, a useful tool to get around and this guy… he's an avian too (duh) and- he points to his wings that are still a mess of feathers on the floor.

 

"...Your wings"

 

The Watcher looks at his wings. Tommy barely catches the little twitch of his eyes when the dude takes in their state.

 

"They'll heal", and he says it with this sad, pitiful tone. Tommy only feels a tiny bit of pity. He is more so surprised that out of every hero, he, a vigilante , is the first one to see The Watcher injured . He is pretty sure that The Watcher has never been injured before.

 

A moment of silence passes. Tommy's attention turns to his team of friends. He looks back and forth between the building they are on now and the direction of the one he was on before. The villain simply tilts his head like a curious, pesky bird.

 

"What about my frie-"

 

"A friend of mine is already there, don't worry"

 

Wait, he has friends?

 

"You have friends?"

 

So, what was he trying to do with them? Just a wave, nothing more to it? Just "hi, I'm here, beware", like there is supposed to be a BEWARE DOG sign on his forehead?

 

"Wha!", The Watcher squawks . Squawks. Tommy wants to laugh. "Of course, I do!"

 

"That's a tad hard to believe, mister big Watcher"

 

The villain simply sighs, probably annoyed -Tommy has that effect on people sometimes which is very pleasing and amusing to himself.

 

"Where do you live?"

 

Now it is Tommy's turn to squawk. Well, not squawk squawk because he is a raccoon, not a bird -it's more of a hiss- but you get what I mean. Alright, boys, defenses up.

 

"Like I'm going to tell you that!", Tommy says. "Did I ask you for the address of your totally secret villain lair? I think not!"

 

The dude's eyes widened. He looks shocked, like a kicked puppy. Wow , Tommy thinks because what did he expect? Who in their right mind tells a villain their address? Tommy was right in thinking that this guy is cray-cray.

 

Right as he is about to throw another sparky remark at The Watcher, his stomach growls. He looks down and Jesus fucking Christ , he ate like four hours ago! Why is his stomach suddenly hurting this much?

 

The villain appears very intrigued.

 

"Are you hungry?"

 

"Fuck off!"

 

A moment of silence. Another, rather loud stomach growl. Gee, thanks stomach for embarrassing me in front of the most infamous villain ever!

 

"Would you like some McDonald's? I can have Pearl bring your friends too. Food is on me"

 

"Pearl?"

 

"My friend"

 

That… doesn't sound like a bad idea. Regardless of how bad the scenario of going to the local McDonald's, accompanied by The Watcher and eating the food he pays for sounds like. But it is very enticing. Like a stranger telling the little kids to go inside the van for some candy.

 

But the food will be cooked by staff that couldn't be arsed if someone pissed on your food. It technically wouldn't be The Watcher’s fault if he got food poisoning from that… 

 

…What sort of thinking process is that? It makes no sense.

 

"...Just don't kill me"

 

He has the right to remain a bit hesitant. Though, someone can hardly be hesitant when they are grabbed by the arm and flown off the roof of a 10 meter tall building.

Notes:

I wanted to write an end note, I really did but I have forgotten what I wanted to write so I will leave you with "Have a great day, peeps! :D"

Cya! xxx

Chapter 5: I've made up my mind, I'm movin' out

Summary:

Tubbo hates this.
Tommy spends quality time with The Watcher.
Dream hates gods.

Notes:

Hello! I'm not dead! I'm alive and still writing! >:D

Some parts may appear rushed (they are) but I'm trying to keep the word limit at 8k words!

I also took the time to proofread the whole thing uwu

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Tubbo really doesn't know what to think nor how to feel about the situation. First, his shirt is ripped because of The Blade's trident. If Stress buys the excuse he has to come up with, it'll all be okay; his shirt will be fixed and his life will continue to be… Well, to be . Problem is… how do you explain three unrelated rips to a furious Stress without matching scratches underneath? Oh, I ran into a very sharp tree! Because that's believable. It conveniently only caught my shirt, I swear! Oh, and it only gets worse. Ugh.

 

Second, the moment he wants to give The Blade the cold shoulder for instantaneously making his life harder, the guy brings down The Watcher with a power slam. One handed. With a cool war cry. Just like in those cool wrestling matches on TV. 

 

How is he supposed to hate the guy when he can do that? Who does he even cheer on at that point?

 

That question was answered shortly, thankfully, since the hero very much left The Watcher unattended when everyone knows very well that this particular villain probably has a card up his sleeve even when he is sitting on the toilet bowl for a #2. He isn't infamous for nothing, is he? And on top of that, Tubbo can hate The Blade for scaring them all and being the cause of Tommy's literal fall.

 

Honestly, the moment he saw his friend fall off the roof and heard the ripping sound of flesh and the cracking of bone you'd hear in the butcher's has left him mentally scarred. In some way. He is pretty sure he'll be thinking about it for a long time. You don't just witness your friend fall to his death and an avian cut open his own wings just to escape and actually be able to fly after that. Especially with the extra cargo that was Tommy.

 

(As light as his best friend is, Tubbo has personal experience of how bothersome and distracting he can be)

 

And on top of that, he saved Tommy from his inevitable demise rather than let him splat on the street. A villain saving a civilian is unheard of but if it allows Tommy to live, then it's fine by Tubbo.

 

(He only hopes that the guy doesn't drop him mid-flight as the two disappear behind a building)

 

Now, the problem of Tommy falling is thankfully solved, though Tubbo will hold a grudge towards Ranboo for a day or two- yes, despite the fact that he could’ve pretty much died as well had The Watcher decided to stick around the hero a second longer. Trying to save people even with the threat of death is what they are supposed to do! (When they aren't trying to blow up and steal shit). Plus, they have to take on The Blade now. In a 2v1. Gulp .

 

Fighting this particular hero is pretty much suicide but they have no choice since Ranboo needs another minute or two to use his power and Tubbo is not leaving his friend's side for shit . What kind of friend would he be if he just left him all alone with his very deadly idol? Who is more likely to kill Endwalker because the newly-acquired Ranboo card won't work?

 

"Well, that was pretty anticlimactic", he carelessly comments. The devastated hero beside the two of them almost seems to sulk as he slowly realizes the many mistakes he made in just under a few seconds .

 

Ranboo nudges him in the side, as if he's trying to tell him "no, what are you doing?! You'll anger him!" , blah blah, blah, shut up Ranboo! The guy has got to hear it!

 

"It was a very poorly executed plan-"

 

"Tubbee!" , Ranboo warns. The Blade side eyes him- that's his best guess with the stupid hog mask on the man's stupid face. Maybe he should listen to his friend. Hm, okay, he'll stop trying to start up drama.

 

"How much time?.."

 

"Any second no-"

 

"Oh, no, you don't"

 

Before Ranboo can finish his sentence, Tubbo is yanked back by a firm hand. He screeches and his wings buzz like crazy, trying to escape the pink-haired man's steel grip. Same goes for Ranboo, whom the hero grabs by the collar of his shirt and tags him away from Tubbo. Fuck, they've been compromised! Apprehended! Whatever the right word is!

 

"Let go, man, or I'll sting you!", Tubbo shouts at the hero. His fingernails sharpen just enough to pierce skin with ease; they become what he calls "stingers". Said stingers can paralyze a normal human within a matter of seconds but at the same time, they can also kill your average elephant.  Probably. They haven't found an elephant to test that theory on yet. (They only know what Cleo has told them).

 

They don't die because of some allergy, though, no, no -even if that's a very likely scenario. His venom is just like a baby cobra's: he doesn't know how it works, what it is made of nor can he control how much he injects into his victims so most of them just spasm on the floor. May as well do the same to the hero holding them hostage-

 

The Blade seems to notice this, however and he somehow maneuvers him to have both of his wrists in one hand. Maybe he shouldn't have warned him. Yeah, that was a noob move. Tubbo instinctively thrashes whilst Ranboo is… Well, he's doing Ranboo things. Fanboying silently over being this close to his idol and endangering both Tubbo and himself. Y'know, the usual.

 

It's not like he can teleport and save the day, anyway. The timer will go up no matter where he teleports to and Tubbo can't be arsed waiting another twenty minutes to escape this rooftop. If the hero doesn't get bored and takes him to the police before then. Or kills him before then. Honestly, you can never be too sure with heroes. If only he knew where this guy lived, he would've blown up his house a loooong time ago. God, they didn't prepare well enough for tonight.

 

"The less you struggle, the easier it will be for all of us", the hero urges. Yeah, like he'll listen to this walking, talking flesh bag of big, girthy muscles.

 

"I'll struggle all I want! Let go!"

 

Before Ranboo can start protesting as well, a fireball flies their way. A ball of literal fire ; not some ignited tinder. The Blade is alert enough to dodge it, quickly stepping to the side and dragging the two of them along like ragdolls.

 

Tubbo yells in surprise when the fireball hits the roof with a loud crackle and erupts into a fire show, trapping them inside a ring of fire. It turns the concrete black. He yells again, this time joined by Ranboo who is flinching left and right trying to not be burnt. That's when he realizes that the hero is holding his friend off the ground. Oh God, please don't rip his shirt- that'll be another nightmare to explain to Stress and Grian.

 

"What the Hell, man!", he screams as the hero drags him about, trying to not get scorched himself. The light sound of someone landing gracefully on the rooftop barely makes it to Tubbo’s ears over the volume of their combined screaming.

 

"I am super sorry about that, guys! Are the two of you alright?", a strange, digital sort of voice with a vaguely familiar accent asks. The Blade turns to see who the crazy person is and Tubbo can't exactly comprehend what he sees himself. Like, they just got a visit from a villain, why is there another one? Is there a nest nearby and they spring up from there?

 

That is the villain Pearlescent Moon, who robbed the local bank and got away with it a few days ago. The same villain who The Watcher saved from the Dream Team with probably the strongest connections in the underground. And that giant demon perched on the edge beside her is BBH… A hero. He looks like… a big kitten with horns in all honesty, sitting on his hunches with a weird aura about him. Huh. Tubbo was not expecting to ever see a hero act like that. The villain even scratches him under the chin and he purrs. Purrs. What.

 

Tubbo and Ranboo have the absolute right to gawk and judge. What in the fuck is going on here? This is their first time witnessing a villain-hero team-up.

 

The Blade takes a deep breath which easily hitches in his throat. Something seems awfully off about the demon. He seems super out of character, especially when he is acting like a cat … or a dog -it's pretty hard to tell. I mean, he looks like he's about to roll over for a belly rub. His attire is slightly different from what Tubbo remembers as well. If he remembers correctly, because the only time he's seen the hero, it's been on the TV screen of a small, traditional Cafe at the side of the street he and Tommy work at.

 

The guy used to wear a red trimmed hoodie and pants and some straps around his upper body to carry extra weapons, like the staff he has strapped on his back right now. Now the trims are white like his glowing, completely white eyes, contrasting perfectly against the black fabric of his clothes and the darkness that is his body beneath. And his eyes seem hazy - way too hazy, even for their glowing nature. Like he's been tampered with. How in Hell can a demon be tampered with? (Ha, pun).

 

"What…", Ranboo breathes out. Yeah, Tubbo can agree. This is weiiird. Absolute bonkers.

 

"BBH, what are you doing with her?" , the hero asks calmly. The dangerous kind of "calmly". The demon doesn't pay him any mind, though, happy to just sit there on the ledge, wag his long, graceful spade tail and observe like a drunkard, unlike the villain.

 

"That's no way to greet an old lady, young man", Pearlescent Moon says, feigning offense, though Tubbo notes that up close, she definitely does not strike him as an old, creepy lady.

 

Who knows, though? The kitsune mask on her face might be hiding all the wise wrinkles. So Tubbo scrunches up his face, squints his eyes under the orange tinted goggles but alas, his goggles don't provide Superman's X-ray. So, the only clue he has to her age is her voice!

 

…which has a voice changer. Damn.

 

Nevermind then. Onto the more critical matter at hand: the ring of fire which has successfully scorched his friend's tail fluff and almost his own shoes. This is BBH's famous fire magic, he can't help but be amazed by the flames. For some reason. It's probably the adrenaline that has put him in such an accepting, in-awe state. Then again chaos does call to him quite a lot-

 

"Dear Bad is helping me, isn't that right?", the villain turns to BBH, whose name is apparently Bad -literally, and The Blade gapes at them. The demon slurs his words with a giggle and it almost sounds like he said yes .

 

Way to cut off Tubbo mid-thought.

 

"What have you done to him?", The Blade demands with a growl. Tubbo guesses that the hero has been personally attacked.

 

Well, if Tommy was under some sort of… mind control? Is that even what it is? It certainly looks like it. Tubbo would’ve been incredibly angry and trigger-happy if that were to happen. No one messes with his squad unless it's him leading the assault! (Assault as in pillow fights and feet tickling, nothing like a huge ass fight).

 

"I haven't done anything that will hurt him if that is what you want to know", Pearlescent says, "He's just helping me out for the night", and she sounds happy saying that and the hero beside her lets out a happy sound like a kitty nyah .

 

…Let's not comment on that one.

 

What is she even planning? Didn't she have an accomplice last time? And out of all heroes, she chooses The Blade to fight with. Oh, ho, ho, Tubbo isn't missing out on this . Isn't she new to the scene? She and… What was the other's name? Gemini? The two of them got cornered so easily by the Dream Team, what could she possibly be thinking going up against a greater opponent?

 

"Hand me the kids", she orders; demands . BBH looks curiously at her with wide eyes and childlike wonder.

 

Wait. Wait a fucking second . Tubbo suddenly realizes that this is an actual team-up and that they are about to be human trafficked. And that there really is no way out of this situation.

 

Even in this peculiar position, The Blade is keeping him perfectly separated from Ranboo and the villain is really an obstacle in human clothing. Not to mention the whole ass demon that seems to respond to each and every word she says like he's been put under a love spell or something. Are the love potions on Craigslist actually effective?

 

Ranboo seems to realize it too and he thrashes in the hero's hold. The grip around his wrists tightens as the hero tags him back almost gently .

 

"I'm taking these two rascals to the responsible adults, so no", he tells the villain with a perfectly emotionless voice.

 

Pearlescent's mask almost seems to frown . BBH scowls beside her. Oh, fuck.

 

"Bad, dear, can you retrieve those two for me?"

 

*

 

A villain and a raccoon outside of a McDonald's, what will they do? Tommy has found that this particular question is for highly intelligent individuals and that he is an intelligent individual in-training. He hasn't exactly found a logical answer to it and his growling stomach hasn't really left him any time to think either.

 

They flew here, Tommy hanging on The Watcher with claws and teeth, fearing that he'd be dropped at any second. He dared to look down once and- he immediately looked back up. They were so high up, damn. He only lost one of his bandanas to the wind, leaving his mouth and chin uncovered. At least his eyes were still covered.

 

Thankfully, he was not dropped but neither was he given any money to buy food when they landed. Wasn't The Watcher going to treat him to a nice, (un)healthy McDonald's meal? Oh.

 

Oh, wait.

 

"Are we going through the Drive Thru?", Tommy asks, rightfully skeptical about all of this.

 

The Watcher raises an eyebrow, looking at him like he asked the most idiotic question to have ever existed in 2022. Like he's the manager talking to a registered Karen.

 

"No, we're going inside"

 

Tommy, in turn, gawks. Blinks a couple of times. His eye twitches a bit.

 

"Are you out of your damn mind?!"

 

The villain simply waves him off, like going into a McDonald's in his villain attire is nothing dangerous. Nothing anyone should be concerned about. Nah, just the most infamous villain chillin' in a McDonald's with a random vigilante. Because that's a normal thing for a villain to do. Like the po-po isn't going to be called. This guy must frankly be crazy.

 

"It's fine, no hero works part-time here"- since when did heroes work part-time in a fast food restaurant in the first place??- "I suppose it'll be mildly inconvenient if someone calls the heroes but it won't be that much of an issue"

 

Is this guy just… so sure of himself? Or plain stupid? He was pinned by The Blade in a matter of seconds just a few minutes ago, his wings are still cut open and bleeding- scratch that last one, they aren’t bleeding anymore- and he looks tired; exhausted . His eyes look tired anyway. Tommy can just see the beginning of an eye bag under the scarf.

 

"Are you this arrogant all the time?", he asks and turns his head to glance at the restaurant entrance. Just because the guy said they'd be a-okay, doesn't mean that they will be

 

The Watcher leans forward just a little, looking at his face. Wait, no. He isn't looking at his face but rather… he's looking at his lips? This is… weird. Weirdo. This isn't some dating sim- oh, God, now he can't get the thought out of his head. Darn teenage hormones!

 

I mean, you could call this a dating sim. Tommy has heard a lot from Gem and she showed him a rather peculiar KFC fangame not so long ago. This is like the typical victim-villain scenario in a romance novel in Stress' bookshelf of books. Alone, (somewhat) cornered by the most infamous and (by internet standards) most fabulous villain in a dark alley... Ew, blegh - he'd appreciate a bucket to vomit into with that last one, thanks.

 

Said villain chuckles, awkwardly rubbing at his nape. This is such a novel cliché, Jesus

 

"Looking at the graphs, I'd say I have that right"

 

And his self-confidence is through the fucking roof. Great. Awesome. Another aspect to either attack or simp for. Sheesh.

 

"Touché"

 

The man walks into the restaurant then, Tommy reluctantly walking behind him. The first thing he notices is the lack of eyes staring at them, which is weird and pretty foreboding considering who just walked in. So, he looks around and finds that there isn't a single customer sitting at any of the tables. Huh. This is strangely convenient. There weren't many people outside either.

 

"Innit, what would you like? You can order for the others too", The Watcher asks him and pushes him to the counter with a wing.

 

Speaking of wings, how can he even move? They are ginormous! Is he just that strong? And doesn't it hurt now that there's bone sticking out of the fluff? He looks at the other wing- oh. Turns out it does hurt. How did the wise Tommy Innit figure that one out? The limb is limp and dragging on the ground like a trash brush. Honestly, how did he not notice this outside?

 

He is handed a twenty and left to order as the other goes to find a place to sit. Tommy grimaces as if he is the one having to haul tons of feathers across the dirty floor.

 

Hm, alright. What does he get? He looks at the picture board over the counter, ogles the many available options and- he can't decide. For fuck's sake. Why is everything so delicious looking?! Why do humans make food look tasty?! Ugh! The curse of pretty food.

 

Alright, change of tactic-

 

Before he can fall into Tactic-B, the cashier pssts at him. Once, twice. The final time, Tommy can't help his curious ears and turns his attention to the cashier. A young woman, around twenty, lean, black hair, worried face. Uh oh.

 

"Are you okay, kid?", she asks him.

 

His tail bristles just slightly in annoyance at the comment. Kid? Seriously? He is taller than The Watcher, does his hair betray his age that much? Okay, out of all the things he's been through tonight, this one really shouldn't be passing him off so much but come on!

 

"Yeah, I'm fine", he answers, just a tiny bit begrudgingly.

 

What else is he supposed to answer? He's never been part of an interrogation before. He came here out of his own volition for food; for his hungry, growling stomach. Well, I guess this isn't an interrogation like in the movies but it's close enough.

 

"He hasn't hurt you or anything, right?", he shakes his head, tries his best to stay poker faced. "Alright, just hang on tight, the heroes will be here any moment now"

 

Oh, this poor woman. Tommy wants to laugh and cry at the same time. This is so awkward; she has misunderstood this completely, oh God. But it's fine. Possibly. Maybe. What will he say to the heroes when they eventually show up? No matter the explanation, he'll be thrown in the tiny cell of the police station until Grian comes to pick him up.

 

If the avian decides to go and not let him suffer an hour more than he should.

 

"I'd like two cheeseburgers and a double burger, um, please?" -Please just let poor, lil' ol' Tommy order. He can feel his stomach twisting in on itself and hears his gut make this weird, cockroach-ie, chattering sound. 

 

He feels like his own organs will begin a protest march if he doesn't eat soon!

 

The cashier nods and types in his order. Hopefully no one will pee in it -he has heard many horror stories of that happening from Impulse (the man used to work as a part-time cook in a McDonald's during his teens; he's witnessed many questionable things).

 

He gives her the twenty and she hands him a five and a couple pennies below the just amount. Tommy shrugs and pockets them without a second thought, not planning on giving any of the change back. Not his money, not his problem. The Watcher can just rob a bank if he wants an extra penny in his pocket.

 

Quickly, he scouts the empty tables and booths for the man, who is waiting for him at a table beside a window. A window . Great. Convenient. Let all people see RaccoonInnit hanging out with The Watcher. This will be a great debut for villain RaccoonInnit. Fucking awesome.

 

Can you hear the sarcasm? See the irony? Mhm. This will age well.

 

"Did you pocket the change?", The Watcher asks, not even bothering to look at him, fiddling with a paper towel crane instead.

 

This just keeps getting better! This villain is a fan of art! Add that one to the cliché romance novel list! Fuck. When did he have the time to fold a paper towel into a crane, anyway?

 

"I didn't-"

 

"You can keep it. You smell like you need it"

 

His eyebrow twitches.

 

"What's that supposed to mean?"

 

As if sensing his ire and anger, the blond turns his head and stares him in the eye. Tommy, like any sane human being, takes a step back. His eyes are piercing like Ranboo's and they pierce straight through his body and soul. He gulps.

 

The man just laughs it off. Asshole.

 

"That you need a bath. Were you digging through a trash can before I found you?", he asks, more like teases.

 

Well, mister Watcher, he'll have you know that, yes , he did dig through a trashcan and he found a pair of earrings Ranboo could pawn later! The dude doesn't seem at all impressed.

 

Tommy huffs.

 

"That's a shitty crane", he comments. The other falters for a second, as if he's trying to hold something back.

 

"It's a paper towel, of course it will come out bad and uneven", he says with a quiet, maybe even tired, sigh.

 

Hmm. Okay. Point accepted. With a shrug, Tommy decides to take a seat opposite of the villain. He adjusts his bandana to make sure his identity is well protected and throws a look at the cashier. The woman seems to have disappeared. 

 

"I think she's calling the heroes", he notes.

 

"She pressed the emergency button under the counter", is the simple response he receives.

 

Why does a McDonald's have an emergency button? Only Ranboo would be willing to rob a McDonald's- and he would take the cheeseburgers , not the cash .

 

"How- How did you even see that?", honestly. Like. How? Half that woman's body was hidden behind the counter! Tommy didn't even notice her move, let alone press a hidden button!

 

"She wasn't subtle about it", The Watcher tells him, his eyes piercing through his once again.

 

Tommy notes the vibrant glow that almost freezes him in place. If he wasn't used to Ranboo's eyes, he might've just fled.

 

"You should be more observant, uh… RaccoonInnit, was it?"

 

Oh, great. This is the second bastard who's told him that. First, The Blade and now The Watcher. Fantastic. But, hey, at least this guy got his name right. Tommy is only slightly impressed and surprised by that. Only his neighborhood knows the great RaccoonInnit!

 

To hear the best villain speak it? It's a pretty big accomplishment! Wait, does that mean he's known in the villain world? Is that even a good accomplishment?

 

"You actually know my name?"

 

The other shrugs, trying to act indifferent. Or maybe he's blushing. The latter is far more amusing.

 

"I do"

 

"That doesn't sound creepy at all"

 

So, he is known in the villain world! Okay. Wow. What does he do with that information? Maybe he can rub it in Tubbo and Ranboo's faces. Hmm. Alright. Sounds like a solid plan.

 

He kicks his feet beneath the table, looks at The Watcher. The silence that befalls them is awkward to say the least.

 

The villain just stares off into space and Tommy rests his chin in his palms, trying to analyze the enemy. Such a weird, crazy dude. Is the guy even an enemy to him? He saved him from both doom and juvie and now he's paying for his food. If he wanted Tommy dead, Tommy is sure he would be a grated mess of a human being on the street now. So, maybe, he isn't his enemy. Just… an acquaintance? Can a villain even have civilian and vigilante acquaintances?

 

And now that they are together in a McDonald's, alone and undisturbed, what can he do with him? Other than exploiting his wallet? Could he talk him into giving out his address? Or the location of his secret villain lair? He's never been an interrogator except for the times he's asked either of his BFFs where the TV remote is.

 

The man's eyes flicker. Tommy raises an eyebrow, thinking that it was a simple trick of the light. Only, it isn't. What the… They flicker again. Oh. Is he using his powers right now? In front of him? What even are his powers? Perhaps he can start with that.

 

He analyzes the flickers in silence, notes how the man's eyebrows are slightly furrowed and how he is staring off into space. What could his superpower be? It is somehow connected to his eyes, checked that one. He is well known for dodging shit and being a slippery bastard in general. Can he foresee his enemy's punches? His eyes widened. Yes, that's probably it! So, if he throws a punch at him, the guy should - in theory - be able to dodge.

 

He is about to test his little theory, as stupid as making an attempt to punch a villain sounds, but The Watcher's eyes stop flickering then. They return to that vibrant, piercing glow of theirs and they flick from Tommy's slightly pulled arm to his face.

 

"Seriously?"

 

Tommy might as well throw this punch out of spite.

 

Okay, time for a distraction, Tommy! You can't let him figure out what you were trying to do! Although that instantaneous reaction might be proof of his powers, you can't let him think you've found out! They were secret for a reason, after all! Play dumb, play dumb!

 

"So, do you like watches?"

 

The man's eyes widened in bewilderment. Nice save! The perfect distraction! He flicks his lil' ears, trying to act curious.

 

"Huh? Where did that one come from?"

 

"Watch? Watch er? Kind of makes sense, innit?"

 

And The Watcher full-on laughs. Wheezes. Like this is the funniest shit he has heard in years . Tommy almost wants to join in himself, though for him it would be out of relief that his distraction actually worked . He hasn't had this pleasure with anyone other than Grian when he'd need to steal sugar cubes (they are tasty, shut up) or dig through the trash (there are some tasty treats in there, he recommends trash-diving) and he'd need a quick distraction to escape the man's chiding.

 

He is glad that all avians are so easily amused.

 

Tommy really dislikes that voice changer the guy has, though. It didn't really bother him before -he didn't even have the time to register how horrible his voice sounded- but God is it an abomination. One moment, his tone is high pitched and then the next, it is low and barely audible. Almost like a parrot trying out new words to say. He cringes with no hesitation.

 

When the man calms down, he lets out a sigh of lightheaded-ness.

 

"I'll tell you this", The Watcher says, ominously leaning towards him. "My name is more of a… how should I put it? It's like a title"

 

Huh. That's a weird fun fact.

 

"A title?", a nod with crinkled eyes. The dude is smiling. That's… probably good. "I guess you were being all creepy, watching us from the top of that building"

 

Wait. He was watching them. His theory is slowly but surely being proven right! The dude watches people! He is observant, that's why he can dodge and slip away like that! He probably knows the streets of the city like the back of his hand! Is that why he was given that name/title? Hm. He'll need the council for this one (Tubbo and Ranboo and maybe the wisdom of Cleo).

 

For now, he would prefer to torture this poor man. The Watcher looks embarrassed. Like he's been caught red-handed and Tommy wants to exploit this sign of weakness for the fun of it. Didn't he wave at them anyway? Where was that shyness and embarrassment back then?

 

"Speaking of, did you want to be friends? Are you lonely, bigman?"

 

Yet the question seems to take the villain by surprise, which is low key hilarious to witness.

 

"I- No, I think you've misunderstood, Rac-"

 

Tommy shakes his head before the guy can regret anything he's done in the past half hour.

 

"Because I'm looking to fight you, bitch!"

 

And yet, The Watcher bursts out laughing. He is mocking him; the fucking nerve of this bitch! Once Tommy is done with him, he'll make him into his personal butler! That'll knock his ego down a peg. Hmph.

 

" You? Fight me? You'll need some upper body strength for that, pal"

 

"You won't be saying that when you'll be eating. My. A-"

 

Tommy is interrupted by the waitress, who looks like she'd rather be anywhere else but here. He immediately shuts up and crosses his legs on his seat, sinking into the back until he feels his own back crump. The Watcher looks like he's smirking at his embarrassment. He scowls at him. Bitch.

 

"Um, here is your food", she says and serves the many food items they ordered in record speed. She is gone as fast as the wind, like she was never there.

 

Tommy looks at the front counter and finds no cashier. Did all of them just… flee the building? I mean, that's smart but… Now he's alone with The Watcher! This might end up bad for him. What's he supposed to do if the villain suddenly finds him more appetizing than fast food? Transform into a raccoon and scurry away?

 

Actually, that's not a bad idea.

 

"They're gone if that's what you're wondering", okay, that's not creepy nor overpowered at all. Does he have eyes at the back of his head now too?

 

Tommy shrugs it off as a villain thing and proceeds to chomp on his burger. He can't help but notice that out of all the items on the menu, the man ordered chicken nuggets. Two plates worth of chicken nuggets. What kind of stomach does this man have?! Or- oh.

 

His friend will come over as well, huh? His friends wouldn't just be dropped off at the entrance, would they? No, of course not; that would've been too simple.

 

"Who is that friend of yours again?"

 

"Pearl. Pearlescent Moon. Have you heard of her?"

 

"The one who almost got caught by the Dream Team in that bank robbery?", a nod, a slight twinge of fear and doubt from Tommy, "Are you sure that my teammates are safe?"

 

A scowl. He swallows. Maybe, he shouldn't have said that.

 

"Back at the bank, she and Gemini were outnumbered. Now it's a 1v1 and she only needs to retrieve your friends, not fight The Blade"

 

Right. Okay. Point taken. Tommy will never doubt another one of The Watcher's friends ever again. He shuts his mouth with food.

 

Right then, the little bell of the front door rings. Tommy is surprised (almost chokes on a piece of burger) as he hadn't noticed the bell when they walked in because of his nerves and anxiety of being escorted in a McDonald's by a villain.

 

In steps a woman with a fox mask and two very familiar human beings. Ranboo looks about ready to fall over and Tubbo is surprisingly wide awake despite the time and the fact that it is night . But there is another… dude? That is ominously slouching behind them. Wait. Wait a fucking minute .

 

"Isn't that-"

 

"Hey, guys! We've arrived!", Pearlescent Moon waves at them and wastes no time shoving The Watcher to the other chair so she can steal his seat.

 

Well. That's bizarre. They must be friends if he just allows her to shove him around. Speaking of friends, Tubbo shoves him out of his own chair and - darn his muscle superiority - succeeds in stealing his seat. Ranboo simply passes them, sits on the one remaining seat by the window and proceeds to fall face first into his burger and stay there. Tommy grimaces just a bit. All that teleporting must've taken a lot out of him.

 

But back to the more critical matter at hand-

 

"Why is there a hero with you?"

 

That slouching guy is a demon. BBH to be exact and the guy is a hero . Previously worked with the Dream Team before cutting off to do more private work or whatever. Did he decide to join the dark side all of a sudden? And what's up with the white trim? Tommy thought BBH's signature color was red.

 

The guy simply stares at him as he stands guard next to the two villains. He looks… How should he put it? Lost? Out of place? His eyes are kind of… hazy? Is that a good word for it? He blinks and it is the most unnatural thing ever.

 

"Oh! Pearlescent can hypnotize demons!", Tubbo answers him with a sort of energy Tommy has only ever witnessed when his friend is on a sugar rush, "Isn't that cool?!"

 

So that's why the hero looks so lost!

 

"Yo, that's so cool!" -He completely disregards how unethical this is.

 

Tommy catches the worried gaze of The Watcher out of the corner of his eye. His raccoon ears also catch his whisper to his friend? Colleague? That voice changer really isn't doing him any favors in the whispering department.

 

"You told them?"

 

"It'll be world wide news soon after I release him, so it may as well not come as a surprise to them", Pearlescent nodded at the three of them. BBH looked at her curiously with a small tail flick.

 

Tubbo makes a small noise of interest.

 

"Where did you find him, by the way?", the brunet asks.

 

"The Dream Team decided to call in reinforcements-"

 

"Dream thought it would be easier if someone hunted the lesser villains so they could focus on The Watcher", BBH cuts in. Pearlescent's mask almost seems to frown. Tommy raises an eyebrow at that.

 

Pearlescent clicks her tongue, unhappy. Is that a bad thing? Tommy looks at Tubbo who merely shrugs. No red alert, then.

 

"He's already regaining his senses, I don't like that"

 

Nevermind, there is a red alert. Though, she doesn't look all that alert.

 

Tommy raises an eyebrow. Does her hypnosis have a time limit? Or is the hero's subconscious battling against it like in the movies?

 

The Watcher drums his fingers against the table. His nails -correction, talons (holy shit, they look sharp)- scratch at the plastic surface. Tommy is so glad he isn't on the dude's bad side right now.

 

"That's not good. The Crowfather is en route too", he says and Tommy can almost imagine his frown. The villain eyes them. "Eat up before he arrives. Should be a couple of minutes"

 

With that, they happily dig in, though Tommy has to wake Ranboob up so he can stop getting grease all over his hair and costume. Boob-boy is not at all pleased with that development but he eats his food anyway.

 

"Pearlescent said that there is this villain newbie called Jumbo", Tubbo whispers to him. Tommy, with a mouthful of bun, looks at him.

 

"Oh, yeah?"

 

"Don't talk with your mouth full. Anyway, she said the guy excels in bomb making! And she told me that she can try to nab some for me to try out!"

 

Tommy ignores the nervous and worried glances Tubbo receives from The Watcher. Oops.

 

"She also said that you'll only be trying them under strict supervision", Ranboo adds. He looks about ready to fall asleep again.

 

Tubbo's wings buzz in annoyance. Tommy laughs at his friend's misery. Putting a limit to Tubbo's destruction and chaos is like teasing a 5 year old with holding a jar of Nutella over its head. It does not end well but the process is funny af.

 

"What did you do to The Blade?", Tommy hears The Watcher ask his colleague. The guy doesn't even attempt to whisper that one.

 

Speaking of The Blade, yeah, Tommy would really like to know what happened to him. There is no way he just let Tubbo and Ranboo go without punting the villain to the moon first!

 

"Bad took care of him", Pearlescent replies, popping a chicken nugget in her mouth.

 

How does one do that over a mask- oh, wait. She's moved the mask up just enough for her mouth to be accessible. Can she see like that or is she blind until she flips it back down again? Questions, questions… all of them irrelevant!

 

"Bad?"

 

Tubbo nudges him.

 

"That's BBH's name"

 

"That's a weird ass name"

 

"I know, right?"

 

They both shout a distinct exclamation of pain each when a boot hits their shins.

 

"Ow! What was that for?!"

 

He locks eyes with BBH - Bad- and he swallows back all the curse words he wants to yell at Pearlescent Moon. The hero is scowling at him and the horns that poke out of his hood only add to the tall man's intimidation factor. Tommy thought BBH was supposed to be the nicest hero of all heroes; not this intimidating dude in front of them!

 

"Don't be jerks. He may be hypnotized but he still has a mind of his own", Pearlescent tells them in a strict tone. "Especially now that he's waking up"

 

Tommy tuts and finishes his burger. He looks at Tubbo and finds that he has scarfed down his. Ranboo is still nomming away and the two villains continue their idle conversation.

 

This is an awfully bizarre scene. The two supervillains in front of him look nothing like the press and the heroes have made them out to be. The Watcher looks like your standard guy, awfully chatty and chipper like he isn't a bad guy on the run. Pearlescent, too, looks relaxed and if it wasn't for the mask, maybe she'd pass as a normal person. 

 

It's weird to witness this. The way they are all sitting at a McDonald's, having a nice, (un)healthy meal and idle conversation is just too normal for the characters involved in this scenario. It feels like a Monday when they're having lunch at Stress' with some of the other residents. Tommy's gut twists just enough to make its doubt aware.

 

Ranboo finally finishes his burger and just in time, actually. The Watcher raises his head and looks outside of the window -Tommy catches a flicker of his eyes- and announces that the Crowfather has arrived.

 

"Bad, sit with the kids, please", Bad does as he's told and stands right behind them. Looms over them. He's like Slenderman but sized down to more appropriate proportions and without the necessity of eating kids' souls.

 

Tommy only bristles at the way Pearlescent addressed them.

 

"Don't speak unless we say so, okay?", The Watcher instructs. Tommy nods; it just now strikes him that his idol is about to crash the party.

 

He can barely keep his surprise and excitement from showing in his tail wagging. Stop that, tail! But tails don't listen to anyone, not even the person they're attached to. Oh well.

 

The two villains whisper to one another. They're planning an awesome, flashy and stunning escape, no doubt. As long as they take the lot of them along, then Tommy will allow them to execute the flashiest escape ever!

 

So they wait. They wait for a few minutes. Anxiety and nerves get the best of Tommy but no, his hands are not trembling, thank you very much. You're just imagining things! Tubbo is hunched in on himself, already feeling cornered and Ranboo looks a tiny bit more alert, though he might fall asleep any second now.

 

Bad just… stands there. Like a statue. He only provides a very small feeling of safety seeing as he is a professional.

 

They don't see the Hero when he arrives. The only indication that he is here is the hardly noticeable flinch of The Watcher after his eyes flicker again. Tommy notices Pearlescent stick a hand in her jacket and pull out a gun . She hands it to her partner-in-crime and takes out a dagger for herself, which she hides under her thigh.

 

Oh shit. Tommy is starting to feel only slightly threatened. Shit is about to get real, reeeeal quick.

 

The bell rings.

 

And Tommy really wants to shout and yell at The Crowfather to run away when he sees him but he might just end up getting shot instead. The Great RacconInnit is not getting shot after he survived a whole ass fall, though! So he stays silent, if only a tad restless.

 

He notices how Pearlescent is tapping the table silently, seemingly speaking in Morse code. Fuck, he should've taken Grian's offer to learn Morse when the man had suggested it! He can only take a wild guess and say the obvious thing. They're planning.

 

"May I ask what the two of you are doing here?", The Crowfather asks, his eyes boring holes in the backs of the villains before he acknowledges the rest of them. "You three? BBH?"

 

The hero looks high-key bewildered. Honestly, Tommy can relate. This isn't exactly what you'd imagine if you were told that there's a villain in a McDonald's with a raccoon as a hostage.

 

"What does it look like?", Pearlescent sassily responds.

 

"Would you like a chicken nugget?", The Watcher asks. Tommy's eyes widen as he sees him move his arm, no doubt holding the gun in his hand.

 

The Crowfather's widen as well but it's probably because of the villain's weird, trick question. It's impossible to see the gun from where the hero is standing and Tommy really wants to shout at The Crowfather that The Watcher has a gun but a stern look from Pearlescent shuts that idea down.

 

Okay, Tommy, think, think, think! What could be a good distraction right now?

 

"No, thank you. I'd prefer if you let go of your hostages instead. BBH? What are you doing just sending there? Get them out of here!"

 

BBH just stares.

 

Pearlescent chuckles.

 

Hmmmmm.

 

"BBH listens to me now", she says, letting the hero misunderstand the whole thing.

 

"Are the two of you related, by the way?", both The Watcher and The Crowfather's heads turn to Tommy, surprise and confusion clear on their faces. "Y'know. Blond hair, black wings, both on the short side?"

 

"Hey!"

 

Tubbo loses it. And so does Tommy when the two avians squawk in unison! Pffft . Oh, it couldn't have been any more perfect!

 

Pearlescent shakes her head. Party pooper. 

 

The Crowfather shakes his head, his eyes hardening. Guess joke time is over - for fuck's sake.

 

"Release them, now", he demands. Tommy shuts up, followed by Tubbo.

 

"Or what? You'll call for backup?", Pearlescent hits with her sass, dealing a good amount of mental damage. Oof . "Ghostbur is far away, The Blade is stuck on a trident. I think you're outnumbered here"

 

Wait. The Blade is what now? Is that what she meant when she said that Bad dealt with him? Did the demon actually… Holy shit…

 

"He was pestering them up on a rooftop. We had to intervene"

 

Even The Crowfather catches the little innuendo. He staggers back, looks like he's about to faint but regains his senses before his old knees can crumble.

 

"You can either rush to save him, I don't know how much blood he's lost", The Watcher speaks up as he stands. He holds the gun in a steady hand, swift in the way he raises it to be in line with the hero's forehead. "Or die here. Regardless, we'll have a nice meal"

 

The choice appears easy to make. The Crowfather is flying out of the establishment with gritted teeth faster than you could say "bone-apple-teeth".

 

"Well", Tommy starts and stands up, "That was anticlimactic"

 

Thelot of them are the first to get out of the McDonald's, leaving the three adults to plot murder. It's not their problem what they'll do for the rest of the night! Their problem is at home and they can only pray that Stress doesn’t hear them going into their humble attic.

 

*

 

Dream was not expecting to see Bad for at least a couple of days.

 

The Dream Team hired him yesterday, seeing as BBH had decided to become a mercenary for hire after he left their small hero group in search of something to do solo. Dream suggested having someone hunt down Pearlescent Moon and Gemini and bring them in for questioning, which would also make the team's life easier regarding The Watcher's arrest.

 

Sapnap, being Bad's only son, immediately offered to contact his father, saying that their case would be prioritized without bribes -plus, Bad wasn't busy these days. Dream didn't see a reason not to hire the man, especially since he's a close contact and someone whom he could rely on.

 

It would've taken him only a couple of days, he told them -no, promised them. Not a day.

 

"Dad?"

 

So you can imagine how surprised the three of them were when Bad appeared at the doorstep of their shared apartment. He was holding his head with a bloody hand, his white eyes crinkled in an expression of pain, back hunched and tail tucked between his legs. It was a sight that made them all worry and Sapnap even more so.

 

"W- Where am I? Sapnap?"

 

"What are you saying, dad? You're at my house! Hell, what happened to you?"

 

"My head hurts so bad…"

 

And the demon collapsed in Sapnap's arms, almost sending both of them to the ground but only succeeding in making his son panic. George and Dream helped carry the unconscious man to the living room couch.

 

That was when Phil called. The man did not have any good news for them which added to the stress of the household. He told them what he witnessed at a McDonald's: how he saw Bad at the enemy's side, motionless, holding some vigilantes hostage. Dream listened carefully, trying not to let shock cloud his judgment as the avian hero went over what had occured an hour ago.

 

Bad had impaled Technoblade to the wall of an apartment building with his own sword and trident. It was a miracle that he was still alive and kicking when Phill called.

 

So, now, they are harboring a traitor in their house. Sure, Bad is a mercenary for hire but he'd never go after his friends no matter how much the client pays. But he had gone after Techno, one of Dream's best frIends and sole rival on the hero leaderboards. That's something that Dream can't forgive. His gut twists each time he glances at Bad on the comfy pillows, long legs hanging off one arm of the couch. Something in him calls for blood, for revenge.

 

However, Sapnap pleaded with both him and George to ask questions first and act upon the answers. Dream's reaction was emotional after the phone call, he'll admit but he has to cool down; they have to let logic take over for this situation.

 

"What do you think happened to him?", Sapnap asks after the three of them take shelter in the kitchen. George hands him a warm cup of herbal tea and pats him comfortingly on the back.

 

"My guess is… some form of mind control"

 

Dream ducks just in time to dodge the stream of herbal tea that shoots out of Sapnap's mouth. He has half the mind to glare at him but his interest has been piqued by George's words.

 

"Woah, there, George"-Sapnap coughs, no doubt having had tea go down the wrong pipe-"calm down with your theories, man!"

 

"I know that it sounds far-fetched, such powers are incredibly rare but-"

 

"It adds up", Dream not-so-rudely interrupts with wide eyes. "That adds up with what Phil told us, remember? And temporary memory loss and paranoia are both well-known symptoms of mind control"

 

Sapnap shakes his head disappointedly.

 

"The Watcher's power isn't of that sort and Pearlescent Moon's power is telekinesis"

 

Humming, Dream recalls the events that unfolded at the bank robbery a few days ago. He can remember clearly how both of the villains acted and the fact that there was only one power present rather than two. In the heat of battle, they pinned it on Pearlescent Moon, seeing as she was more active and performing heavy attacks while Gemini was more in the background. Thinking about it now, though, with a clear mind…

 

A chomping noise that comes from the counter scares the living daylights out of him and almost makes Sapnap spit out his tea again. George is just casually leaning on the table, already used to the sudden "house noises".

 

Honestly, Dream should've got used to this by now.

 

There, hunched over an open box of macarons from Niki's Bakery, is a white blob. An animated cone with a spherical head and no other limbs whatsoever -and would you like to know a fun fact? That glutton of a blob is a literal god from a different dimension. He's going ham on the macarons, gulfing down all the sugar despite the physical lack of hands and mouth. No one has bothered to ask how he can lift things without hands.

 

George had found him living in a wet and moldy cardboard box at the side of the road a few months ago. No one would have guessed that such a small, alien creature could be a god living in those conditions nor that a God could catch a cold. He was sneezing for a week straight after they bathed and wrapped him in a ball of blankets.

 

Maybe asking him about this is a good idea -for assurance. Sure, he isn't the god of this dimension (the Overworld , as he calls it) but he is still a god -an immortal being that has lived for millions upon billions of years! He must have some wisdom!

 

"XD, what do you think?", Dream asks the blob.

 

Said blob turns around, a big 'XD' chiseled to his face with small, pink bits of macaron stuck around it. The remaining macaron is hovering in front of where his mouth should be. It's not at all disturbing. 

 

"I think that you're all idiots", XD says, taking a bite out of the sweet. "Except for George"

 

George laughs and Dream loses all faith in every god that exists.

 

Yeah, XD is a 404 simp. That's nothing new in general mythology, seeing as many gods simped for many humans (Techno's words, not his) but with this particular blob of chaos and mischief? It's not exactly convenient. 

 

"George, just ask already", Sapnap demands and he crosses his arms with a huff.

 

"Whatever", George waves him off with a shit-eating grin but asks anyway. "XD, tell us who the one with the mind control is"

 

XD hums in fake contemplation - the little bastard.

 

"For you it's free. For those two" -he waves the remaining macaron in Dream and Sapnap's faces- "Double or nothin' "

 

"You're literally eating the last one, asshole!", Sapnap whisper-yells, stealing the words straight from Dream's mouth.

 

XD finishes the macaron out of pure spite. He huffs amusedly.

 

"Suffer".

Notes:

Sooooo, did you like it? I've wanted to introduce XD as a lil sugar-addicted muffin ever since watching How to keep a Mummy xD

Chapter 6: but the walls tell me "What are you going to find elsewhere?"

Summary:

Jimmy babysits the children and Grian broke his arm rather than a leg.
Mumbo makes amends with Tommy
Tubbo drags Ranboo and Mumbo to the crystal shop -and Tubbo wants to steal a cat
Enter two old pals who may as well be living off scams
Oh! And Tommy faints bc of shock, yep, don't forget about that-

Notes:

Idea too big, set word count too small. Sadge. This chapter is 8K words already and I don't want to surpass that limit so I am breaking this idea into two chapters :D
I also made some references to my mermaid AU and code lyoko and to baby dragons listening to no one, so have fun finding those!
Oh, also, there is Maths in this chapter, so be warned.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“It’s hypnosis”

 

“How do you know?”

 

“He has… side-effects, one could say. Bad, were you with two villains yesterday?”

 

“No, I wasn’t”

 

“Did you side with the enemy?”

“What?! No!”

 

“See? He’s been told to deny anything that happened. He remembers the McDonald’s, so it’s not total mind control. Hypnosis can only block memories for some time and will cause a person to be confused and therefore more obvious, so erasing them would not be… ideal”

 

“So, he was told not to speak of the villains and sent him back to us, just so it would be more difficult to figure out?”

 

“There is a possibility that they asked more of him, though. The noobs are smart nowadays”

 

“Keep a close eye on your father, demon boy”

 

*

 

Annoying Jimmy is perhaps the best pastime in the world. Or in the video club. Stopping criminals is much more enjoyable since that gets the adrenaline pumping through the veins but, turns out, this little side-hobby they learnt from Grian is great white noise for doing homework.

 

Living under the same roof as the avian and following him around the block, the three of them quickly picked up on the inside joke (or bullying, an outsider can hardly tell) of the whole block of flats. They all called Jimmy "Timmy" to annoy the man and they pestered him from time to time in general.

 

Jimmy didn't seem to mind when the tenants did it, already used to it but when the three of them started? Well. Tommy picked up on that full-face cringe and the "For goodness’ sake…" that was muttered quite easily and quickly. Needless to say, they pestered him too.

 

"Can you stop messing with the casings, Tubbo?", Jimmy asks with just the slightest bit of disappointment and annoyance on his face. His eyebrows are furrowed in alarm and who can blame him? He was chasing Tubbo for about ten minutes before giving up and retreating behind the counter.

 

Tommy does not try to muffle his laughter when Tubbo manages to knock over some more DVD cases as he buzzes about. Jimmy hauls himself over the tall counter (which, no, no one marveled at) and sprints to the aisle the brunet was just in, trying to catch the ones that miraculously survived Tubbo's onslaught.

 

"Stop doing that!", the man shouts but of course, Tubbo doesn't listen. None of them do. Even Ranboo has stolen some lollipops and sweets from the bowl on the counter and he's supposed to be the well-behaved one in the group.

 

"Nope!" -and there goes another case. At least, he is careful enough not to break any of the DVDs; Jimmy would actually kill them for that.

 

You see, Jimmy doesn't own the place. He doesn't own the building, he doesn't own the stock, he is poor af for that -the only thing he provides is the sweets and lollipops and God knows how long he keeps them in that godforsaken bowl. The ones Ranboo stole are probably months old, which is probably why he is not being nagged about it.

 

Tommy clicks his pen against the paper of his notebook, scribbles a few numbers, draws a couple of lines. Algebra is hitting hard but he won't let it defeat him! Not when it's as simple an exercise as this one! He’ll hit harder! f(x+2)= (x+2)² +1, x belongs to R(eal numbers), prove f(x)= x² + 1. It's supposed to be a simple problem, the simplest out of the rest that follow. But he's losing willpower and his patience is running low. And Tubbo is being a hilarious distruction back there!

 

"Tubbo, you're going to hurt yourself!"

 

"I'm not, bigman, I'm careful- AAH!", right as he says that, he is caught by the ceiling fan and spun around like a fucking yo-yo. Guess that's karma, lol.

 

Jimmy screams after him and climbs up the shelves in an attempt to set the boy free. Ranboo is wheezing, Tommy is about to fall to the floor, homework and all forgotten.

 

"Tubbo!", is the last thing they hear before Jimmy's fall and then the big boom of a body colliding with tile flooring, as well as a loud, very audible "OOF" as Tubbo falls on top of him, successfully crushing the other's ribcage. Okay, that's an exaggeration but Tubbo has heavy bones. Heavy enough to make a shelf snap if he jumped on it -even if he'd jumped on it gently.

 

Said boy lets out a grant of pain and despite Jimmy's suggestion to get up and let him breathe, Tubbo stays there. Spiteful as always. We love to see it.

 

"Tubbo, could you please get off of me?", Jimmy asks. Poor man, even in his (literally) lowest moment, he is still being polite.

 

"Nooooo", Tubbo whines but inevitably, he is thrown off when the man rolls over and stands. "Owwww"

 

Ranboo, who is the first to recover from the enormous fit of laughter he and Tommy were sharing, is considerate of their friend's well-being.

 

"Tubbo, are you okay?", he tries to be considerate anyways. The giggles haven't escaped his voice quite yet. Tubbo shakes his head, just a bit concussed probably -it'll heal-, but altogether he looks to be in one piece.

 

"I think I cut my back", the boy says in a protesting tone as he sits up with a hiss. Well, it's more of a buzz really. There is this sort of weird crackling sound that comes from him, most likely the new scratch, that makes Tommy's fluffy ears twitch.

 

Jimmy swings into full-panic mode then, quickly dragging Tubbo to a stool at the front counter and telling him to lift his shirt so he could take a look. I mean, Stress might talk his ear off if any of them get even the smallest bit injured whilst in his care, you can't blame him for being alarmed by a mere peasant scratch. Tommy stops laughing, remembering that his ear would also be talked off for not stopping his best friend from hurting himself.

 

"It's already scabbed over", the man notes and Tommy leans over to have a look himself.

 

Tubbo's body is a bit quirky, that much Stress and Cleo had noted when they'd seen said quirkiness in action. Whereas normal people have blood clot over their wounds to create a sterile area for healing, Tubbo has these hard, purple scabs that look like a shell form over his wounds. They don't know why, Grian has theorized that it is a hybrid thing, saying that Tubbo might not be just a bee hybrid but a combination of two. None of them know who their parents are, so maybe Tubbo's parents were a bee-woman and some alien dude.

 

"It itches", Tubbo complains, already trying to reach the purple scab with one of his hands. Thankfully for the wound, Tubbo could never reach the middle of his upper back.

 

"Don't scratch it, Tubbo", Jimmy scolds, sounding mentally exhausted already. "Speaking of, has Stress talked with a doctor yet?

 

Tubbo shrugs his shoulders. Ranboo sighs.

 

"She tried to arrange a rendezvous for the two of us but the doctor's list was full until Sunday. She said she'd try again later today after work"

 

Well. That's news to both Tommy and Tubbo. When was this conversation and why was it held behind their backs?

 

"She talked about it over lunch on Monday, guys"

 

Ranboo's disappointed look is joined by Jimmy's.

 

"Maybe you should pay attention when an adult is speaking to you rather than eating so fast, you'll choke and throw up", the Brit says and lets Tubbo lower his shirt. His wings buzz, stretching out after being held upwards for so long.

 

It's weird how awfully similar Jimmy's words are to Stress'.

 

"We were hungry, man!", Tommy protests. Tubbo lies his head on the countertop, muttering a similar sentence before promptly falling asleep. Or pretending to have fallen asleep, one can hardly tell; the teen could pass for a mannequin if he tried hard enough. He can stay so still that you’d think he’s bitten the dust because his chest’s rising and falling is barely visible!

 

Jimmy simply shakes his head and Tommy, in response, crosses his arms. He looks at the man with the most hateful gaze he can muster and said man seems to become smaller the more he stares. He stares more. Ranboo averts his own gaze, surely feeling uncomfortable with all the eyeing but oh well. Tommy can care about that in a bit for he has to show the cashier his place on the block o’ flats hierarchy via staring.

 

That is when someone else walks in and the eye contact is broken in favor of Tommy acquiring visual information regarding the new customer. It isn’t often that someone new walks into the video club. In fact, if it weren’t for the tenants, Tommy is pretty sure the place would’ve been abandoned a loooong time ago or turned into a nightclub (Jimmy had mentioned once that the owner wanted to try out the idea but Impulse threatened them with his financial superiority).

 

Honestly, DVDs aren't in fashion anymore. They aren't even modern. Everyone has abandoned their DVD players in favor of radios and laptops and phones, the likes of which only the rich people have. That is one reason why Tommy likes Grian; the man is a hoarder and he has a very old player under the TV (which is of course used to support Jimmy).

 

Anyway. 

 

A familiar mustache enters the establishment. Black and bushy, slightly twirled at the edges, old-fashioned and glimmering with wax under a slightly droopy nose. Tommy's eye twitches when he takes in the well-ironed black suit and red tie. It doesn't take more than a minute for him to turn into a raccoon and fling himself at the man. Raccoon Tommy does more damage than Human Tommy!

 

Honestly, he doesn't know why he throws himself on the mustache man like that. It's just an instinct at this point. A symptom of denial or whatever -Grian has been urging him to warm up to the guy but he is too stubborn to listen. Or to do what the avian asks of him to do (when he isn't looking anyway). All he knows is that the fabric of the suit is rather cheap because it tears immediately when he latches on. Tommy has torn enough of Mumbo's suits to differentiate between cheap and expensive. He's pretty sure he has torn about 10 suit jackets including this one. Where do they keep appearing from? How many suits does this man have?!

 

"Oh my God, Tommy!"

 

Mumbo, being a weak, peasant human (raccoons are royalty compared to humans as per Tommy's decree) screams. Of course, he does. Tommy is unhindered by said scream and instead cackles and chitters like the little racoon gremlin that he is, clawing and gripping at the scratchy fabric for dear life. He doesn't like the texture at all; is it some sort of Tommy repellent? Well, Mumbo, does he have news for you! No one repels Tommy Kraken Innit so easily! And yes, he just added that second name because why the fuck not?

 

The man is desperately trying to tug him off, though, going for pulling his small paws out of the innards of his suit but it is all in vain. When that plan fails, Tommy can feel calloused fingers just above the base of his tail. He swears, if Mumbo so much as touches his perfect, fluffy and magnificent tail, he'll- he touched it. He's dirtied it -soiled it with his big sweaty fingers. Ohohoh, this little fucker, he's in for it now-

 

Tommy doesn't really get to retaliate, though. He is yanked into the air and kept at arm's length, dangling upside down before he can claw the guy's eyes out.

 

"If I set you down, do you promise not to bite me?"

 

Tommy goes for the eyes. He swings his little paws furiously like the feral child he is, tries to scratch the fuck out of the man's face… but he is too far away. Mumbo sighs. Jimmy is laughing.

 

Looking at the damage Tommy has caused to the black suit, one can see why Mumbo is the laughing stock now. Tommy laughs -chitters- and claps his lil' hands together in mild evil satisfaction. That's what he gets for getting his tail all dirty! Wait. He is still getting his tail all dirty, ewww -does he not know how difficult it is to upkeep such luscious fur?! He is very high maintenance, thank you very much. So, Tommy strikes again with unrelenting determination and almost catches the tip of Mumbo's nose.

 

"This is what I've been dealing with for the past week", Mumbo grumbles. Yeah, that's right, be miserable! You deserve it for what you’ve done to his tail!

 

Jimmy laughs and gingerly takes Tommy from Mumbo. Yes, Jimmy is much more gentle and careful and -most importantly- he doesn't assault his tail (he has a cat, he knows how to treat royalty). Tommy simply curls up like the king that he is in the blond's arms, holds his head up high and promptly sticks his tongue out. He takes his tail in his little paws and brushes out the fur, leaving Mumbo with a hiss of a warning to know that he's messed up big time -if he could not tell from the ruined suit.

 

"All of my suits have been chewed through and ripped to shreds thanks to Tommy. Every time I leave, I find a new one on the floor just torn apart", Mumbo says with an exhausted sigh. Tommy hisses at him again. "And Grian told me to figure it out with the kid but-"

 

"Tommy is being a little bitch", Tubbo mumbles in his sleep. Tommy gawks at him, offended.

 

It's not his fault that Mumbo decided to put his clothes in Grian's closet! That's where Tommy's clothes are (and by that he means Grian's red t-shirts but no one has tattled so far), it's not his fault that the suits are so scratchy and shit and they irritate the fuck out of his arms when he digs around for a shirt. Actually, he's doing Mumbo a favor by getting rid of the bad ones. Why is he even mad about it?

 

"Agreed", okay, why are his friends betraying him like this? It was expected of Tubbo to say such crude and vile things but for Ranboo to agree? Absolute backstab.

 

"Hmmm", Jimmy hums as Tommy tends to his magnificent fur. "Take off your suit jacket"

 

Mumbo looks back at the cashier with a raised eyebrow. "You really think…?"

 

Tommy feels Jimmy shrug. "It wouldn't hurt to try, would it?"

 

"It will if he launches at me"

 

Silence.

 

A shuffle.

 

Tommy looks and finds Mumbo suit-less and tie-less. Jimmy grabs him from the armpits and Tommy… He doesn't know what to think about being given to the mustached man like some cat to be pet. He is so much higher than cats, even if Ranboo dares to differ. Raccoons shall rule the world one day and they’ll be an unstoppable force, commanded by the one, the only, the undisputed RaccoonInnit, greatest vigilante of all time.

 

He is settled on Mumbo's chest. He grabs on with his paws, scritches the fabric and somehow, the tendency to tear and destroy and cause misery and chaos has gone out the window. Huh. Weird. Why is he okay with this? Tommy is more baffled than the people surrounding him.

 

“...Could you not have told me that my suit was annoying you?”, his Tommy senses are tingling; he is about to be in trouble. “Instead of destroying half of them?”

 

Oh, wait. Mumbo isn’t his parental figure. Tommy isn’t in trouble and Mumbo can’t ground him (that’s Stress and Grian’s job). He takes a lucky swipe at the man, which is dodged, because why not? And jumps away, off to transform back into a human with an extra limb.

 

“Well, that was something”, he hears Mumbo mumble whilst he’s trying to grow back his limbs.

 

“That means no suit from now on”, Jimmy responds with just the right amount of mirth. “Anyways, how’s Grian doing?”

 

“Ah, he’s recovering well. That rack really did a number on his arm but he’ll be discharged at noon”

 

Ranboo is the first to react to this news. Tommy is pretty confused about this situation as well. Since when was Grian in the… hospital? Did he get that right? What happened to his arm? Stress has been adamant that he was simply avoiding the landlord yesterday because he was a month behind on rent and Impulse was certain that he heard Grian say that he had to go to an important meeting or something. It was business related and as long as Grian was going to come back, Tommy didn’t really question it.

 

“What happened to Grian?”, Ranboo asks for all of them, all worried and not holding his nerves back. Tubbo yawns loudly, showing his awareness of the situation.

 

“A rack fell on him at work”, Mumbo explains. “He was lucky enough to get away with only a broken arm”

 

“Ouch”, Tommy comments. He silently prays that their avian father-figure isn’t going to die on some hospital bed with shitty, unsalted food because of some stupid rack.

 

“He’ll be discharged today and thanks to healing abilities, he will only have to wear the cast for a week or so”, the ravenet continues, “Until then, he can’t use that arm”

 

Tommy cradles his own arm -it is more human now, showing more skin and less fur-, feeling goosebumps travel up his spine. Out of the corner of his eye, he spots his friends doing the same. His arm feels weird, somewhat numb, like it is trying to imitate what a broken bone feels like. Wow, thanks body.

 

Regardless, that means that they are not  going to be setting up pranks that need to be cleaned up afterwards. Grian’s favorite quote “We prank hard but we clean up harder” hasn’t exactly stuck to any of them. They'll have to be delicate too, though hardly any of them complain about helping out with chores -especially when they get to pull a toy out of Stress' Mystery Box.

 

(One time, Tubbo pulled a fidget spinner out of the box. Needless to say that Stress regretted putting that toy in the box when the three of them watched the thing spin for three hours straight. She had to steal it back and burn it, throw it out; none of them know what happened to the toy but they haven't seen a fidget spinner ever since).

 

"...Tommy, do you want to come?", oh, he spaced out. Oopsie.

 

"Sorry, what did you say?", he asks and Mumbo repeats his question. Tubbo looks all excited, practically beaming, despite being asleep just seconds before. It should be obvious -what the man asked- but Tommy is really scratching his head about this.

 

“I said that I’m going to the crystal shop downtown and I was wondering if any of you wanted to tag along”

 

Ah, right. Tubbo has been wanting to visit that shop for a while. Sadly, however…

 

“I can’t come, bigman, I have homework to do and Cleo will kill me if she finds it half-finished”

 

As much as Cleo tries to deny the fact that she doesn’t kill children, one can only wonder what the students at the school she teaches have to say about that accusation. So, Tubbo and Ranboo will have to go all by themselves.

 

“Ah, right, you do that and-”

 

Tubbo is pushing Mumbo out of the establishment, dragging Ranboo behind them before the businessman can finish his sentence. None of them complain. Tommy sighs, only a bit sad for not being able to tag along with his friends to that crystal shop. Oh well, one can’t have it all.

 

Okay. Back to the problem -or rather function- at hand. So, I put u=x+2, u belongs to R… f(u)= u² +1, uεR- Done! One question down, a couple more to go.

 

“Tommy, what did you call Mumbo?”, Jimmy asks out of nowhere. Tommy looks around and locates him at the messed up aisle, where he’s returning the DVDs to their rightful places.

 

“What did I call him?” -and then he remembers- “Oh. Oh, wait, did I- huh.”

 

He's left dumbfounded at himself. 

 

Jimmy cackles.

 

“Shut up! I have to prove that this thing is a monotonically increasing function in (0,+οο)!”

 

“You’ve got this, Tommy”

 

Indeed, he’s got this.

 

All he needs to do is state that x1, x2ε(0,+οο), x1 > x2 and reach the function’s form from that.

 

Square the x’s… x1²  > x2² , add a one… x1² +1 > x2²+1 - And there it is! Easy-peasy, lemon-squeezy. That goes f(x1)>f(x2) and since the arrow hasn’t changed direction, the function is monotonically increasing in (0,+οο).

 

This is going surprisingly well. Too well. So well that the Maths homework is sus. Eh, as long as it’s completed it can be a sussy baka.

 

*

 

The doorbell chimes loudly when Tubbo bursts through the door of the crystal shop. His wings are buzzing in excitement, he is hopping from one foot to the other, he almost knocks over an old lamp- Ranboo looks more dead than alive in comparison to him. It’s funny how dead he can look sometimes. Then again, Tubbo is more hyped about this little trip than him. 

 

So, Tubbo scans every single little thing in the shop and it doesn’t take long for him to get lost in the aisles. Well. There are no aisles but a few racks of pagan related things, so he can't exactly get lost. But he does fucking try- there is so much to see here!

 

Tarot cards, crystal balls, runes, wands; you name it! It’s probably there! Of course, there are crystals too: opal, quartz, amethyst, small rubies, emerald, geodes; all are in display cases in an abundance of colors. There are books as well and Tubbo doesn’t waste a minute. He grabs each and every one he can get his hands on, reading the first few words of the summary on the back (with some difficulty -why do people use such weird and difficult words?). There are guidebooks, spell books, history books on magic- the place itself has this magical feel to it. Maybe it's all the vintage and old-fashioned furniture, the yellow wallpaper and the yellow rays of sunlight.

 

"Tubbo, be careful with the crystals", he hears Ranboo warn. Looking up, he finds his friend looking at a peculiar black and white gemstone. Onyx , says the little label at the front.

 

"I am careful, bossman"

 

"Tubbo, Ranboo, come meet the owner!", they hear Mumbo shout in this happy tone. They also hear someone else's chuckle. Was there always a person at the front desk?

 

Hm. Maybe there was.

 

Reluctantly and sheepishly, the two of them poke their heads out of the racks and scout for the new person. Tubbo spies a red top hat on short, brown hair- target spotted. Mumbo's look is neutral, if only a tad mirthful and slightly wrinkled, bushy mustache pushed up. He's smiling so they probably haven't done anything immoral or too unusual.

 

They approach. Wings buzz excitedly, fingers wiggle nervously. Tubbo almost throws himself on the counter when…

 

There is a meow.

 

There's a fucking cat! It's lying there, next to an hourglass, playing with one of those weaved balls. It's just pawing at the toy, juggling it from one paw to the other with such grace and carelessness… Tubbo almost swoons when it meows again. The stranger pets the cat's head and that prompts Tubbo to gingerly pat the cat's stomach. His fingers disappear in the fluffy fur. Oh, gosh, he thinks he might just melt. The cat looks so happy and it's so adorable and fluffy; he wants it.

 

He wants to steal it.

 

"This is Jelly", the stranger says with a smile in his voice. Tubbo is liking this shop more and more. "What's your name?"

 

Tubbo looks up at the stranger. He notes the wide, rough scar that expands over one eye, over the bridge of his nose and ends in a tight pitch at the opposite cheek. It is only a bit scary and foreboding, nothing Tubbo can't handle. He wonders only for a second what created that huge… slash? All he can think of is an axe. Something sharp in general. Maybe it was a Creepypasta summoning gone wrong.

 

He looks at Mumbo, then Ranboo. They're all looking at him. Oh, so the question was directed at him.

 

"No can do. Stranger danger, y'know?"

 

And the stranger just gawks, taken aback, confused as the super excited bee-teen refused to tell the owner his name. Owner or not, he is still a stranger even with that huge gremlin grin that is plastered on his face. Huh. That is too similar to how Grian acts when he's set up a prank for the other residents. It must be a coincidence.

 

Mumbo merely sighs.

 

"This is Tubbo and this is Ranboo"

 

Tubbo narrows his eyes at Mumbo just a bit. Ranboo, on the other hand…

 

"Nice to meet you, sir"

 

Polite and a party pooper as always.

 

"Nice to meet you too, kids. My name is Scar"

 

Tubbo raises an eyebrow. What is this? MLP naming tactics?

 

"Are the two of you friends?", Ranboo asks, pointing at the two grown men.

 

"Childhood friends", Mumbo answers.

 

"Me, Mumbo and Grian", Scar adds. "He has told me about the three of you"

 

Huh. Grian has more connections than any of them realized. This Scar fellow appears more appealing now. And charming, let's not forget the charm of a business man that radiates off him. Or the charm of a scammer. Yeah, Tubbo can see Scar as a scammer.

 

"So, the usual order?", Scar asks Mumbo. Mumbo nods and pushes a neatly written note towards the shop owner. 

 

"Yeah, and some potions of healing for Grian"

 

Wait. There are also potions available?

 

"Oh, right, how is his arm? I haven't had the time to visit him."

 

How many people knew that Grian got owned by a rack at work? Then again, these are his friends, probably some of the closest ones after their small trio of feral boys.

 

"He's getting out of the hospital today", Tubbo ushers out before Mumbo can answer.

 

Scar hums a happy hum and disappears in the backroom, probably to get Mumbo's order ready.

 

"Did you see anything you like?", Mumbo asks the two of them. Wings buzz. Is he offering what Tubbo thinks he's offering?..

 

"I like everything! There's all these cards and runes and crystals and they look pretty!"

 

The man has to take a step back as Tubbo goes on his rant about the stock on the shelves. Ranboo is more in the background but Tubbo knows all too well that he is thinking about the pretty gemstone in the display case.

 

Mumbo merely chuckles.

 

"What about you, Ranboo?"

 

"I saw this pretty gem in the display over there"-Ranboo points at the wooden display case-"I think it was called an onyx like the Pokémon"

 

That receives a laugh. Actually, make that two because Scar appears with a small crate right on time.

 

"On your tab, I'm guessing?"

 

"Yup"

 

He is offering what Tubbo thought he was offering. The bee-hybrid gasps and does the pog face before making a beeline to the aisles. Ranboo runs after him, all excited and shit as well, and Scar appears before them with a cane made of copper, cogs and nuts. Oh. Tubbo likes this man even more now -the steampunk aesthetic is just the best.

 

"You said you liked this one?", the man asks, pointing at the black and white stone with a finger.

 

"Yeah"

 

"Can I have this one?", Tubbo points at a black and yellow crystal just a bit to the left. 

 

"The joura- jourava-vite?"

 

Scar cringes at himself as he tries to say the gem's name and ultimately fails. Oh! Tubbo has made a new friend. Finally, he can share his dyslexia with someone! Even if that someone is basically a stranger who is friends with Grian and Mumbo and by relation, with them as well.

 

"Jou-ravssss-kite?", Mumbo tries as well and he's the only one who got it right. "Sheesh, that's a difficult word to say"

 

"Someone gets it", Scar says with a somewhat tired tone. "There are some whose names I have difficulty pronouncing"

 

"Same man, same"

 

Tubbo is patted on the back by Ranboo.

 

"Anyway, we should get Tommy one as well, so we can all match", the talker suggests. That's a good idea.

 

"Do you think he'd like a raccoon themed one?

 

"No, maybe a Tommy themed one"

 

"It needs to have red-"

 

"-with black rings-"

 

"This one?"

 

"That one?"

 

And they point at each and every gem and stone that matches the description of black and red. One is too bright, another is too big, and the other too small. They can't decide on one. Their indecisiveness got so bad that they dragged Mumbo to do a vote.

 

"Scar, do you have any black cases? Preferably striped"

 

"Sure do!"

 

So they choose a bright garnet and put it in the pendant case Scar dug up for them. Yes, now this is a black-striped red crystal; now the lot of them can match!

 

"I'll take your gems and make them into necklaces too, then?", Scar offers and it is done without delay.

 

"Thank you very much, Scar", Mumbo says and the two of them parrot the sentence, lacking any words of their own to say.

 

"You are very welcome, Mumbo and Co!"

 

Then, the doorbell chimes. Jelly, having been relaxed and completely motionless on her back with her toy forgotten somewhere this whole time, perks up and looks around with wide eyes. Her ears are straight, her whiskers whiskering and her tail wraps around her feet when she sits up and puffs out her chest like the queen that she is.

 

Oh gosh, she looks even fluffier like this. Tubbo and Ranboo sneak a pet and a scratch on the feline's head.

 

"Welcome to Good Times!", shouts Scar, tipping his top hat to the new customer.

 

Tubbo doesn't really pay attention to the newcomer at first but then he hears it. A ruffle, a very familiar ruffle, of feathers. Wings. He snaps his head to the entrance, about to bombard Grian with questions about the rack and work and why in the fuck is he out of the hospital and walking around like nothing has happened- but it isn't Grian.

 

It's The Crowfather, holy smokes. Giant, black wings, green outfit and everything! Tubbo can't wait to rub it in Tommy's face that he also missed a lucky encounter with his idol, lmao, crying-laughing emoji. Actually, why is the hero in a crystal shop? Tubbo has never seen the man wearing any crystals.

 

"Oh, Crowfather!", Scar says rather loudly, "Are you here for The Blade's trident?"

 

"Yup", the hero replies as he confidently strides to the counter. "Is it finished?"

 

Ranboo tugs Tubbo back by the sleeve of his shirt and when he goes to retaliate, he is shut down by a stern look from Mumbo. Huh. Who knew that such a nice looking business person could look stern.

 

With a huge grin, Scar disappears to the back. That's affirmative then.

 

That leaves the four of them at the counter, seeing as Mumbo didn't pay when the coast was clear. It's only a teeny tiny bit awkward. Tubbo knows that the hero won't blame his civilian self for anything, seeing as back at the McDonald's -that one fateful night- it was Tubbee who was sitting opposite of The Watcher and Pearlescent and not a random bee-alien-hybrid person. However, he can't help but feel all awkward.

 

The thing with the Blade's trident too. Their trio knows what happened to the hero, despite the papers and broadcasts saying that he is simply taking some time off to visit family. That's just a ton of bullcrap and it is also the first time that Tubbo has seen heroes bribing the media. It's just so The Blade won't seem vulnerable and BBH won't appear a traitor to society. Political shut that Grian has spent hours to explain to them. 

 

The thing is that The Crowfather is looking at them all weird. Like he's expecting and dreading something; a big reaction from two fanatic kids probably. Or like he's having a sudden realization; has he recognized Tubbo? His shoe still has the hero's signature on it- did he see that?

 

"Have I met you before?", the question is directed at Tubbo.

 

Tubbo purses his lips in awkwardness before deeming that not responding would be way worse than responding.

 

"My friend and I asked for an autograph at the seaside road that one time", he says.

 

The hero looks between him and Ranboo and then back at him. He hums, eyes furrowing in thought before the idea lamp lights up above his head.

 

"Ah, yes! I remember you", he says. "You are the bomb kid, right?"

 

"Yup!"

 

"What happened to The Blade?", Ranboo asks out of the blue. The Crowfather's attention turns to him with a raised eyebrow, confusion written all over his face. "He never takes a full week off, is he okay?"

 

The hero's face falters for a second but Tubbo's keen eyes spot the difference before the man can collect himself. Mumbo comes up behind them and places a hand on Ranboo's shoulder.

 

"He's a dedicated Blade fan, I'm sorry if he's putting you in a rough spot", he apologizes. The Crowfather chuckles awkwardly.

 

Wow, Ranboo did put him in a rough spot. At least Tommy, Ranboo and him know the real reason that The Blade has taken a week off. It's probably to heal his wounds and his wounded pride.

 

Thankfully, Scar returns with a giant weapon case in hand before the situation can get any more awkward for either of the two parties. He sets the case on the counter and clicks it open. Tubbo looks at the contents along with Ranboo who has forgotten all about The Blade in favor of looking at such a high-quality, expensive as all Hell trident. 

 

The weapon glimmers and shines with an aura of magic and purple glow. This, this magnificent piece of deadly weaponry, right here proves that magic exists, holy shit.

 

"How is it glowing?", Tubbo asks as he inspects the trident with curious eyes.

 

"I enchanted it", Scar simply tells them. "Loyalty, Unbreaking and Impaling as promised"

 

The hero smiles and hands over a heavy pouch. The other accepts it with a smirk of his own and digs through it. He pulls out a handful of gems- does he not accept money? Y'know, real currency? This guy is a true weirdo.

 

"Has Grian never talked to you about enchanted weapons?", Scar asks as he closes the case, taking away the surreal purple glow.

 

Tubbo and Ranboo shake their heads. None of them notice The Crowfather look at them all like they've grown a second head each.

 

"Huh, weird.", is all the shop owner says before closing the case and binding it together with ribbon.

 

"You know Grian?", The Crowfather asks Mumbo, ridiculously dumbfounded and absolutely confused.

 

"I'm his new roommate, mate. He's told me the two of you are friends", Mumbo answers with pride. The hero looks skeptical for a moment and then his hawk-like gaze lands on Tubbo and Ranboo. "These are the rascals of the neighborhood"

 

"Hey! We cause chaos only once a week!"-but Tubbo's protest is not appreciated by any of them. He huffs, his wings buzz and he crosses his arms.

 

"I haven't talked to him in a while and I haven't seen him around a lot lately", The Crowfather says and sighs dramatically. Scar makes a noise of sympathy, slowly petting Jelly's gray and white coat with a scarred hand, who is merely licking her paw and washing her head.

 

She is more royalty than they will ever be.

 

So Mumbo repeats his story and the reactions he receives are a face of surprise, grimaces and many, many goosebumps. Both men cradle their arms like they are the most precious things they have in the world. Even Tubbo is doing it subconsciously, though it is much less obvious because he had crossed his arms before this conversation. 

 

"Can I come visit?", The Crowfather asks as innocently as a toddler. Tubbo almost gapes in shock.

 

The Crowfather wants to do what now? Does he not have hero things to do? To be doing? Tommy's fanboying aside, this is a horrible idea! With just a slip of the mouth, they'd be found out, grounded by Stress and then escorted to the police for their notional parents to bail them out.

 

And then they'd be double and triple grounded until the day they married and had four kids with hamsters and their lives would be absolutely ruined. It's as awful as it sounds, honestly.

 

So, Tubbo does what he does best. He pulls puppy eyes -discreetly of course- at Mumbo and pulls at his sleeve. He tries to signal not to say yes-

 

"Yeah, of course you can, mate", the mustached man says instead, "Grian will be happy to see you"

 

Because of course, he misinterpreted the puppy eyes but- if Grian will be happy, with the broken arm and all- he'll make this sacrifice. Plus, Tommy would be over the moon if they could have his idol at the dinner table for a day.

 

Fine then.

 

"Let me put this in the car and-"

 

"Is that The Blade's trident?", Ranboo asks. The hero stops in his tracks.

 

"It is. It cracked when he last used it and seeing as he is on break now, he asked me to pick it up for him"

 

Huh. Makes sense.

 

"Here you go, Scar", says Mumbo as he hands over his own pouch of emeralds. Where did he even get those emeralds?

 

"Thank you! Have a great time!"

 

As they exit the crystal, no, the magic shop, no one other than Tubbo pays attention to the person who walks in after them. Beanie, suspenders, scarred face, a loose red tie over a worn, linen dress shirt and a pair of short, golden wings on the back. An avian.

 

Ranboo is too busy asking The Crowfather questions about The Blade and Mumbo is paying attention to him and Tubbo to pay attention to anything else. Which, fair, Grian has probably told him that Tubbo almost blew up a bank for the fun of it. And he has seen with his own eyes that Ranboo is a master at stealing wallets.

 

(He has more than once taken advantage of Mumbo's wallet ever since Impulse took away their free iDimpy)

 

The man is rolling a casino chip between his fingers and he smells of arrogance and self-confidence and at that moment-

 

"Hello, welcome to Good Times!"

 

"That is a shitty name for a crystal shop"

 

-as the door closes and almost catches his buzz-buzz wings-

 

"Oh, Quackity! It's been so long, how have you been?"

 

-he decides that he doesn't like this Quackity fellow. Not that he'll see him (or notice him) ever again but it's been decided. The guy just stinks of smoke and unstable vibes.

 

So the door closes with its little bell chime and they're off.

 

 

"I've been good, business has been booming. Las Nevadas has been bringing home the bacon", Quackity says, flipping the chip high in the air.

 

Scar hits the floor with his cane, a slight bam sounding and the rollers on the windows fall. Jelly meows in annoyance and looks at the avian like he's some peasant and not the most infamous black market dealer in the city.

 

“You’re still dealing in the underground?”, Scar all but smirks, coming around the counter to give his ol’ pal a firm handshake.

 

“And I see you still scam people, Scar”, the avian points out with a knowing, mischievous smile, jutting his thumb at the door.

 

Scar merely shrugs.

 

“It’s not my fault if they don’t specify if they want Unbreaking I or Unbreaking III.”-not that he has told any of his regulars that his magic is tiered- “Plus, you know that I favor villains”

 

They pull away and Quackity puts a hand on his face which erupts into the hugest smile Scar has ever seen the man pull off. Scar smirks in return. Oh, this is nostalgic.

 

“Three years and you haven’t changed a bit”, the dealer barks out with a light-hearted laugh.

 

“Says you”, he snarks back with no real bite to his words.

 

“Says me”

 

Scar returns to his spot behind the counter. Jelly puts her head under the customer’s rough hand and purrs as her coat is pet. For some reason, she’s always liked Quackity -and avians in general, maybe it is because they smell like, well, like birds .

 

“So, what are you doing in this part of the city?”, he asks, obviously curious. “Did you leave Slime to hold the fort? Well, casino in your case”

 

And all of a sudden, Quackity’s face turns serious. It’s the same face that asked a favor from him so long ago, when they first met. Scar knows what the man wants: assistance, help, a favor for a favor, an eye for an eye, and as he catches the rough scar (he's only heard of how he got that one) over the other’s foggy eye, he knows exactly whose eye he wants to gouge out.

 

“I heard you’re close with The Watcher”

 

“Oh, is that what the rumors say nowadays?”, he hums, “I can’t keep up with you youths, my bones have been getting old and frail”

 

The chuckle he receives is a dry one. He can’t say that he likes the reaction. Quackity… Sharp as ever.

 

“That is the worst lie I’ve ever heard”

 

“Fine, fine, you caught me red-handed”

 

"I won't take up too much of your time. I only want to ask a few questions and I'll be on my merry way"

 

“Okay, shoot”

 

 

Today has been a boring yet stressful day. At least, it has been for Tommy. But hey, he has finished his homework, he won’t have to endure the disappointed face of Cleo when she comes over and he won’t be told off about spending too much time watching movies and too much TV. It’s not really his fault that the locks on the doors are so easy to pick. Except for Pearl and Gem’s. Tommy doesn’t know if it’s a handle thing but damn is it difficult to break into their apartment.

 

Guess architects and artists really know how to keep their lives top secret.

 

Anyway.

 

As he is chilling on the couch in Stress’ apartment, he hears Stress going back and forth from one room to the other all frantically without knowing why. Hence why his life is stressful right now. He can’t even comprehend what she is doing, really- are those balloons? And what is that smell that’s hit his nose all of a sudden? Wait… Is it what he thinks it is?

 

“Streeeess, what’s in the oven?”

 

“Pasticcio. It should be ready in thirty-ish minutes, love!”- and she ducks back in the bedroom.

 

So it is what he thinks it is. God, his mouth is already watering like a hungry dog (who can blame him? Pasticcio is a top-tier special, all hail the great pasticcio). But he can’t eat it right now, so he turns to the collection of comic books on the coffee table. They used to be Grian’s or Mumbo’s (he didn't ask anyone before "borrowing" them) and now they are his and only his. It’s just some Superman story rip-off but it’s funny and that makes up for the stealing.

 

“Can you come help me with these, Tommy?”

 

A boy his age should be retaliating. Saying that he wants his own privacy and being completely irrational so he can have his rebellious stage already. But nope. No, no, the comic book is thrown haphazardly on the coffee table and then he jumps over the couch, almost trips and falls on the carpet under the dinner table to go help.

 

He really doesn’t know how he ended up tying birthday decorations from the curtain hanger to the hanging light as a raccoon. He doesn’t even know whom the decorations are for because no one he knows has their birthday today, except- Except if it’s for Mumbo. Maybe it’s for him, though Tommy doubts that Grian could’ve kept it a secret from them for this long.

 

When he jumps down, though, he sees the letters on the triangle-hanging-paper things. “HEALTHY RECOVERY” is spelled out in funny, swirly letters which point Tommy to Grian and his busted arm. He chitters and crosses his arms, nodding his fluffy head in agreement and crawls off Stress’ shoulder. The woman gives his nose a boop. He almost bites her finger off.

 

Even if he is a human in raccoon fur (adorable and fluffy as he is), no one shall perform the feared boop on him and get away unscathed! He only lets Stress go because he is too tired and all of a sudden he’s decided to be a lazy butt to chase her around the house.

 

"Are we throwing a party to celebrate his broken bones?", he asks when he is back into his human self and he snickers at the pointed look Stress gives him.

 

"We are throwing this party to cheer him up, Toms", she sighs, "He sounded pretty bummed on the phone, so I'm hoping that this will work"

 

Tommy hums and rests his elbows and head on the soft back of the couch. Right, yeah, that sounds like a good plan.

 

"I've invited some good friends of ours too"

 

"You have?"- the woman nods with a smile and Tommy is prompted into tilting his head. "Do I know them?"

 

"You don't, actually but they're all friendly and they won't go after your squishy cheeks!"

 

"No, you leave my cheeks alone! Evil! Eviiiil!" , he screeches and runs to the other side of the living room as Stress laughs her heart out.

 

He does not like his cheeks to be squished. Thank God only Stress and Pearl do that, otherwise, he would've skipped town and let Ranboo and Tubbo deal with the cheek-squishing.

 

The bell rings.

 

"That should be False"

 

"Who names their child-"

 

"Open the door"

 

He opens the door without further questioning and with little expectations about who is waiting outside. However, a big pile of bakery boxes was not what he had in mind. And the pile is moving- oh, there is a person behind it.

 

“A little help here!”

 

It’s Fundy.

 

“Wrong door, Fundy, we didn’t order delivery-”

 

“He’s helping me out!”, and all of a sudden, poor Fundy is yanked back by the collar, barely managing to keep his hold on the boxes as he stumbles and almost falls down the stairwell.

 

The culprit turns out to be a blond woman with the bluest eyes he has ever seen. It’s not the blue of the sky but more of the sea when it’s a nice summer day with 30 degrees Celsius outside. She is wearing a striped red and white shirt and shorts, a black jean jacket and a pair of goggles is resting on her head. Her boots clank loudly against the floor and looking down, Tommy finds that the soles are made of metal. The woman has this huge smile on her face and right as Tommy is about to interrogate her, a box is shoved into his arms.

 

“I brought the goods!”, she yells and lets herself in. Fundy’s legs are trembling as he follows her inside to put the boxes he’s carrying on the kitchen counter. Tommy shuts the door with only a bit of hesitance.

 

He likes False. One, she looks badass. Two, she seems to be leaning to the chaotic side. Three, the whole aesthetic of a mechanic is too cool to hate. Plus, she just handed him a box full of ‘goods’. He can smell the chocolate without opening it.

 

“Hey, False! Welcome!" And in comes Stress who hugs False. That's another reason to like her; she is Stress and Grian's friend. "This is Tommy-”

 

He barely has time to react when a hand is shoved towards him. For all the wives he has, he finds himself looking at the hand for a second before awkwardly reaching out for the handshake. Obviously, he was not prepared for this.

 

"So you're the troublemaker I've been hearing about-"

 

"Stress!"

 

Stress has the human courtesy to look sheepish. 

 

"I'm False", False greets him, "I'm a friend, no need to be shy"

 

"'Am not…"

 

"You are insane!", Fundy screeches from the kitchen. The fox hybrid stretches his back and about a hundred pops echo in the room. That easily breaks the world record of the amount of bones cracked simultaneously.

 

False only smiles.

 

"Thank you for getting the boxes up for me"

 

"How did you even carry them from the bakery to here?!"

 

"They were pretty light. You should work on your muscles, Fundy, you're a little scrawny"

 

"I'm not scrawny, I'm svelte!"

 

He is simply waved off and Stress takes False's jacket to hang it in the hall. The rest of the adults gather in the kitchen.

 

At the same time, the bell rings. Tommy almost jumps out of his skin, having not moved away from the entrance. Jesus, why does every bell buzz?

 

"Tommy, can you get that?", he hears Stress shout.

 

"Yeah!"

 

Though, he doesn't know who it could be. Another friend maybe? That's the only possibility he can think of, unless thieves have suddenly decided to change tactics and ask before breaking in. He grabs the door handle and pushes down…

 

…and he almost screams.

 

Out of everyone that it could've been, he did not expect to see The Crowfather standing at the doorstep. The hero is holding a nice bouquet of flowers and that everlasting smile is plastered on his face.

 

"Hey, mate. Is Miss Stress home?"

 

He thinks he might faint…

 

 And he does.

 

He very haphazardly and unceremoniously splat on the floor. Good God, that's embarrassing.

Notes:

That part with Quackity and Scar was so fun to write honestly. It was by far the easiest to write too, I love it! Oh, and yeah, I was a Creepypasta fan in my early teens, I think you've noticed that by now, I even remember the old youtubers who did the facetiming at 3am videos- there are still youtubers who do those, wow

Chapter 7: A man's life doesn't look back

Summary:

There's a lot of things that go wrong in the world but Tommy did not think that he'd be held hostage by some random activists.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It’s not long before Quackity leaves, the door closing gently behind him. The blinds rise, letting the sunshine in the shop once again. Scar, now a few emeralds richer and another deal made, waves goodbye but his smile falls when he sees the avian cross the street. He picks up the rotary dial behind the old, authentic hourglass and begins to turn the wheel. Jellie jumps off the counter, annoyed by the constant cranking of the cogs.

 

He hears silence on the other end but then a voice comes, groggy and a little annoyed.

 

“Hello?”

 

“Grian, I need you to listen very carefully”

 

 

Tommy wakes up on the couch. He is bundled up in a blanket, a sore on his side from the awkward way he's been put on the cushions and he thinks there is a bruise on his right knee and maybe a bump on his head -though he might be imagining the last one. The cushions are so soft that one's buttocks can enjoy sitting there but lying down… he has sunk to the hardwood. Which is not fine because he wants to get up and get shit ready for the party- Grian will be home soon (he doesn't know how soon) and he has to help with the preparations!

 

But the couch is too nice and the warmth of the blanket is lulling him back to sleep. But he also has to get up- wait. What did he do to be sleeping on the couch in the first place? He remembers being shoved aside by False when she came, then Fundy screaming in his high-pitched voice and then… And then he fainted.

 

Why did he faint again? How did he end up on the couch? Did Fundy carry him? Or maybe it was False; False seemed strong. Hmmm… ah! Right! The Crowfather was at the door!

 

Which. If he thinks about it rationally, it could've just been a ghost. Some imaginary image his mind made up. Cleo told them this scary ghost story once of a builder burying his wife in the concrete of the building because it kept falling and some bird told him to do that because that would magically solve everything. So they lived with the bones of the wife in the walls. (Tommy is certain that Cleo stole that story from somewhere but he has yet to find the original).

 

"...awake?"

 

He hears muffled noises around him. Someone is speaking but he is too sleepy to comprehend the words. However, someone approaches. This presence of mischief and sacrilege and pure evil follows with its wiggly cartoon tentacles. It is extremely similar to the time he woke up because Tubbo had decided to ruin his day by setting a mousetrap by his feet-

 

His face is slapped by a cold and heavy weight. He shoots up immediately, throwing off whatever that slimy thing was-

 

"I'm awake!!", he yells loudly, ignoring the loud laughter that erupts around him, and finds the culprit faster than one can say "bee". Tubbo is laughing at his deadly glare.

 

"Awesome! Come see your hero!", says his friend before grabbing him by the arm and dragging him to his feet.

 

That's right. The Crowfather! Where is he? And why is he? Why is he here, he meant. Like, why? Why is he in the building and specifically in Stress' house?

 

"Hey, mate!", and his eyes meet his idol's. Holy mackerel, he isn't a ghost. Though the man seems to have fallen victim to Stress' hospitality because Tommy has never seen the hero without his green kimono and wearing bright pink flip-flops.

 

"Hello!", he responds, ripping the blankets off him at record speed. He chooses to ignore the chuckles that come from Stress and False, who are sitting at the dinner table. Holy shit, The Crowfather is sitting at their dinner table.

 

"I'm sorry for scaring you-"

 

"You could never scare me!"

 

The Crowfather chuckles. Tommy never thought that he would make the hero chuckle. This is perhaps the best day of his life- it is exactly how a fanfic unfolds! Or, he thinks that's how a fanfic unfolds, he hasn't read any since the time the three of them snuck in a library and hacked into the computers there. That was around the time he was twelve and The Crowfather was still a very hot topic. Hot enough for there to be thousands of E-rated fanfics making their way 'round the internet.

 

Anyway.

 

Thing is. His hero, his idol, is there, sitting in the chair, wearing the most formal thing he's ever seen someone wear in the morning. Black button-up, black dress pants, legs crossed- he looks like some mafia boss without the sunglasses.

 

"Why- how are you here?", he asks rather quickly. He wonders how the man understood him.

 

"I brought an apology gift for The Blade's misdoings", the other simply answers. He points to a new expensive-looking vase that has a healthy amount of alliums stuffed in it.

 

Okay… Not creepy at all. He knows Stress' favorite flower, okay.

 

"I bumped into your friends at Good Times and I happen to be friends with Grian."

 

"And I invited him for lunch"

 

Ah, now it makes more sense.

 

"Speaking off "-interrupts False- "Where is Mumbo and the other kid?"

 

Tubbo beams. Oh no, he has fallen for the woman's charm. Man down, man down!

 

"I'll go get them!"

 

And there goes his friend. Straight out the balcony door and he buzzes out.

 

Tommy strides over to the dinner table and pulls out his chair. Yes, his, because he lets no one else sit on it. It is right next to the head of the table where Stress sits unless Tubbo decides to be a bitch and steal her seat just to spite him. Sigh. He loves his friends -and it is sorta sad that he has to remind himself that.

 

However, now is not the time to sulk. Now is the time to fanboy!

 

"I'm your biggest fucking fan!", he yells -or screams, whichever the passersby think- at the top of his lungs, throwing his arms up and almost falling on the table.

 

The hero makes a small noise of surprise.

 

"Like, I've followed your whole career! Well, as much of it as I managed. One can't have wives and buy newspapers! But that time you stopped Goatfather from running that world-eater machine-"

 

He remembers the day like it was yesterday. A giant redstone machine that flew over the city center, shooting bundles upon bundles of TNT and gunpowder -one could wonder where the Hell all those explosives came from- Goatfather standing tall and proud as he dug away at the city. Tommy and Tubbo were washing cars nearby at the time, hence why they witnessed the giant explosions. And then The Crowfather tackled him in mid-air and Sapnap rushed in with his fire and melted the thing until it stopped. It was so cool.

 

That happened about… two years ago? Three? It was around the time they forbid Ranboo from cooking. They'll have to ask Pearl for the details, seeing as she was one of the architects that helped rebuild the destroyed part of the city.

 

Rumors say Goatfather broke out of Pandora -one of the highest security prisons there are in the world, operated by the hero Warden himself- on a giant mechanical mantis. There was this photo of the scene going through the internet anyway and the media took it so far that the president had to make a statement that it was a fake, photoshopped picture. It's more of an urban legend now.

 

"Ah, that's an old one", the hero smiles, the corners of his eyes crinkle. They miss how Stress almost drops her cup of tea. "Goatfather was quite the opponent, I can tell you that much. I think his power was tech related but I don't remember the specifics"

 

"Did he actually break out of Pandora?", he asks. The blond shakes his head and takes a sip from his cup of chamomile.

 

"Nah, Warden never lets anyone escape", he says, voice lowering somewhat, "no matter what"

 

Well, that was unnecessarily ominous and foreshadowing.

 

Stress coughs, apparently her tea went down the wrong pipe. False gives her a few loud pats on the back and Fundy is simply snickering with a bowl of homemade cookies in his hands and one already in his mouth.

 

"Are you okay, miss?", The Crowfather immediately stands up. Tommy follows suit, though he is unsure if he does so because of The Crowfather or because losing Stress to tea would be an odd death to witness.

 

"Yeah, 'am fine, just some tea", she says. False laughs and sits back on the bar stool. "What's taking Tubbo so long?"

 

"Maybe they're deciding on a movie to rent?", Tommy suggests with a shrug. He might have better hearing than the average person but they are super high up to actually be able to hear idle chit-chat from the ground floor, let alone the video club. But his ears do catch something… What is that? Thuds?

 

"Tommy, could you-"

 

"I'll go check on them", Fundy interrupts Stress, putting the bowl down on the counter and walking to the door. The fox-hybrid salutes to Tommy, making it clear that he is doing this just so Tommy can spend more time with the hero.

 

"Thanks Fundy!", he shouts.

 

The thudding is getting louder. Is someone running up the stairs? It's probably Tubbo and Ranboo chasing each other or racing to Stress'. Mumbo is too old to be rushing up stairs like that.

 

Right as Fundy opens the door, he unleashes this high-pitched scream of his. It takes everyone by surprise and most importantly, it leaves everlasting damage to Tommy's eardrums like it does every damn time. He doesn't know how the ginger can reach such a pitch but he does and it hurts like a motherfucker. Even The Crowfather is holding his hands to his ears and he is a trained professional who can handle more pain and sound pollution than the average raccoon.

 

"Fundy, why in the fuck are you screaming-", Tommy is cut off by his own scream as Fundy is shoved back by some dude with a ski mask, sunglasses and a gun. A gun.

 

Fuck, they're being robbed! Murdered! Unalived! Maybe even worse! Hide the women, hide the children! Where are the bread knives and pans when you need them?!

 

"Shut up!", the one with a… is that an AK?! What in the fuck do they do now?!

 

"We're all gonna die!!", Fundy all but screeches, leaning back and bending in half as the muzzle is pressed to his forehead.

 

"I said shut up!", and the gun turned to face the rest of them, Fundy falling on his butt.

 

They all scream. Except for the hero who has probably faced about a hundred situations such as this before to act surprised. Lucky man.

 

“All of you put your hands up and don’t fucking move!”, the one man is joined by another two, both carrying a nice, deadly and OP variety of firearms. Like, this is overkill. Tommy is pretty sure one of them has a shotgun. Where did they even find the shotgun? And the AK?

 

Stress immediately puts her hands up, stiff as a tree, clearly terrified as are the rest of them. Tommy instinctively backs into her, followed by False and The Crowfather who are somehow much calmer than them. Poor Fundy is being held at gunpoint by the third dude and he is petrified and trembling.

 

This fucking sucks balls, man-

 

Oh, that’s right! They have The Crowfather on their side! They haven’t even recognized the hero amongst them. Tommy chances a glance only to find the hero watching the three individuals with ski masks round them up and he raised his eyebrow because, why is one of the top heroes sitting like a duck? And then he glances at the guns pointed at their heads. Right, this isn’t a situation in which one can act irrationally and without a well-thought plan!

 

As long as they don’t die before they come up with a plan, everything should be fine.

 

“W-who are you? W-what do y-you want?”, Stress stummers and stumbles over her words. It only makes Tommy more nervous to hear that tone.

 

“I told you to shut up! You’ll learn when the time comes, now, sit down!”, the one with the AK barks out. Good God, Tommy hates his voice already.

 

“There aren’t enough chairs-”, Fundy is swiftly cut off by False, who seems to be fighting fear with a deadly dose of humor that will probably get them all killed.

 

“I can get him a chair from the kitchen-”

 

“Sit on the floor, spoiled brat!”, shouts the guy with the shotgun. So, Fundy stays on the floor.

 

The first guy turns to them again. He raises the gun and that results in another turn of shrieking and screaming.

 

“Sit down, for fuck’s sake!”-no one has ever sat down at the dinner table faster than Tommy did right then- “Is there anyone else in the building?!”

 

Is there anyone else in the building? Tommy finds himself questioning that. Tubbo went down to Jimmy to grab Ranboo. Mumbo is probably with them, leaving only the lot of them in the block of flats. No… wait a second. He remembers bumping into Pearl as he was making his way up to Stress’. She told him that Gem had a job interview at around 12 o’ clock. He looks at the hanging clock on the wall only to find that it is an hour away from twelve.

 

So, there is a chance that there is still one adult in the building who is not being held at gunpoint. Great, that’s good; it is awesome, actually. If she heard Fundy’s scream, the police should be arriving any second now- no, what's he thinking? It doesn’t work like that. Fundy screams even when he finds a rat in the boiler room. 

 

They are so fucked.

 

But as a vigilante and a good-world seeker, Tommy can’t let them go find her!

 

“No!”, he shouts way too quickly to be believable. So, he clears his throat and tries again. “No, there is no one other than us! Yup, it's only us!"

 

He doesn't realize that he's standing and flailing his arms until the second guy shouts at him to sit back down.

 

The original dude stares at him for a second. A second that is too long for Tommy's poor, frail heart and slightly traumatized brain. This will leave a huge scar on him. Maybe. Possibly. He's been doing vigilante work and he's sleeping well at night, so only God knows at this point.

 

However, he can feel his heartbeat in his neck and he hates how it is pounding away at his skin. It's that awful feeling when you've eaten too much sugar and your blood decides to pick a fight with you instead of actually dealing with it.

 

"LB2, go search the flats- What are you doing?!", the original dude says as the third guy goes to the door. The latter halts and turns to him. "Are you LB2?!"

 

"No but I'm closer to the door-"

 

"Idiot! LB2, go check!"

 

The one with the shotgun quickly exits the apartment. And in any other situation, Tommy would've made fun of the third guy for being so meek and scared of the boss- he guesses that the first guy is the boss anyway. And in any other situation, he would’ve made fun of all of them. I mean, who robs a block of flats in the day and hold so many people ho-

 

Oh. They’re being held hostage. Ransom. Who did the tenants piss off now? Like, who could they possibly have dealt with irl to provide this result? It must’ve been Grian. Thinking about it now, that rack at work could've easily been some dude in black in an alley. He is sorta, kinda, totally a troublemaker.

 

It takes about ten minutes for their small group to be joined by two more innocent bystanders. Gem and Mumbo are unceremoniously shoved into the flat, screaming and yelling and shouting but the guns are snuffing out most of the struggle. The former was expected… The latter, however… Why was Mumbo in the building? Tsk, he was probably getting ready to go pick up Grian from the hospital.

 

Gem falls straight into one of the chairs but Mumbo stumbles and falls on top of Fundy. Poor Fundy. Now he is petrified, trembling and getting crushed by the tall mustache-man. Well, that’s until Mumbo is ordered off the fox and into one of the sofas. Now, that’s just plain favoritism. Mumbo gets the sofa but not Fundy? Tommy might just turn into a raccoon and jump in The Crowfather’s lap if that’s the case!

 

“What’s going on?”, Mumbo asks in this panicked tone that has Tommy panicking as well for a second.

 

“We’re being held hostage, mate”, the hero responds and Mumbo’s eyebrows raise up to his hairline- that is perhaps the most hilarious facial feature Tommy has ever seen.

 

“You too?”

 

“Yup”

 

As the women are fussing over Gem, briefing her about the situation and comforting her because she quite literally got kidnapped, however, Tommy is feeling this itch. An itch of ire and anger and probably testosterone and many other teenage hormones he doesn’t remember the names of. And all this is directed at the three intruders, who haven’t introduced themselves, which is just rude, and they haven’t told them why they are here, aiming guns in their faces.

 

“What in the fuck do you want from us, bitches?”, he swears, he didn’t swear intentionally. It just… happened! Stress and nerves can do that to a man, y’know? And he is not trying to defend himself because he’s scared of being grounded this time (surprising, he knows) but-

 

“Don’t call us “bitches”, whiny shit!”, the rounder of the three shouts at him, gun aimed straight at his forehead. Tommy does the smart thing and ducks his head.

 

“LB3, calm the fuck down!”, their boss yells in turn, successfully saving Tommy’s skin. The other guy throws a small temper tantrum before lowering his gun.

 

Tommy snickers and the gun is raised to his forehead again, the dude screaming that he'll shoot him until he's one with SpongeBob and-

 

The bell buzzes. They all stay silent. Oh, fuck, that must be Tubbo and Ranboo. Ranboo’s powers would be great right about now, actually. Phew. Okay, they just have to stay there until the three of them shove in his friends. However, it buzzes again and that is when he realizes… that’s the entrance bell. His friends are still outside.

 

“Are you expecting anyone?”, the boss asks, much nicer than before, though the awful, commanding tone is still there and it still doesn’t sit with Tommy.

 

“It might be the postman-”, Fundy says but he is cut off by a phone ringing.

 

Stress picks up her phone, still shaking somewhat. Her eyes blow wide for a second but only Tommy catches that.

 

“I need to answer this”, she says and then quickly adds, “It’s my son. He’s studying economics in England”

 

Well. That’s a good lie. It also intrigues the round guy, which surprises Tommy, given how angry and stressed out he seemed just a few seconds ago. Then again, Stress has that effect on people.

 

“Really? Where’s he studying?”

 

“In the university of Manchester-”

 

The boss slams his hand against the coffee table, looking pissed off.

 

“Doesn’t matter, you can call him back later!”, guess that’s a no to answering the phone then. But then Mumbo’s phone rings and the second guy slaps it out of his hand when he goes to pick it up.

 

“What did I just say?!”

 

This is going to be a loooong day.

 

_



“Why is the door locked?”, Tubbo asks when Jimmy runs out of the video club. He resumes his knocks on the entrance doors, which Fundy locked for some (probably stupid) reason. Ranboo is still pressing the buttons on the bell system thing but no one has spoken through the intercom yet.

 

What happened? Did Tommy actually manage to make everyone deaf with his fanboying? Tubbo would not put it past his friend to have done just that.

 

“Neither Mumbo or Stress are answering”, the blond cashier tells them and they both look at him. They share equal looks of worry and terror; yup, Tommy has successfully made everyone deaf. That’s the only reason that no one is giving any signs of life.

 

Actually, maybe they went to the bathroom. Simultaneously. That… would make some sort of sense? Tommy has the tendency to roll in the mud as a raccoon a lot and Stress stresses out every time he does that-

 

Except, none of them have rolled in any mud pits today.

 

That is when they hear the foreshadowing sound of police sirens. It’s not uncommon for police cars to drive through their street -especially with the rise in Watcher sightings nowadays- but for them to stop outside of the entrance to the two’s house? Well, that’s a little sus if you asked Tubbo and Ranboo.

 

For two police officers to jump out and push them away from the building? That’s even more sus and dreadful.

 

“What’s happening?”, Jimmy asks as the three of them are being pushed out of the notional perimeter the policemen are creating. The street in front of the entrance is cleared of people and a deputy is tying red and white tape to street poles.

 

Okay, this is scary. Scarier than anything either of them have ever had the pleasure of witnessing. Did someone drown in the bathtub? Or worse, did some electrical device dive in the bathwater whilst having a bath?

But then the man that is pushing them all aside tells them that they came because of terrorist activity… and that said terrorists are holding the tenants of the block of flats hostage. Which means that Tommy has probably faced his death already because he’s too much of a handful -yes, even as a hostage he won’t shut his mouth. Tubbo thinks he is too calm about that.

 

Then again, Tommy has a certificate for escaping certain death (it’s made of crayon and paper but that hasn’t stopped him from being a professional at the craft).

 

“Is Stress alright?”, Ranboo asks out of pure panic and anxiety but of course the policemen don’t know.

 

It’s not long before the news truck arrives and a cameraman exits with the news reporter. Oh, great, now this shitty situation will go live. Hey, maybe the heroes will be called! Then everything could be resolved and they’d be a-okay! No injuries, no deaths. Yup, that’s probably what will happen.

 

But as the reporter is doing her job and Ranboo is blubbering with Jimmy about how their family and friends were being held at gunpoint -that’s when Tubbo realizes that his friends and caretakers are in actual danger and starts somewhat panicking himself- a man with a ski mask, sunglasses and- is that a fucking AK?! comes out to the balcony of the third floor.

 

The police immediately shout for the pedestrians to back away, hands flailing and all. The man who had pushed them out of the police tape now has a megaphone in his hands.

 

“Please, let’s negotiate!”, the man shouts into the plastic megaphone. The terrorist dude just leans on the balcony railing.

 

“We won’t negotiate! Either our demands will be met or the hostages will die!”

 

Oh shit. This is real. Like, actually, actually real.

 

“Mister terrorist, is our friend Tommy okay?”, Tubbo asks loudly. The terrorist looks at him.

 

“He is for now but we will not be responsible for future complications”

 

The cacophony of worry and crying that follows is cut short as the police calms them all down in favor of asking questions.

 

“Listen, listen! Who are you and what do you want?”, the officer asks.

 

“We are the anarchy organization, Lost Brothers, LB for short. I am LB1”, says the terrorist and clears his throat. Then he pulls out a pack of fliers and throws them to the crowd. Tubbo is one of the first to catch one of the papers and Ranboo and Jimmy look over his shoulder at it. “People! This degradation can not continue! Everyday our rights are violated and our dignity is infringed on! The value of human life has been neglected, the environment is being destroyed and what do the higher-ups do? Nothing!”

 

_

 

Back in Stress’ flat, things are weirdly calm. Now all of them are sitting in the living room, watching the live broadcast of their own capture on the TV. Tommy has to say that this is the most bizarre thing that has ever happened to him all his life -which is weird considering he’s seen and stumbled in too many dealings in dark alleys. Never once, however, was he held hostage! After all, people normally don’t question why a raccoon in a trash can is looking at them.

 

So, when Stress offers to bring out snacks and water for everyone, he is pleasantly surprised. He is even more surprised that the terrorists let her put the tray of goods together. She could’ve easily poisoned or put narcotics in the food and fed it to them! It doesn’t matter if she looks nice and harmless, the medicine cabinet is right there! Are they that stupid?

 

Oh, and let’s not forget that the organization’s goal is aligned with Mumbo’s ideals of anarchism, the destruction of multinational enterprises and last but not least, of saving the environment by planting tons of trees. Honestly, Tommy didn’t know that Mumbo was that destructive and chaotic. He only learnt this because the man hollered loudly when the aforementioned goal was announced.

 

Tommy has to admit that he likes the guy more now. Suit and tie put aside, he thinks he could put up with him being in Grian’s (their) house.

 

Oh, look! The Dream Team is outside of the building and- wait a second, is that Warden? Oh, Tubbo must be so happy and over the moon right now. Yeah, Tommy can see his friend performing something similar to jumping jacks behind the police line and poor Ranboo and Jimmy are trying to hold him back from pouncing on the guy.

 

“Well, he’s not wrong, is he?”, Mumbo states. Ah, right, let’s not forget the argument between Mumbo and The Crowfather, which sparked because Mumbo is happy about this whole… arrangement. “There’s truth to all of it”

 

That is true. Tommy can state many times when his rights were pretty much revoked. Like the times Tubbo, Ranboo and him had to hide from the popo because the local orphanage sucked balls. Whole ballsucks but they’re rotting and being eaten by flies- ewww, why did he imagine that-

 

"Are you fucking serious? Not only is this method of protest illegal but they're asking a woman to parade nude on the street!"

 

Oh, yeah, that was the demand. Ahem. It's not as uh… unethical as it sounds? To give some context, the terrorist asked for a female politician's animal pelt. Which, fair, they could have it. The police officer even confirmed that the woman would gladly hand over her pelt to be destroyed in public and made an example of. That much is okay. It's just a pelt.

 

They were all shocked when they demanded the politician stripped in public. Like, okay, this was fun and all but just Tommy would rather go before things escalate- of course, no one is let out, so he has to sit there.

 

"Mumbo is an activist", False attempts to laugh it off but it only makes the two men frown.

 

He has to sit there with his hungry stomach and the super yummy smell of slightly burnt but crisp bechamel that is coming from the kitchen- his stomach growls. Of course it does. When has his stomach ever failed to embarrass him?

 

Thankfully, though, he can complain about it now. Why? Because who is Tommy to let that pasticcio go to waste?

 

"Can we at least have some food? I'm hungryyyy"

 

“Is anyone else hungry?”, Stress, the angel and savior of all, asks. “I have pasticcio in the oven", Tommy could honestly kiss her right now (on the cheek).

 

The whole organization goes nuts over it too. Tommy is glad that they are all pasticcio fans; it’s something to bond over and makes them more friendly-looking. So, ignoring the dumbfounded look of The Crowfather -who has probably never seen such a drastic change in mood in a hostage situation (eh, first time for everything)- Tommy goes off to help Stress serve the food.

 

It’s not long before they’re all sitting on the couch and sofas, plates strewn across the coffee table and watching TV. Poor LB1 is like a bouncy ball, going to and fro the balcony to receive news on the politician’s decision (the police officer has yet to confirm the, um, y’know).

 

As for the lot of them… Well, they’re pretty much fine. Mumbo is just acting a bit sus if Tommy has a say in it (and trust him, he does).

 

“In my opinion, you’re not scary enough”, the mustached man says, like he isn’t a hostage, to LB1. “So they aren’t taking you seriously. Like, shoot at the ceiling, scare them a bit!”

 

“Are you out of your mind, mate?”, The Crowfather rightfully gaped at him. He is the only one who is surprised about this. Well, Tommy is too but on a smaller scale because he’s lived with these crazy people long enough to not be surprised by most unusual things.

 

From beside him, he hears the three women chatter. Gem is silently gnawing at her nails and constantly glancing at the clock- oh, it’s almost twelve. Right, she has a job interview at twelve and jobs are hard to come across nowadays -big or small. With how slow things are developing, she’s bound to miss it. Well, not if Tommy has a say in it (And he does).

 

“I need to get out of here, guys”, Gem whispers while the terrorists are distructed by Mumbo and the hero’s argument. “I have a job interview at twelve and I can’t miss it”

 

“Why don’t you ask them to let you go? They seem nice enough for that”, False suggests.

 

“Their boss said that no one will leave until the situation is over and dealt with!”

 

Tommy hums in thought. How can he sneak out a human being without being noticed by three guys with guns? Hmmm… Okay, let’s think about this carefully! First, he needs to get her outside of the flat. Sounds easy enough. Maybe he can sneak her out through the kitchen window and while she’s sneaking out, he can turn into a raccoon and- and end up as a raccoon rug. Yeah, no, he’s not doing that.

 

He glances at the medicine cabinet. And then he jabs Gem in the side with his elbow.

 

“Gem, did you take your shot with you?”, he says loud enough for the rest of them to hear. Gem looks at him confused for a second.

 

“What shot?”

 

His own eyes go wide for a second and he makes a vague and very discreet hand gesture towards the door.

 

“The insulin shot!”, he says, a bit more loud and strained. He swallows down the piece of spaghetti and ground meat on his fork. Then, he turns to the rest of them. “She is diabetic”

 

At that, Gem seems to catch up. She shrugs her shoulders, and stretches her fingers.

 

“No, I didn’t take it with me and I thought the guys wouldn’t believe me if I told them. They’d think I was trying to get out of here”, she says awkwardly. Tommy did not think that Gem was that good of a liar but here she is, proving him wrong.

 

Please work, please work, please work-

 

“Are you crazy, miss?”, LB1 yells. “LB2, take her to her apartment!”

 

Yes! Yes, it worked! Tommy does a small, silent cheer and his tail wags in satisfaction. He watches proudly as Gem is escorted out of the house by the dude and the door is shut behind them. Now, all relies on Gem and her craftiness and the parkour practice she did when she was around Tommy’s age. Like, a decade ago. Tommy hopes that this works out.

 

And surely enough, he does. They all hear the people outside cheer and yell and Tommy specifically hears Jimmy’s high pitched voice yell for Gem. LB2 returns panting and with a visible tick mark at his forehead and a bloody nose.

 

“She escaped!”, he announces and Tommy almost wants to laugh at how wrecked the guy looks. Yeah, take that, bastard terrorist! “Darn woman is telekinetic!”

 

Oh. Oh, Tommy did not know that. Huh. Okay, not his place to pry but he is disappointed that he was not told or figured it out himself sooner. Maybe Gem hasn’t registered her telekinesis yet and that’s why she didn’t tell anyone.

 

LB1’s glare, however, stops his wandering mind. He can only guess that it is a glare because he can’t see the man’s facial expression behind the black mask and sunglasses. Tommy, however, has had enough practice reading Endwalker and Tubbee’s faces so it’s easy to distinguish frowns from thin lined lips.

 

Tommy, however, has never dealt with anyone grabbing him by the scruff of the neck and dragging him to the balcony. He puts up a fight, of course, he has a reputation to uphold, but there is only so much a raccoon can do with a gun to his temple. He is pretty sure he heard Stress scream threats at them but with how things have gone so far, Tommy has his doubts on if they’ll shoot her for that.

 

For now, he wonders if he will be the one getting shot and that is a scary thought. At least, he gets to say hi to his friends- Nevermind, he just screams at the top of his lungs as he’s shoved on the railing of the balcony, cheek pressed on the cold, dusty metal. Ew, why is it so dusty?

 

“We’ve waited long enough!”, the guy yells as the crowd turns to face them. The police officers are yelling at each other and the heroes are trying to calm the crowd. Tommy meets eyes with his friends, tail tucked between his legs and fluffy ears flat against his skull, and he shouts for help. The gun is pressed against his temple, prompting him to scream louder. “Either Mrs. Politician strips or the kid bites the bullet first!”

 

“Why me?!”, Tommy shouts in protest but the gun is pressed harder to his head.

 

“Because you’re the one spouting stories about the woman having diabetes and she escaped!”, the guy hisses at him.

 

“Wait!”, the officers shout. Tommy silently wonders why the heroes are just… sitting like ducks. Shouldn’t they be planning a way to solve this? Dream has his creation, Sapnap his flames, 404 his spores and Warden with his trident and explosive tech. They could really be using their abilities to the tenants’ advantage right about now… “We’ve received word that the council is discussing it!”

 

That’s when someone else joins them on the balcony. Mumbo! Dear, ol’ Mumbo, great friend and ally! Only, he has come of his own volition by the looks of it, since he isn’t being escorted by guns.

 

“Hello! I’m speaking for the hostages in the building!”, he begins, “I’d like to announce that we will support the Lost Brothers organization wholeheartedly!”


“What?!”

 

Tommy tries to raise his head. Goddamn you Mumbo! “Give me the gun, I’ll shoot him in the head!”, but he is pushed against the railing instead.

The policeman tries to say something else, only to be cut off by Dream, who creates his own megaphone in his hands, golden magic sparkles flaking off of it.

 

“And who are you? Are you LB4?”

 

“No! I am Mumbo K. Jumbo, director of Harmless Harvests and CEO of Boatem Corp.!”

 

At that, everyone goes silent. Even Tommy goes silent -he is surprised at himself for that. Jumbo is suspiciously the name of that newbie villain Pearlescent Moon and Tubbo were talking about at Maccies so- No, that would have been too easy to figure out. Plus, Mumbo is too meek and jittery, he wouldn’t hurt a fly! Then again, he did harm Tommy’s tail (it took a full hour for him to make it all fluffy again). Nah, impossible!

 

“Oh”, he hears Dream and Sapnap gasp. 404 looks like he’s about to fall asleep. “Mr. Jumbo, since you’re on the LB guys’ side, could you release some of the hostages?”

 

Most people would listen to a hero. Turns out Mumbo isn’t in the ‘most people’ category.

 

“Nope! No one is leavin’ until-”

 

“If I had a gun, Mumbo, I’d fuck you up myself!”, Tommy screeches at him, fear and all forgotten as he tries to grab the man by the neck and strangle him-

 

He doesn’t get far because he is tackled into the apartment, rolling like a bowling ball until his ass meets the couch and his shoe finds Fundy’s nose. What in the fuck had just happened? He hears someone finally shoot and then screams from both sides of the house- He looks, curious and confused and he finds- Holy shit, The Watcher is in the living room and he has been shot. Actually shot with bullets of… paint? Are those fucking fake guns?

 

Nevermind that, why is The Watcher here in the first place?!

 

“Watcher, what-!”, Stress ducks just in time to miss a punch from one of the terrorists.

 

Oh ho ho, no, no, no. No one attempts to hit Stress and get away with it! Tommy tries his hardest to be fast -truly, he does- but turns out that False is way manlier than he will ever be. The woman scores a black eye and a hit to the groin, and the first has fallen. Looking back in the apartment, he finds that the rest of them have resolved to violence, having a full on match with the remaining two which Stress and False join with no visible hesitation. Stress even brings a pan in the fight-

 

Tommy jumps in. Who is he to miss this? Oh, and he’s taking the guns.

 

*

 

It took about half an hour for things to be resolved. No one paraded naked on the street, no pelt was burnt but it was resolved thanks to The Watcher’s almost-divine intervention. Dude came out of fucking nowhere! Tommy didn’t even see him tackle him and LB1 until he was upside-down against the couch! Of course, the villain defenestrated himself as soon as the three terrorists (who turned out to be film students (the glasses had hidden cameras on them)) were restrained to avoid getting captured by The Crowfather and the rest of the heroes that were waiting outsidee with handcuffs at the ready.

 

“Where do you think you’re going?”, The Crowfather had asked with a smirk whilst The Watcher was making his way to the balcony.

 

“I’m leaving, what does it look like I’m doing?”

 

Tommy had never laughed so hard.

 

When he is escorted outside of the building by Stress and Fundy (False stayed with the hero to make sure the “terrorists” would stay put until the heroes and police got upstairs), Mumbo makes a funny noise. The man is the first to exit the building and because of that, he takes the brunt of the microphones that are shoved in their faces. Thankfully, the heroes manage to put the reporters -when did so many of them arrive?- in line.

 

So, they leave Mumbo to his thing and Tommy is tackled by his best pals. Actually, no, just one of his best pals: Ranboo. Tubbo is too busy gushing over Warden and being a fanboy to say hello to his friend who could’ve pretty much died had those guns been real. The bee has got the hero signing his shoes and he’s trying to balance on one foot at a time. What a crazy person.

 

“I am so glad you all came out okay”, Ranboo says when they part.

 

“They were just a bunch of filmography students. Fake guns and shit”

 

“Did you?..”

 

“They are under the bed. You can teleport up there and take them to the attic”

 

Ranboo nods and then makes an ‘oh’ face. Like he’d forgotten to say something. Hastily, the enderbord pulls a chain out of his back pocket with a… is that a crystal hanging from it?

 

“Mumbo let us buy these”, he points to the purple chain that hangs from his neck. Huh, Tommy didn’t see that at first but now he sees the white and black stone at the end of the necklace. “We got matching ones!” and the one he pulled out of his pocket is donned on Tommy ungracefully.

 

So ungracefully, in fact, that it takes him a second to comprehend what just happened. He looks at the crystal and finds that it is a ruby in a striped case. He… doesn’t feel warm at all. Nope, no emotions for Tommy. Not that he has the time for them because he is engulfed in like, the huge-est hug he has ever experienced. He didn’t even see it coming!

 

“Hey!”, he shouts in surprise, only to have a mouthful of red and blue feathers shoved into his mouth. He bristles for only a moment before remembering that Grian has a broken arm -wait, when did Grian even get here? He doesn’t really have the time to think about that because Tubbo is pulled into the bear hug and wrapped in the colorful wings.

 

“Grian, buddy-”

 

“You have no idea how scared I was-”, is the response that makes Tommy shut his mouth. He hears a harsh intake of breath as they all sink to the ground. Oh, this will get emotional. “-when I saw it on the news. I’m so glad you’re safe, all of you”

 

Tommy awkwardly pats the man on the shoulder. Tubbo pushes him into the avian, trying to envelop the guy into a hug but Ranboo holds them all back. Tommy raises an eyebrow in confusion -like, why was Ranboo refusing a hug?- and then he sees it. An arm in a cast. Right. Broken arm. He silently grimaces.

 

“Well…”, Tommy starts, hesitates a bit but continues anyway, “At least Gem got to her job interview”

 

He hears Grian stifle a chuckle.

 

“You’re a brave young man, mate”, he responds, like he was there with them in the apartment when Tommy put his very poggers and devious plan in motion. Maybe Gem phoned him. Yeah… that must be it, otherwise, this is a little (and he’s being generous here) suspicious.

 

Ranboo nudges Grian’s shoulder and the man pulls away only a centimeter.

 

“You shouldn’t be hugging us with that arm, Grian”

 

The avian completely ignores him, simply hugging them tighter.

 

“How did you even get here? Mumbo was supposed to go get you”

 

“Taxi”

 

Over Grian’s shoulder and Tubbo’s messy hair, Tommy spies heroes. By the looks of it, the Dream Team is in charge of hauling the three men in black back to the police station and Warden is waving at Stress and False. The Crowfather is… he’s laughing with Mumbo. Huh. Weird. Weren’t those two fighting like, half an hour ago?

 

Warden starts walking towards them, back straight and golden armor shining in the sunlight. He is probably coming to check up on them but Tommy’s stomach ties itself into a knot when he feels Grian stiffen. Does this man have actual eyes on the back of his head?

 

“Hey, are the four of you okay?”, the hero asks in a worried tone that sounds like it failed theater school. Tubbo is ready to jump on the man again and Tommy finds it funny how the guy actually takes a step back.

 

But then, Grian slowly turns his head, still sitting with them on his knees and wings wrap tighter around them. This is the time when they say “oh no, oh nononono”, except none of them utter it but think it instead.

 

“My son could’ve died today because of your incompetence… And you ask if we’re okay?”

 

Okay, this is not the Grian they know. This is some ghost from the 90’s films that has possessed him in some way, shape and form because the tone of the avian has done an 180 degree turn. He sounds kind of… well, Grian but crazy.

 

“Sir, I understand-”

 

It doesn’t make them any good that the cameramen and reporters have turned their attention to them. Fucking money-grabbers and life-ruiners chasing after all the angst. Blegh.

 

“I’m not finished”, Grian cuts him off. “The Watcher had to intervene for all of you to take action! A villain saved them while you stood by, doing nothing, letting my son and all the other people be held at gunpoint, and you dare call yourself a hero?!”

 

At that, the avian stands up and the hero takes a few steps back. Tommy clearly sees how Warden goes to grab the taser on his tool belt and his eyes go wide. Grian in general is harmless but the hero doesn’t know that -especially since their own protector and guardian is going a bit coo-coo bananas right now.

 

To be honest, that’s the first time any of them has seen Grian like this. Angry and stressed out. Even Tubbo looks taken aback and somewhat scared and he’s the one with no sense of self-preservation.

 

“You should be hanging your head in shame”, is the last anger-filled line that comes out of the avian’s mouth. Tommy can’t see the man’s face but by the wide eyes of Warden, he can only guess that it’s a scary grimace. “I wonder how you even worked up the nerve to talk to me-”

 

“I think that’s enough, mate”, had The Crowfather not butted in when he did, Tommy is pretty sure Grian would’ve said far more hurtful things and the TV channel dudes would be having a whole field week with all this.

 

Grian did not protest to The Crowfather, only tutting before herding the three of them and Mumbo inside.

 

 

When Tommy thinks the day can’t get any weirder, well, it becomes even weirder. Which is sort of surprising because Mumbo successfully managed to calm down Grian and Stress dropped by at some point with a tupper of leftover pasticcio and everything was normal up to this point.

 

The doorbell rings. Under normal circumstances that is a perfectly not-unusual thing to happen. Maybe it’s some salesman going door-to-door or maybe it’s Stress or Gem coming over to tell them that she got the job! Tommy really hopes that his near-sacrifice paid off. However, the way Grian drops a dish and jumps a foot in the air when the bell rings is truly and utterly sus.

 

“You alright, mate?”, Mumbo -who is currently helping Tubbo assemble a bomb (they denied the fact that they’re making a bomb but Tommy knows better)- asks, his eyebrow raised to his hairline once again.

 

“Yeah, just- let me get it”, Tommy peeks over the couch where he’s sitting, Ranboo mimicking his actions. The avian is too jittery for this to be a normal salesman.

 

Tubbo immediately shrieks and muffles himself with his hands when Grian opens the door. Tommy has to admit that there are too many shady guys roaming the streets nowadays and true to his instinct, he doesn’t look like a normal salesman. And he speaks weirdly too.

 

“I’m looking for those who watch, could you hear me out?”, like, what sort of greeting is that? And he is too well-dressed for him to be some beggar from the streets.

 

Grian looks as stiff as a log, wings folded tightly behind his back as he gives a slow, hesitant nod. Sus. Extremely sus.

 

“...Sure. I’ll be back in a bit”, he tells them and walks out of the door, pulling it closed behind him just enough that the two of them are not visible. Tommy doesn’t hear them walking away but he can hear them whispering.

 

Now, here comes the dilemma. Does he eavesdrop or does he not eavesdrop?

“That’s the shady avian-guy I saw at the crystal shop!”, Tubbo yell-whispers. “I don’t know who he is but Scar knew him!”

 

“What?”, Mumbo looks surprised. On the other hand, Tommy is only a tad confused.

 

“Who is Scar?”

 

“The super cool owner of the crystal shop! He called the guy ‘Quackity’”

 

The dilemma is solved then. Off to eavesdrop Tommy goes, followed by Ranboo and Tubbo -even Mumbo comes over to the door.

 

“...I’m sorry but I’ll have to refuse. I’m sure you heard of what happened… I can’t leave them”, they hear Grian say, voice completely neutral. So this Quackity fellow isn’t a threat, that’s good to know.

 

“I understand… you have a flock to protect”, avians truly have some weird words.

 

Tommy can not recall a time when Grian referred to the three of them as his flock.They’re just his little troublemakers despite how he called Tommy his son in front of the rolling cameras and hero.That’s a first and last time because that one occured due to the rolling cameras and not wanting to appear like a kidnapper and pedophile, maybe even a human trafficker, if he said that they were all just the children living in the attic.

 

Tommy hears shuffling and he dares to nudge the door open just enough to peak their heads out cartoon-style.

 

Quackity has his back turned, seemingly ready to walk to the stairs and leave. But Grian is too good of a person to let him go empty-handed.

 

“Talk to the tenant of 1B, tell him I sent you”

 

And that’s perhaps the most mafia thing they’ve heard in their time with these people.

 

The other avian, which Tommy notes has short, golden wings, turns with wide eyes and a winner’s smile. He reaches out with a hand as the lot of them scramble to hide themselves more behind the door and shakes hands with Grian.

 

“Thank you so much”, is all he says, only throwing a swift glance at the totem pole of heads at the door.

 

“Have a good day, Quackity”

 

No one has ever sprinted faster to the couch and the coffee table than the three of them did just then. The door opens and closes and Grian, looking relieved and rather relaxed. Whatever chat they missed at the start must’ve been about something good or relieving or whatever.

 

Mumbo clears his throat loud enough for one to think he’s choking on his own tongue.

 

“So, who was it?”

 

Grian shrugs.

 

“Just a watch salesman. Told him to go down to Impulse’s”

 

That’s the biggest, fattest, worst and absolutely most ridiculous lie they’ve ever heard.

Notes:

Does anyone recognize this scenario? Just a small nostalgia trip for those who have seen the greek adaptation of the Spanish series Aquí no hay quien viva, Η Πολυκατοικία. Though, this whole book is based on it :)
Also, the story Cleo told them is just a retell of the bridge of Arta, just with no bridge and with no Arta but it's the same concept. I really enjoyed writing this one too! :D

Chapter 8: Here, we're living what everyone else is living

Summary:

Slime. Slime everywhere- it's a giant freakin' Ditto-
Las Nevadas vs The Watcher vs Heroes
What could possibly go wrong?
Oh, also goats. Many, many goats.

Notes:

There is one Hello Neighbor reference in this. If you're a fan of DAGames' old music, you'll probably figure it out :)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It's been about two weeks since that peculiar hostage situation. Two very dull, very not exciting weeks without any hindrances whatsoever -at least during the day. The three of them didn’t have anything particularly unusual to do other than witness Cleo pour herself a cup of chlorine claiming that because of her zombie-ness, it would not have any sort of effect on her (that claim was proven false by Stress, who rushed the woman to the hospital for a stomach lavage, which resulted into Tubbo and Ranboo’s doctor appointment being postponed).

 

We’re also ignoring the fact that Tubbo almost ate dish soap because it smelled like flowers. Fucking bee genes trying to kill him.

 

Anyway, in comparison to day, night was also… Well, not too boring but- yeah, no, it was boring. Sure, the heroes (specifically the SBI) were popping up around them more than usual -almost to a very dangerous degree, almost - and there were more sightings of The Watcher doing his thing, Pearlescent Moon with Gemini robbing banks (those two were having too many run-ins with the Dream Team after the McDonald’s ‘incident’ weirdly enough) and there were even some reports about mine fields set up by this new dude, Jumbo, who apparently supported the views of Harmless Harvests.

 

Hence the alias. He’s totally inconspicuous and unrelated to their lives.

 

Now, living with the director of Harmless Harvests has its benefits. The best of said benefits is that they can blackmail the guy quite easily and therefore steal stuff from the main warehouse without so much as batting an eye. Tommy literally just picked up a box of cotton candy containers (God knows why a vegan shop has cotton candy) in front of Mumbo (the idiot trusted him to behave in the local shop when they went on this small 'bonding' trip) and threatened to rip all of his remaining suits to shreds.

 

Of course, Mumbo being quite a total wimp, he just turned away and went to his office. Which resulted in a big pyramid of cotton candy in the middle of the attic and much less room for the three of them.

 

Other than that, the only thing out of the norm is The Watcher. The three of them have pointed him out in the cover of nighttime plenty of times and at this point, they aren’t scared of him. Okay, the first few times, Tommy will admit, they were very scared because of what had happened to The Blade and while the McDonald’s was great and all, he's still a supervillain. Y’know, a bad guy. But as the days went on, they realized that the dude is more of a creep and a weirdo rather than a threat. He just stands there, perched on the tallest building in the area and just… Well, he watches them.

 

Now, you might think that that is pretty mild coming from a supervillain but at this point, it’s crossing the line between creepy and clingy. The bad sort of clingy. The sugar-stuck-to-your-fingers sort of clingy. Everywhere they go, he follows silently like a fucking owl chasing a mouse but the thing is that he doesn’t seem to care if they see him do his creepy thing. However, this apparently has its benefits. While heroes have been popping around them more often, they approach them less and less.

 

404's incident followed by The Blade's must've given them all a good scare.

 

At least, the smaller heroes do. Benchtrio has witnessed many fights between the Dream Team and The Watcher, as well as the villain against Warden. It’s a lot of fun and the good thing about this is that the fights happen in the street and they don’t need to buy tickets to watch. They can just ask Stress to make them popcorn and they take the whole bowl up to the rooftops with them. Then, it’s just a matter of waiting and boom. Super-human fight breaks out.

 

However, even that can get boring. Tommy has been itching for something more exciting. His hormones have been screaming at him lately and he’s tried to pick a fight with Pearl at least three times this week. (He’s lucky the woman has spared him the stabbing, simply staying in the chokehold department).

 

So, Tommy asked and God -apparently- answered. But Tommy only asked for something more exciting, like another McDonald’s meal with the villain team or a double take-down, someone to suplex a hero, not for an unknown villain to appear outside their fucking house!

 

Okay, let’s back-track a bit. Normal day, normal schedule. Tommy and Tubbo had just finished for the day, empty buckets and brooms in hand, already turning the corner to their neighborhood when they saw him. A big, slimy man in a tee and khaki pants walking over whole buildings; they saw a giant . A fucking giant who was looking for-

 

“Oh, Watcher, come out, come out wherever you are!”- for The Watcher. Holy shit.

 

Why is Tommy’s life just becoming more and more redicu- adventurous all of a sudden? Obviously, they couldn’t just let that villain destroy their neighborhood -the guy was not any hero they knew of- so they ran up to the attic and put on their vigilante outfits.

 

Following that little plot, they are now in the street, chasing after the giant slime dude with the T-shirt and yelling at the civilians to evacuate the vicinity. Sadly, they’re a man down since Ranboo ran off in the morning to negotiate for their iDimpy card with Impulse and the factory owner took him to the job because "You have to earn this one with blood and sweat".

 

Apparently, Ranboo will be sweating today and the two of them will be bleeding. For fuck's sake.

 

“Who do you think that is?”, Tommy yells over the sound of people screaming. Tubbo shrugs as he puts the crying child he’s carrying down on the pavement, where its mum is waiting.

 

“Dunno, haven’t heard of any supervillain be that fucking huge!”

 

Their conversation is interrupted by a huge chunk of concrete that falls just a bit away from their feet. Tommy notes the hanging lamp that is attached to the material and gulps. That bastard just took apart a fucking house. Change of plans then- not that there was a plan before but-

 

“We can’t stop that guy!”, not with their powers, they can’t. A raccoon and a bee. Two abilities that can't just… off the dude. What are they going to do? Sting and scratch him until he yields? He's fucking made of slime! He has goo hands!

 

Wait, no, they are a rabid raccoon and an explosive bee. He is reminded of the little adjectives when he sees Tubbo pull a small, metallic ball from the depths of his pockets: a homemade bomb, made with the help of the great Mumbo K. Jumbo himself. A bomb capable of blowing up a house sky high and so a plan is slowly coming together between them.

 

“Yes, we can!”, his friend objects but it’s not like Tommy is still having doubts. They have a chance! They have hope! If anything, they can just stall until the heroes get here or The Watcher comes to solve this shitty mess.

 

“Fly me to the bastard’s head, will you?”, he asks and Tubbo is quick to follow his thinking. Because it’s daytime, Tubbo is far more energetic than he should be thus leading to immersive spurts of surprising strength.

 

“‘Course! You weigh as much as a toothpick”, Tommy chooses to ignore that jab at his skinny frame -not his fault his metabolism is God level- and proceeds to turn into a raccoon. A very rabid, very dangerous, very snappy raccoon and he jumps into the other’s arms. “Awwww, RaccoonInnit, you’re so adorable-”

 

Tommy cuts the teasing off swiftly by swiping his claws at the bee’s face, missing only by a few centimeters. Darn it. He grumbles angrily but Tubbo coos at him, so he stops grumbling and starts glaring and baring his teeth. He is a threatening, super scary, ballsy raccoon! God, can't he get some fucking respect?

 

No. No, he can't. The fact is cemented when Tubbo takes off without so much as giving a warning and while it's nothing like the take off of The Crowfather -a burst of wind so fast you barely see him go up- a warning would have been nice. And no, he does not trust Tubbo to not drop him, his friend has proven himself to be clumsy on occasion.

 

"We're going up, babyyyy! Woo!", Tommy also doesn't know why Tubbo is acting like he's had three bags of sugar for breakfast. It's probably the sun doing its thing to him.

 

The ascent is pretty slow, to be honest, and Tommy finds himself crawling out of his friend's arms and perching on a shoulder. He puts a paw over his eyes to block the sun and his target is made clear.

 

"No one disrespects Las Nevadas, Watcher~!", the giant says in a sing-song voice, though the angry tone and the rough movement contrast it. "No one!", and he slaps a TV antenna off a roof in a fit of extra rage.

 

Tommy huffs and chitters and Tubbo laughs alongside him despite the tragic situation they have to resolve. It's just funny that out of everything that is on that roof, he chose to slap the fuck out of an antenna. A metal rod. There's a fucking water tank over there and he chooses to discard a metal rod with cables. Pfft-

 

It almost crashes into a few pedestrians underneath. Tommy immediately scowls. Why do people never listen to vigilantes? Ugh. Nevermind that because they've been noticed. The giant has turned his head to them, a face of fake, slightly translucent skin with brown eyes of which they can see the whole of the organs (ew) and hair and round wire glasses. He looks like a normal person but on a much bigger scale.

 

Tubbo wastes no time in throwing the handmade weapon of an explosive ball at the guy. He pushes a small button on the device and he throws it, slowly hovering away. The bomb beeps as it hits- no, it doesn't hit?..

 

A hole appears on the guy and it opens up to let the ball of gunpowder go through to the other side. No fucking way, this is getting ridiculous. Not only that but it does minimal damage when it explodes, just shooting off slime from the giant's back. What in the fuck-

 

"He's a shapeshifter!", Tubbo points out, like it wasn't obvious enough already. It's like they're fighting a real-life Ditto. Except this Ditto is actually dangerous and not a cartoon character. 

 

"Good eye!", the giant says, looking quite surprised. Why he is surprised, Tommy doesn't know. I mean, his ability is pretty damn obvious; it doesn't take a genius to figure it out.

 

Then, the villain's demeanor shifts just as Tubbo flings Tommy at him like a soft ball. Tommy puts his arms out in front of him, doing grabby hands as he prepares to land in slime- oh God, he won't be washing any of that off anytime soon, will he? He'll have to enlist Stress' help and simultaneously come up with an excuse as to why he's covered head to toe in slime and goo.

 

Tubbo is snatched straight from midair and screams loud enough for the whole town to hear, right as Tommy lands on a very soft nose. He chitters back at his friend in worry but he receives a thumbs up as Tubbo is being squeezed in the other's palm. Well, the guy is pretty soft, Tommy doubts he has bones at this point, so Tubbo being crushed to death is pretty much out of the question.

 

Let's dance, big slime bastard! Tommy can't help but laugh on the inside. It's a laugh similar to that of Grian's when some hero he doesn't like gets absolutely demolished in a villain fight. Yeah, I know, it's disturbing but it is also super addictive.

 

So he starts digging away at the guy's nose, pulling off chunks upon chunks of slime with his nimble little fingers and jumps from nostril to nostril as the villain tries to snatch him also. Civilians are still screaming and running away -ha, karma for not listening to good ol' Tommy- but this high up, the commotion sounds more like a slight buzz.

 

The sound of police sirens drowns out that buzz, though. That sound is enough to grab Tommy's attention as Tubbo is flung to the nearest building like a piece of trash. Tubbo, noooo! The whole thing is distracting enough for him to lose his rhythm and soon, he finds himself in a slimy hand.

 

Fuck.

 

"You are annoying, little raccoon", the villain says matter-of-factly as he brings Tommy up to his eye-level.

 

Tommy spits at him. Well, at least he tries to. It's a bit difficult to do that with raccoon lips but he manages a half-spit, followed by a long hiss. This is not fun. He can already feel the slime sticking to his fur and he is pretty sure it has now embedded itself into his glorious, luxurious coat.

 

He cries a little on the inside.

 

"But! You will come in very han-", the villain is cut off as a fireball bursts at the side of his skull. Even Tommy is surprised and the guy stumbles, loosening his grip. "Ow!"

 

"Leave the raccoon alone, Slimecicle!", another fireball bursts and this time the villain - Slimecicle , how original- loses his grip on him completely.

 

Tommy would have screamed if he were still in human form. But he isn't. Instead, he screeches as he falls from the guy's hand, finding the experience just as scary as the last time this happened. However, this time, there is a slight difference.

 

While the Dream Team has arrived on scene, Sapnap being the one to initiate the fight, this time there is no one to actually save him. He doesn't see Dream until a second later, when the man appears from behind the villain's head with the giant energy wings. Sadly, the hero doesn't notice him in time and so, Tommy crashes right on a tree.

 

It's one of those puffy trees on the pavement and as he bounces from one tree branch to the other, he shifts back into his human form along the way. He hits the ground hard as a human and honestly, he feels fucking shitty. His tail is matted and he can barely lift himself up with the amount of sticky goo on him.

 

"You are not The Watcher!", he hears Slimecicle screech angrily as he swats at the two heroes flying around his head.

 

"Hey, come on-", a hand grabs him by his forearm and pulls him to his feet and if he wasn't dazed before, he is now, "-let's get you out of here"

 

Tommy only has two words to tell the guy. Fuck you , and he would have said them aloud if his jaw didn't hurt. God, he must look like a mess, like a cat who went through an oil pipe. Ew.

 

To his surprise, it isn't some random bystander. It's Ghostbur and he only gets that when the guy shouts at the civilians to run away and they do. Finally.

 

You see, this guy has two abilities. He can command people around using just his voice and phase through walls like some freakin' ghost. The second one is a nighttime exclusive, though, because his power is quirky like that. He is also one of the few people to develop a second ability along the way, which -Tommy will admit- is awesome.

 

"Come on, child, Crowfather is helping your friend".

 

" 'm not a child…", Tommy manages to grumble but not with as much spite and ire as he would have liked. He already hates this man; this overgrown baby.

 

He is not a child and the last time he was called that by a stranger, he made sure they regretted it. Sadly, he can't do much about the hero because the world around him is swirling. Just swirling.

 

"Yeah, yeah, whatever, you shouldn't be here"

 

He shrugs.

 

"You lot were late", he snaps back with a smug grin. Woah, why does his head feel so light all of a sudden? Huh. What a peculiar sensation.

 

"You idiots shouldn't have even got involved- Ah shit!", he hears the hero exclaim and the next thing he notices as he is being pulled away from the scene, is a huge ass shadow above them. A huge shadow that becomes bigger and darker the more they wait.

 

Just as Tommy turns to look, to find out what has created this shadow, he is pushed forward with a scream. He stumbles, almost falls, but a burst of energy behind him sends him flying forward and that's where he collapses. A huge dust cloud explodes in the surrounding area and Tommy coughs and waves his hand around his face to hopefully breathe in some fresh air.

 

It is to no avail. What even happened? Where is Ghostbur? He begrudgingly pushes his upper body off the ground and finally looks behind him. He squints to make out the outline of the big obstacle on the road through the makeshift smoke screen. It's a big chunk of a building- right there, where he stood not a second ago. Holy fuck. He could've been crushed but- where is Ghostbur? Oh God, oh no- Is he dead?

 

"Ghostbur?!", he shouts as the dust settles around him. He stumbles his way to the rubble, finding a small houseplant at the side, its pot smashed and dirt smeared everywhere.

 

He hears someone coughing and he feels this small rush of relief wash over his shoulders- he didn't want to be the cause of the hero's death. The last of the smoke clears and-

 

"No fucking way-", the dark purple fabric and dirty blond tufts of hair sticking out like a sore thumb under the debris shocks him.

 

The Watcher raises his head and the chunk on him shifts. What in the fuck is he doing here? Tommy freezes in place when those violet, piercing eyes lock with his own without flashing, signaling that his powers are inactive. The chunk shifts again, followed by a strained grunt of pain, directing Tommy's eyes to- to his wings . Holy fuck , the fucker is holding up the whole thing with his wings-

 

How strong are those things?!

 

Nevermind that; where is Ghostbur? Did The Watcher like, push him out of the way also? But if that were the case, Tommy would’ve seen and heard it happen so-

 

"A little help here?", the villain shouts with some struggle, successfully cutting off his train of thought. Tommy shakes his head and runs the rest of the way to the other. Daze and confusion be gone, he has to help get him out! At least to get the weight of debt off his shoulders.

 

Kneeling under the most flat part he finds and he tries to push the chunk up with all his might and gritted teeth. However, his very poor attempt at saving the villain is cut off by-

 

"Wait! Get Ghostbur out first, I can handle it"- said villain struggling to pull the hero out from underneath himself, shoving the man up by his tattered trench coat. Huh. Tommy is pulling Ghostbur out from the rubble before he knows it and the hero just kinda groans like he's been rudely awakened from a nap or a good dream.

 

The hero looks around with narrowed eyes; Tommy notes the blood in his hair and guesses that the villain didn't manage to save some of the damage. Well, surely it could've been way worse than a concussion if The Watcher didn't appear at all.

 

"How in the fuck did you get here?", Tommy asks the trapped villain, still hauling the man out of the clutter. Ghostbur groans as the sun hits his face. Yup, one concussion noted.

 

The hero looks at the debris he's just been pulled out of and squints at it with a grimace. He raises his hand and touches the side of his head where the most blood is and just tuts when he sees the sticky red liquid covering most of his palm. Who the fuck just tuts when they have a massive head wound?!

 

The Watcher completely ignores Tommy's question, however, choosing to focus on keeping himself alive and very much not let his body take the form of minced meat. Immediately, Tommy drops Ghostbur in favor of helping the other man out of the rubble, not caring if the dude hit his already concussed head an extra time- there is undoubtedly a healer back at HQ waiting for him to turn up.

 

After returning to the cozy spot he found before, he puts his arms and back against it, now trying to lift it instead of push it off as per the villain’s handy advice. However, Tommy forgot that his arms are nothing but stale noodles but fuck it , he thinks, because adrenaline can take the wheel from here.

 

“Ghostbur!”, he hears someone shout and big, loud boots thudding against the road. Uh oh. Through his struggle and light-headedness, Tommy stuttered in his lifting attempt and the chunk shifted on his back, earning a surprised squawk from the villain below.

 

That peasant squawk however, is nothing compared to the absolute horror coming to them. One beat up, slime-covered Blade is approaching at full speed. This is bad. Like, incredibly, terribly bad . Why is he back in action already? Wasn't he impaled on the wall not a week ago? Just how good are those healers at HQ?!

 

At least he is distracted with the wounded hero over there… for now.

 

He absolutely can not let him see The Watcher and it's a blessing from the gods that The Blade hasn't noticed the guy yet. Especially after what Pearlescent Moon -well, Bad but at the same time not Bad- did to him, Tommy doubts the hero would help this particular villain out of the rubble. Mostly because The Watcher and Pearlescent are known associates. The great Blade wouldn't save him either way because the guy is a villain but!.. He'd save a hero!

 

Tommy openly looks at the sky and finds no Crowfather -which is to be expected if what Ghostbur told him is true. The avian hero must be too distracted by Tubbo's hyperactive self up on the rooftops. In this sort of chaotic situation, it would be hard to keep tabs on who is where, especially if one is on the ground and the other in the sky. So, if he gets lucky enough, he could just…

 

Without a second thought, Tommy repostions himself, hiding The Watcher's visible body behind his legs. The villain shifts his head to have a look but Tommy nudges him with a foot.

 

"Oi, dumbass! The Crowfather is trapped under 'ere!", he swallows his nerves and prays that he has successfully lied to the top authority in the whole wide world.

 

The Blade zeroes in on him in an instant, like Tommy has foretold the end of the world. Ghostbur, forgotten and bleeding, is left groaning on the ground like an old man as the pink-haired hero puts away his weapons and cracks his knuckles. Oh no, please don't tell him that the guy paid more attention to the insult rather than the context of the sentence.

 

"Move"

 

Tommy is both pleasantly and unpleasantly surprised when he is almost shoved to the side when the hero arrives. Good, good; the strategy is working. Thank God for The Watcher and The Crowfather having similar wings.

 

That results in Tommy almost kicking the avian's skull in. The villain looks up just as Tommy looks down to set his footing, however, this time he does kick the guy's head. Intentionally. Did he not fucking hear him? At least The Blade? Tommy grumbles a few words under his breath, making them incomprehensible enough that the hero won't hear him cursing out The Watcher.

 

"On three, lift. One, two, three!", the hero counts them in and they both let out a series of war cries, going "HYEEEEEGH".

 

With their combined muscle mass and The Watcher's strong-ass wings, the chunk is lifted enough and Tommy rushes to pull the villain out and up to his feet. The avian flaps his wings and puffs them up with a grunt of pain and irritation when he stumbles, awkwardly gripping Tommy's hand for balance. Even though Tommy does his best to hide the other's eyes from view, he can't hide the wardrobe choices.

 

He is dragged back by the collar of his shirt, almost flung off his feet too. The villain almost comes with as well, which is hilarious. 

 

"Stay back, kid!"

 

No . Tommy decides to claw at the hands on his shirt instead.

 

"That's The Watcher, not The Crowfather!"

 

I know, asshole, now let me go! Tommy is this close to saying but he bites his tongue in favor of his life. He's already been seen with The Watcher once and he doesn't want to be deemed a sidekick for a second time.

 

Wait. The first time, Tubbo, Ranboo and him were viewed as hostages. Phew. Crisis averted.

 

"Oh, really? They look so similar, I didn't- NO!"

 

The Blade stutters as he swings his sword towards the other thanks to Tommy's unexplainable (to the hero) scream. Meanwhile, The Watcher just stands there, awkwardly. What villain stands awkwardly when there is a sword literally at their throat?!

 

The villain's face sours just a bit.

 

"If it weren't for me, he would've been crushed", he says matter-of-factly in that weird voice changer of his, pointing at Ghostbur who is still groaning on the floor. Jeez, it must've been a nasty hit. 

 

"That's true!", Tommy chimes in, "This is a witness speaking!"

 

He is unsure of the moral impact his words have but regardless, The Blade lowers his weapon (note: begrudgingly) and huffs. Tommy breathes a sigh of relief.

 

"Watcher! You've shown up!"

 

He takes that sigh back.

 

Slimecicle, who completely ignores the flies that are the heroes flying around his head, smiles down at them. God, that is creepy af, though it's probably more dangerous than creepy.

 

Sapnap shoots a fireball at the giant's face, blowing up half of it but that does little to deter him from advancing on them. The ground vibrates as the slime villain takes a step towards them, slapping Dream out of the way and into the wall of an apartment complex, creating a big crater that just might make the building collapse in on itself. Oh shit. Why is a man made of slime OP?

 

"Oh fuck, Jesus fucking Christ-", for some reason, Tommy can't find it in himself to move from his spot; to run away like any sane person would do. He simply watches the freaking behemoth coming towards the three of them.

 

"You've offended Las Nevadas, Watcher!", Slimecicle shouts as he breaks a chunk off the apartment complex he had slapped dream into. "You sent a mole!"

 

Glass shards and concrete dust falls and flows in the sky. Come to think of it, aren't avians allergic to dust? The answer, Tommy finds out, isn't all that needed because the giant hurls the chunk at them!

 

"Get back!", The Blade shouts and Tommy decides for once in his life to listen to a stranger. Right as he takes a step back to start running, The Watcher takes a step forth.

 

"And that boulder is to be smashed!", he shouts, holding out a hand and at record speed, the whole chunk cracks and explodes into tiny little pieces. A charcoal wing shields him from the pebbles and holy fucking shit -

 

This did not just happen. What the fuck. Is this even real? Is that The Watcher's true power? There are so many questions but there is really no time for them! To be honest, Tommy up till now thought that the guy was just skilled at being stealthy and slippery and only a tad bit explosive but this?! This is just… surreal. He rhymed too, that's the most weird thing.

 

Tommy doesn't realize that he's actively gasping in shock and awe until the wingbeat of the avian blows dust into his mouth. A slimy arm falls and thuds against the ground and Tommy finds that Dream has rejoined the fight with a huge netherite greatsword. Of course, Slimecicle is too OP and decides to regrow that arm like a freakin’ starfish.

 

The Blade returns to Ghostbur's side immediately, probably to give him first aid. Tommy just sits there, watching the fight, until Tubbo runs to him. Correction: into him. He body-slams him by accident and the last thing he sees is crows. Many and many crows and the biggest crow of all-

 

"You two should not be here!", The Crowfather squawks like an angry uncle.

 

"That's what I told 'im", Ghostbur grumbles from somewhere behind them.

 

"Fuck you!"

 

The Crowfather huffs a chuckle for some reason. It's probably a stupid reason but The Crowfather isn't stupid.

 

"Be cooperative and maybe I'll ask your parents not to ground you"

 

Tommy and Tubbo share a look, lips strained in a thin line as if asking each other do we tell him? Grian would laugh it off, sure, because he is a chaotic human being but Stress? The British equivalent of a Greek mother? Yeah, no. They'd be locked in the house and even then, they'd be under 24/7 hour surveillance. Not including the fact that they do vigilante work; that would just be their gravestones.

 

"Can we just not go to the police station at all?", Tubbo asks but whatever the answer is, it's interrupted by a very distracting, very bright light coming from the sky.

 

"Holy Hell, what's with the light show?", Ghostbur loudly complains.

 

Tommy looks up, pushing Tubbo off him to sit up (they had fallen on the ground) and his mouth falls open. Fighting amongst the heroes is The Watcher but he is looking way brighter and more luminous than Tommy has ever witnessed him be.

 

"Gods-"

 

"Everyone cover your eyes!"

 

A fucking power beam is shot at Slimecicle; straight out of the light engulfing the avian and right through the behemoth's stomach. The light gets to a degree that Tommy can feel it burn his eyes even through his eyelids.

 

"Damn you!", are the shapeshifter's last words and when the screams of the heroes, the audience and the injured villain fade with the light, The Watcher is gone.

 

And the destroyed part of the neighborhood is… it's been restored.

 

*

 

The news has been going bonkers over the new events that unfolded in the middle of the day. From the new abilities of The Watcher being debated over on Twitter and Tumblr, to the fact that Pearlescent and Gemini appeared out of the blue to help with the injured and the salvaging efforts (while the buildings were restored, the debris on the road remained).

 

It created a chain reaction of articles and FB posts with cheesy taglines and hot arguments and whatnot. Currently, Tubbo, Ranboo and Tommy are going through the various texts on Mumbo's laptop -yes, they bullied him for it; only a bit though! Promise!

 

They find Watcher-centric ones…

 

"The Watcher: Hero or Villain?"

 

…more discrete ones…

 

"Villains turned heroes?"

 

Some are even matter-of-fact…ish?

 

"Pearlescent Moon and Gemini help salvaging efforts"

 

There are even those that sympathize.

 

"Evil or Misunderstood?"

 

However, none of the writers saw the whole battle from up close. The only material they can go off of is drone videos, little camera footage and the hero statements on the media.

 

Ghostbur recovered quite quickly, appearing on a morning show right the next day with 404, who apparently fell behind when his team was rushing onwards. Following in the afternoon was Dream and Sapnap, the first of which suffered a concussion and some broken ribs from being slapped into that building.

 

Unsurprisingly, none of the heroes praised the villains for their charity work. Not even Pearlescent and Gemini who did most of the heavy lifting whilst avoiding attacks from the heroes. It was a crazy clean-up session, to say the least but it was portrayed as another villain-hero fight on TV.

 

Weirdly enough, through the whole day, Grian was also wiped out on his nest of a bed. He did not get up, did not talk or eat or drink. He only slept. For hours. What did this man do to be sleeping like a literal log for so long?

 

Mumbo hasn't answered that question directly. All he's responded with have been awkward stummers and awful excuses to avoid the question or literally changing the subject or cutting them off mid-question.

 

It got pretty annoying but they stopped pestering the old man after he threatened to explode the attic with way more damaging explosives than the one he made with Tubbo. Tubbo was super enthusiastic about it but the other two did not support his views on the subject.

 

So, being utterly bored with nothing to do, they began speculating on what The Watcher's powers were because this has become more complicated than the simple theory that he has hawk-like sight and shit.

 

""The Watcher has the power to manipulate light", yeah no, untrue", Tommy says, crossing off a title on the newspaper in his lap with a red marker.

 

"You said he broke a boulder that was thrown at you?", Ranboo asks, shifting through his own paper. Of course, since he wasn't there himself to see, Tommy had to describe what had happened to him; from almost being crushed to pulling The Watcher out of the debris to the fucking power beam . Tubbo could only pitch in towards the end after the body-slam scene.

 

"Yeah, he disintegrated it!", and Tommy still couldn't believe his own eyes and memory.

 

"Did he do anything weird when he did it?"

 

"He said "And this boulder needs to be smashed" or whatever. Freaking rhymed with something he told The Blade when he got out of the rubble"

 

"Someone says that The Watcher has material manipulation powers", Tubbo pipes up, wings buzzing and tracing the article with his finger.

 

"Huh"

 

Well, maybe he does have material manipulation powers. He did restore whole chunks of buildings before he left. Then again…

 

"He shot a whole power beam, Tubs"

 

"True but…"

 

"Maybe he has two powers? Or three… would the wings count?"

 

"Wings are part of an avian, mate", Mumbo says, coming over and sitting on the edge of the couch where the sweet wrappers and scattered popcorn have yet to reach.

 

Oh, yeah, Ranboo managed to convince Impulse to give them back the Free iDimpy card. Which is awesome but at the same time it's awful because they have to clean up afterwards, lest they want Grian to murder them when he wakes up.

 

"Yeah but there are no other avians with black wings. It's just the Crowfather and him; he'd stick out like a sore thumb!"

 

Mumbo scratches his chin a little. “Maybe he isn’t from around here-”

 

“Guys, what if he has a secret lair?”

 

"Ooh! Good idea!"

 

"Like Batman!"

 

Mumbo just stays silent, just looking at them with this hilarious, dumbfounded look. Tommy wants to laugh but there's some loud knocking on the door and the mustached man goes stiff as a log. He looks, if Tommy may say, scared. Which is weird because no one would try to hold them all hostage again after what happened last time.

 

"Who is it now?", he sounds annoyed, perhaps a bit irritated, so the lot of them observe as he gets up and opens the door.

 

It's Fundy, and he is holding a bouquet of white roses. Huh. Weird. Tommy never knew Fundy was a romantic, let alone be into businessmen with mustaches.

 

" Someone came by and left these for you", Fundy said. "Said it was an apology gift"

 

Okay, Fundy still has taste then. Not that Mumbo Yumbo is an eyesore but Tommy can only handle so much change in his life.

 

Mumbo takes the bouquet and looks at it like it's an alien plant. Surely a guy whose motto is "Peace, love and plants" can't racist to plants. He looks at Fundy again and nods his head, muttering a thanks before closing the door.

 

"Who is that from?", Tubbo immediately asks, almost falling off the back of the couch. The man turns the flowers over in search of a label.

 

"There's no tag or card", he mutters. And then a cloud of yellow dust explodes in Mumbo's face. The man sputters and gags, waves a hand in front of his face as the bouquet drops to the ground. "Oh gosh-"

 

The three of them laugh at that. Seems like whoever had this delivered is somewhat of a prankster.

 

"I must wash this off, oh god- And you three, clean up your mess! Grian will wake up soon and I don't want him to get stressed over cleaning"

 

Tommy groans in protest but gets off his ass anyway.

 

"What even is that dust?", Ranboo, rightfully curious, asks. Mumbo stalls for a moment.

 

"Something that Grian shouldn't breathe in"

 

Oh. Okay then. No more questions are asked as the three of them get to work, syncing up to each other's movements and throwing away wrapper after wrapper. Tubbo digs through the cushions of the couch for any stray popcorn and finds a disaturated feather. It crumbles in his hands but none of them think too much about it.

 

Only Mumbo looks a bit concerned about it and that's only because now there is more stuff to clean. Which doesn't really make sense because it's their job to clean the living room but you do you, good sir.

 

At some point, they hear noises coming from Grian's bedroom. The hitting-your-toe sort of noises but without the screaming. And they also hear a cacophony of birds, which they make out to be Grian's stupid ring tone. He explained once that it is a very nice song of his relatives -said relatives being literal parrots and they're all dissonant in Tommy's opinion.

 

The ring tone stops. Has he picked up? Tubbo is the first to press his ear up against the door, wings buzzing excitedly, followed by Mumbo whisper-yelling to back away from the door as Tommy and Ranboo mimic their friend. The walls are thin, they would've heard him anyway.

 

"Hello? Oh, hey, Scar…", Grian says in a groggy voice before groaning and probably falling back on his bed if the ploof they heard is good enough of a clue. He sounds like he's having a hangover. "Yeah, no, I don't think I'm fine. My head is going to explode… you saw me yesterday, I'm an absolute wreck, ugh"

 

Tubbo's eyebrow quirks.

 

"I didn't think Grian goes that hard on alcohol"

 

Mumbo gives him an incredulous look. "What?"

 

"He sounds absolutely hammered, Big M"

 

"This is so reality-breaking, wow", Ranboo wipes a fake tear from his eye. "I never knew Grian was such a person"

 

"What kind of person?", Ranboo looks at Mumbo with a serious look.

 

"An alcoholic"

 

"Truly cringe. Sadge."

 

"I think I'm traumatized"

 

Mumbo facepalms so hard, the slap was heard clearly. "Oh gosh…"

 

Grian groans again. "I think I'll throw uuuup"

 

"Hangover too", Tommy notes right before he and his pals are mercilessly shoved aside. Since when was Mumbo so buff?

 

"You three stay here", he says before walking into the room, closing the door behind him. Okay then.

 

"We should go", Ranboo suggests, pointing to the door.

 

"Yeah, before Grain finds the bag under the couch"

 

Tubbo snickers as they take their leave.

 

*

 

This is perhaps the worst wake up call in Grian’s life. Not only is his head threatening to explode but his limbs feel boneless and his stomach is twisting in circles. He finished… relinquishing the contents of his stomach about two minute ago and Mumbo went to the pharmacy to hopefully find something useful to help his stomach settle.

 

He gets up slowly, putting a wet rug against his mouth. Sure, his friend opened plenty of windows for the air to be recycled but the faint scent of bitter almond tickles his nose still. He can’t say it’s unbearable but it does make his eyes twitch, so he heads to the balcony for some fresh air.

 

What he doesn’t expect to see, however, as he looks over the railing, is a moving truck. Two very distinct people are unloading boxes from the back and leaving them at the front doors of the block of flats. What’s going on here? And why are Techno and Wilbur moving stuff? Grian never heard anything regarding moving out from them. Were they just helping someone move in? But the landlord hadn’t mentioned about anyone moving in when he came to collect rent either.

 

That leads to only one logical conclusion: they were kicked out. Probably. Hopefully, because otherwise, Phil might not make it through the night -he’s such a worrywart.

 

Quickly throwing on a new shirt and pulling up some comfy trousers, he walks out into the hall. He hears the shuffling and the bickering of the two brothers as they make their way up the stairwell. The bickering stops right as the two meet the avian on the landing.

 

Wilbur's lips turn up in a suspiciously sweet and honey-dripping grin. He shoves his way past Technoblade and tussles the contents of the box he's carrying.

 

"Wilbur!", his brother tries to grab him but Wil avoids the first attempt.

 

"Hello, I'm your neighbor!", is the only thing he utters before Techno is dragging him up to the third floor.

 

"Goodbye, we'll see you later!"

 

"Wait, no, come back here!", Grian chases right after them, only to be led to the door of 3B, which used to be an empty apartment up till now. "Don't you shut that door on me!"

 

Of course, the door is shut in his face. He almost hits the door too. Well, nothing else to do other than look at the rest of the boxes outside the apartment. They are big, heavy boxes and he can see the head of a lamp protruding from one of the bigger ones.

 

There is some shouting coming from inside and he hears a soft knock from the door behind him. Guess Stress hasn't gone to work yet. 

 

It is not long before the door of 3B opens and a smiling Wilbur comes out, followed by a less amused Technoblade.

 

"What are you doing here?", Grian asks and right on cue, his phone rings. He chooses to ignore how the two cover their ears in favor of answering the call. Unsurprisingly, it's Phil. His friends see it too and their faces become annoyed. Uh oh.

 

"Hello-"

 

An outburst of a colorful line of curse words harassed his ear for about ten seconds, along with the absolutely horrid cacophony of crows in the background and then-

 

"Are my fucking sons there?!"

 

Well. That was an unexpected way to phrase that question. Grian blinks his shock away. That is Phil just panicking, he knows that simply because the man only curses when he's anxious or nervous. It's a really bad and unpleasant habit but once he gets going, nothing can stop him.

 

"No, we aren't here, old man!", Techno shouts his response, an angry edge to his tone. He picks up one of the heaviest boxes and brings it inside the house, right beside the door. Wilbur clicks his tongue.

 

"I don't hear Phil, Techno. I think you're hearing voices again"

 

"Ah, yes. Another auditory hallucination to add to the pile. Pog"

 

Ouch. Okay, something bad must've happened for them to be so salty towards their own father. He hears Phil's breath hitch at some point and for a moment Grian thinks the man is having a crisis.

 

"Yikes. Phil, what happened?", he asks, concerned because this is bad . Like, really bad.

 

The crow sighs.

 

"They wanted to go after The Watcher after that villain fight yesterday and I might've..

 Um…"

 

"Yes?"

 

"I might've exploded on them"

 

Grian gives a sigh and runs a hand down his face. He is very aware of how protective Phil can be and very aware of the rules he's established in the household. Especially the "No going after The Watcher" rule, which he has agreed many times that it is a very logical (and handy) rule. Well, the brothers don't seem to understand that.

 

"They weren't supposed to be in that villain fight yesterday because we knew The Watcher would show up at some point during it. Wil almost got crushed under a rock trying to save a vigilante!"

 

By the way Phil isn't shouting and screeching at the top of his lungs, Grian will guess that-

 

"What do you mean 'almost' ?"

 

"Techno got him out of it but he still got a concussion"

 

Grian sighs in relief. He doesn't know.

 

"Well, he is safe and sound, now, right?"

 

The question is supposed to be a soothing and reassuring one. His wings puff up, however, when Phil is anything but soothed and reassured.

 

"No, they aren't, Grian! First chance they get, they'll go after-"

 

"Phil!", Grian interrupts in a stern tone - the tone of a Karen as Scar would say. Phil quiets a little. "Take a deep breath and think rationally! They are both mature " - looking at you Wilbur - "adults, they won't-"

 

And Wilbur, just to spite him, lifts his chin and nods at his brother.

 

"You think The Watcher will be out tonight?", he says it loud enough that Phil can hear him through the phone. Grian's eye twitches.

 

"Oh, definitely", Techno says, again just to spite their father. Oh God.

 

"I can hear you both, brats! Grian, mate, don't let them go anywhere, I'm coming over!"

 

Grian doesn't manage to answer because Wilbur opens his mouth faster.

 

"Weirdly enough, I want to thank the bastard, for saving my ass", he says before jutting his chin at his brother. "You can shank him afterwards"

 

Techno shrugs with a Finnish facade, lifting another box. "Sounds like a plan"

 

"What?!"

 

There's the screeching. Sigh, so much for keeping that one a secret.

 

"You'll give him a heart attack, guys"

 

The brothers nod their heads in unison.

 

"Good"

 

There is silence on the line.

 

"Phil?", Grian calls. The only answer is the one of a body falling to the ground. Specifically, on the polished cherry wood floor. "I think he fainted"

 

The brothers' faces fall and break into worry and anxiety. That's what they get for being that mean and spiteful: karma. Grian sees Techno's hand twitch under a box he is holding and as he predicts, he is the one who breaks first. Wilbur has always been the more stubborn one.

 

"Could you… uhm… er-"

 

And technoblade has always been the one struggling to express the more intimate and affectionate emotions -at least when he is aware of them.

 

Grian shakes out his wings in mild annoyance. This is what he gets for being friends with both the father and the sons, he supposes.

 

"I'll go check on him, yes. You two need to go through Hermit Inspection™ anyway", he tells them and he can see the tension leaving Technoblade's shoulders.

 

Wilbur furrows his eyebrows. "What's that?"

 

Grian juts his thumb to the stairwell, where all the tenants have been standing -quite obviously eavesdropping- along with the three troublemakers. They are watching them like hawks and at the same time, Stress' door opens and she stands at the doorway with a huge smile on her face. Of course, she was looking through the peephole -very nice of her to not interrupt and be discreet, unlike some people .

 

"Them", he says, "Now, excuse me, I have a worried father to check up on", he pushes his way through the crowd of people and he can feel Technoblades social anxiety go through the roof as the crowd proceeds towards them. "Have fun!"

 

"No, Grian, wait!", Technoblade's cry for help goes unanswered.

 

Grian snickers as he descends the stairs. 

 

He stops short when he sees a herd of goats in the street. Huh.

 

"Worried father is priority number 1", he tells himself before staring one of the goats in the eye and points at it like he's in a Jojo scene. "You are priority number 2"

 

With that, he takes off, not noticing Mumbo being chased by a ram.

Notes:

So, apparently, cyanide smells like bitter almond. Not saying that the powder was cyanide but it had some in it. How Mumbo didn't die? Well.

Also, the reference is the first two lines of dialogue in the third segment. They are lyrics from GET OUT by DAGames :D

Chapter 9: Tell me on which floor love lives

Summary:

It's not everyday that the heroes are herding goats out of the city streets but here they are, doing exactly that. Oh, and XD is there to judge them all for it.
Benchtrio go to the doctor's and for some reason, said doctor knows too much about the black market.
For the finale, Wilbur meets The Watcher but not in the business-like way. More in the in-your-face sort of way.

Notes:

This is a big boy chap, holy hell-

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Today was a very weird day for both the heroes and the city in general. “Why?” you’re asking? Because about five thousand goats had escaped the confines of the mountains and decided to move into the city. Permanently.

 

No one knows why this has happened but it’s happened and all the shepherds are absolutely devastated. Not only that but the goats have been causing a huge mess in the districts by causing car accidents, trampling kids, raiding bakeries and nut shops as well as stealing people’s shopping bags. Most parks have already been visited by the gigantic her, evident by the freshly mowed grass and naked bushes. Basically, they’ve made themselves at home. They’ll be hanging their coats on the trees before you know it.

 

That is the problem the heroes and the locals have been facing for about an hour and a half. Either they are making sure no one got hurt or they are trying (and mostly failing) to wrangle the white little bastards. It’s not just the lower ranking heroes who are helping, though. The Dream Team were the first ones to happen upon the goats. Here’s how it happened:

 

It was a normal morning -they weren’t even working! Their shift would start in an hour and so they were just doing a round around the city to see if anything was amiss. George insisted on bringing XD, claiming that he shouldn’t be cooped up in the house for so long, so then the small blob of a god had hopped on Dream’s shoulder and the four of them left the house.

 

Despite Dream and Sapnap's caution about basically letting a god roam free, XD proved to be worthy of their trust. He stayed on dream's shoulder the whole time and as a reward, Sapnap got him one of those fancy decorative umbrellas to shield himself from the sun (apparently, even gods could get sunburns, who would've thought?). Although, he did act like a toddler who had been taken to the toy store for the first time when they entered one of the many food districts downtown.

 

They had to stop at every vendor they came across. They had to see what they were selling and if it was sour or sweet. Every sweet went through a taste test performed by the three heroes before landing in the greedy hands of XD. Well. In the space where his hands should be. Today, XD wanted to try Japanese cuisine; all the culture talks with Sapnap and the pretty and delicious, drool-inciting pictures of Kinoko’s (Bad and Sapnap’s homeland) most expensive dishes the demon showed him the day before did their part in working up the god’s relentless appetite.

 

So they worked their way through the vendors, going from salmon sushi, noodles and rolled omelets to mochi, wagashi and green tea cookies. Honestly, none of them have ever been so happy to have their civilian identities hidden from the public than they did when they were ordering the various food items one after the other. It's one thing to buy one or two things to eat but a kilos worth of food may be passing the limit in spite of XD's opinion.

 

They had just bought the little blob a stick of botchan dango, the little bastard already biting off as big chunks as his (invisible) small mouth could house, when this disaster struck. When the goats appeared in the roads, white and black four-legged creatures flowing down the main road like a fucking river.

 

Of course, they all knew what this meant. Every hero knew.

 

They'd been expecting a sign for a long time now, ever since he escaped from Pandora -the fucking bastard somehow managed to escape Pandora a month or so after he'd been shoved in one of the most secure cells in the damn prison. He had been put in a straight jacket, feet and hands held together by chains instead of leather straps, an iron shock collar that activated when the prisoner exited the cell without an escort, constantly under the supervision of the one and only Warden -a hero from whom no villain got away from.

 

They should’ve been more careful with him, for God’s sake. They didn’t even see the fucking mechanical mantis come from the depths of the ocean surrounding the prison.

 

And they all knew that Goatfather’s “Perimeter” project wasn’t done; it hadn’t even reached the midpoint when The Crowfather stopped him. Dream himself had visited the maniac in his cell in an attempt to interview him, as well out of curiosity of what that genius looked like.

 

“The Perimeter is just the start”, was all he’d told him so sure that he’d be continuing the project, like he knew that he’d be out and about soon, despite the insurance of Warden. Darn it. That’s why you never underestimate a crazy person with an ability based on redstone manipulation, an ability that (before Goatfather) was never before recorded.

 

Thing is, they weren’t expecting the sign to come in the form of a fifth of the country’s goat population migrating to the city. They were expecting it to be in the form of a Batsignal but modified to represent the G.O.A.T. -whatever that means- or an explosion or an actual appearance in some form of disaster.

 

So, the Dream Team rushed to HQ, got dressed and returned on scene to find that other heroes and the shepherds who chased after their goats were stuck trying to herd said goats into trucks. Which would be an easy task to do with people who actually know how to herd the animals if the goats themselves hadn’t gone all feral on them. Half of the amount were sent to vets to be treated for rabies and the other half insisted on headbutting everyone.

 

XD simply stares at the heroes as they work, staying undisturbed on Dream’s shoulder, under the shade of the green decorative (very pretty and aesthetic) umbrella with the half-eaten dango in hand. He’s very clearly displeased with how their little outing has turned out and he makes it even more obvious with the way he glares at the goats like they have personally offended him, huffing and the skewer moves like he’s crossed his arms, almost stabbing Dream in the ear.

 

“What’s up with you all of a sudden?”, Dream asks because he earnestly has no idea why the god’s mood has shifted all of a sudden. He still has food in his hands, he shouldn’t be whining about that now.

 

The blob simply taps his arm with the pointy end of the skewer, prompting the hero to lift his arm and look at the time. Oh, would you look at that? Their shift is about to officially start.

 

“You should be looking for The Watcher at this time, not herding goats”, the god points out and Dream stifles a chuckle. For whatever reason, XD has developed a fixation on the flying menace of a villain, especially after the light show yesterday. George had to practically pry him away from the TV and deactivate all phones in the household (thankfully, XD has no idea how technology works and therefore didn’t bother with the ‘broken’ devices). “Leave this unpleasant chore to the peasants”, and of course, XD still lacks manners and as they have learnt, the god has high standards for his friends. Apparently, ‘peasant work’ does not suit the three heroes.

 

They should really teach him some manners when they return home.

 

“XD, we get that you’re a god but this is what heroes do”, Sapnap says as he wrestles with a ram, “We help people, how many times do we have to explain this to you?”

 

XD looks unfazed by the demon’s chiding. Dream loads another goat into the nearby truck and George drags a sleeping lamb into another. It’s a good thing that George exists because thanks to his sleep spores, the job is being done quicker than without.

 

“Why are you so obsessed with him anyway?”, George asks the blob. XD takes a bite out of the dango before responding.

 

“Well… I had my suspicions about his powers before-”

 

“Why didn’t you say something, jerk?!”, Sapnap’s complaint goes ignored.

 

“-but now I’m certain. I can track him down”

 

The three of them stop pestering and coaxing goats into the trucks, instead turning their heads to look at the white blob with wide eyes. Thankfully, none of the other heroes have noticed XD yet or they have and they just can’t be bothered with questioning Dream’s new doll.

 

“Track him down? How?”, Dream asks, curious about this new power the small god has just announced to them.

 

“If you stop doing peasant work, I’ll tell you”, XD insists and the three of them sigh, letting the rest of the goats run away from them. It’s fine, the SBI has arrived on scene anyway.

 

“Fine”, George is the first to approach, Sapnap following so they could talk more quietly. “Spill it, now”, the brunet demands and Dream swears he feels XD shiver on his shoulder. He clicks his tongue and shifts his weight from foot to foot, being quite uncomfortable with the very obvious swooning and faint blushing of the god. He is a god, for Christ’s sake, he shouldn’t be acting like that!

 

“All I’ll tell you is that I can sense the aura of his… kind”, XD starts, having finally pulled himself together. Dream does not know why XD said that the way he did. “If you can get me a feather or some cloth from his clothes, I can track down his home, friends, family and work”

 

Dream squints his eyes at the god even though that’s not visible from behind his smiley mask. Even George seems to be having doubts and he is the one who spends the most time with XD out of the three of them.

 

“Are you sure you can do that?”

 

XD turns his head to Dream, skewer pointing threateningly at his mask, right where his right eye would be.

 

“Are you doubting me, mortal?”

 

Dream immediately flails his hands, like doing a calming motion would work on a creature perched on his own shoulder. It does nothing to calm the other, however, as the skewer is only shoved closer to him.

 

“It’s just a bit-”

 

“A bit OP. A little hard to believe, y’know?”, Sapnap interrupts. The skewer is lowered and the last piece of dango is eaten within a second. XD sighs in disappointment and Dream is pretty sure he hears a slap as if the god facepalmed.

 

“You, humans, are so tunnel-visioned that you don’t look past your noses”, he mutters, loud enough that he won’t be heard past their little huddle.

 

“Hey, Dream!”

 

Dream looks up and away from his partners and friends to look for the one who called his name. On his shoulder, he feels XD freeze up and the skewer drops to the ground for a passing goat to munch on. Running towards them is Foolish, one of Dream’s good friends and trainee of Puffy’s back at the HQ.

 

“Oh, shit”, XD hisses, hopping closer to Dream’s neck as if trying to hide.

 

“What’s wrong?”, Dream doesn’t think that Foolish is that scary. Sure, he is wearing a shark hat with very pointy teeth and his overall look of gold can be quite intimidating to the normal person but to a god? Dream didn’t think that XD could be scared by anyone, let alone another human.

 

“That’s my brother”, is the next thing he hears as the god tries to pull at Dream’s hoodie in an attempt to hide in the hood, folding his little umbrella.

 

“You have a brother?”, Dream gives him an incredulous look, followed by the gawking of George and Sapnap.

 

XD peeks his head out from behind the mound of fabric on Dream’s shoulder quite sheepishly and he hisses like he’s narrowed his eyes at Foolish, who is apparently -somehow- the brother of a blob of a god.

 

“...Adopted”

 

Ah. That explains it.

 

*

 

The clinic’s waiting area is much less dull than Tubbo thought it would be. It’s not the stark white he’s used to seeing in the TV shows or the mundane furniture and the modern glass coffee table that this sort of room is supposed to have. Instead, there are weird pictures of weird mechanical things that Tubbo finds to be incredibly interesting, a basket of fidget toys, a green plant in the corner and couches that are clean and have a woven cloth draped over the back. It’s a weird mixture of stuff but it makes the room feel more cozy and interesting.

 

Tommy pushes past Stress and shifts into his raccoon form half-way, wasting not a second in sprawling himself on the cushions of the nearest couch. Tubbo isn’t as nervous as he thought he’d be and Tommy raises his thumb, giving the all-clear for them to sit. The cushions are weirdly soft, making even Ranboo’s shoulders relax as the tall boy practically sinks into the seat. Stress simply giggles at them.

 

“You three stay here for a second. I have to check in with Doc, okay?”, she says, receiving a small ‘okay’ from Tubbo and a nod from Ranboo. Tommy simply curls up in between the two of them and looks at the woman with a challenging look, just daring her to actually go and call the doctor.

 

Tubbo can feel his hands tremble slightly. His fingers jitter and he drums them against his thigh for a second. He shouldn’t have agreed to coming; to having his genes looked at. Giving a look at his most recent purple scab on his leg -covered by his pants-, he determines that he can live without knowing what other stuff he has going on within himself. This doctor is surely going to approach them with a stethoscope and needles and a mask that will hide most of his face, with a terrifyingly big, evil and malicious grin.

 

Ranboo nudges him in the side to snap him out of it. It somewhat works; Tubbo makes an offended face and swats at him but Tommy hisses, rather displeased with the play-fighting, and almost bites Tubbo’s finger off. It seems that they all are nervous in different ways.

 

“Why did we agree to coming again?”, Ranboo complains, leaning back on the couch, pulling his feet up on the cushion and into his chest. Tommy starts scratching at the pant leg now hanging in front of him.

 

“We were promised ice cream”, Tubbo groans. He’s already disappointed in himself for giving into Stress’ puppy eyes and the promised treat. Tommy chitters at him. “And candy floss but… ugh”

 

“I want to disappear”, Ranboo agrees.

 

Just then, Stress returns with a beaming smile on her face. The door is left open behind her and Tubbo can only guess the reason for that. The weird thing about the woman herself, however, is the fact that she is wearing a nurse outfit. Why? Tubbo isn’t quite sure and his friends make the same confused faces and noises as him.

 

“Why are you wearing that, Stress?”, Ranboo asks with a brow raised comidically high.

 

“I work as a nurse for Doc, mate”

 

That makes more sense. Actually, that also explains her weird work schedule and the free Mondays. Wait, why did they not know about this?! Well, it’s not like they get a chance to question all this because they are all quickly urged to the open door. Tommy, being the most stubborn, refuses to budge from the couch, resulting in Stress prying him off with little difficulty. The raccoon stays cuddled up against the woman’s chest, gripping her shirt like his life depends on it -and it probably kind of does. Tubbo cries a little on the inside because he also wants to curl up somewhere and hide.

 

“I promise that no needle will come your way, guys'', she says, holding Tommy a little tighter and side-hugging Ranboo when she notices him shaking like a leaf. “It’s just an examination. I think he’ll check your reflexes too- remember those times the doctors on the shows tapped their patient’s knee with the little hammer?”

 

All of a sudden, Tubbo is more curious and excited than he is anxious and nervous. His energy must be contagious because Ranboo returns the hug with more fluid movements and Tommy climbs up to perch on Stress’ shoulder. Honestly, Tubbo feels a bit left out, so he completes Ranboo’s half-hug.

 

“You three are adorable but we must go see Doc”, and to the doctor they go.

 

The first thing Tubbo notices when he enters the office is that it is very different to those on TV. Instead of the little mechanical, futuristic-looking bed in the middle of the room, there is a mahogany desk with many little gadgets and toys on top of its shiny surface, a framed picture of a woman holding a child sitting innocently at the side, a small lamp, a notebook and some other stuff that Tubbo can’t be bothered to assess. The examination chair is in a room connected to the office and the walls leading to it are decorated with dinosaur and fairy stickers, which really leaves all of them dumbfounded.

 

Are they really in a doctor’s office? There’s a cartoonish giraffe sticker with a small body and a ridiculously long neck stuck to one of the lean wall protrusions with lines and numbers to count a child’s height. Yeah, they are probably not in a doctor’s office; let alone a clinic.

 

“Children, meet Doc”, Stress introduces them and right on cue, the chair behind the desk begins to swivel and Tubbo swears he can hear the Godfather theme playing in his head, despite having never seen the movie.

 

A man with thick, curled goat horns protruding from his short, brown hair is slowly revealed. Sharp jawline, greenish skin, pointy ears, face framed by the high collar of his lab coat. The smell of gunpowder becomes more prominent the more he turns and Tubbo is intrigued while his friends only grow worried. To be fair, creeper hybrids don’t have the best reputation, being seen as explosive and short-tempered, rash and illogical. The only reason they are tolerated nowadays is because of Warden, who is a creeper hybrid himself, so Tubbo can’t blame Tommy and Ranboo for it.

 

They’ve all seen what Warden can do when he’s given a good reason.

 

The doctor smiles at them, revealing white teeth and incredibly sharp fangs. One of his eyes is clearly mechanical and it only intrigues Tubbo’s curiosity more rather than make it falter. The man specifically grins at him like he’s noticed the bee’s clear enthusiasm. There is a small bundle of fur resting in his lap and he is carefully petting down the creature’s back. The little animal lifts its head -it has horns. It’s a fucking baby goat.

 

They all ogle at the kid in the doctor’s lap and Tommy chitters a few words in raccoon tongue, showing interest.

 

“Welcome to the clinic”, the man says and Tubbo is somewhat taken aback by the deep, gravelly voice and foreign accent. It suits him weirdly well, though, so no one comments on it.

 

This doctor is weird, Tubbo decides. One, his office looks childish and too home-like and two, Tubbo is pretty sure that having animals in a sterile area and petting them goes against all hygiene rules doctors have to abide by.

 

“Why is there a goat?”, Tubbo asks, plopping himself in one of the chairs in front of the desk. The man chuckles and the kid in his lap simply bleats at them like they’re all intruding in the petting.

 

“You must be Tubbo”

 

“That’s me, bigman. Now, why is your clinic so weird?”

 

While Stress almost chokes on her own spit, Tommy and Ranboo both stretch their ears to listen, also curious and interested to know why this clinic dares be different from the rest. The woman sets Tommy down on the desk, falsely assuming that just because the goat is a fellow mammal, that he won’t attack it. Surprisingly enough, he only approaches to sniff it.

 

The man laughs. “Every kid that comes through rates their experience with stickers”, he explains. Reaching into a hidden drawer of the desk, the man pulls out a bunch of cards with dinosaur, car and princess stickers of various sizes. “The big ones are a 10/10 and going down, the small ones are 1/10”

 

Somehow, only the big and medium sized stickers have been stuck on the walls. Huh, so this guy is good enough to provide an amazing experience to children? No. Wait a second; it must be a trick. No child wants to be outshined by choosing a sticker smaller than the rest so of-fucking-course when they’re presented with so many choices, it’s common sense that they’ll choose the biggest and most dominant sticker left on the card. This bad, psychologically manipulating genius of a man. Tubbo is impressed.

 

Tommy quickly steals the car stickers straight out of the man’s hand to look over the different vehicles on it. Most are little cartoons of old car models but there are also a few remaining of new models and also some motorcycles at the side.

 

“You must be Tommy”, the doctor says, quickly hiding the rest of the rating stickers in the drawer he pulled them out of. He then directs his gaze at Ranboo. “And you are Ranboo, correct?”

 

“It’s nice to meet you, sir”, Ranboo bows his head only a bit.

 

“He’s the only one who knows the definition of ‘respect’ out of the three”, Stress smiles and pats the enderborn on the shoulder. The doctor laughs, the baby goat sticks its tongue out as if to mock the taller boy for being nice, and it must be contagious because Tubbo can feel the corners of his own lips tug upwards.

 

“What’s your name by the way?”, Tubbo asks.

 

“My name is Doc”

 

“No, seriously, what’s your name?”

 

“...It’s Doc”

 

“...What the fuck”

 

Okay, seriously, what’s wrong with the parents of these people? First Scar, which, yeah, Tubbo will agree, it’s a pretty cool and badass name but now Doc? What in the fucking world-

 

The doctor, Doc, smiles sheepishly at him and Stress smacks Tubbo upside the head.

 

“Ow!”, he deserved that, honestly.

 

“Respect your elders, blimey”, Stress scolds but her words fall on deaf ears. Tubbo doesn’t know the definition of respect, therefore he won’t pretend to know it like someone else he knows -looking at you Ranboo.

 

“It’s alright, Stress. I can’t expect to gain their respect just by being an adult”, Doc chuckles and Tubbo raises a curious eyebrow. The man smiles at him in turn before standing up, letting the goat down. The kid runs off to an unknown corner of the room, probably planning to eat their socks when they won’t be looking. “Anyway, we can get on with the examination now. Are all of you my patients today?”

 

…Is Tubbo supposed to raise his hand now? He and Ranboo are the only ones who actually need to be examined but… do they really need to? No, he’s not getting cold feet all of a sudden, he just… he doesn’t want to sit in that horrible, tasteless examination chair! Yes, that’s it!

 

“It’s just Tubbo and Ranboo. Tommy came along for the ride, really”, Stress answers for them, chuckling at the way Tommy chitters at her like she’s revealed his master plan. She probably did reveal his master plan -whatever said master plan was (or is).

 

“Alright. Tubbo, come with me”, Doc takes the initiative to invite the bee first. Fuck.

 

Tubbo purses his lips but Stress’ reassuring smile is enough to make him get up from his seat. Well, at least the doctor isn’t holding any needles in hand and the examination bed looks comfortable enough. So, he plops himself on the mattress, flings his legs out and waits. He finds it incredibly weird to be sitting on the bed, in a foreign room but thankfully there are a lot of things to focus on; like that bin of fidget toys in the corner or the hanging ear tool things on the hanging board.

 

The doctor is quick to come back to him, all smiley and friendly-looking. Tubbo’s eyes zero in on the horns, which, now that he’s up close, are way bigger than he thought. They have these little bumps and rings along their curly selves and the bee finds them pleasing to look at and trail the length of them.

 

“Stress has told me that you’ve been getting these purple scabs on your knees”, the man says, pointing at said knees. “Can I take a look?”

 

“Isn’t that why I’m sitting up here?”

 

The doctor chuckles. Tubbo only feels a tick of irritation on his brow at the reaction.

 

“Alright then”, and with that, the man gently grabs his leg -Jesus Christ, why are his hands so big?-  and slowly rolls up his pant leg to just above his knee. And right there, in all its glory, is one of his famous purple scabs.

 

The man pokes at the scab and simultaneously looks at Tubbo’s face, as if expecting him to cringe or make a face. Wait, he’s probably trying to make the poking hurt. The stupid daredevil. Tubbo just sticks his tongue out, brings his leg back and kicks the man in the shin in quick succession. Ha. Look who’s in pain now.

 

“Tubbo!”, Stress exclaims when Doc backs away with a barely audible ‘ow’ and a groan of pain. It’s like he kicked her instead of the doctor and Tubbo can’t quite understand why. He was the one trying to cause him mortal injury!

 

“I claim self defense!”, he protests and Tommy cheers him on. Ranboo, on the other hand, simply shrinks in on himself; the weakest link amongst them.

 

Doc regains his straight posture. His face is still contorted somewhat but he still looks friendly enough. It seems Tubbo hasn’t put him through enough to make him stay the fuck away. “I wasn’t trying to harm you, are you crazy?”

 

“As a matter of fact, I am”, somehow, that one receives a startled laugh from the man. Stress merely facepalms out of disappointment.

 

“I was just checking to see if it hurts”, Doc explains. Man, does Tubbo feel stupid now.

 

“Oh”

 

“Yeah, ‘oh’, I’m a doctor, not a supervillain”

 

For whatever reason, Stress sneezes. Ranboo mutters a small ‘bless you’ and she thanks him. She then takes her leave, saying something about there being people in the waiting room.

 

“Behave yourselves”, is all she tells them before actually exiting the office.

 

“Well, let’s try this again”, Doc sighs, “No kicking this time, please”

 

And Tubbo grins.

 

Let’s just say that the examination wasn’t one Doc’s favorites and that he didn’t kick them all out because he’s very good friends with Stress. Otherwise, maybe they’d be at the police station and dealing with lawyers and shit.

 

But they aren’t sooo…

 

Doc scribbles something down on a notepad, grinning from ear to ear regardless of the way his thighs tremble and how he looks about ready to fall over. Tubbo looks at his feet the way a girl would look at her nails for a second, absolutely smug and proud of himself. But then the doctor frowns and his face turns somewhat sour. He sends Tubbo away and calls in Ranboo; neither of the two look all that pleased with Doc’s expression.

 

“Are the scabs bad?”, Tubbo asks as the man checks Ranboo’s red eye on his white, mysterious side. “I can’t really tell with how your face looks”

 

The doctor hums as he shines a light in Ranboo’s eye and Tubbo cringes slightly at that. "No, they aren't bad in the common sense of the word", he tells them, "It's… let's say, a rare feature"

 

Huh. So Tubbo is a rare Pokémon card now. Awesome. Great. But what does that shit entail?

 

"Once I'm done with Ranboo, we will discuss this in depth, alright?"

 

"Sure", Tubbo mutters. He can't lie to himself (he really wants to know what these purple scabs are all about) and he is itching and biting his nails in silent anticipation. A loud bleat comes from beside the chair and when he looks, he finds the little baby goat. "Does he have a name?", he asks as he gingerly picks up the little creature. Its fur is so soft and thick that his fingers just sink in it.

 

Tubbo could say that he's in love with the little guy.

 

"He doesn't, no- Turn your head this way, please"

 

"Let's call him Horny Guy"

 

Tubbo screeches out of pure fear and terror, almost jumping out of his seat when Tommy in all his human, non-furry glory, puts his hand on his shoulder. The kid in his lap screams as well and Jesus fucking Christ, why do goats sound so much like humans?! At that, his raccoon friend puffs out his chest and looks absolutely proud of the name as he reaches down to pet the small goat.

 

“See? He agrees”

 

Ranboo bursts out laughing and almost impales his eye on the man’s horn -said man having turned to look at them with the most disappointed face Tubbo has ever seen.

 

“You are not calling him that”

 

“Yes, we are”

 

And it’s been decided. No one can go against Tommy once he’s made up his mind.

 

“We have also claimed ownership over Horny Guy”, Tubbo adds and tries very hard not to coo at the kid as it head-bumps his stomach. Lil’ guy has got nerve and it’s the absolute cutest thing he’s ever seen!

 

“You can’t do that-”

 

“Watch. Me.”

 

That settles it but Stress will probably kill them if they try to bring a goat back to the block of flats. Her and the rest of the tenants, actually, because goats are infamous for their chewing habits. Well, it’ll be fun while it lasts.

 

The doctor sighs and returns to examining Ranboo’s weird albino side instead of arguing back. He clicks his tongue and scribbles something down on his notepad before withdrawing himself to the big bookcase in the back of the room. Holy Hell, that’s a big bookcase and it’s actually filled to the brim. Who needs that many books? Why does a doctor need to display books in his office?

 

“Interesting…”, Doc mutters as he quietly flips through one of the big books on the high shelf. “Ranboo, do you get any urges to set things on fire from time to time?”

 

“No, sir”

 

“That crosses off nether mobs then. Hmm…”

 

Oh, so he’s trying to figure out Ranboo’s other half now? Tubbo does not feel betrayed, not at all.

 

“Hey, what about my half?”, he complains but he is simply waved off.

 

“I’ve figured yours out, it’s pretty obvious just from the scabs that you’re half Shulk”

 

…A half what now?

 

“Since you’re quiet now… Ranboo, do you have any recollection of accidentally falling into a deep body of water at any point during your life?”

 

“Um, my memory is pretty bad”, Ranboo shrugs. “So, no”

 

Putting his book down, the doctor returns to the enderborn’s side, muttering something about having another look. He gingerly takes Ranboo’s arm and prods at it with his fingers while the boy looks at him curiously. Tubbo is curious and confused himself; both about the question and the fact that Doc is prodding at his friend’s arm.

 

“This might be a water burn”, the doctor says, looking surprised himself. “I’ve had some enderborn patients come in with a few but I haven’t seen any this bad”

 

“So I fell in water at some point during my mortal existence and because of how painful it was, my brain decided to erase the event from my memory?”, Ranboo asks, tail twitching in interest and Doc chuckles at the way he phrases his question. Tubbo can’t imagine what it’s like to be learning about your own life through unknown skin markings.

 

“Possibly, yes. The skin feels leathery all along your arm and there is some discoloration-”

 

“What about my eye, though? It’s all red and stuff”

 

“If you had albinism, your skin would be a very light pink, not half black like this”

 

“But my eye is red”, Ranboo persists. Tommy walks to the big bookshelf to have a look at the books. Tubbo simply continues to pet Horny Guy, who is munching on his shirt. Hopefully, goats have baby teeth because he really doesn’t want a hole in it.

 

“That probably has to do with your burns. Heterochromia of the eye can be caused by injury or trauma to the eye, so water might’ve gotten into your eye when whatever happened to burn you happened”

 

“Huh. That weirdly makes sense”

 

Tubbo hears voices come from outside the office. He can distinguish Stress’ very easily, especially by the ups and downs her tone takes because of her accent but there are two more male voices accompanying hers. Are there more patients? They’re probably patients, whoever those other two people are. The door opens shortly after Ranboo has been discharged from the bed and Stress walks in with a beaming smile.

 

“How are things going? They haven’t caused too much chaos, have they?”, she asks and Tubbo throws a stern, foreboding glare Doc’s way before smiling innocently up at the woman. It’s a look he’s learnt from Pearl and it’s proven to be quite useful in almost every situation. ‘Almost’ because it works on everyone other than the master herself, something that is a little irritating to Tubbo.

 

“No, no, they’ve been quiet”, the man says and Tubbo smiles even more. “Now, I want to talk to you all about Tubbo”

 

Tubbo’s smile falters.

 

“What about me?”

 

Doc sits back down at his desk and pulls the sticker cards out from the drawer. He gives the car ones to Tommy, who excitedly takes them and holds them, simply looking through the various choices. Tubbo knows that he’s listening, though, because that raccoon is too curious for his own good. Ranboo sits down in the one remaining chair with wide eyes and slightly raised eyebrows. Stress doesn’t look all that calm about this either.

 

Do they know something Tubbo doesn’t? Why is he even asking, of course they do! At least, the adults do.

 

“So, Tubbo’s scabs are the result of Shulk genes”

 

At that, Stress looks a little unsteady on her feet but she braces herself against the back of Tubbo’s chair.

 

“You okay, Stress?”, Ranboo asks, mildly concerned like the rest of them are.

 

“Yes, yes, I am”, she responds quickly. Then, she adjusts her stance slightly and addresses Doc.

 

“Aren’t Shulk hybrids-”

 

“They are quite rare, yeah. Now, here is a little history lesson for you” -he points at the three and Tommy looks up from the stickers in his hands- “Shulks were hunted down for their armor, a sample of which are your scabs, Tubbo and it’s super valuable. There are people who sell shulk hybrids in the black market that go for billions

 

Wait. What. Tubbo blinks, completely dumbfounded and feeling weird all of a sudden. So, what he’s being told is that people would kill for his head. Or his knees, where his scabs are. Huh. To be honest, those purple patches are as thick as bricks, therefore it is understandable why they are sought after but hunting and selling actual people for it?

 

Tubbo shivers and his blood goes cold. Stress grips the chair tighter and Tubbo thinks that her nails have pierced through the back of the chair. As for his friends, they look just as terrified.

 

Doc simply nods at them.

 

“Just make sure that no one sees them while the wounds heal and you should be fine. Just don’t get any more physical injuries afterwards”

 

That… sounds easy enough, like being given instructions for putting on skin lotion. He can probably stay a few nights in the attic, doing nothing while his friends go out there and fight bad guys, and dying of boredom on the old mattress in the corner. It’s a sacrifice he’ll have to make.

 

Wait a minute. Why does a doctor know that there’s a black market for Shulks-

 

“Right”, Stress responds after she is done pulling herself together. “Well, you three best get going. There are patients waiting outside”

 

They get going before Tubbo can actually voice the question. The baby goat bleats at them one last time and Tubbo salutes it with a little sadness but the anxiety and nerves of his friends keep him from showing it. Stress doesn’t follow them outside, probably having nurse stuff to do in the office -they don’t know, they’re merely guessing.

 

But Tubbo doesn’t expect to see who he sees sitting in the waiting room. Or, he thinks it’s the same guy as that one time… There is a scarf wrapped around the man’s neck, red, yellow, black and orange, all bright and mixed. He has ash blond hair, somewhat curly and shiny. No, the original guy was wearing a balaclava, not a scarf-

 

The way the guy looks at Tubbo and Tommy in recognition, however, is enough to tell Tubbo that they are absolutely fucked. Of course karma got them in a doctor’s office of all places! Just their luck!

 

“Guys, why have we stopped?”, Ranboo asks, only a little worried at the fact that his two best friends have frozen in place.

 

“Ponk, are you alright?”, the guy next to the scarf-guy asks. That one looks to be a creeper hybrid as well, which shouldn’t have surprised them as much as it did seeing as the clinic belongs to one.

 

“It’s you!”, the guy, Ponk, says as he points an accusing finger at the two of them. The creeper guy looks a little confused until- “You’re the kids who mugged me!” Uh oh.

 

“Um, guys, why is he accusing you of mugging?”

 

“Ranboo be calm about this and fucking run!”, is all Tommy yells before they’re booking it out of the clinic.

 

That was an eventful day.

 

*

 

Wilbur did not think that searching for three vigilantes would be hard. It’s just three kids playing heroes and exhibiting their flimsy parkour skills on rooftops. How hard could it be to find them? was a question he’d asked himself right before he left his and Techno’s new apartment for his night shift.

 

Oh, yeah, regarding this new apartment, they moved out. Enough was enough and while Phil is the best father ever, he can get extremely overbearing at times, especially when one of his rules is a flee-on-sight order against The Watcher. And that’s exactly why the two of them decided to finally leave the nest and spread their wings to fly to a door just above Grian’s house. Yes, they specifically chose to live close to Grian so they could have someone to calm and assure Phil that everything would be fine and that his sons weren’t getting up to anything particularly bad.

 

The landlord, Xisuma, he believes the man’s name was, didn’t hesitate to rent them the apartment when his brother mentioned Grian and the three of them being friends. That Xisuma guy is a nice guy. That would not be the case for the tenants of the block of flats.

 

As Grian predicted, they went through “Hermit Inspection™” and Wilbur can’t say that the people living in the building are anywhere near sane. Then again, with the gas prices going up and the economic crisis existing, who hasn’t lost a bit of their sanity? Wil has lost plenty himself but what he and Techno witnessed was the epitome of “not sane”. Even that nice lady that is their next door neighbor must be a bit of a looney.

 

One can not be sane and go up against The Blade with a fucking pan, man. Just, trust him on this, okay? Even her name gives it away: Stress. No offense but how can someone stay sane with that name?

 

Moving on, there is Pearl and Gem, who they learnt live on the second and first floor respectively. Two young ladies, artistic and completely innocent-looking before Pearl started asking them their thoughts on tarantulas and pythons and every other animal and plant life that could kill a human being. Okay, maybe that can be considered normal but the question of if either of them liked to hang upside down cannot.

 

Techno didn’t really like her either but not because of the weird questions. It’s more of a gut feeling but he didn’t know why his gut was telling him that. Anyway, Gem seemed fine until she started threatening them with  having them be abducted by UFOs.

 

Sadly, neither Grian nor the landlord told them of how insane the women of the building are. Speaking of, Stress is maybe the most normal of the three and the mother of the three kids that accompanied the lot on their little interrogation. Wilbur did not ask where the father is, believing that prying into that on their first day in the block of flats would be seen as crude and plain ass rude. Actually, wouldn’t it be many fathers? What with one being a raccoon, the other a bee and the final an enderborn? Yeah, it would’ve been so rude if he had asked; thank God, he dodged that bullet.

 

At least, Techno seemed ecstatic at the idea of seeing that Ranboo kid again and chatting with Mumbo once the “Inspection” was over. Wilbur doesn’t know why his brother is now attached to those two exactly but he’s shrugged it off. He can guess the reason behind Mumbo K. Jumbo, the CEO of Boatem Co., whom he got attracted to because of some stupid spuds and a fluffy dog that probably reminds him of Floof (they both miss Floof, the small, well-trimmed maltez Phil bought Techno on his 16th birthday) regardless of the way that Kubo (that’s Mumbo’s dog) is of a different breed, a different color and a different snout.

 

That doesn’t matter now, though. Not as the wind rustles in his ear, not as he weaves through the streets on his normal patrol schedule in an attempt to find the three vigilantes they’ve been chasing for… how long have they been chasing them for? A week? In this week, they’ve found out little about them but they did learn one very important thing: for some reason, the villains are protecting them. No one outside of SBI knows what the small encounters with these vigilantes entail and if any of them did try to explain it, they wouldn’t believe them.

 

The Watcher actually has a heart. Techno told him that much when he had managed to corner the kids, right before getting impaled by his own trident -what a nightmarish night that had been. Wilbur didn’t believe him then, because an avian cutting open his own wings to save a person who is falling off a building is unheard of; not even Phil would do that and he is a fucking hero!

 

“Our wings are sacred”, that’s what he told them when he and Techno were only a few years old when they’d asked their old man about the huge pair on his back. The times when his wings would get injured were always heartbreaking to Wilbur because Phil would be depressed for as long as he couldn’t escape to the sky.

 

To think that an avian did that… Wilbur didn’t know what to think of it at first. But then, it was his turn to be saved. Right as he was going to save one of the wanted vigilantes, The Watcher saved him.

 

He doesn’t remember much. The memory of it is a mere shadow above his head, a blurry road underneath his hands and a pounding head, his legs numb, a heavy weight slowly being lifted off him. Technoblade helped fill in the gaps when they got back to HQ and he was taken to the healers. It… took a little bit of pondering. He couldn’t wrap his head around the reason why that supervillain decided to save him -a hero- and endanger his own life; his wings even. Whether that was for Ghostbur or for RaccoonInnit (that’s what the reports say his alias is), he doesn’t know. That is why he lied at the morning show he’d been invited to.

 

So, that is why he is on a double mission: to find the vigilantes and then The Watcher. He knows the guy is immune to his abilities for some reason and that renders him helpless in front of the extraordinary abilities he showcased in the fight between him and Slimecicle -Blackjack’s right hand man. This one he doesn’t remember clearly either: only a blinding ass light that almost had his eyes boiling and then he remembers being lifted on a stretcher and the sound of loud police sirens.

 

As he turns the road, he hears a very distinct voice come from above him. If his ears aren’t playing any tricks on him, that must be that RaccoonInnit kid talking to his accomplice as is betrayed by the other one he hears. Their little trio is up on the rooftops as it would seem but Wilbur is on the ground. That’s fine, even though there is no physical way to get up there from where he is. Keyword being “physical”.

 

At night, he can honor his hero name and become a literal ghost. It’s a weird power that he has, which only unlocks at nighttime, when the moon is bright enough to charge his cells with its lunar energy. Slipping into the material of the building beside him is an easy enough task but climbing up it has always been tricky and it doesn’t get any easier no matter how many times he does this little exercise. He gets to the top nonetheless, paying no attention to how his lungs squeeze and his nerves slowly frazzle.

 

Peeking his head through the flat roof of the building just enough so that only his eyes are visible, he spies not three but two of the vigilantes. It’s RaccoonInnit and that tall, lanky enderborn with teleportation abilities, whom Phil had referred to as “End”. Creative name. That’s a sarcastic statement, by the way.

 

There is no trace of that bee guy, though that’s to be expected. Bee hybrids abide by bee rules and at this hour, it’s only natural for the kid to have stayed behind to catch up on his sleep. Good for him, bad for his friends. Techno told him that he is the real threat out of the trio, especially because every bee hybrid’s sting is unique and made to either immobilize or to kill. Therefore, it’s better now that he has to deal with only these two.

 

Wilbur sits there for a minute, wondering how to initiate the conversation that will lead to the apprehension of the two vigilantes. Maybe a direct approach would work? Nah, he’s a fan of the theatrics, not the quick-paced police scenes in TV shows. A more labored approach would work, certainly!

 

“Am I interrupting something?”, he says as he raises above the roof, hovering above the pipes of the nearby water tank. Under his fabulous venetian mask, he scrutinizes the kids before him, who startle and screech at the top of their lungs.

 

Why do children have to be so loud?

 

“What are you doing here?!”, the loudmouthed raccoon yells, pointing an accusing finger at him. Wilbur simply chuckles at the silly, stupid question.

 

“Well, dear child, after saving you from a supervillain, I expected that I’d at least receive a thank you”, he says before waving him off. RaccoonInnit simply gives him the middle finger and his teammate attempts to lower the other’s arm by force.

 

“If you’re here to arrest us, let me tell you that it won’t end well for you”, the raccoon warns him. It’s a pretty stupid warning, to be honest and Wilbur smirks. The temperature drops and he revels with the way the two children in front of him freeze.

 

“Don’t talk back, brat”, is all Wil says, his voice echoing through the cold of the night. He grins when the raccoon tries to do the exact opposite, only for his vocal chords to betray him. The kid claws at his neck, eyes blown wide at the realization that he’d had his speech rights removed (temporarily, of course, Wilbur isn’t that evil). “See? Isn’t it better now?”

 

“What did you do to him?!”, End demands like Ghostbur has stabbed his friend.

 

“Do not teleport away”

 

The enderborn freezes like time has stopped itself. Wilbur claps his hands in amusement.

 

“And now, we’ll go to the police station and call your parents”

 

Out of the back pocket of his jeans, he brings out two pairs of power-dampeners; simple dampening bracelets enchanted with the Curse of Binding, an ancient enchant that was dug up for the heroes to use. Supposedly, there is only one individual who knows of the ancient ritual but Wilbur hasn’t had the pleasure of meeting them himself. There is one last bracelet in his pocket that he carried for the bee fellow, which he doesn’t need.

 

“No, no, Ghostbur, you have no idea what you’re getting yourself into- woah!”, Raccoon Innit grabs End by the shoulders, mouthing silent words. End shakes his head. “I can’t teleport us, Innit!”

 

When the kid speaks next, it looks like he’s throwing a temper tantrum. Wilbur approaches them calmly enough, whistling a little tune as he leisurely unlocks the first bracelet. RaccoonInnit stands in front of his frozen friend as if he can protect them both. Wil clicks his tongue in annoyance.

 

“Sit still and let me put these on you, for fuck’s sake”, he watches as the raccoon crumples to the ground like a pile of sand. Perfect. Time to put an end to this quest and return to the action-packed ones -finally, after a whole damn week! To think Phil thought this would take longer than seven days! Ha!

 

Something catches his attention as he is locking the bracelet around the raccoon’s wrist, though, and it is not the pleading of the enderborn to not take them to the police. Raising his head, he spots someone perched on a building in the distance. It’s a tall building, perhaps the tallest in the area and the first thing he thinks of is that his father has decided to go looking for his sons. Behind the individual, big, black wings spread open and Wilbur narrows his eyes. He can’t see well enough in the dark to distinguish any particular features but the recent events add up enough for him to know that Phil is on their trail.

 

“What?”, End asks as he looks at Wil with the face of a deer caught in headlights. Wilbur decides to ignore him, simply lifting the raccoon kid into a sitting position before moving on to the enderborn.

 

Sparing another look at the winged man, Wil finds that he is much closer than before and for a second he wonders how he didn’t hear him. Phil’s feather’s aren’t those of an owl and generally, his wings make enough noise to attract attention. RaccoonInnit turns his head to End and mouths something at him before jutting his chin towards the direction of the avian.

 

End, then, says the most haunting sentence Wil has ever heard.

 

“Oh, that’s not The Crowfather”

 

Wilbur looks at him and blinks. It only takes a second for the realization to sink in. Oh shit, it’s The Watcher and with a glance at the avian’s wings and seeing small glimmers of purple, it is confirmed. Honestly, he should’ve guessed from the outfit right away; Phil wears green, not black! Well, it seems like he’ll get to complete his little sidequest, sudden as this change of schedule is.

 

He only manages to straighten his back in the few seconds it takes the villain to swoop down. The one thought that crosses through his mind the moment those alien, violet eyes come into view, glowing and mesmerizing is: Oh fuck, Phil is going to kill me. It appears that the villain is going for a tackle but The Watcher pulls up at the last second, raising his feet to Wilbur’s chest and kicking hard.

 

Hard enough to send him skidding across the roof, coughing and gasping for breath -he thinks he has a broken rib or two. A foot presses down on his lungs, preventing him from inhaling the oxygen he needs so damn badly and he snarls at the half-covered face of the villain.

 

There is a strange smell that comes with the avian and the only way Wil could describe it would be: the void. The wings that ruffle and flap give off a nice, satisfying shine of faint purple and he guesses that it is the feather dust that makes him smell like that.

 

“The little bird has left the nest?”, The Watcher asks, a taloned hand grasping Wilbur’s chin sternly enough that he isn’t able to look away. The voice changer would be funny, with the ups and downs of the tone and the accented speech, if Wil wasn’t in such a vulnerable position.

 

He doubts that he will be killed, because the rest of his family were spared from such fate and Wil was saved by this man. But the thought still lingers because he’s seen what this villain can do and he’s heard of what he’s already done; he knows very well what happened to George and he knows what happened to Punz. This guy isn’t someone to be toyed with, yet Wilbur decided to do just that, and on top of that, he is unaccompanied. Alone.

 

The vigilantes simply watch from where they are; the one sitting and the other standing. Out of mild curiosity, perhaps, despite how dangerous this situation might turn out to be.

 

“Let go of me, bastard!”, Wilbur says, using his ability even though he knows it will have no effect. The Watcher ignores him, his eyes narrowing as his head tilts to the side, all bird-like. The bastard, then, reaches for his mask, and Wilbur flinches and tries to wiggle out of reach or out of his grasp entirely but he is held in place, transfixed by the violet gaze like he’s staring into an enderborn’s piercing eyes.

 

His whole body tenses and he goes limp as that darn gaze petrifies him completely and his mask is lifted enough for his lips to show- it stops there. The hand retracts and Wilbur can move again; not much in the iron grip on his chin but he can. The question is why. Why did he not unmask him fully? Why not let the humiliation end swiftly? Why drag it out? But the reason must be irrelevant because the man adjusts his position so he’s sitting on his haunches to not be in his face.

 

“Say that again, little bird”, and the violet eyes narrow. Shit, seems like he’s hit a nerve but Wil has always been stubborn and he won’t stop being stubborn now by apologizing. Wil clicks his tongue. The situation is so docile now that he thinks he can push forth with his own plan.

 

“I want answers”

 

There is a small pause before the expression on The Watcher’s face changes. His eyes crinkle and there is a shake of the head, dirty blond tufts of hair swaying with the movement. Wil narrows his own eyes, out of annoyance of the delayed response and the fact that the eyeholes of his mask are blocking his vision now.

 

“Answers to what?’

 

“You know”, Wil all but spits in the man’s face. “Don’t play dumb. Why did you save me? You want a favor?”

 

The Watcher laughs. It’s not the mocking sort of laughter -it feels more surprised, like Wilbur caught him off-guard.

 

“I saved you? No, The Blade did, didn’t he?”, so he watched the morning show. Great. “I just fought off Slimecicle and restored the destroyed buildings. That’s all they need to know, correct? So, you and The Blade don’t owe me anything” -but everyone else does, that’s what he means. Everyone owes him not because he fought off the giant of Las Nevadas but because he saved everyone else’s butts.

 

But the hero society is stubborn enough to not accept that reality and to challenge this supervillain until they do -unless someone manages to prove their ignorance.

 

With that said, he lets go of Wil and stands, grabbing the hero by the arm and helping him to his feet. The vigilantes are nowhere in sight; presumably, the siren effect worn off at some point and the two scampered like the little annoying cockroaches that they are. He adjusts his mask quickly so his face is covered again and pulls his hand out of the villain’s grasp.

 

“But we both know what really happened”, Wil says. Just because the press doesn’t know the truth doesn’t mean that it never happened. They both know what happened; them and his brother and two fucking vigilantes who could go spilling the tea anytime they wanted; well, Wil guesses that no one would believe them if they did do that. “What do you want?”

 

The villain does not respond. He doesn’t move, he doesn’t speak; he only watches and the way those darn violet eyes flicker like a faulty light bulb is unnerving Wil to no end.

 

“State your price, damn it”, he pushes, gritting his teeth as seconds pass with no voiced answer. He does a vague motion with his hand and that’s when the flickering of the violet stops and The Watcher’s head snaps at him, making Wilbur tense.

 

“We’ll meet again, little bird-”

 

“Stop calling me that”

“ -The crow is on his way, tell him and your brother I said hello”, is all the villain tells him and lets himself fall off the edge of the roof. It only takes three strong flaps for the man to disappear into the night, leaving Wilbur stunned where he is standing.

 

He knows. Fuck, he knows! The Watcher knows about his family, he knows that The Blade is his fucking brother, fuck. And that means that he probably knows that Phil is their father; what with him calling Wil a “little bird” -the bastard, Wilbur isn’t little anymore!- and stating his knowledge so openly.

 

The next person who arrives on the rooftop is The Crowfather. His father engulfs him in a big ass hug and starts throwing questions, having seen The Watcher leaving the scene, but Wilbur was silent.

 

How in Hell am I supposed to tell them this?

Notes:

As you can probably guess, I have made XD quite the foodie in this but that can be explained by the fact that he had never tried human food before so after he got one bite of it, it all just went downhill from there.

If you have any questions about the plot or characters, you can state them in the comments and I will answer them as long as it doesn't reveal much about the next chapters!

Have a good one, everyone! *gives cookie and milkshake*

Chapter 10: If she sleeps in the nights or if she's waiting for me

Summary:

Benchtrio go boom boom with Jumbo and Pearlescent Moon and a special someone and oh, who is that in the sky? Is it a bird? Is it a plane? No, it's a new character! Woo!

Notes:

Sorry for the wait! Summer has been crazy and I've been hit by writer's block more than once but I am back and writing and planning- ENJOY!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It’s been about a week since that doctor's appointment. It’s been about a week since they learnt that Tubbo is half Shulk and half Bee and it has also been a week since Stress has been even more stressed than normal. Tommy can't really fault the woman since the three of them have been stressed out themselves. Tubbo, now, is pretty much the housewife in their trio.

 

With one man down, they have fallen behind on work and vigilante duties. Tommy can only wash so many cars until the sun makes his brain melt on the seaside road. He can only carry the mop and the water-filled bin through so many streets before his arms begin to ache without the extra pair of hands. Without the extra pair of eyes, he can barely escape those of the passing heroes and random police cars. If he is ever caught, it is not as fun escaping through the fire escapes on his own.

 

Tommy misses having Tubbo by his side while he is waiting for the light to turn red. He misses running away from angry drivers together and he also misses dunking said angry drivers with the dirty mop water alongside his bestie.

 

It's fine, though. He can pull through. I mean, out of the three of them, Tommy is certainly the luckiest. Okay, maybe Ranboo is as well, because he is out of the attic during most mornings, while poor Tubbo is left at the house, at Stress' mercy. It's not like he's been grounded or anything but it was a unanimous decision for Tubbo to stay behind until the scrapes went away. Until the evidence to his Shulk heritage was hidden.

 

Tommy doesn't really like that decision anymore. Especially not after he and Ranboo were almost caught by Ghostbur a week ago on that rooftop. Tubbo always senses trouble before any of them do no matter how sleepy he is and it is extremely helpful when they're being snuck up on. It's like a moth attracted to a flame, just like the little incident with The Watcher and The Blade not so long ago.

 

Speaking of which, they've figured The Watcher out. They know his intent now, thanks to their almost-capture by Ghostbur -God, Tommy really hates that guy's abilities now. Not only did the hero sneak up on them with his ghost thing but he also took away their free will! That's just plain fuckin’ rude and uncalled for! They hadn't even found any villains to beat up yet! (which is what Tommy complained about the most when they scampered). They had to return home early and do you know how hard it is to sneak past Fundy with his enhanced sense of smell? And then bribe him into not tattling to either Pearl, Gem or Stress?

 

Yeah, it's hard.

 

They also have these two noobs in the building who live right across from Stress’ apartment. Tommy doesn’t like this Wilbur fellow all that much but Technoblade seems cool and poggers enough to perhaps approach. Those two would probably not even bat an eye; they haven’t learnt the rules yet.

 

But, back to the point! They now know what The Watcher, well, watches . It should've been obvious from the start, honestly, but the three of them thought that it could not be possible! And it shouldn't be possible because this just makes their professional relationship with the man and his associates so much weirder. They should've suspected this since the start, though, since the time he dropkicked Crowfather out of freaking nowhere -because he was fighting the Dream Team and he had no business attacking the avian hero.

 

The Watcher looks out for them -for some unexplained and stupid reason. What? All the clues lead to that! The man is a softy and you can not change Tommy's opinion. All evidence points to this! The first incident, then the one with The Blade where the villain basically sacrificed his own wings to save RaccoonInnit and then treating Tommy to McDonald's, the fact that he fought off a whole giant and put his well being at risk under that damn rock and finally saving both Tommy and Ranboo from Ghostbur a week ago. Oh, and let’s not forget that almost every night since Tubbo withdrew himself from work duties, The Watcher has been creeping ever so closer to them -keeping his distance, always but at this point it is like he’s breathing down their necks.

 

And yes, Tommy and Ranboo are planning on fully exploiting this weakness. If they gain the man’s complete and utter trust, they could catch him off-guard and claim his bounty, finally carve their names in history books or even learn what his abilities are! They already know that his eyes are part of it but now it’s his voice too -or words, Tommy can hardly give a fuck about the specifics.

 

“Hurry up, guys!”, Tubbo hisses at them as Ranboo fiddles with the zipper of his costume and Tommy fails miserably to tie his bandanas right. Bee wings buzz in slight irritation.

 

“Can you tie these for me, Tubs?”, Tommy asks with a small whine. With a very annoyed sigh, Tubbo does just that.

 

Tommy understands that being cooped up inside the attic has driven Tubbo bananas. It shows in the way he throws stuff around, in the way that he doesn’t care about how dirty their little room is, in the way that he snaps every so often at everyone -including his friends. It’s not the best atmosphere but at least Tommy and Ranboo get to be out of the attic before Tubbo creates chaos in the form of spilled cereal boxes, clothes thrown everywhere and spilled water.

 

It’s fine, his scabs on his knees and back are healing well and he'll be good as new in a day or so. Doc said so when Stress took Tubbo for a check up three days ago. Doc also told them this when Stress went to the bathroom: "I know you three do vigilante work. Listen, it is a dangerous world out there and if you get something more than a scratch, come to me; free of charge, of course!"

 

It was the weirdest conversation they’ve ever had with a stranger but you know what? They’ll take it if the occasion calls for a pediatrician. Maybe they’ll need some vaccine to kill a villain, who knows?

 

“Alright, off you go! And don’t return until 3!”, Tubbo tells them, like he has the intent of doing something behind their backs until 3AM.

 

“Okay, okay, sheesh!”, Ranboo responds, stumbling as he exits after Tommy.

 

“Have fun, bigman!”, Tommy calls out before the attic door swings closed behind them. Rude.

 

They successfully make it to the ground floor and past the surveillance of Fundy. The fox isn’t even at his post and Tommy thinks he can hear him nearby; he’s probably hanging out with Jimmy at the video club or something. It’s fine, he won’t notice them when he has Jimmy to pester.

 

So, the rooftops are quiet tonight -that’s one thing Tommy notes. They’ve been idly walking and parkouring about on the highest roofs they can find, (accidentally) sabotaging TV antennas and (not accidentally) pulling out cables as they go. It’s pretty boring. The streets are quiet too, there isn’t even a grandma to help cross the street. There is only one thing that is very much out of place; something they’ve grown accustomed to is missing.

 

They look at the tallest building there is in the area and see no Watcher perched on the ledge. It’s weird; has something happened?

 

“Maybe he’s busy?”, Ranboo is unsure himself but Tommy can do nothing but share the excuse. It’s a shitty excuse but it’s fine. They’ve been doing just fine by themselves, even without The Watcher to swoop low and take down whatever hero is chasing them.

 

“Who is busy?”

 

“The Watch- Oi!”, Tommy shouts when he turns around, having realized that it’s not Ranboo who asked that question. The kitsune mask is the first thing he sees and then the incredibly tall black figure with bright red eyes and tall ass horns and a swishing tail-

 

“Holy shit!”, he exclaims, stumbling back when the creature opens its mouth into a fucking grin- is that a demon? It probably is because Pearlescent Moon is laughing her heart out at his and Ranboo’s reaction; the taller boy having hunched in on himself and looking a moment away from falling over.

 

“Please don’t murder us!”, Ranboo exclaims. Tommy pats him roughly on the back, making the enderborn straighten and hold in his breath. This time, the demon laughs, rolls its head back like this is the funniest thing ever. The villain chuckles -or so Tommy thinks because the demon’s laugh is an echoing roar that will definitely not receive some noise complaints.

 

“Calm down, calm down!”, Pearlescent tells them but Tommy really wants to scream. So, he does. It does not deter either of the two and Ranboo almost clings onto him despite him being the most intimidating in their little trio.

 

“No, I’d rather not!”, Tommy shouts without really thinking about it. The demon’s laughter halts, only the grin remaining on its face. Is the demon even an ‘it’? They don’t teach these things in school- wait, they don’t go to school. They’ll have to ask Cleo.

 

“I’m just here to fulfill my promise to Tubbee”, she says and she takes a step towards them, arms folded under her chest.

 

“What promise?”, Tommy doesn’t remember any sort of promise that Tubbo made with a villain. Ranboo certainly doesn’t remember because his memory is shit. Then again, Tubbo can be very cunning and inventive in ways no normal human, so maybe he figured out how to blackmail villains without dying.

 

She completely ignores them in favor of looking around the rooftop.

 

"Where is your friend?"

 

Tommy does not know why Ranboo has not teleported them out of here yet. Pearlescent Moon seems docile enough for now but he doubts the demon behind her intention to remain that way.

 

"And why should we tell you?", he snaps. It's not the wisest choice.

 

"Because I asked"

 

"Haha, real smart, smartass!"

 

Then, like they’ve just insulted a god, the demon beside Pearlescent frowns. The frown is accompanied by a soft growl, just short of threatening but it scares the living daylights out of them both anyway. Still, there is no harm coming their way, so Tommy guesses there is a bit more patience to chew through before they’re pounced on.

 

I can make them talk ”, it’s a voice alien to the ears of mortals. It is a voice not thwarted by the use of a voice changer or any other technology; it is natural and terrifying and it rumbles through the air, through their bones until they ache -faintly but they do. The tone of it leaves no room to argue, stern and sure and so intimidating that Tommy’s tail tucked between his legs involuntarily.

 

Pearlescent simply waves him off and that is vastly different to the way she treated BBH when he’d started to talk; when he’d started to regain consciousness and escape the holds of the woman’s hypnosis. It is like they know each other on a more personal level and the way the demon backs off with only a scowl -that growl lowering to a burr- on its face. It stands beside her almost, maybe a step behind but they can’t tell from this distance and the creature is so tall that it is still intimidating; a warning still. It leaves both of them confused but the fear is slowly going away and Tommy could not be more thankful.

 

“Don’t worry, Xornoth, they’ll talk”, Pearlescent tells the demon, Xornoth -that suits it… him?- before she addresses the two of them again. “That is if they want to get their hands on some of Jumbo’s bombs”

 

Oh- oh wait- Now Tommy remembers! Tubbo told him in the McDonald’s (when they were with Pearlescent Moon and The Watcher) that the villain had promised the bee chaos and explosions. That’s the promise she wants to fulfill then. Okay. They can maybe drag Tubbo out of the attic for an hour or two if that’s the case.

 

Tommy slaps Ranboo in the chest, successfully grabbing his friend’s attention -who yelps in turn- and they whisper a few words.

 

“What if it’s a trap?” , Ranboo hisses at him.

 

“You TP us out of there, dumbass” , Tommy hisses in return.

 

“If we get in trouble, I’m blaming you”

 

“And I’ll blame you both, who will Stress believe?”

 

“I’m her favorite, Tommy”

 

“Fuck you”

 

They raise their heads, Tommy tutting in annoyance as they do. The duo has been waiting patiently as it appears, only Xornoth has slouched slightly, seeming bored.

 

“Okay, yeah, um”, Ranboo begins in an awkward way before Tommy nudges him in the side. “Oof- We’ll go get him, then”

 

“No dirty tricks!”, Tommy warns, catching onto Ranboo’s arms before they disappear from existence- momentarily, of course.

 

Tubbo shrieks when they zip into the attic. Bee wings flare and buzz but Tommy is quick to clap a hand over Tubbo’s mouth before any of the tenants could be alerted. It wouldn’t do any of them any good if Stress or the other two weirdos were the ones to rush to their ‘aid’ first.

 

“What in hell are you two doing back so early?!”, Tubbo whisper-yells. He pushes Tommy away, pushing him right into Ranboo. He is working on some sort of metallic thing, some weird redstone contraption like those they’ve seen in Mumbo’s room -on the high shelves because the man thinks they’re too short to reach up there even with Ranboo’s height, Tubbo’s hovering and Tommy’s God-tier climbing skills.

 

“Pearlescent visited us on the roofs”, Ranboo explains. Tommy picks up a stray, red cord, only to have it slapped out of his hands.

 

“Ow”

 

“And she has bombs-”, before he can finish, Tubbo’s eyes widen with this playful and excited glimmer that Tommy and Ranboo have learnt to be afraid of.

 

“SHE HAS BOMBS?!”

 

Ranboo teleports them out of the attic before any of the adults wakes up.

 

*

 

“WHERE ARE THE BOMBS?!”, is the first thing that Tubbo screeches when they reappear on the rooftop, his civilian identity hidden only by some of Tommy’s extra bandanas and the engineer goggles that False had gifted him in one of her visits. It’s a hasty disguise but it fits their hasty exit.

 

“Woah, calm down there!”, Pearlescent Moon exclaims, sounding amused even with the voice changer. The demon is still beside her, now crouched over and looking half-way to falling asleep. “It’s nice to see you lot again”

 

“Yeah, it’s very nice to see such a beautiful lady such as your- ow! Ra- Endwalker!”, Tommy scolds as Ranboo laughs his butt off. The bastard elbowed him in the side! It's fine, though. Tommy will pay him back threefold when they get home. 

 

"It's nice to see you too! Is Jumbo with you?", Tubbo asks, his smile and excitement sounding in his voice and Tommy rolls his eyes. In truth, he is hiding a smile of his own.

 

" The bee is too loud ", growls Xornoth, who yawns and stretches his long limbs. Tubbo jumps, having been so focused on the villain to notice her company. The demon looks Tubbo up and down and then he grins from ear to ear -literally. Frankly, it is disturbing. " Half-bee "

 

Tommy gulps. He knows . Xornoth knows, somehow, that Tubbo is half a Shulk. Maybe it's the fact that he's a demon, maybe demons know everything like God or something. Tommy catches Ranboo stiffening beside him, having picked up on the little fact too. They are so screwed if the demon tattles. Or maybe he doesn’t know and Tommy is panicking for nothing!

 

"Is that a demon?!", Tubbo, ever so oblivious and negligent, exclaims. "But… isn't it bad that he's talking?"

 

Pearlescent Moon nods her head as Xornoth steps up beside her. He is much calmer now but that bright red grin plastered on the black and purple surface of his face does not make them any less nervous.

 

“Xornoth is a friend”, she tells them, leaving them all dumbfounded.

 

If any scoundrels appear, I’ll take care of them ”, Xornoth states. However, Tommy thinks the demon should look up the word “scoundrel” in a dictionary because it clearly does not mean what he thinks it means. Either that or he dislikes heroes enough to think of them as the bad guys… he could just hate good guys in general, now that he thinks about it; he’s a demon, isn’t he?

 

“Jumbo is waiting for us at an abandoned warehouse outside of town”, Pearlescent continues casually, “You’ll be able to play with his toys there”

 

Tubbo nods enthusiastically, already hovering off the floor to fly wherever that warehouse is. “Right! Where is it?”

 

The villain snorts at his reaction and puts a hand on her hip.

 

“I’ll drive you”

 

*

 

This must be the craziest thing they’ve done in their lives. Tommy does not know why they agreed to this so easily and with so little thinking; they didn’t even try to negotiate a better way to do this! In what universe do three vigilantes just trust a villain so much on their second meeting that they pile in a black van, of all things , without question? This one apparently, as shown by Tommy, Tubbo and Ranboo’s poor decision making!

 

We’re going to be sold for organs , Tommy thinks, Goodbye, cruel world! -like he didn’t let himself be dragged into this predicament. They literally clambered into the backseats of the van the moment the lot of them were on the pavement, following Pearlescent Moon and Xornoth to the unassuming, totally not fear-inducing vehicle without so much as a question. They were all too excited to see the red flags; too ecstatic and giddy to be given explosives and be allowed to explode things under villain supervision. Which, thinking of it, is this villain training?

 

Oh well, they can’t back out now. Not with Xornoth curled awkwardly in a seat, back hunched so much thanks to his height, representing one of those scary bouncers outside of nightclubs. He has his knees up to his chests, hands on his knees and chin ontop. The demon reminds Tommy of Ranboo when the boy has to duck under short doorways or bend to a 45 degree angle to hug someone. At the same time, the guy is intimidating. Even docile, he still has that huge and bright red grin on his face that stretches from one ear to the other -and whether he has ears is a question in and of itself- and it matches his eyes (at this point, Tommy is questioning if the demon’s innards are that flat, red color).

 

“Soooo”, Tommy starts, addressing Xornoth with a nod. He notices Pearlescent eye the rear view mirror for a second but she doesn’t say anything. “Are the two of you… y’know”

 

The demon raises an eyebrow while Pearlescent almost chokes on thin air before howling with laughter. The question must’ve taken her by surprise and that is shown in the way that she half-slams on the breaks and they all screech at the sudden stop and start.

 

We are allies, mortal raccoon

 

“We’re friends, Xornoth”, Pearlescent says in an amused tone. “Anyway, how are you, guys? Have any heroes caused you trouble?”

 

Tubbo leans forward in his seat, hands grasping the plush material of the driver’s one.

 

“Nah, The Watcher has been taking care of them before they can lay a finger on us”, he tells her.

 

“Ah, you noticed?”, she giggles. “Took you long enough”

 

Ranboo shifts in his seat, tugs at the seatbelt to make himself more comfortable.

 

“Is he going to be there?”

 

“No, he has business to take care of in Las Nevadas”

 

Birds protect their nests ”, Xornoth chuckles, though not without Pearlescent throwing a warning look at him through the rear view mirror. The three of them look at him, confused and lost. “ They already know ”, the demon shrugs, the grin still on his face but at this point, Tommy figures that it may as well be permanent.

 

“Anyway, we’re almost there”, the villain sighs. The van turns right and Tommy now notices that the houses are few and far away from each other, allowing for stretches of farmland to roll in the unoccupied fields. He’s never been here before and he can’t hide that he is very curious.

 

So curious, in fact, that he squishes his face against the window in an attempt to see the hay and wheat better. A bump in the road quickly makes him regret that action, however, and he turns away with a pained grunt and a hand rubbing his face. Fuckin’ bumpy roads, man. Can’t the government invest in good roads rather than funding a hero HQ? Seriously, those guys have everything they’ll ever need and at this point, they’ve made enough money to buy a small country!

 

“Wait, I know this road”, Ranboo says right before he enacts Tommy’s mistake. Xornoth hums his interest, Pearlescent Moon glances at them again but apparently, this is supposed to be classified information because he grabs Tubbo and Tommy and drags them into a huddle.

 

“How do you even know this road? We’ve never been outside of the city”, Tubbo asks in an accusing tone.

 

“Back when I went with Impulse to work, we took this exact road to get to the main warehouse before going to the factory”, he whispers to them.

 

Speak louder ” -they ignore him.

 

“Wait, you mean…”, Tommy is quick to connect the dots. They’re going to be sabotaging Impulse’s work. Holy Hell, this is actual villain training. They have to turn this car around, somehow, because Tommy does not know how he’ll be able to look the man in the eyes after this- but at the same time, it’ll be so much fun and Tubbo looks more excited than he’s seen his BFF be the last week. He can’t fuckin’ ruin it for him.

 

“I’m afraid so, yeah”, Ranboo sighs and leans slightly back.

 

“Well, he has money to rebuild everything”, Tubbo says with his usual carelessness as he also leans back and crosses a leg over the other.

 

Well… worse comes to worst, Tommy will blame everything on Tubbo.

 

“Are you talking about the warehouse owner, kids?”, Pearlescent asks when Tommy shifts back into his seat. “Eh, don’t worry about it. We’ll be the front of the whole thing so you can go be chaotic”

 

Nevermind, Tommy won’t have to blame Tubbo for anything. Unless Grian sniffs the soot and gunpowder on them after they get home, that is.

 

After another turn, the warehouse slowly comes into view. It is tall and painted in dark colors that make it hard to distinguish from the surrounding environment. Only the moonlight that hits it from behind makes it obvious on a hidden side street. It sounds like they’re driving on pebbles, so it’s a dirt road that leads up to the giant building of metal and wood and whatever else a warehouse is made out of. There are no lights, so at least there will be no live casualties in their destructive endeavor but there will be plenty of noise once they get some explosives in their hands.

 

Tommy wonders how long it would take a handful of heroes to get here. It’s been about half an hour, maybe 45 minutes give or take. It’ll be a quick trip for them but it will also be hard for them to appear out of nowhere, especially with a demon and Pearlescent Moon, and Jumbo looking out for them.

 

“Aaaand, we’re here! Come on, out!”

 

With that, all of them get out of the van, which the villain ditches in a nearby patch of reeds quickly. Must’ve been a stolen van, then. Tommy looks at the road they’re walking on and true to his suspicions, it is a dirt road. Red dirt and pebbles and a bunch of grass in a single line ripping through the side street; it appears that there’s plenty of traffic here.

 

“Finally! You’re here!”, an incredibly masculine and accented voice says. A man in a… is that a fucking Superman suit? Tommy freezes and ogles the guy; this is the most ridiculous villain costume he’s ever seen -and he’s seen a lot. It’s the first time he sees Jumbo -and he only figures out who it is because Pearlescent informed them he’d be here beforehand.

 

“What the fuck are you wearing?”, is the first thing that leaves Tommy’s mouth, despite the fact that there’s some pretty dangerous individuals around him. Tubbo huffs a laugh behind him while Pearlescent high fives her villain friend. Xornoth’s dark chuckle sounds amused. Ranboo just cowers behind them, one hand on each of them in case they need to skedaddle.

 

Jumbo freezes as well. He sounds surprised when he speaks.

 

“That’s rude” -it’s not what Tommy expected his answer to be but he’ll take that over being blown up; this guy is infamous for blowing factories to the fucking skies but clearly, he has a moral compass to not attack innocent vigilantes!

 

“Enough chit-chatting”, Tubbo pipes in, bee wings buzzing whilst he readjusts the oversized bandana on his face. “Where are the bombs?”

 

“I haven’t even introduced myself- At least ask how I’m doing!”

 

“Hello, how are you? Bombs!” and the bee extends his hands with jittery enthusiasm, caring not for the villain’s wellbeing. Ranboo laughs at Jumbo’s shocked appearance -Tommy only now notices the potato skin domino mask he’s wearing. He also has a mustache, which weirdly suits him.

 

Guess you have to go the extra mile to really support your idol and ideals.

 

The bee wants to destroy ”, Xornoth grins, then again, he never stopped grinning. “ Let him destroy

 

“Yeah, yeah, sheesh. No one cares about the people nowadays, just the explosions”, Jumbo complains but complies nonetheless. He digs through a sack hanging off his shoulder and takes something out before promptly depositing it in Tubbo’s eager hands. Tommy and Ranboo lean over his friend’s shoulders to find three unassuming… potatoes?

 

“What?”

 

“They are Potats. Potato bombs. These ones will explode upon impact”, is the explanation they get.

 

“How do you even make potatoes into bombs?”, Ranboo asks as he picks one up to examine.

 

“You just do”, is their only answer.

 

“Who cares?! Let’s go explode shit!”

 

Oh man, Impulse will be so angry but Tommy finds himself caring very little as they charge towards the warehouse. It’s going to be a fun night.

 

*

 

They burn through the Potats incredibly quickly. Tubbp, especially, as the bee immediately hovers above the metal beams of the building and begins throwing the bombs everywhere. The Potats explode the moment they make contact with any surface; he tries it on metal, on hard concrete, on the plastic covering of machinery, on the wood of the ingredient crates in the storage area- everywhere! They all do that, actually. Even Ranboo has become slightly unhinged, though he is still respectful of the more expensive parts of the warehouse.

 

Tommy goes ham on the outside instead. He has half the mind to be a menace to society and half the mind to be cautious. He thinks himself as the smartest of the three at the moment, because Tubbo has been blowing the support pillars of the warehouse and at this rate, it’s going to collapse with his friends inside of it. That’s fine, though, because there are three villains who are watching over them like parents watching over their children at the beach, so they are safe. Even without The Watcher, they can do as they please with zero repercussions.

 

Well, they’ll be facing consequences for sure afterwards but right now, this is their moment! And they’re going seize it and hold it and-

 

And there’s someone in the sky. Tommy only spared one glance through all this chaos and of course he spies danger right off the bat! But who is it? The Watcher isn’t supposed to be here and the guy has wings but they don't look feathered. There are no sharp edges that would betray the shape of feathers, so… membrane? Is there a bat hero that they haven't seen before?

 

"Hey, there's someone up there!", he shouts at the villains over the sounds of explosions and metal breaking and falling.

 

Pearlescent turns to face him but doesn't say anything. She mustn't have heard him. Tommy doesn't make an effort to shout again as another beam clanks against the ground and the whole front of the warehouse begins to collapse. Instead, he waves a hand towards the flying figure in the sky with the giant wings of membrane.

 

The reaction is instantaneous as Jumbo notices the guy as well and Xornoth perks up from where he was hunched over on a tall rock. What a lookout. But the demon does nothing; he simply resumes doing what he was doing without really paying attention to the new arrival. Neither of the villains do anything, actually, other than to begin shouting "Here!" at the top of their lungs

 

An ally, then? Another villain?

 

Tommy jumps off the warehouse roof and jogs over to Jumbo's side. His friends have yet to notice the new arrival but that’s only natural, seeing as they’re too busy destroying shit.

 

“Who is that?”, he shouts at the top of his lungs this time. Yet another explosion sounds but he was quick enough that the villains heard him.

 

“That”, Pearlescent says in a pitch that makes her out to grin, “is The Listener”

 

The Listener? Tommy tests the name on his tongue and grimaces at the familiarity of it. He’s never heard of this guy, nor has he heard any descriptions of him in their trio’s vigilante missions. It sounds suspiciously like The Watcher but that is a title and not a villain name. And as the newcomer makes an awkward landing, webbed wings flapping wildly to stabilize his body, Tommy notes that his attire is almost identical to that of The Watcher’s. While the latter’s clothes are a dark, royal purple that is barely distinguishable in the dark sky, The Listener’s -man it feels weird using that name- cloak and scarf are a very dark gray with pixels of black at the hem. His wings are incredibly dark but Tommy can’t discern the color of them, almost like his great night vision is failing him.

 

Tommy approaches carefully and he sees Xornoth stand up to follow, and he only stops walking when there is a clawed hand on his shoulder and a light growl emitting from behind him. Naturally, he freezes, while the other three seem to not have heard. He can see the guy clearer now, with his wings folded the dude doesn’t look as intimidating as The Watcher does but then again, this newbie doesn’t have a reputation to back him up.

 

Whatever, Tommy is not fascinated nor has he been wooed.

 

“Hey, guys!”, and his voice isn’t loud nor is it of normal volume. If anything, it is high-pitched but quiet, making it hard for Tommy to hear him from this far away but his raccoon ears are the best at picking up on quiet sounds. No gossip gets away from him! “I heard some commotion so I came to check”

 

“Is he, like, The Watcher’s apprentice or some shit?”, Tommy asks right after he escapes Xornoth’s stern hold. No demon is going to hold him down. The Listener’s ears flick and Tommy raises an eyebrow when he actually pays attention to the quite long, thin and sharp and wide appendages -they look like bat ears. Then, his head turns to his general direction and Tommy is, quite frankly, taken aback by the milky white he meets -or, he doesn’t meet them, because the guy is looking straight at his head rather than the eyes.

 

Is he blind? Tommy waves a hand around silently; the man’s eyes don’t follow. The Listener is blind. Well, at least his name isn’t an oxymoron but isn’t this a huge weakness for a villain who looks like The Watcher from a distance? Regardless, he keeps his mouth shut about it.

 

“I’m The Listener. You’re RaccoonInnit, right?”

 

“Best vigilante and crime stopper ever-”

 

“You aren’t stopping any crime right now, though-”

 

“Who fuckin’ asked you?”

 

Both Pearlescent Moon and Jumbo burst out laughing, whilst Xornoth silently leaves when another part of the warehouse collapses. He’s probably going to check that Tubbo and Ranboo haven’t managed to kill themselves or that they aren’t trapped under some heavy, metal beam yet. That’s smart.

 

Opposite him, The Listener’s eyebrows scrunch together in an amused way. Tommy has no doubt that the guy is smiling under that gray ass scarf. Yes, gray. It’s so monotone and bland that it mixes with the cloak in a very not exciting way. The guy doesn’t have a fashion sense but then again, he can’t really see to pick out his clothes, right? He probably had someone else help him with the outfit and when he finds out who it is, Tommy is going to beat some fashion knowledge in their heads; at least the few things he’s learnt from the ladies of the block of flats.

 

“It is an evident observation”, the guy says with a shrug. One ear twitches at the sound of Tubbo and Ranboo’s whining. Turning to see what the raucous is all about, Tommy finds Xornoth carrying them like fucking potato bags and he bends over laughing.

 

“What the fuck?”, he manages between giggles and Tubbo repeats the question but in a more panicked and irritated manner.

 

“Put us down!”, Ranboo protests and it is a very satisfying thing to see the tall endborn be hauled around like that by a much taller demon.

 

“Fucking asshole!”

 

They were trapped behind a collapsed wall ”, he informs the rest of them. But couldn’t Ranboo just teleport Tubbo and himself out? What were they doing behind a collapsed wall?

 

“We were doing just fine!”

 

The demon chuckles right as the words leave Ranboo’s mouth and he lets them roll off his shoulders and unceremoniously land on their backs. The groans and yelps of pain are greatly satisfying.

 

“Endwalker, couldn’t you TP the two of you out of there?”, Tommy asks whilst he helps his friends up.

 

“I couldn’t teleport outside for some reason”, is what he responds with.

 

“Well, the warehouse is made out of some material with power nullifying properties”, Jumbo explains matter-of-factly. He tries to speak again but Tommy stops him with a death glare.

 

“You used us to do your dirty work?!”

 

He can not believe it! They used the three’s excitement for their own fucking benefit! They were used like tools and that analogy leaves a sour taste in Tommy’s mouth. Tubbo looks just as upset, if not more, and their rage is joined by Ranboo's, weirdly enough.

 

“I feel very betrayed right now”

 

“Hey, it’s a win-win, isn’t it?”, Pearlescent responds calmly, like they hadn’t just turned three vigilantes into their own pawns. “You got to have your fun and we managed to achieve our own goal- and it’s not like we left you unprotected! We stood by in case anything went wrong!”

 

“You two are the worst”, The Listener says and it’s the first time Tubbo and Ranboo notice him in this little argument. “You had three kids do all the work for you? You lazy, mad people!”

 

“They didn’t get hurt-”

 

“But they could’ve! And what would you have told him in that scenario? And the…”, the rest is unintelligible, his voice fading to something lower than a whisper but Tommy catches something about stress without the context of the full sentence.

 

And while Tommy thinks that they are big enough to handle themselves and not do stupid shit, he is glad that The Listener has their backs.

 

“Who even are you?”, but apparently Tubbo has grown too attached to the other two to respect the addition and Tommy really wants to strangle him.

 

“I am The Listener, a friend of The Watcher's and disappointingly enough, of these two as well”, his tone is reprimanding but Pearlescent doesn’t take the man seriously, laughing at his words.

 

“The Watcher has strange friends”, Ranboo notes.

 

“Whatever, what even was your goal?”

 

The villains stop arguing for a moment to look at Tommy, who backs up and almost bumps into Xornoth. The demon looms over him in a non-threatening but not comforting way. Pearlescent exchanges a look with Jumbo and The Listener before speaking.

 

“Helping out a friend to redeem their reputation in the underground”, she explains and nods towards the absolutely decimated warehouse. “They are a mole and our enemies suspect them, so we have to sabotage them to get them off their backs”

 

“You mean the mole is the owner of iDimpy?”, Ranboo asks, trying to keep the surprise to a minimum but failing like the other two.

 

But before Pearlescent can confirm or deny his claim, there is a deep, loud growl that comes from above Tommy; from Xornoth. It is the most terrifying thing his raccoon ears have had the displeasure of hearing but thankfully, whatever anger and frustration he’s verbalizing isn’t aimed at Tommy or Ranboo or Tubbo. Instead, he is looking towards the main road and Tommy now gets why he is growling. There’s lights coming from the road, all belonging to what look to be black, unassuming tracks and SWAT vehicles.

 

Vermin

 

“Heroes”, Pearlescent translates, sounding quite amused. “I hope Bad is with them”

 

“You mean that’s the Dream Team coming to get us?”, Tommy questions.

 

“Yes but you don’t need to be here. They just need to see us four”

 

“You mean, you three . I’m not about to debut”, The Listener claims.

 

“Nope, you’re debuting. Endborns can’t instantly teleport over thirty kilometers so you’re going to get them out of here”

 

And it’s decided, apparently. There are no protests by either side, no second guesses and Tommy hears Ranboo breathe a sigh of relief beside him, which is a plus. None of them would be able to make it out of here without being seen, even in the cover of darkness. Tubbo’s wings buzz too loud, Tommy can’t run long distances with the short legs of a raccoon and Ranboo’s white side sticks out like a sore thumb.

 

“Okay but I am not staying for their entrance”

 

“How will you even get us out of here?”, Tubbo asks. Tommy can agree that he is not up for being flown by a blind person because of flying safety reasons. He does not want to splat into the side of a building. The Listener cocks his head towards Tubbo’s direction.

 

“I’ll fly you?”, he says, like it’s the most obvious thing in the world -which, yes, it is- and that Tubbo is weird for even asking.

 

“No offense, big man but I don’t want to be crashed into a building”

 

The Listener chuckles and shakes his head like he was expecting that sort of reaction. Perhaps the three of them are not the first to notice his disability, which is very plausible if he has more villain friends or friends in general.

 

"I won't crash you into a building, Tubbee", he shrugs with a smile in his tone.

 

"That's a likely story. How are you going to do that without, well, yknow??", Tubbo does some vague motions but it's not like The Listener can see them. And, The Listener, in turn, appears to grin; his cheeks push up to his eyes and he puts his hands on his hips in a proud manner.

 

"I !"echolocate! That’s how bats go about!”, he says in this higher pitch of voice that promoted his pride in that weird eco-locate shit. Tommy has no idea what that is-

 

“Basically, I can map out an area with sound waves”

 

-but it sounds like something out of a Superhero comic and he’s all for it. This guy is actually poggers!

 

“So… you can see?”

 

Hurry your tongues, peasants

 

“Right, we should hurry- one by one, climb on my back”

 

Just as they are about to decide on who gets to go first, Ranboo pushes Tubbo -gently- to the villain. Tommy does not argue, only falters when Jumbo hands him and Ranboo some Potats and tells them to hide while they fight. The Listener takes a few steps away from them, Tubbo almost choking the man with how tight his arms are wound around his neck, even over the scarf, and Tommy is thankful that the villain can still bend his knees despite the legs squeezing his midriff. And you’d think that someone who could fly would not be scared of being flown.

 

“I’ll go last, since I can TP half way. That way, the trip will be shorter”, is all Ranboo explains and Tommy merely nods. They duck behind some prickly underbrush and hide all but their heads as they peek at the villains and the approaching heroes with wide eyes and nervousness. They haven’t even brought snacks! Are Potats even edible? Will they explode his insides if he tries to eat one? They are some mysterious spuds.

 

They see the wings of a dragon unfurl with jagged movements, clearly lacking the grace and elegance of a feathered avian. Tubbo looks tense but he can’t be more tense than The Listener with how much of a koala grip the bee has on him. The wings flap once for an initial gust of wind, preparation to take off maybe, and the next has them a fair distance off the ground and flapping wildly to keep them airborn.

 

The heroes approach fast, running towards the villains and by the looks of it, it’s just the Dream Team. Dream, 404, Sapnap and weirdly enough, they are accompanied by BBH. Xornoth’s deep, rumbly chuckle at the sight of the other demons reverbarates through the air, making Sapnap take a step back from where the others have stopped, Bad stepping forth like he’s shielding him.

 

I did not think that you’d align yourselves with human scoundrels. You even dragged him into this ”, and something about his words has the heroes tensing and shuffling, but maybe it’s Xornoth’s voice making their own bones ache. Tommy finds that he and Ranboo are lucky enough to be far away enough to not be getting the worst of the effects. Regardless, it is clear to them that this is a distraction because The Listener is struggling with Tubbo suddenly being acrophobic; they haven’t made good distance from the heroes yet.

 

But Dream isn’t distracted, apparent by the way that golden energy weaves against his back, light filling the otherwise dark road. Wings materialize behind him, similar to the ones they’d witnessed in his fight against The Watcher- and they already know what that means for their friend. The green-clad hero does not hesitate to take flight when there is a click , and the villain furls to the side, successfully dodging the oncoming attack -a little clumsily but it’s a dodge nonetheless.

 

There is a mist swiftly surrounding 404, filled with his famous mushroom sleep spores. His demonic teammates remain unaffected due to their nature of being in spite of their proximity. One of Jumbo's Potats is enough to break them up, however, and Pearlescent rushes after the demon duo, Xornoth remaining in the space between the two villains.

 

They are protecting them; keeping them safe and sound. Even the darned demon is doing just that and even if it's an order by Pearlescent Moon, it is greatly appreciated.

 

Tommy hears Tubbo shout and yell quite loudly, and it makes his skin crawl. Before he can comprehend what is happening, he is rushing out of the bushes with Ranboo hot on his heels. 

 

"Oi! Leave him alone, fuckfaces!"

 

Pearlescent seems to have stuff under control on her part, already working her magic on the two demons who are slowly falling for her spell. Like a snake charmer and the cobra, or like a siren in the sea and a pirate ship of men, she sings a beautiful hymn that easily overpowers the sounds of exploding Potats. Sapnap is already stumbling, hands to his ears but BBH is putting up some resistance.

 

Briefly, Tommy wonders if the woman's power has the same properties as a drug; when you need more and more of the stupid thing to feel shit. Drugs are bad. Don't do them kids.

 

“End, think you can throw me at them?”, Tommy asks, eyes glued on the fight in the skies; on the hero and the villain and Tubbo screeching at the top of his lungs. There is a hand on his shoulder, and immediately, he knows the answer and he jumps- his body shrinks, a furry raccoon with a bandana replacing him as Ranboo’s hand grips his collar.

 

He is kneaded into a tight ball of fur and he hisses in displeasure. He feels like an armadillo and the analogy to those peasant creatures is not at all pleasant. Ranboo has always been a better basketball player than Tubbo, as was proven a long ass time ago in the yard of a school (after-hours with some neighborhood gang of kids; of course, their trio won with Ranboo towering over everyone else).

 

Ranboo halts in his steps, raises his arm, aims and throws like his life is depending on it. Tommy can feel the air rushing past him as he zips through; he can feel his body taking on an oval shape due to the incredible force he’s been thrown with. He can barely see through the fur in his face and the constant, speedy rotation that makes him want to vomit does not make things easier.

 

He misses The Listener completely, a mess of clicks assaulting his ears as he passes by and hits the bull’s eye: Dream’s fucking mask, and he clings at the edges of it with his paws. They are so high off the ground that he doesn’t dare lighten his grip- he doubts Ranboo will catch him in the mess of villains and heroes.

 

“What the! A raccoon!”, Dream shouts in distress and Tommy can’t help but cackle like the little menace that he is. He moves a paw on the smooth, porcelain surface of the mask and he grips and scratches . The way the material gives way to his claws is the most satisfying thing he’s ever had the pleasure of hearing.

 

The distraction gives The Listener time to distance himself from the hero but Tubbo is still yelling profanities and it must be disorientating to a guy who can only hear. It is perfectly clear in the way he doesn’t fly away, how the clicks silence to tell Tubbee to quiet down-

 

Tommy wiggles away from the hands that try to snatch him- they catch onto him and catch on his fur and tug. He repays the favor with more scratching and angry chittering. And then, there is a zap on his size, electricity making him flinch and muscles spasm.

 

“Scram, filthy creature! I’ve had enough!”, it’s not Dream’s voice that says it. It’s not a familiar one either and he has no idea where it came from but he can feel his limbs turn to jelly. The hero detaches him from his mask and in an effort to get away, Tommy wiggles and wiggles until he slips out of the grip.

 

And he falls.A zip of lightning and The Listener is falling after him, Tubbo’s wings buzzing in an attempt to soften the fall. Tommy lands in long, gentle hands as Ranboo teleports to the spot he would have fallen but the villain is not so lucky, falling on the top of a nearby hill, Tubbo on top of him. The two of them look towards the other villains, whose movements have grown sluggish thanks to 404; Pearlescent’s control is wavering, Xornoth ramming horns with BBH as she orders Sapnap to go against his teammates. Jumbo is busy throwing spuds, his aim shaky and missing half the time.

 

It’s a fucking mess and Tubbo is uprotected in the open space, against a hero that could put him down in a heartbeat. They can already see Dream weaving a weapon of some kind and that’s their cue to run; run to Tubbo’s side, that is. Ranboo is quick with his teleports, barely getting a break between each one but they arrive on time anyway.

 

The hero has a catch pole on one hand while he holds a sparkling axe in his other, pointing it towards Tubbo, who is standing his ground on top of The Listener. The villain is lying flat on his stomach, blood running down his face from a wound hidden by the hood and fluffy, blond tufts of hair.

 

“What are you three doing here? Training to become villains?”

 

It’s a hit to their ego, to the beliefs they’ve set for themselves. Tommy chitters angrily, hissing at the hero who merely chuckles.

 

“Stay back and no one gets hurt, green fuck”, Tubbo warns. The Listener twitches, beginning to stir, milky white eyes opening just enough to be noticeable. He pushes himself up to his knees.

 

Dream doesn’t reply, only advances on them, silently and intimidatingly, the pole threatening the villain who sways even on his knees. It must’ve been a bad landing. Tommy hops from Ranboo’s hands to Tubbo’s shoulders and he climbs up until he’s hunched.

 

“Tubbee, RaccoonInnit, stand down”, The Listener commands. He reaches behind him, hand grabbing towards Ranboo’s direction. The endborn reaches over and helps him to his feet, or as much to his feet as the villain will allow. “Please, Endwalker, forgive me”

 

And Ranboo screeches at the top of his lungs like he’s being gutted; gutted like a fish. When Tubbo and Tommy look back, they only see a bright light emitting from where The Listener is gripping the other’s wrist, smoke rising like the touch itself is burning the boy like water. The villain grabs the two of them when they rush to pull the two away and suddenly, the world swirls.

 

Tommy feels like the world is disappearing beneath his feet as he falls off the shoulder he’s on, thrown off balance by the nauseating effect that has muddled his brain.

 

The world twists in on itself for only a second and all sound cuts off. Reality shifts itself around them, the very soul of it tearing apart to enclose them in cold and nothingness. One moment, they were standing on solid ground and the next, they were floating in a void.

Notes:

small bit of trivia, this chapter is 18 pages long in the doc

Chapter 11: In a window, I saw a shadow

Summary:

Today's main dish is the aftermath of the epic warehouse battle, accompanied by Watcher and Blackjack interaction and a little SBI changing their tactics regarding our three favorite vigilantes! For dessert, we have lore.

Notes:

Side note- Techno and Wilbur thought that 'our little street kids' in chapter 2 was a joke.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The world around them is… dark. Nothing but a vast sea of black like the one you fall into when you go to sleep. But this lasts more than a few seconds; it almost seems to last an eternity. The void is silent and cold, something between lukewarm and freezing and uncomfortable. It's irritating, somewhat, but Ranboo had long grown used to the void of the End; the Plane of existence that allows him to teleport between places but he's never been here long enough to catch more than a mere glimpse. Normally, he comes and goes within the blink of an eye.

 

He briefly wonders if this is what Tommy and Tubbo see when he teleports them from place to place; if it feels like seconds lengthen to minutes.

 

But he's in the void for longer than he's used to. The chill is making his skin crawl and the hairs on his arms raise, his muscles tense. He feels drained, like he's run a marathon and so, so sleepy; he wants to sleep for a decade and then sleep through his alarm clock -they don't have one but after so many years, they might- and then press the snooze button like he's seen the kids on the TV do.

 

A hand is wrapped around his wrist - and his skin is fucking burning - and it's pulling him back, into a warmer body and he remembers; he becomes greatly aware of the fact that he could get lost in the End if he doesn’t teleport away.

 

There was one such occurrence that he can only vaguely recall, back when he was younger with no one to direct him through the power of teleportation; he had to learn on his own. He had to learn how to harness the End’s magic the difficult way and getting lost in the neverending void was within the dangers of undertaking such a task. He can still recall the feeling of freezing space and the way his hands had turned blue, when he’d almost frozen to death because there was no one to save him from his own nature.

 

The burning of his skin doesn’t matter so much anymore as he tries desperately to cling to the anchor on his arm. He lets himself be pulled closer; closer to The Listener, and something else, more leathery to the touch, wraps around him. It’s weirdly warm but anything is warmer than the atmosphere of the End.

 

There seems to be a light behind him but he feels sluggish, like he's walking in a dream. Even his grip feels like it's testing his limits, muscles straining with an uncomfortable warmth.

 

The light becomes brighter. The End fades away.

 

*

 

When they reappear in the real world, they're all gasping for air. Frantic eyes search their surroundings, minds blurry and pounding with thoughts and panic. None of them has registered what's happened yet, except maybe Ranboo who is more in tune with the End. They End up facing The Listener, who is also looking around, distraught and panicked, exhausted.

 

They are all exhausted, tired. When the sense of safety settles in; when they all see that they're in an alleyway with a powerful protector, Ranboo lets himself go limp in his friends' arms, closing his eyes to take a peaceful, well-deserved nap. Tubbo remembers the smoke that came from the villain's touch on his friend, almost like water evaporating, so he grabs the enderborn's wrist to inspect the damage.

 

"You hurt him", is the first thing he says; he growls when he sees angry blisters on black skin. Tommy looks at him with his eyebrows pushed together.

 

"What? Let me see!", he sounds disbelieving and Tubbo can't blame him because he is in a similar state himself. "What the…"

 

Up to this point, all the villains have done is protect them; at least, The Watcher and Pearlescent have. Neither of them know what to make of this… situation that has just occurred. The Listener hurt Ranboo but The Listener also helped them escape.

 

"I'm so sorry, I never meant any harm to come to any of you three-"

 

"Then why did you do this?!", Tubbo almost screeches at the top of his lungs. He shifts Ranboo in his arms so the lanky, awkwardly tall boy is leaning against his side.

 

"I had to get you three away!", The Listener responds in a similar volume, though he winces at it. Tommy narrows his eyes at that. "It's… My power needs energy to work", he swallows before continuing, voice significantly lower, "Energy I don't have ample supply of. The blisters are because I had to… borrow"

 

That seems to be enough to calm Tubbo. Not by a big amount but his voice doesn't raise when he speaks next.

 

"You mean 'steal'?"

 

"I- ", The Listener chuckles in an awkward manner. He looks towards Tubbo, milky eyes looking just over the bee's head. "Yeah, I can't return it, that's true. He'll recover it himself, though, don't worry"

 

"Is your power something like 'copy'?", Tommy asks. The villain shakes his head and the raccoon frowns. "But you teleported us"

 

"My power allows me to do that", is the only answer they get before The Listener's head almost snaps in the other direction. Something akin to realization seems to rumble through his body as he stills. "Enough questions, I have to go help out at the factory. Don't do anything stupid or he will have my head"

 

The Watcher is that " he" , Tommy is sure of it. If not by the similar outfits, then by the remarks the villain had thrown earlier when Jumbo and Pearlescent Moon’s motives were revealed. But Tommy doesn't want The Listener to go, a small flame of mischief sparking at the man's distress. He can't tell why, but he just has this aura around him that makes Tommy want to jab and prod at him.

 

"Tubbee, stab me", Tommy demands right as The Listener is standing on his two feet. A grin full of teeth appears on his face at how wide the villain's eyes go.

 

" What "

 

Tubbo snickers mirthfully and brandishes one of his trusty stingers. Tommy's skin crawls at the sight of them because he knows how bad bee stings are. Personally, he has never been stung by Tubbo and he never will be because those things are deadlier than being allergic to the sting of a normal bee itself. He has seen the damage those little pricklers can do, especially when they are embedded in a thief or a hero or a villain, who experience seizures and convulsions some time after. 

 

"Sure", Tubbo plays along. He moves Ranboo against the wall and shifts to kneel above him, mimicking the movement and rustling of clothes standing up.

 

"No, kids, please -"

 

Tommy bursts out laughing at the desperation in the guy's voice. Tubbo follows suit and Ranboo starts to stir awake. The Listener's wings droop slightly, like he has just realized what they're doing; that they're just playing with the fact that he can't see them and using it not-so-muchly against him.

 

"Oh my gosh, don't do that again", despite the chiding, disappointed tone, there is a hint of a smile in it and no bite to any of the words. "Go home, please"

 

And just like that, he jumps up high and beats his wings until he's out of the alleyway and far, far out of sight and mind.

 

"What happened?", Ranboo asks with a whine as he sits up from the uncomfortable furniture that is the wall.

 

Tommy and Tubbo laugh, before each of them wrap an arm under the taller shoulders and help hoist him up.

 

"We'll explain on the road"

 

*

 

" A great disaster has struck the company iDimpy , as a villain attack centered at one of their main factories has completely destroyed both stock and expensive, irreplaceable machinery that is worth more than a billion -"

 

A press of a button on the TV remote changes the channel. Shifting to another news report, the screen flashes close-ups of a destroyed, soot covered and clearly blown up factory, captioned "VILLAINS ATTACK iDIMPY FACTORY".

 

"- As you can see, Mike, the factory has been damaged beyond repair. Thankfully, the attack happened during the night so no workers have been found dead or injured under the rubble -"

 

But they aren't saying who the villains are … And he needs to know.

 

Another press and the channel changes to another report but this one is a live information exchange. On one side of the screen is a close up of the reporter against the background of the news station and on the other is a plain silhouette. No picture, no movement, just the caption "Top Hero Dream" at the bottom.

 

He smirks. Finally, some useful information.

 

"-lescent Moon and this new villain, er, Jumbo took you by surprise, didn't they?"

 

"Well…" , the hero starts, and the pause in his words tells him that it's the real deal; not some hired actor. "We certainly weren't expecting to bump into Pearlescent Moon when explosions and smoke were reported to HQ. We thought that it was just the new guy, seeing as he had never shown of being allies with any of the others”

 

Then, Dream’s voice becomes more strained, like he’s trying to hold back nerves and agitation.

 

There was another villain who showed up. Dare I say, it was his debut last night-” , there is a small intake of breath, and the implication of fear and anxiety make him grin, “ We have settled on calling him ‘Bat’ for now. Sadly, we don’t have any video footage or pictures to share but we noted that he shares the same outfit as The Watcher-”

 

And there it is. The TV flashes for a moment before the screen turns pitch black. The room is shrouded in darkness for a moment before something clicks in the far corner and suddenly light floods the entire space. An irritated grunt sounds behind him.

 

“You’ve got an apprentice now?”, he asks, making sure he’s facing him. Making sure that his lips go wide as he speaks, not too slow but not too fast. The grin is still plastered on thin lips, stretching the edge of the ragged scar at one end.

 

He isn’t my apprentice ”, replies The Watcher from the metal chair he is strapped to with power dampening clasps, cloak ripped in places and dirty blond hair disheveled, dried blood under his nose and busted lip. Violet eyes swirl with magic and power as the villain glares at him -more in annoyance rather than anger. It was his idea to come negotiate and look where that idea led him. “ But that isn’t what’s eating at you, is it?

 

Blackjack hums skeptically as he looks the other up and down. The Watcher worked his magic long ago, making his memory fazzy and some parts not quite reachable but most information on the man has stayed intact. The identity of the villain is lost in that haze or fog or whatever else the effect could be described as. It’s a little spell that messes with his head; he knows and that is the only reason he isn’t still beating the guy.

 

The first round of punches, Blackjack deemed were deserved. The damn avian had sent a mole in Las Nevadas and they were lucky enough that Slimecicle had picked up on that early enough to minimize the damage. The second round? Well, that was for the damage done on Slime, who spent a good amount of time recovering the lost parts of his body after the fight near… Blackjack wants to say that it was near the guy’s secret lair but he can’t be sure; not with the little spell cast on him.

 

He frowns. Even his whereabouts have been blocked off. Well, he can regain lost information; his reputation in the underground can support that claim.

 

"No, I isn't", it's not the new villain that is teasing his curiosity and frustration, that is true. He hums.

 

The Watcher’s allies attacking his mole's work place; dare he say, his livelihood, is something that messes with the puzzle pieces on the board. Blackjack thought he knew what was going on with Impulse, the owner of the iDimpy brand but now, he can't be quite sure.

 

"I told you, I didn't send a mole to Las Nevadas" , the avian continues, spitting some blood on the floor. Blackjack can't quite see his face -it's a weird effect- or he can because he smirks and he guesses something about that spell is constantly erasing the sight in front of him. But he stares and sees. "I don't need moles when I can watch the whole city"

 

Blackjack considers the genuinity of the man's words for a second. The same words that were spoken before the metal chair and straps.

 

"I suppose that's true", he decides on, "But your intentions are a mystery to me"

 

The Watcher chuckles.

 

"As they've been to everyone"

 

"Well?", he urges.

 

"And that's how they'll remain"

 

Blackjack stands up with a frown. He feels those violet eyes, flashing vibrant hues, follow him as he does. He turns away, looking towards the door, where Slime is dutifully standing guard by. The slime man looks up at him, eyes wide and innocent behind square, wire frame glasses.

 

“Get Impulse on the phone”, he orders sternly.

 

“Yes, Blackjack of Las Nevadas”, Slime replies in his unusual, pitched voice before quietly slipping out of the room.

 

"If I find out that this is some sort of scheme against Las Nevadas, I will chase you and your loved ones down", he growls once he's facing the villain again.

 

Violet flashes brighter and the color momentarily blinds him. Blackjack knows to look away from those eyes but once his gaze is locked, he can't so much as flinch.

 

"Chains can't keep two nor one" , is the response he receives. He hears more than sees the chains and clasps rattling from unfelt vibrations.

 

It's the second time he witnesses the abilities of the man in action -the first one being in the fight with Slimecicle. Yes, he wasn't close enough to hear any words but his right hand man told him everything that unfolded in his recovery bed. And now he knows. 

 

"Nor who you cannot name"

 

The chains break and shatter, freeing The Watcher from the chair, who leans back and rubs at the sores on his face. Blackjack rolls his eyes before standing up himself, golden wings fluttering behind him in a graceful wave.

 

"Stay away from Las Nevadas, Watcher"

 

The man looks at him with a questioning brow as he fixes his attire. The bruises and the busted skin on his face slowly stitch back together. Blackjack repeats himself.

 

"You came to me for help, Quackity"

 

And the fact is true. He went to Scar, he asked for the one individual who could help get his revenge, and he went straight to the wolf's mouth. Then the wolf came to him with the mole in his jaws, bloody teeth and all.

 

"I am still not sold on your little story"

 

The Watcher shrugs, walking towards the broken window he'd entered from.

 

"Believe what you want"

 

With that, he jumps out, black wings unfurling.

 

Quackity doesn't move to watch him leave. He knows the man is already gone, a mere shape in the night sky. It's better to tend to more critical matters, which he is reminded of when Slime returns with one of the burner phones.

 

"I have Impulse of iDimpy on the line, sir"

 

Specifically, he needs to deal with the little mole.

 

*

 

"Wil, you can't be serious, mate", Philza mutters, hands against his face, holding his head by the nose. Wide, cerulean eyes gazing straight into his own, worried and fatherly in their own right. " Please tell me that this is a joke"

 

Wilbur can't say that he's joking. None of this is a joke. The Watcher knows their real identities and he obviously knows more than he let on back up on the rooftop.

 

"I wish I was joking, Phil", he says with a distraught sigh. Opposite of him, Technoblade silently sips his coffee. The walls of the SBI HQ meeting room seem too constricting all of a sudden.

 

Technoblade never sips his coffee. The man is so addicted to it at this point that he could down a whole cup in one go if it were a normal day. Today isn't normal, though but then again, the whole week hasn't been what a person would call normal .

 

"If he knows our civilian identities then…", Phil's words hush as realization kicks in for the fifteenth time since this conversation started.

 

"Then he knows where we live and maybe more", Techno finishes for Phil. The avian's wings sag as the pinkett turns to him. "What exactly did he tell you, Wil?"

 

Wilbur thinks back to that night. Back when he was with his back against the floor, the violet eyes of swirling magic that had rendered him motionless like a stone statue, his vision being obstructed by his own mask. He remembers how the villain attacked him only after he'd approached the vigilantes and how said children got away scot-free.

 

"He told me that he didn't want a favor from me", he says slowly, trying to put his thoughts into words. "It's- I asked him about it, he said and I quote 'it was The Blade who saved you' and that we don't owe him shit"

 

"Wait, why? Why would we owe him anything?", Phil asks. Wilbur purses his lips because oh, right , they didn't get to tell their old man the actual story -something which neither of them was particularly happy about. Techno almost chokes on his coffee.

 

"Uhm, Wil?"

 

"Phil, sit down for this"

 

"I am sitting"

 

Right, right . Wilbur takes in a deep breath, fists clenching and muscles tensing before releasing.

 

"It wasn't Techno who saved me from that big boulder"

 

At the confused, slow stare his father gives him, Wilbur sighs. He alerts his eyes as he speaks.

 

"It was The Watcher"

 

His words are followed by silence from both other men in the room. Techno is waiting for a reaction just like he is but there is nothing. Well, until Phil slumps in his seat, eyes wide and arms and wings going limp at his sides as he processes this new piece of information. Oops, they accidentally killed him, great.

 

"Phil?", Techno urges. The avian appears deaf to the world for a moment. "You good there?"

 

"Why didn't you tell me anything?"

 

It is Wilbur's turn to raise an eyebrow.

 

"Well, there wasn't really time for it if you can recall the whole argument we had right after I got out of recovery"

 

Phil blinks and then nods, more likely to himself. His eyes are still staring into nothing, but at least he is more animated now.

 

"Oh God", he breathes out a sigh. Techno hums and signals for Wilbur to continue with what he has already shared with his brother.

 

"I think he is protecting them. The vigilantes we're trying to catch, I mean"

 

"That…", a moment passes before Phil actually gathers himself. "That would make a lot of sense"

 

It would make a lot of sense. What with the continuous attacks on any hero who got too close for comfort, what with the measures the guy took to make sure the kids wouldn't be harmed as he beat the victims to a pulp -or impale them on a wall (but that can't really be blamed on The Watcher, can it?). The fact that he remained a fair distance away until any of them tried to get too close to the vigilante trio.

 

Wilbur wonders what would have happened if he'd kept his distance back then. Would things have unfolded differently? He's unsure.

 

"It is pretty obvious that they're trying to drag the kids into the world of villainy", Techno adds nonchalantly. "Dream told me that they were present at the factory's bombing"

 

Wilbur huffs.

 

"I'm pretty sure Jumbo just handed them the explosives and ordered them to go ham on it", though they don't really have evidence of this quite yet. If they are right, however, they should work harder to get those kids back to their parents or something. Do they even have parents, actually?

 

He doesn't know he's spoken his thoughts until Phil is staring at him, wide-eyed in realization, and Techno in almost offense.

 

"We didn't think about that"

 

Nope, they didn't. They'd just assumed that because Punz's little brother was a vigilante with a whole family backing up his every move, that all the others would be the same. The question is: who provided the three of them with their costumes and gear -which, yeah, they aren't really the best of quality but they'd still require money to be made.

 

"We should change tactics. Let's start looking at hybrid registration and find them that way", Techno suggests. "It should only take a day or two"

 

It’s the easiest thing they could do, honestly. Second easiest thing; the first being hunting them down in person and getting answers that way. A raccoon, not so uncommon worldwide but in this city? There aren’t many raccoon hybrids going about. A bee is common only in villages with a warm climate, where they can live in peace and not have to worry about harsh winters. In the city, Wilbur doesn’t know how many there would be but it could be a lot for all he knows. And an enderborn is perhaps the rarest hybrid to come by; last year, there was only one registration of a newborn.

 

All in all, they knew where to start looking.

 

“We should start by the enderborn”, he suggests and Techno nods. It is likely that they were thinking of the same thing. And then his brother’s red eyes light up.

 

“We could start with Ranboo”

 

“You mean with his father, right?”

 

“Obviously. He might have two very unhinged brothers but the kid is too nice to join villains”

 

Phil shakes his head fondly before addressing Techno with the smallest of teasing smirks.

 

“You mean the kid who stole your wallet?”

 

While Techno would rather die than admit it, he's definitely blushing at the insinuation of him liking a kid just because said kid outmatched his skills. It is so obvious and Wilbur snickers when Techno raises his cup too far up to take a long sip of coffee. He skillfully dodges a book that is thrown at him.

 

"Anyway" , Techno stresses when he puts the cup down, arming himself with another book. "Don't you think it's weird for them to be simply protecting them?"

 

Phil's smirk drops to a thin line, skeptical. Wilbur matches his expression.

 

"Maybe they have a deal going on", he offers. The avian's wings fluff up.

 

"Or maybe, they need the kids for something! Especially that enderborn", Phil says with a huff of a deep breath. "Goodness, they could be planning to sell them to the underground arenas!"

 

That- that is very plausible, Wilbur would hate to admit that three innocent children could end up in illegal fighting rings and even worse, in illegal hybrid fighting rings. He has been part of a lot of busting operations and he has seen what that shit can do to the psyche of a person. He has witnessed the victims being as feral as a cornered, wild animal.

 

Technoblade stands up, cup roughly clanking against the smooth surface of the desk.

 

"I'm going to Stress' ", he says and the decision is final. "If Dream comes by, tell him to meet me at the video club, 'kay?"

 

The man doesn't wait for an answer as he walks through the door too fast to even receive one. Wilbur stands up next, followed by Philza.

 

"We're not coming back home, dad", he tells the man, who smiles sadly in return.

 

"It's for the better. If The Watcher knows our names, then it is very possible that he knows where we live", he sighs. "What will you do now?"

 

"I'll start looking through the registration records, might get George to come help", Wilbur picks up his messenger back and slides the strap onto his shoulder. "I take it you'll go on the hunt?"

 

Phil nods, determination shining bright on his face.

 

"I want to see Bat's abilities for myself. It sounds like he's close to The Watcher and I want to know the players on the board"

 

For a moment, Wilbur hesitates.

 

"If you can, try catching one of the three", he suggests. "Maybe we could lure The Watcher out of his lair"

 

"I'll see what I can do" -with a whole ass mystery villain watching over them . It's not going to be easy, Wilbur knows, but if it's going to take a villain down, then so be it. Phil, too, understands that a few broken bones are worth the try.

 

With that sorted, he leaves the meeting room, phone in hand and already calling George. It's going to be a looong two days in the library.

 

*

 

"What do you mean you heard someone else talking?", Tommy all but yells when Tubbo tries to shush him. Ranboo flinched and narrowly avoided Tommy's grabby hands when they flew in front of his face to grip Tubbo's shirt collar.

 

"I mean that there was someone else!", Tubbo repeats for the fourth time.

 

Tommy can't wrap his head around this piece of information. What does Tubbo mean that there was someone else with Dream at the factory's destruction? There was no one else other than the three of them and The Listener!

 

"Maybe you heard wrong?", Ranboo offers.

 

"Yeah, maybe you actually tuned into the communication device thing", Tommy adds, "The one all of them have in their ears"

 

But Tubbo shakes his head and proceeds to confuse the both of them once more.

 

"No, no", he says with certainty, "I am sure there was someone else. Maybe someone invisible!"

 

Tommy stares for a moment. He doesn't think there is a hero with the ability to become invisible but he also doesn't think that his friend has lost his marbles. He is too young to go coo-coo bananas in this job industry.

 

"Okay", he decides on, "What did this invisible person say?"

 

Tubbo's eyes shine at the acceptance of the mystery person he'd supposedly encountered while he was alone with The Listener. And Dream, he was there too, however, he isn't all that special in any of their narratives. Why? Because Tommy isn't particularly fond of the guy.

 

"This person was talking about The Listener!", Tubbo exclaims and Ranboo quickly tells him to keep his voice down, lest they wake up Impulse or Fundy.

 

What? They got home at an odd time and they really didn't want to bother Grian or Pearl (even though the latter was always up at ungodly hours of the night), and they especially didn't want to risk alerting Stress if they went up in their little attic. Running into the new guys? Yeah, no, thank you. So bribing Fundy and chillin' at Impulse’s it was.

 

Thankfully, the older man didn't seem to particularly mind. He even offered them the master bedroom! Which is incredibly nice of him, by the way and of course, the three of them accepted. They'd accept a fluffy blanket and a fluffy mattress any day. Speaking of, they really should look into buying some more comfortable stuff for their living space; they should have the money for that small luxury.

 

"And how there was a key inside the guy… To be honest I don't understand it!", Tubbo is yet again shushed by Ranboo. "The person had a voice changer on too because there is no way that someone can sound so- so distorted!"

 

A knock comes from the closed door of the bedroom and all of them hush. Oh shit, they woke up Impulse- well, it’s not a really bad thing. What’s the guy gonna do? Kill ‘em? Yeah, no, he is too kind-hearted for that.

 

“Go to bed, kids, it’s late!”, they hear Impulse yell. There goes their little private conversation.

 

“Do you think he might know something?”, Ranboo whispers to them. Tommy raises an eyebrow; why would Impulse of all people -a humble man with too big a heart- know anything about invisible heroes? Ranboo seems to follow his train of thought. “It’s just- I heard him whispering on the phone earlier-”

 

“Could’ve been a woman on the other line”, Tubbo dismisses, only for Ranboo to shake his head.

 

“He said something about business and since he was whispering, it must be shady!”

 

Tommy hums. “Very true. He never whispers on the phone” -countless times have they stumbled upon Impulse yelling at some slacking employee; it’s probably why Tommy has spotted a couple white hairs in the honey brown. So, he nods towards the door, urging one of the other two to shout for him-

 

“Impulse! Can you come in for a sec?”

 

-and Tubbo is loud enough to be heard from the next town over. Sigh. So much for not alerting any of the other tenants. Well, they could come up with some weird excuse that they’d planned a slumber party at Impulse’s and that it was an impulsive decision. Pfffft. Puns.

 

The door opened very slowly, only so the iDimpy boss-man himself could stick his head into the room and have a peek. He has this soft, curious smile on his face as he looks at each of them, looking only a little troubled. Impulse, Tommy has noticed, is a very expressive individual.

 

“What’s up? Is there a problem?”, and his tone tends to be incredibly considerate when he is addressing any of them. Even when he was taking away the Free iDimpy pass, he had that kicked puppy face like he was the one hurting; it was their free chocolate! Anyway, Tommy is past hating the guy for that (it was kinda deserved anyway) -they’ve made amends.

 

“Are there any heroes who can become invisible?”, Tubbo asks immediately after. It seems to take the man by surprise as one of his eyebrows lifts up. The door opens more but Impulse stays by the frame of it.

 

“Heroes who can become invisible?”, he echoes, skeptical. “I- I don’t know, there might be. Why? Did something happen while you were out?”

 

“No, no, no!”, Tommy hastens to respond. The look he receives is a confused one but it’s fine because Impulse is oftentimes confused by most things they do. “Everything is fine and we did not get up to any bad stuff so, don’t worry! Just answer the question!”

 

Impulse chuckles with the slightest hint of resignation. “I already answered”, he says, “I don’t think there are any with invisibility in the HQs… There could be some apprentices or they stick to the sidelines enough that they aren’t noticed”

 

Huh. Guess they didn’t think of that. So there may or may not be any heroes that can go invisible and if there are -and it wasn’t just Tubbo imagining voices in his head- then they met one yesterday. Maybe it was an apprentice; an underling. That would be a surprise, actually, because the Dream Team has shown no interest in taking in someone as an intern the last two years.

 

“You three really come up with the most random questions”, Impulse sighs but he doesn’t leave yet. “Is that all?”

 

They all nod in unison and the man leaves them with a smile and a soft goodnight.

 

“Is he a little sus or is it just me?”, Ranboo asks with a doe-eyed stare.

 

The other two hum in contemplation before Tommy pipes up. Ranboo’s gut feeling is not one to be disregarded that easily; something to do with enderborns being more intuned with their 6th sense or something -they’ll have to ask Cleo about that.

 

“We’re in his room”, is all he mentions before silently getting up.

 

What’s better than having a little late night riffle through a businessman’s documents?

 

*

 

Sadly, they didn’t find anything in any document they riffled through last night. Just some shady deals between corporations, some blackmail material against what appear to be loan sharks and some tax evasion just sweeped under the rug but nothing too sketchy. Nothing related to invisible heroes or criminal schemes but what could they expect from Impulse? The guy is a big ol’ softie even when he raises his voice to reprimand a supervisor.

 

But now they’re dealing with actual shady deals. Tommy does not know why there are so many potato sacks by the entrance of the block of flats and neither does he know why Mumbo and Grian are taking them up to the fourth floor. More importantly, he doesn't know how they're carrying two at a time and climbing so many steps in one go. What, is it their little potato stash up there? Their little potato work out room?

 

Tubbo watches meticulously as the avian and the CEO do basic workout moves with one-kilo sacks from where he is sitting on the lobby counter. Fundy is eating a cookie (probably stolen), leaning against the counter but looking with boredom rather than attention, tail swishing languidly. It’s a normal morning after all. Yeah… Totally normal. Tommy shortly wonders how this shit has become the norm.

 

“Why are there so many potatoes?”, Ranboo asks in this super serious tone that makes him seem like a detective. Tommy will admit: he is impressed. Ranboo being a detective and actively asking why the sus people are being sus? Unheard of. Normally it’s Tubbo doing the interrogating and now it’s like… not exactly switched souls (because Tubbo still has the gaze of a hawk) but it’s fucking close to that!

 

“Oh! Uuuhm-”, Mumbo stuttered, face going pale for a second. Tommy looks at him in scrutiny as he sits down on a random crate- “DON’T SIT THERE!” -only to be promptly startled off of it, almost hitting the ceiling because of how high he jumped.

 

Holy shit, he feels like a cartoon cat that almost got stuck on the ceiling.

 

“Oh my gosh, Tommy! I’m sorry I startled you!”

 

Tommy, still trying to regain his balance, flips him off with a snarl. He finds it hard to do, now nursing a headache and what will probably become a pretty awful bump on the top of his head. Cookie now forgotten, Fundy snickers like a hyena in the background and Tubbo has about fallen over the counter, laughing his little bee heart out. Ranboo is a little more considerate, though he is failing horribly at concealing chuckles.

 

It's fine, Tommy reasons that he'll vet them back later.

 

"Fuckin' Hell, man! That hurt!"

 

Instead of chiding him for doing rude gestures, Mumbo looks panicked and startled. As he should be. Suffer, mustache man, enemy of all raccoons. Tommy will get his raccoon army one day and this guy will be the first target on the list!

 

"I am so, so sorry! Fundy, do you have any ice?"

 

Fundy, snickers one last time before giving a mirthful grin. "I'll see what I can find", he says before going into his little room by the lobby.

 

"What's in the fucking crate that I can't sit on it?", Tommy asks with a grimace on his face, rubbing the painful spot on his skull. "Are you carrying bombs inside?"

 

Mumbo froze for a second and dare Tommy say that he went white as paper. When you think you've seen all skin colors... "Wha- No, of course not!", he chuckles (it's a very sus chuckle), "It's just, uh-"

 

"It's just very fragile things that you shouldn't be sitting on, Thomas"

 

Oh no. Grian heard him swear, oh god. This is the end. Or is it? Grian has grown soft these past few weeks.

 

"Oh, hey, Grian! Big man, how are you?", he responds with a totally-not-nervous laugh. The smile that accompanies it falls when Grian, the evil demon in parrot's clothing, grins.

 

"I would be better if you helped us carry these upstairs"

 

Well. Now he can't just- he can't just decline! He is a good person who has helped countless grandmas cross the street and he's even carried their groceries for them, damnit! And while Grian and Mumbo seem to have it all handled, he still feels pressured into doing it by some weird family hierarchy thing he can't even describe. Great.

 

As he is about to pick up a sack and throw a nice come-back for good measure, Fundy returns with a cold can of soda. He hands it over with a "Here" and Tommy nods his gratitude before putting it on his head.

 

"Sorry to disappoint but I'm kinda injured"

 

Grian shrugs, multicolored wings fluttering with the movement- or was it more of a stretch? Maybe he'll ask Doc if he ever happens upon him again.

 

"Alright. I'll let this one go but keep the swearing to a minimum, please", while his tone is anything but chiding, like scolding a naughty kitten, Tommy does not miss the fond, little smile tugging at the man's lips. Yeah, Grian has gone soft. "Oh, Blade!"

 

Ranboo squeaks when the hero in question steps through the entrance of the building, sneezing and teleporting out of existence, while Tubbo falls off the edge of the counter. It was about time he actually fell over; he was teasing gravity too much.

 

"Hello", the pink-haired man greets them, momentarily shooketh by the purple particles.

 

Then, he looks at the many sacks of potatoes with the same sort of confusion and bewilderment that the three of them shared a few minutes ago. "I would ask what all this is but I will give you the benefit of the doubt and say that you're doing some charity event"

 

Well. That's a quick dismissal. Tommy can't help his blank stare. Yeah, it's probably for charity. Hopefully. Doesn't Mumbo have a farm? He can't remember.

 

"You could say that. What brings you here?", Grian asks. Mumbo is still nowhere in sight, presumably stacking the sacks in the spare rooms. Speaking of spare rooms , when did the landlord agree to their shenanigans?

 

Then again, if it's for charity, Tommy can't really argue.

 

"I need to speak with uh, Stress. It's an urgent matter" 

 

As Tubbo crawls out from behind the counter, hiding behind Fundy's legs, Tommy exchanges a look with Ranboo.

 

Whatever this matter is, it is not beneficial to them in the slightest.

 

*

 

It is dark in this… confined space, so to say. The clothes hanging around it point to the ‘space’ being a closet or a wardrobe -is there a difference between the two?- and with one sniff of the air, Ranboo knows exactly where he teleported. This is Stress’ closet, a fact which is given away by the heavy smell of lavender-scented detergent that is basically shoved into his nose in the form of knitted cardigans. He silently wonders when she had time to knit a whole closet’s worth of clothes -actually, maybe she bought them. Yeah, that would be more reasonable.

 

Groaning and rubbing the back of his neck, he fumbles for the door and when his hand comes into contact with a wooden, moveable surface, he pushes. If he is correct, the closet is located in Stress’ bedroom. At this time, she should be getting ready for work but Ranboo does not have time to think about the possible consequences of his actions. The door takes him with, having long before planned its revenge, and he is discarded onto the floor with an audible ‘oof!’.

 

“Deserved”, he mumbles under his breath before pushing himself until he’s standing. Quickly, he investigates the lack of female screaming and sees that Stress isn’t in the room. He lets out a relieved sigh, glad that he didn’t intrude on her… again.

 

The first time he’d accidentally teleported in the closet was back when they were first brought into the building. Back when the three of them were still exploring the space they could move in and out of without having to worry about being chased by a cop or a mad store owner. However, that did not mean that they knew that it was a safe place and having grown in the streets, they were pretty jumpy. As in, ‘Tubbo almost killed Gem with a stinger on the first day’ sort of jumpy. As well as in ‘Tommy turning into a raccoon and scampering to the nearest cupboard’ or, like right now, ’Ranboo teleporting whenever someone snuck up on him’. The latter was how he had ended up in a screaming match with a very startled Stress and a very flustered and thoroughly embarrassed Ranboo. Said enderborn had never run so fast in his life.

 

So, you can see how being alone in the bedroom is a good thing.

 

He doesn’t even know why he teleported -nor why he sneezed. What, was it a double scare? Like, The Blade was suddenly there and a sneeze crept up on him and boom , he teleported. Guess he got too spooked. That’s embarrassing. Well, at least he can chill in Stress’ while the hero does whatever it is that he came here to do. What? Okay, The Blade may be his favorite hero of all time but after what happened the last time they met in costume? And the time before that when they weren’t in costume? Ranboo does hang out with two very unhinged individuals whom he calls his best pals but their chaotic ways have yet to corrupt him to that degree!

 

He can’t help the guilt nor the embarrassment that comes with either memory. God, does it make him dig his nails into his palms and simultaneously makes him want to dig a hole and stay in it for about a century. Why hasn’t his brain erased them yet? Darn selective memory thing!

 

Anyway.

 

He decides that chilling in the living room is way better than chilling in the bedroom. Privacy and all that. So, he walks over to the door and grabs the handle, thinking if he should raid the fridge while he’s there or not (ultimately, the answer is yes) before he hears Stress on the other side of the door. He assumes that she isn’t standing right outside, which she isn’t, when he opens the door to reveal nobody there.

 

He is about to walk farther out when he hears a way too familiar voice respond to her and immediately, he pushes himself firmly against the wall. There is a small portion of wall that creates a small hall to the bedroom, that fits his body build perfectly, rendering him nonexistent from the living room.

 

“At least you didn’t kick my door down this time”, Stress jokes. There is some awkward stammering, footsteps and then the front door clicking shut.

 

Ranboo believes that Tommy and Tubbo are either looking for him or grabbing glasses to listen in through the wood. Knowing how nosy his friends are, though, he has an easy time figuring out which of the two they’re doing.

 

“Again, I am really sorry about what happened last time… I wasn’t thinking straight”

 

There is some more shuffling, then it sounds like the poor couch is dying or caving in on itself. They’re sitting in the sitting area, great! Fantastic! And now Ranboo has to listen in because there is no way he’s leaving through the one safe exit nor teleporting away. He, too, is nosy- or as he likes to say, curious.

 

“It’s alright since you replaced it. Why did you want to see me?” -Stress gasps like she’s startled by something, and Ranboo stops himself from jumping out to see what the woman got so spooked by- “Did something happen to Ranboo? Did he steal something again? Oh, gosh, let me get my coat and then we can head to the police station-”

 

There is a small chuckle and Ranboo almost joins in. Ranboo being caught? Pffft, that’s a nice joke! The only reason he was caught the time before was because he had allowed the hero to catch him! The great Endwalker does not get caught and dragged around custody cells in police stations. Never!

 

“No, no, it’s nothing like that”, The Blade says. “Though this does concern Ranboo, er, in a way”

 

Stress is hesitant to respond and Ranboo listens intently. “Go on?”

 

“I’m assuming that you are aware of vigilante activity in the area”- there is a pause, in which Stress presumably nods- “One of them is an enderborn and this may sound weird but-”

 

Oh crap, they’re caught. They are actually caught- holy crap, this is bad. He should teleport out of here and go pack his things; he should go pack everyone’s things, really, and the three of them could go beg Jimmy to shelter them for a week. They’ll sleep on the floor if they have to, or eat canned peaches until it is safe to roam the earth again. It isn’t just Stress and Grian they should be worrying about anymore but The Watcher and Pearlescent and every other villain they’ve come into contact with over the past month.

 

God knows if they’ll be questioned, blamed, tortured until they spill the beans or not, and this realization is finally donning on Ranboo’s shoulders like a huge, uncomfortable, prickly cactus blanket. He really does not want to be waterboarded while wearing power-nullifying handcuffs.

 

But the rest of the words tell him not to make rush decisions.

 

“I’d like to ask about his father, is he around?”

 

What.

 

“He isn’t, no”

 

Why does The Blade need his father?

 

“Ah, I see, um” -again a pause, though it appears it is for the hero to recover from the awkwardness of his own question-  “Is it alright if I ask you a few questions about it, then?”

 

Ranboo wants to laugh. The heroes think that the lot of them are Stress’ kids? Seriously? Not that they aren’t like her and the rest of the tenants’ children now but to think blood? Blood related? They don’t even look alike!

 

There is an awkward chuckle from Stress.

 

“You see, Blade, I don't know who his father is”

 

Oh God, that sounds so bad out of context . Wait. The Blade doesn’t have context, oh no .

 

"Oh", another pause. "I-I see"

 

Yeah, that was a bad response.

 

"I'm sorry I couldn't help you", Stress says, sounding bemused. "I don't know where his father could be either"

 

"That's quite alright, miss. That will be all", the couch groans in relief as the hero stands up. Ranboo can't blame it; they guy is a muscle boulder. "I am sorry for the disturbance, thank you for your time"

 

“You’re welcome”

 

Stress stands and the door opens. There’s a small exchange of ‘goodbye’s that aren’t that much of interest. And then there is Tubbo and Tommy, glass shattering and Ranboo’s earlier guess is proven true.

 

“What were you doing?”

 

Now, he decides, is a good time to come out of his hiding spot.

 

“Hey, Stress!”, he greets.

 

“Ranboo?!”, the woman jumps when she hears him. He gives a sheepish smile, rubbing the back of his neck out of… well, he’d like to say embarrassment but he isn’t quite sure of that. “What are you doing here?”

 

“I got spooked”

 

“And he teleported”, Tommy adds but that brings Stress’ attention back to the two of them.

 

“You two, what were you doing? Were you listening in?” -Tubbo opens his mouth to answer but he doesn’t get to respond- “Of course, you were. Go grab the broom and clean up your mess, I have to go to work”

 

Stress goes back to the couch, where she’d left her bag, shooing Ranboo to where the broom is.

 

“So”, Tommy starts. “Who are the potential fathers?”

 

The woman looks back at him with a confused face.

 

“What do you-”, and realization dawned on her in the most hilarious way. “Oh gosh… He thinks you’re my kid! He probably thinks that I’m- Oh, goodness, this is embarrassing!”

 

Ranboo joins his friends in their laughing match.

Notes:

This took so long to write! Phew! Well, I was hit with a lil writer's block but I'm trying to find ways to get inspired and break that bloc. Maybe I'll need Efficiency V or somehtin', we'll see.

Anyway! Did you like this sort of summary or should I return to the old style?

Chapter 12: And my heart is going up the stairs to find you

Summary:

Today's menu consists of gunpowder and TNT, main serving being the World Eater design by Sevenchi on the twitters with Goatfather and Horny Guy on the side! Following the main dish, we have a selection of a Dream and XD filler of croissants and the Warden's name, as well as a conspiration going on behind the heroes' backs. Last but not least, the dessert, Martyn joins the fic! Woo!

Notes:

No one said anything negative about this sort of description so here you go ^
Also, here is the design I based the World Eater off of: https://twitter.com/sevenchiart/status/1530668434131808259

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

It's been weirdly quiet these last few days. Quiet as in: no villain activity of the destructive sort. There's no buildings being blown up, no factories being decimated to mere shambles, no demons to rumble bones out of place. Nothing. It's quite off the wall, one could say, for the city that houses the most dangerous villains in the whole country. Even the news doesn't have any scoops to share; it’s been that quiet!

 

Where is all the action? How are the three of them meant to get their nightly adrenaline boost when there is nothing to fuel it? Where is the destruction, damnit?!

 

Wait. Oh, man, they've been hanging out with the villains too much. Never before has any of them craved this sort of violence but now here they are… craving exactly that . It only took one big light show of explosives and boom; they've become little vandal gremlins.

 

Well, not exactly vandals because they haven't picked a fight without being provoked or for the situation calling for it. It's an exaggeration, you get it.

 

Thing is that it’s not just night that’s gone quiet but also day.

 

The video club has remained closed for the last three days, Jimmy nowhere in sight. The guy is missing and now the residents don’t go to pester him when they aren’t busy. Tommy, Tubbo and Ranboo don’t have their little bar stools to sit on at the counter (there are no bar stools, they sit on the counter) and they don’t have the tall, blond man to chat to and the shelves of movies to look through for anything interesting. It’s weird because Jimmy isn’t the owner of the video club but an employee and Tommy knows from the most accurate sources that the guy only gets days off on Sundays -man can’t skip work even when he gets sick!

 

So, yeah, they’ve suddenly lost some parts of the world that made their lives exciting. Grian doesn’t know where Jimmy lives and neither does Mumbo, the former of which, by the way, has been distracted by something ever since the video club closed. They don’t know what the fuck the avian is thinking about and the man really persists on not getting them involved in whatever that is.

 

Stress, on the other hand, has moved on from the incident with The Blade and the fact that the hero may or may not have the worst impression of her morals or whatever. She is her normal, motherly, bubbly self, threatening Tommy with a knife whenever the raccoon mentions that incident- okay, maybe she hasn’t completely moved on from that but damn, is it funny to agitate her! Tommy has never had this many fights in so little time before; even though they aren’t fights as much as they are ‘don’t-get-stabbed’ games. Needless to say, they have received a lot of worried looks from their new neighbors.

 

They have been causing such a raucous at any random time of day that the Wilbur guy actually asked them if they were being abused. The answer was ‘no’, of course, because Tommy is too good at dodging knives and Stress never goes the extra mile of aiming to throw a knife at him but maybe he should’ve phrased his response better.

 

“Nah, dude, we just stab each other from time to time, it’s fine” isn’t exactly the best answer to give to someone asking if the innocent lady taking care of them is secretly abusing them.

 

Maybe this is why there is a hero outside the building, looking the whole thing up and down scrutinizingly like it’s the epitome of all things stale. That’s a weird sentence. Tubbo almost bumps into Tommy when he stops dead in his tracks.

 

“Oi, dick, why’d you stop?!”, the angry bee shouted, stumbling back, and that surprisingly did not garner the hero’s, Dream’s , attention. The mop in his hands feels awfully heavy, the broomstick of it almost slapping him in the face. Tommy turned his head slightly towards Tubbo.

 

“Look!”, he whispered to him before jutting his chin towards the green man. Tubbo’s reaction was almost instantaneous. He relaxed, more fearful than angry, because neither of them know why there is a hero looking at the place they live at. Especially a hero who saw The Listener basically kidnap them from a crime and fight scene. Had the heroes found where they lived or something?

 

Hopefully it was just a check up on a potentially bad household dynamic.

 

“What is he doing here?”, Tubbo whispers to him quietly, antennae twitching left and right.

 

"How the hell am I supposed to know?", he responds and yelps when Tubbo pulls him into the nearest alley with strength his lanky limbs shouldn't have. Right as Dream turns his head to look, too; if Tommy wasn't so shocked, he'd have praised his friend's fast as fuck reflexes.

 

They stay there, silent, with Tubbo's hand slapped over Tommy's mouth and head slowly peeking around the corner. He darts back almost instantly, inhaling sharply. Their work tools have been abandoned somewhere on the floor and Tommy quickly notes the soapy water that soaks the dirty concrete of the ground they are standing on. Man, the ground is a total mess, cracked and scratched and layed out messily; he can see paw prints of stray cats in places. It's like the city ran out of money or something.

 

Tommy still doesn't get how cats go about their day with wet concrete on their paws. Do they just lick it off like nothing happened? Like they didn't step into a building material that could be potentially harmful if ingested? Didn't that guy in the crystal shop have a cat? He remembers Tubbo telling him something about it. Perhaps he'll ask when he finally meets the dude.

 

"I think he saw us", Tubbo breathes and Tommy simply blinks.

 

Well, this is bad but is there anything they can do about it? Tommy eyes the nearby garbage can… He doubts anyone in the building would appreciate it if they returned smelling like literal garbage. Even if he were to turn into a raccoon. Especially a wet raccoon, because the soapy water has gone absolutely everywhere in the span of a minute.

 

"Hide!" -and they both rush farther into the dark alleyway, jumping behind a trash bag. Their parent figures will hate them for this but that is much better than a hero catching them in the act.

 

Which act, you ask? Well, the act of child labor; even though they didn't do the most common of child labor that exists in this city. Other kids sold tissues or towels, some even sold roses! That last one Tommy had only seen once or twice in the richer parts. Cleaning windows? Yeah, no, that was supposed to be for the adults.

 

Add that to the fact that they have no legal guardians and no ID or any information that they actually exist… Tommy really doesn't want to end up in an orphanage. He enjoys his life with his not-parents and so does Tubbo and so does Ranboo. It's sad, really, that their not-parents can't legally adopt them. It sucks but some piece of printer paper can't make a kid into a son all of a sudden, so they don't really need it.

 

A hero, however, would highly disagree. And Dream just so happens to be a hero.

 

They see the hero's shadow before he rounds the corner. Tubbo presses himself firmer against the wall and Tommy, and he does the same, though with noticeable difficulty with the other's stingers digging into his side. There is a puff of purple at the entrance of the alley.

 

Ranboo.

 

Oh fuck.

 

They hear the taller boy gasp before they can warn him about the hero rapidly approaching. They also hear the angry screaming of a shop owner. It is truly amazing how luck seems to always fizzle out of them. It is truly a feat on its own.

 

But Dream chases after Ranboo, who teleports away; leading the hero away for his own reasons that probably match their own. They don't know how far Ranboo will go, let alone make it , teleportation and distance wise, but they deem the area safe after the screaming stops.

 

It's fine. Ramboo has escaped plenty of times before so surely he can escape again… right? Even a top-tier hero couldn't catch up to him!

 

…They should go after him is what Tommy decides on.

 

"Let's go change", he sighs. Tubbo huffs.

 

"Yeah"

 

They quickly scramble towards the open front doors of the block o' flats. Fundy, to his credit, only raises an eyebrow as they barrel past him and almost trip on the stairs.

 

*

 

Tracking Ranboo down is easy. The boy usually does a full loop when chased and this time is no different. Maybe it's a bigger loop but that is because he is being chased by an incredibly fast hero. Now, getting to him is the awkward part because there is no easy way to let their friend get away.

 

"I'll drop down on Dream?", Tommy mutters, looking at Tubbo for affirmation, while they wait for Ranboo to pass by.

 

"Yeah, and I'll sting him or something", the bee shrugs, leaning over the edge of the roof they're standing on.

 

"Tubbo, we aren't supposed to attack heroes!", he reminds, even though he did consider it. Goodness, they should hang out less with villains, shouldn't they?

 

"Fiiiiiine"

 

"There he is!", Tommy shouts as he spots the familiar mop of black and white. Tubbo almost throws himself over the edge; almost because Tommy is successful at grabbing the back of his shirt and holding him back.

 

But Ranboo is apparently about to take the wrong turn; the one that won't lead to them. Putting his fingers in his mouth, Tubbo releases the loudest whistle Tommy has ever witnessed -he hates it.

 

"Over here!", he shouts regardless of the ringing in his ears. Thankfully, Ranboo notices them -or, well, hears them- and changes paths instantly.

 

Tommy gets into position, balancing on the very edge of the roof on his haunches, tail swishing in anticipation, muscles ready to jump. The hero is so near, he only needs him to get a littl e closer-

 

A loud shriek makes him falter. A loud, mechanical shriek that lengthens into a screech in a matter of milliseconds, like metal doors groaning but put on an amplifier and Transformers Prime theme music playing in the background. The sound doesn't just faze him, though, but everyone on the streets below, including Ranboo and Dream, who has run into the enderborn’s back without meaning to.

 

"What is that?!", Tubbo screeches beside him. The ground and the building beneath their feet shakes, threatening to throw Tommy overboard.

 

"I don't know!", Tommy yells back as he tumbles backwards and flails to get back on his feet. He grasps Tubbo's pant leg and the boy manages to pull him back up.

 

"I thought we wouldn't be getting any earthquakes this time of year", he hastily comments, stance widening as the trembling of the concrete and metal ceases. "What was that?"

 

Tubbo looks over the edge of the building once again and Tommy follows suit. They spy Ranboo almost clinging onto Dream, both of their attention caught by something down the street. So, their gazes naturally follow and Tommy feels his limbs go limp.

 

Is that a fucking sinkhole?!

 

And there are cars hanging on the edges, pedestrians shouting and screaming for their lives as they hang on to the broken pieces of dry tar. Tommy is moving before he can even think, legs carrying him over to the next building, where he jumps and lands with a perfect roll. He doesn't know if Tubbo is following him but maybe he is, or he dropped down to get Ranboo to safety.

 

Right as he is about to jump to the next rooftop, this one farther away than the other thanks to the alley separating them, the previous metal sound returns tenfold. It is loud enough to make his ears ring and flatten against his head and his brain pound like there's a train passing through on broken breaks. He stumbles, kneels close to the edge of the roof, eyes gazing towards the sound of the noise, mind slowly numbing and becoming mush: the sinkhole.

 

The street is still crumbling, swallowing another car whose owner, thankfully, managed to get out in time. Tommy spies The Crowfather in the distance, pristine, black wings and green robes signaling that it isn't The Watcher this time. He wonders if he was called in or if he heard the noise and flew over to investigate but that doesn't matter.

 

No, no. What matters is the fact that the sound does not stop this time, there is no interval to the wry music, nor does it get any lower in volume. Instead, it becomes louder and louder as the inside of the hole shifts and the outer ring of it collapses inwards at a rapid pace, the people holding on screaming as they fall into an inescapable fate. The first thing Tommy sees is a metal… snout is the only way he can describe it and his eyes grow wide at the abomination that follows.

 

Bright, red eyes, mechanical and whirring loudly, protrusions of what looks like steel and copper resembling horns at the end of a head so wide it matches and shatters the diameter of the sinkhole! It's the head of a giant snake thing, growling and hissing gears and cogs and uncovered redstone wires glowing menacingly as it digs itself out of the earth with ease, like the crust of the planet is nothing but a sheet of frail foil.

 

"Holy Hell!", he hears Tubbo screech and he is vaguely aware that his own mouth is open but no yell or scream is coming out. He is vaguely aware that he wants to yell and scream.

 

There comes another tremble of the earth, and the thing screeches so loudly that the air seems to shudder around them, the glass of windows shatters effortlessly. Tommy can make out thrusters and turbines and other mechanical things he's seen in Marvel movies, or on the airplanes that fly too close to the buildings for comfort. It lifts into the air; a serpent of metal and steel and redstone so imposing and full of life; a leviathan of real life.

 

"Evacuate the people, Dream!", he hears The Crowfather scream from where he is fighting against the trembling air in his feathers and Tommy snaps out of whatever trance he'd fallen in. It's a miracle that he manages to stand on his feet, legs wobbling and thighs feeling noticeably not-there as he gazes at the horrific creature hovering in the sky.

 

"I'll help!", he hears the distant quip of Ranboo's but looking over the edge, he finds that Dream is advising him to run away instead. Weird thing for a hero to let a small-time shoplifter go.

 

Tommy has so many questions; so many that he thinks his head might burst. But Tubbo grabs him, having flown over to him at some point during all this, and he drags him back; away from that… that thing … It is awfully familiar. The faint scent of gunpowder fills his nostrils for a moment and it is like something has jogged his memory.

 

Three years ago, he’d smelled the same thing. However, three years ago, he hadn’t been that close to the destruction caused by it .

 

The World Eater.

 

It was a machine with no face back then. Just a flying thing of hastily put-together redstone wires and metal. No facade; it wasn’t completed. Tommy gulps as he realizes that the terror that had ripped through the city back then had been a prototype. He can see the horror dawn on The Crowfather as he keeps his distance, poker-faced.

 

“We should get the people out of here!”, Tubbo shouts into his ear and he fumbles with his arms and legs to get his footing together. Tubbo is right; they have to evacuate the civilians, help in the efforts before more lives than necessary are lost to a void of destruction caused by a mad fucking scientist.

 

“Alright, yeah-”, he huffs a breath before steeling his nerves. Tubbo is there, Ranboo is right below them, if only a few steps away; they’ll be safe… That could not be said about the houses in the area; their house included. He breathes hastily, he knows he has to remain calm. “Right behind you, Tubbee!”

 

He follows Tubbo when he jumps over the side of the roof, transforming into his raccoon form and clinging onto the other’s back as they hover down to stable ground. He bounds off Tubbo’s shoulder, quickly growing his human limbs back as he targets the first few people he sees. He knows Tubbo is doing the same, distantly hearing him yelling at petrified bystanders to start running the opposite way- he doesn’t see Ranboo, though, he doesn’t have to look too hard to find him.

 

He sees the particles appear and disappear more than he sees his friend in the chaos. Dream is somewhere around, yelling in his earpiece for back-up, probably. They’ll need the back-up; something tells Tommy that this time, the serpent of metal in the sky won’t be stopped by mere fire-power and sheer will. It can’t be like last time.

 

This version looks improved; fear-inducing and less bulky than the first time. Somewhere in the back of his mind, Tommy wonders if there will be more versions after this one is taken down; it has to be taken down, because the city -maybe the world even; it is called ‘The World Eater’- will suffer otherwise.

 

“Come on! Move! Move!’, he shouts, herding a few pedestrians away from the show of excellent, deadly engineering. Tommy looks back at the machine and he finds it towering over the highest of the apartment buildings. It’s a matter of time before the gunpowder smell will fill the air again.

 

It’s only a matter of time before The Goatfather makes his presence known because, apparently, heroes lie . The man had escaped the most heavily-guarded prison of them all -and perhaps the part about the mechanical mantis was true as well.

 

“Get outta ‘ere!”, he shouts again, running after the group of people and guiding them through the safest route he can see. He spies Ghostbur and The Blade running towards the scene, though he doesn’t know how much help those two would be from the ground. Ghostbur is there for crowd-control, no doubt, and Tommy is assured by the way the man stills far away from the sinkhole as his companion rushes onwards.

 

He flattens his ears before any ghostly words can make his brain malfunction; he has people to herd away and no time to spare.

 

Chaos starts silently behind him. He can’t see it but he can hear it. He can hear the low rumble, whirring and groaning of gears and cogs, all powered by the most valuable, powerful and dangerous resource in the whole wide world: redstone. It gets louder slowly, like winding up an attack, stalling long enough that heroes have flocked the area. He spies the Dream Team with BBH, The Warden, the SBI circling the thing from the ground and from the air. He spots Royal and Sarktooth somewhere in the mess of debris and dust clouds that have yet to settle, and it is the most unsettling sound and sight he’s witnessed after the warehouse incident.

 

“RaccoonInnit!”, he hears Ranboo before he is teleported away a few steps. He pushes against the body wrapped around him and Ranboo gives easily, splitting off again. Somewhere in his mind, he notes the fallen rock that’s shattered where he stood only moments ago. Fear has no place here now, and he tells himself that he can cry later about it; when there won’t be, y’know, a big death machine gazing at them all.

 

And then, it starts. And when it does; it really does. Tommy is still trying to help injured people hobble away, working with the heroes on the ground to evacuate them. It’s weird how there has to be a whole ass shit-show for no heroes to go after vigilantes. The first explosion flies into the sinkhole the devilish machine came out of, making the ground shake. Somewhere in the area, he hears maniacal laughter.

 

The Goatfather is here , his brain numbly supplied, though he can’t see the well-dressed villain on the head of the machine where he had been standing three years ago.

 

“Where is he?!”, he overhears Sharktooth shout, angry and promising death under that ridiculous skinned shark head he’s always wearing. The hero has his signature trident in hand, golden handle sparking with stray electricity and static. The World Eater turns its head to face the guy, swirling red eyes narrowing in a too-animal-like way, as if challenging him.

 

But electricity doesn’t affect redstone and the serpent appeared to be made solely by the stuff; Tubbo and Mumbo had taught him that first one.

 

“Sharktooth, knock it off before it targets us!”, 404 appears from somewhere on the right side, coughing into his elbow occasionally. Yet another useless hero on scene, unless they find the villain amid the grounded people.

 

And the machine rears its head, its metal jaws opening and showing off sharp, serrated teeth, complicated hinges on either side holding the jaws together. The inside of its maw glowed red, growing brighter and brighter.

 

“Get back!”

 

Tommy doesn’t know who shouted. He finds that as much as he is on site, he is just as oblivious to what is happening around him. The sound of the laser beam is the only thing he hears before he is slammed in the side by something heavy, the heat of deadly light felt on his skin momentarily. It’s not painful because he wasn’t hit by it, but the street smokes and sizzles and melts where the laser passed.

 

“Up, up, you get, come on, kid!”, he realizes, with the least panicked heart rate, that The Blade is hoisting him up. He goes along willingly.

 

"How will you deal with that thing?!", he asks, shouting to hear himself over the sound of destroyed, crumbling asphalt.

 

"You shouldn't be here", The Blade replies instead of answering, sword unsheathed at his side, and it sounds like it's supposed to be a scolding. Too bad for him, Tommy has had the pleasure of having Cleo as his teacher, completely desensitizing him to any other sources of scolding.

 

"I should be here! I'm here to help!", he shouts back, stumbles back when he rips his arm out of the man's grasp. "And you can do nothing but cry about it!"

 

The Blade looks at him blankly for a long moment. Tommy thinks that he has just been noticed by the majority of the heroes on scene, which is weird, considering he’s been the one crowding the people to the evacuation efforts for about five minutes. Oh well.

 

The man doesn't say anything and Tommy takes his chances and runs off towards the rest of the heroes. There is another explosion inside the sinkhole, like a fucking test run is being executed, and the machine moves in a spiral through the air right after, stopping in a straight line right above the street. The Crowfather slams into the thin, metal tail of the machine by accident as it moves but thankfully, he doesn't scream nor fall; he only distances himself.

 

"We need more people in the sky", Tommy says once he reaches a safe distance from the sinkhole. Royal grabs him by the collar and drags him back with as much gentleness as one can expect from a panicked individual.

 

"Careful there", Tommy only rolls his eyes. He is careful and he does have the agility to parkour out of a stupid hole if he falls into one.

 

"Where the fuck is the Dream Team?", he demands. Looking up, he can only see BBH and Sapnap, fire spreading around them but doing nothing to the apparently fireproof steel . What the fuck- how? Last time they’d decimated it in a matter of minutes .

 

When they move up the machine's body, there is not even a scorch mark to indicate their efforts. It’s mocking, to say the least; almost a taunt.

 

"Dream is looking for The Goatfather", Sharktooth says and he looks at him with… tolerance? Guess being noticed doesn’t come with acceptance in a buy-one-get-one-free deal. "We need to negate the damage the best we can"

 

We , amazing. Tommy looks around them to find his friends and finds that Ranboo has returned in his vigilante costume and Tubbo is hovering down from a rooftop.

 

"What is Goatfathers ability, anyway?", he asks. The Blade waves over Endwalker, shouting orders he only half-hears.

 

Royal winces at the question. "Redstone manipulation", they say with a hint of frustration. "Warden knows mo- They're moving! Follow!"

 

The small hero group runs after the moving sky-serpent hastily. Tommy keeps his distance until Tubbo and Ranboo get close enough for the three of them to advance together.

 

And the bombs start dropping from cavities within the belly of the thing. Whole bundles of lit dynamite in a fucking conga-line, timed to explode just above the street. Tommy remembers how the World Eater worked last time; it’ll slowly eat away at the earth, attempt to make multiple passings through the same path-

 

“What’s the plan?”, Ranboo asks. “Blade told me to follow the others or to stay behind and do nothing and- honestly, I’d like the second option but our house is literally right there

 

Tubbo pushes them both onwards and breaks into a sprint. Tommy doesn’t stop running even after a vwoop has brought them closer to their target, trailing the edges of the oldest explosions. The heroes are evacuating citizens still and Tommy spies a few apprentices helping out at the sidelines too.

 

“What do we know about the guy?”, Tubbo shouts, waving away the smoke that threatens his nostrils. Honestly, this is a pretty bad health hazard, isn’t it? They are lucky there isn’t a fire somewhere nearby.

 

“Royal said that he can manipulate fucking redstone!” , Tommy replies.

 

He can what?!”

 

Ranboo pushes Tubbo to the left to avoid a crater the bee almost ran into. “So it’s safe to say that if Goatfather goes down, the World Eater will go down with him?”, the enderborn asks.

 

Tubbo does a so-so gesture. Fucking great.

 

“I don’t think this is the same World Eater, guys”, he says, halting. The other two stop a few steps in front.

 

“It’s improved, obviously”, Ranboo observes calmly.

 

“No! No, that’s not what I mean! Like, look at what it’s doing!”, Tubbo gestures wildly with his hands, eyes blown wide in horror of not what the machine is doing but at what it is trying to do… and visibly succeeding. Tommy, following Tubbo’s demand, looks. “It’s not going horizontally, it’s going vertically! It’s digging a whole trench!”

 

The other two find that, indeed, the serpent thing is digging a trench. The original World Eater hadn’t dug any trenches- it’d just dug away a giant square of approximately two-hundred meters depth before it was stopped. Thank Pearl and whoever worked on the rebuilding efforts; at least the area affected was reinforced and modernized, rather than reassembling the old buildings and leaving the city center looking like a crushed cockroach.

 

“Maybe the Goatfather decided to change tactics?”, Tommy offers with a bit of panic, “What had he said that his project was-”

 

“The Perimeter”

 

“Yeah, that- wait”

 

It wasn’t Tubbo who answered. And that certainly wasn’t an everyday accent.

 

“Guys, I think we’re being watched”

 

“No shit sherlock, End”, Tommy gets through as he grits his teeth and turns around slowly.

 

The man before the three makes them flinch backwards; Tommy balances on a broken piece of road he finds under his foot, and right under that is a drop that will do him no favor if he falls in. He gulps and he feels like he’s swallowed his tongue too.

 

“Goatfather-”, Ranboo gasps.

 

The same curled horns with sharp ridges running along their impressive shape, the same sharp jawline, greenish skin, pointy ears… a mechanical, glowing, red eye. Tommy wants to laugh at the irony of things.

 

"That's not the fucking Goatfather ", surely, their own doctor isn't some villain who laughs at the image of destruction; surely .

 

But Doc is standing right there in front of them, in a pure black suit, looking at them with an almost manic grin that could belong to a black market doctor. There is no facade to get rid of, no mask or anything to hide his identity. Nothing. Just a man with mania that didn't show on their first meeting.

 

"It's good to see you three", Doc greets them. He smiles, showing off pearly white, sharp fangs. The metal eye -made of redstone , Tommy notes- shines brighter. Tubbo stumbles backwards.

 

"I feel betrayed"

 

Tommy breathes in. "Yeah, me too-"

 

"Horny Guy?"

 

Tubbo turns sharply.

 

"Endwalker, now is not the time for jokes!"

 

"But he's right there!"

 

Right behind Doc's legs wanders a small baby goat. A very familiar baby goat. Tommy recognizes the kid with little trouble. He clicks his tongue in an attempt to call the little fella over and Horny Guy screams at him.

 

"RaccoonInnit, focus!"

 

"Right, yeah- why the fuck-"

 

And Doc simply chuckles, shaking his head as if he'd expected this reaction. Like some calculation of his has come to fruition. Tommy doesn't know Doc well enough to say that he could've had expected this.

 

"Doc, please turn that thing off, it's tearing apart the city", Tubbo pleads. An explosion sounds behind them, somewhere. When he looks, Tommy sees that the giant serpent has changed its course… and it's heading right back their way- shit.

 

"I'm sorry… Tubbee? That's your vigilante name, right?" -Tubbo doesn't get a chance to respond. "My project is well underway… and I never leave a project half-finished. They tried really hard to stop it last time but I’ve made a few tweaks to the design”, he raises a hand towards the flying machine in the sky, mouth a big triumphant grin, “And it looks like this is it! Let me introduce to you, the World Eater 2.0!”

 

Tommy shakes his head. They’re being told that this thing can’t be taken down; it is probably impossible to take it down in a close-combat approach. That is why Dream is looking for the Goatfather; the heroes have thought of the same: they need to hit the very core, which, ironically, is not inside the mechanical beast at all.

 

“It will fall”, Ranboo states like it’s something that will take minutes to happen. “And you will fall with it”

 

Tommy nods his head, pushing himself forwards and away from the crater behind him. “You know, it’s quite easy to disassemble it”, Tubbo snarls beside them. Tommy can say that the shadowed expression of his friend’s face is exhilarating.

 

“It’s pretty simple, really. We don’t need superpowers for this-”

 

Doc’s expression twitches, faltering for a smidgen of a second.

 

“-You only need a wire-cutter to cut a connection, right? And if you were out for the count, your World Eater would ultimately fall”, Tubbo glares at the man, even at Horny Guy, who has done nothing but hop about and look super-freaking-adorable this entire time. “Am I right?”

 

The creeper before them looks impressed. Yeah, it’s not every day that you encounter a teenager with redstone knowledge. Tommy smirks. Royal didn’t say anything about any second ability, so they have the guy cornered. But his smirk falls because Doc grins like the madman that he is.

 

“You are”, he says, like a dumb villain from a TV show. Why do villains always admit their weaknesses?? Is that somehow practical in a warped way? “However, this isn’t your fight”

 

There is shouting coming from behind them, the consistent sound of boom, boom, boom playing on repeat as the World Eater hovers closer. The heroes are returning too and Tommy can almost feel the warmth of Sapnap and BBH’s combined firepower.

 

It appears the Goatfather is merely here to observe his creation destroy.

 

“Reinforcements should be arriving any second”, looking back, Tommy finds Doc fiddling with a wrist watch. “For the heroes, that is. The World Eater only needs itself”

 

“GET HIM!”, Tubbo all but shouts, and immediately, the facade of a conqueror shatters and falls from Doc’s head. Tommy and Ranboo waste no time in following the charge the bee is leading. The enderborn teleports to the nearest turn as the villain runs for the hills with maybe the tiniest regret in his brain.

 

“Two minutes!”, Ranboo shouts back when the Goatfather slips away from him and Tubbo flatters his wings, boosting himself onwards. For such old bones, he could fucking run .

 

“Okay, maybe we can leave this here, right, guys?”, Doc laughs nervously, rounding a corner right as Ranboo’s two minutes are up. The man slams straight into the boy, surprisingly finding out that they are the same height- but don’t share the same muscle distribution.

 

They both tumble to the ground in a mess of tangled, long limbs.

 

Tubbo approaches with no hesitation and lifts Ranboo off the guy in an amazing show of strength. He straddles the doctor’s stomach and puts his stingers to the guy’s neck. Doc heaves a breath as his one biological eye is blown wide.

 

“If you know your hybrids, you should know that one sting could kill you”, the bee seethes and it’s understandable, really. Doc’s expression relaxes, then, and it becomes unreadable but Tubbo’s doesn’t. “So, doc, you can either stop the World Eater or… y’know?”, he pokes the man’s chin with a finger, decidedly not stinging him yet.

 

Tommy can’t tell whether the man is affected emotionally by the threat of death because he doesn’t show it. Ranboo leans on him, getting his breath back whilst he can. The chase is over anyway, they have the villain in their -Tubbo’s- hold and the evil TNT machine isn’t close enough to do any damage to them.

 

Then, Doc grins. He is looking down the alley they've found themselves in and he's grinning like a maniac.

 

"What's so funny?", Tubbo demands.

 

They see what is funny immediately- or, they hear it. Yeah, that's a better way to describe it. The explosions are closer, closer and louder than they should be this far away, making Tommy's ears ring and his brain hurt.

 

He realizes, with his heart dropping to his stomach, that the World Eater has changed direction.

 

"You fuckin' bastard!", he shouts, jostling Ranboo and lurching forward to grab Tubbo off the man.

 

Doc laughs as the explosions get closer.

 

"Best get away while you can, vigilantes!", he shouts at them with mirth, yet the explosions chase both them and him. However, Doc doesn't need to run away- he is a creeper hybrid, Tommy has to remind himself of that; he is fucking resistant to explosions .

 

Right as the clouds of dust and disgusting, smoking gunpowder threaten to engulf them whole, Ranboo whisks them away. Far, far away, on a rooftop that had yet to be affected by the World Eater and its bombs.

 

There is another earthquake that makes the building they're on tremble like a leaf on a windy day. Tubbo detaches himself from Ranboo almost immediately, the latter heaves like he's about to throw up and Tommy guides him to a corner.

 

They are close enough for them to see and to be seen by the heroes but there is no way for them to help them. Not the vigilantes the heroes and certainly not the heroes the vigilantes; not that they need any help. Compared to the adults, they have barely sustained injury.

 

Dream is still missing when Tommy does a headcount. He is probably still searching the area and there is only so much that one man alone can do. So, Tommy decides that enough is enough, and he shouts at the top of his lungs.

 

"SAPNAP!", the demon hybrid is the closest hero to them, still trying to melt the protective layer of the machine, yet having little to no effect. "GOATFATHER IS IN THE ALLEY!", the man snaps his head towards him -them- and shouts something to BBH at his side.

 

BBH lets himself fall in the road between the buildings, disappearing from view. Sapnap follows right after with haste.

 

The World Eater shines less a long, thrilling and explosive minute later. The redstone isn’t as bright as before, Tommy stumbles closer for a better vantage point and he sees how the glowing of the machine’s eyes is fainter. It’s falling. A smile breaks across his face; it’s falling . Fucking- finally , this death machine is dying, smoke is coming out from the guts of it, what he guesses to be any lit TNT that got trapped when the redstone deactivated and closed the hatches on the underbelly.

 

“It’s falling!”, he exclaims, and with him, he hears The Crowfather say the same, only a bit more panicked because- “It’s falling on them!”

 

“What!”, Tubbo shouts after, wobbling over with a little out-of-it Ranboo leaning on him, an arm across the bee’s shoulder.

 

“Maybe-”, Ranboo starts, interrupted by his own cough, “Maybe I could teleport it?”

 

It’s an offer that is completely stupid and utterly out of the question.

 

“Are you crazy?”, Tommy scolds the enderborn and thankfully, Ranboo looks more relieved that he doesn’t have to TP a whole machine the size and weight of an ambiguous number of buses. “You’ll fucking die trying to teleport that- we need to change its course somehow”

 

“If it’s falling, then Doc has been apprehended”, Tubbo notes, “There is no way we can change its course unless something as heavy or heavier than it-”

 

Something slams into the side of the machine, black and feathery, and the hit resounds through the air, the concrete around, and it makes Tommy’s head pound -he wonders if he’s received a concussion yet simply because of sound waves. There is another one right as the black thing falls off the metal- and almost simultaneously, there is another.

 

For a second, Tommy thinks he’s so disoriented that he’s just seeing double . Why are there two Listeners? What? The first of the black things flies up and almost knocks Tommy in the face; it’s The Watcher- holy Hell, they’re getting reinforcements-

 

Wait a minute. Were the villains what Doc meant as ‘reinforcements’? Reinforcements for the heroes , no less. What the fuck is happening?

 

The unknown Listener clicks, the one they know clicks back, and then The Watcher slams full-force into the World Eater again, legs first. The Crowfather flies around and his flight pattern falters when he sees the three villains working on the metal serpent.

 

“Come on! Harder!” , The Listener shouts, huge, webbed wings flapping rapidly as he tries to orient himself in the air. The hero joins them in their efforts and they bump into the machine together.

 

The Crowfather even takes the role of leader, counting them all in to attack at the same time.

 

Tommy finally finds the strength to slump back, let his knees buckle and just- just breathe for a moment. All of them do.

 

*

 

They finally have a feather. It's been days since The Watcher went under the radar but this little mess -as unpredictable and inconvenient as it is- pulled the guy out of whatever hole he'd been hiding in.

 

Sure, Dream isn't the most proud about sitting out of this one and basically letting some vigilantes -who, by the way, have been the target of the villains in the are- hunt down the Goatfather but the end justifies the means. Right? He is still questioning himself, even as XD hops around the feather on the kitchen table, like he's performing a pagan rite.

 

"Is this all you need?", he asks the blob, whose giddiness does nothing but manifest further. It's almost like he's gaining more and more energy but being sugar-high is a more plausible scenario with the syrupy, custard-filled croissants he tried (more like scarfed down ) today.

 

"Yes!"

 

Dream picks the feather up by the shaft to examine it. It's sturdy, the surface of it soft like any other avian's but there is this thrum to it. He hasn't seen nor felt anything like it in his life; and trust him, he has seen a lot of things. The downy barbs tickle his fingers in an unnatural way; it's nothing like Phil's, simply because Phil's wings aren't embellished by this eldritch feel and purple spots. It's almost like he's gazing into obsidian when he looks at Phil's wings, and he can almost see himself as if they were a mirror.

 

The Watcher's feather eats all light; absorbs it and leaves nothing but a shadow in his hand. There are no imperfections that he can see, just the purplish spots that zap him like an iron cart in a big, big supermarket. It's like he's gazing into the void with only little dots of stars to orient him.

 

"Very well", Dream breathes. He sets the feather down and XD doesn't hesitate to roll on it like a cat nuzzling tasty catnip. "Think you can get us to him?"

 

XD glares at him. Of course, he doesn't have eyes but Dream can feel it anyway.

 

"What have I told you?"

 

"...Not to question you?"

 

"Exactly"

 

"You still want the cookies?"

 

"Yes"

 

*

 

When Sam returns to HQ, it is with a baby goat trailing behind his legs. He doesn't know why the animal decided to follow him after its owner disappeared into the air but he hasn't questioned it much. The Goatfather -or should he call him Doc, now? Apparently the cat is out of the bag- is a creeper hybrid, Sam is a creeper hybrid; maybe it doesn't make that much of a difference to a baby.

 

He doesn't miss the way Foolish, the very same Sharktooth, looks at him like he's just seen an alien walk by with a smoothie. It's a little funny.

 

"Why is there a baby goat with you?"

 

"I don't know but he's cute"

 

Techno walks into the office in his hero costume. Sam didn't even know he was going to come by, seeing as everyone with anything similar to superstrength has been occupied with breaking down a huge, metal sack of redstone in the middle of the street. He simply nods at the two of them in greeting, then walks off to sit in one of the many seats.

 

"I'm keeping him until his owner comes to  collect him", Sam tells the other two in the room. He picks up the goat with little effort, who offers no resistance at all, despite how passionate he was about headbutting Sam's calves just a moment prior.

 

"How do you know how even has been owner?", Techno asks, seeming mildly indifferent but they all know he has a soft spot for anything furry and fluffy. Sam smiles at him.

 

"Because he does", he tells him, "he is too cute not to"

 

"Could be a she", Foolish interrupts and Sam lets the little fellow down.

 

He knows that the Goatfather will return for his baby goat; either that or Sam will have to visit his little cover-up of a clinic.

 

*

 

At the end of it, Doc managed to escape. No one knows how he did it but he escaped both Sapnap and BBH, as well as Warden, who was on the ground level and rushed after the two demons. Tubbo has been gnawing on every pencil in Grian’s apartment at the very thought and Tommy finds himself chewing on the furniture in his raccoon form whenever the adults aren’t looking.

 

Unbeknownst to him, he's been caught numerous times.

 

They can’t believe that the person for whom Stress works for is a fucking monster. Not only that but he also knows both their human and vigilante identities -and if he didn’t before, he did now because they referred to the doctor by his actual name throughout the whole encounter. It's not that hard to put two and two together !

 

The news channels are talking about the incident nonstop, they keep reminding everyone to have their houses checked for cracks or anything that was caused by the "Awaking of the World Eater", as the heroes have named it. For the most part, the reporters are too preoccupied with the giant machine to pick up on the fact that The Listener had a double in the final quarter of the match-up.

 

That one makes Tommy question his eyes but Tubbo confirmed that there were three winged people, not including The Crowfather. It's weird, though, how in almost every bit of footage, the double is nowhere to be seen. Yet, Tommy catches small glimpses of a shadow. Is it just The Listener’s ability? Other than flying 'round like a bat?

 

"Jimmy is back", Mumbo says as he steps through the door. The mustached man has a package of something under his arm, walking normally like Pearl and Gem aren't out there trying to fix and salvage everything the World Eater ruined.

 

Regardless, Jimmy being back is a happy thought and Tommy decides that they are fucking due for some happiness. So, he drags Tubbo and Ranboo along with him -even though they don't need the guidance, being as excited as him to have their hang out spot back.

 

Mumbo only adjusts his hold on the box as they walk past. If there is a faint smell of explosives coming from upstairs, none of them catch a whiff of it.

 

It's fine, everything smells like smoke and gunpowder thanks to recent events. Tommy doubts his nose will return back to normal after that ordeal.

 

"Jimmy! My main man!", Tommy bursts into the video club with his friends- not quite in tow because Tubbo has let himself actually be dragged on the floor for some reason and Ranboo is half stumbling behind them. It's so funny, it makes him laugh.

 

There is some guy leaning against a counter, shorter than Jimmy but with the same shade of blond hair. Tommy raises an eyebrow at the choice of lime green jacket and bandana the guy is wearing. Is this guy a Dream fan?

 

Jimmy raises his head to look at them. They probably interrupted a conversation between the two. Is the guy just a friend? They look awfully similar and they even have the same eyes. That’s weird; Tommy didn’t know Jimmy had a brother. No one had mentioned Jimmy having a brother either.

 

“Hey, Tommy!”, the man greets him with a sheepish look. Damn right, he’d better be sheepish after going undercover or something for three days straight without so much as a warning! “Tubbo, Ranboo, good morning”

 

“Where were you?”, Tubbo asks, craning his head so he can look at the men at the counter. The stranger looks only mildly disturbed, which, to his credit, is the mildest reaction Tubbo has received out of someone.

 

“You weren’t joking when you said the kids in this area are weird”, is all he comments before backing away.

 

“These are the kids staying next door”, Jimmy informs him and the stranger looks like he’s been slapped in the face.

 

“The ones Grian has been talking about?”

 

“Why does Grian know so many people?”, is all Ranboo offers to the conversation. If this is even a conversation; they’re pretty much talking like they can’t hear them.

 

The man chuckles. “Welcome to adulthood! We know too many people”

 

“Who are you anyway? Jimmy’s brother?”

 

Jimmy, makes a sound of realization and acknowledgment. “This is Martyn and no, he isn’t my brother”, he chuckles. “Just a friend who was out of town for a bit”

 

“I came back because of a family emergency”, the stranger, Martyn -you don’t hear this name much nowadays- says. Tommy finds it weird that he’s excusing himself for visiting town, even for a family emergency. “You’ll probably see more of me around”

 

“Yada, yada”, Tommy waves him off, tagging Tubbo to stand up before plopping himself on the countertop. He more or less glares at Jimmy. “We’re here to catch you up on events and then you’re telling us where the Hell you ran off to”

 

And if Jimmy looks a little apprehensive about the conversation, they all laugh about it. Even Martyn! Who, apparently, is allowed to tease Jimmy as much as Grian.

 

Again, why do adults know so many people? Should be illegal or somethin’ to know half the city’s population.

Notes:

I've been working on this the past week, and honestly I am surprised I hadn't finished this sooner but battle scenes are the bane of my existence! :)
Now we see a new side to the Warden, or Sam! Actually, we have more of a relationship development between Sam and Goatfather- or Doc? Who knows how the two know each other? hmmmm

Chapter 13: From one wall, they say "SILENCE!"

Summary:

Today, we are opening with three Sam and Doc centric segments! Thanks to those who were theorizing about them being brothers, now we have a mystery relationship between the two creeper-men, with only subtle hints at what sort of relationship they have. (Feel free to theorize, it generates content :) )
Following up, Tommy warms up to Martyn and meets Scar, and for dessert, we have a crispy, singed, burning block o' flats! Because everyone likes a little angst :)
This is also the turn on the road, you can see the finish line just a few chaps away!

Notes:

I also have tumblr now, come say hi! :D (links at end notes)

Chapter Text

Sam’s home is pretty silent on a normal day. He doesn’t live with anyone, just himself, and the occasional guest who tags along after his shift or comes over to visit. Guests aren’t all that frequent, seeing as Sam prefers to chat at the HQ or within working hours because most of his friends are from his work area; that means, they are heroes. Most of them.

 

The baby goat becomes the guard dog of the house within the one day he has him around. Honestly, he acts more like a dog than a goat, in the fact that he bleats whenever a car passes by or a plane takes off or a motorbike that deserves a speeding ticket. He also takes up most of the space on Sam’s bed, regardless of his incredibly small size. Sam has to physically push him to get him off and he deems that getting headbutted in the face is worth a good night’s sleep.

 

Waking up with half a bump on his forehead isn’t all that fun but they have medical staff at the hero HQ to take care of this issue.

 

When he does wake up on the second day of babysitting the animal, it isn’t to the kid bleating his lungs out or licking at his face or nomming on his socks, like he’d woken Sam up (every four hours for his milk, right before his feeding alarm goes off) last night. Instead, it is to his phone blaring music, signaling that someone is calling him in the ungodly hours of the night. The goat jumps off the bed, definitely scared shitless -and who could blame him, really.

 

Groaning into the pillow he has buried half his face in, he fumbles the night stand with a hand that is only slightly numb from sleep and not-so-deftly swiping about ten times before he catches the small phone icon. Sadly, he swipes the red button, ending the call before it can even begin, and because he likes sleep, he merely shrugs it off and turns on his other side. If the caller really needs him, they’ll call again -hopefully when he’ll have a semblance of caffeine in his system.

 

Sadly, fate doesn’t really like him.

 

In less than two minutes, when Sam can almost feel sleep coming back to him, his ringtone plays. He turns around, shuffles the covers, slams his fist into the pillow beside him in frustration and glares at the spawn of evil at his bedside. The baby goat bleats loudly, eyes the nightstand with an ominous gaze and Sam doesn’t know how he caught the baby before it headbutted the piece of furniture but thankfully, he did.

 

He sighs and figures that he should pick up now that he is more-or-less awake so he can go back to sleep right after. Depending on who is calling him, he might just put his phone on silent and be done with it -the goat does a better job at waking him up every two hours anyway.

 

The emoji of a goat stares right back at him, the light of the screen straining his eyes. Ow.

 

“Couldn’t you have called earlier?”, he says into the phone, falling back onto his back. The baby animal jumps on his chest and Sam manages to not grunt in protest to that. He turns his face away when the goat lies down with his fluffy tail towards his head.

 

“Hey, Sam, sorry for calling this late. Is my goat there?”

 

“He’s sitting on me as we speak, actually”

 

He hears gruff laughter from the other end, no doubt aimed at his suffering. It gets a tired, amused huff out of Sam anyway.

 

“Yeah, yeah, stop laughing, I want to sleep, y’know”, the laughter quietens to a few chuckles and Sam knows that Doc is smiling on the other end of the line despite the lack of sound. “How are you? Any wounds? Are your prosthetics working?”

 

“Yeah, I’m good. Some dust got in the compartments but I cleaned that out so uh, I’m good for the most part”

 

“I take it you’ve been trying to salvage the World Eater?”

 

The first time Sam was introduced to the giant machine of literal doom, he’d bit his tongue, swallowed it whole and thought that maybe, just maybe , he should be afraid. But he can’t bring himself to be afraid of the creation, no matter how much TNT, gunpowder (whole barrels of the stuff) and redstone wiring is in it. Sam has to commend the design of the second version, really.

 

“Whatever is left of it. There are guards posted around it-”

 

Sam chuckles, jostling the goat on his chest. Said goat jumps off him and curls up next to him on the mattress. “Huh, I wonder why that would be!”

 

“Haha, yeah, laugh but anyway, I got most of it back. Your guards are stupid, should hire someone with psychic abilities, honestly”

 

He hums into the receiver, lips quirked up mischievously. “We do have someone with psychic abilities, actually” -he takes pleasure in hearing Doc suck in a breath, ”You saw someone with brown hair, yeah?”

 

And then he holds the phone far away from his ear because Doc is yelling curses at him for spooking him so badly. Sam laughs so hard, that the goat, annoyed, jumps off the bed, walking off into the hallway - far away from all the noise .

 

“Very funny but just you wait until you open your front door one day and your house is blown sky high”

 

It’s not much of an empty threat, Sam knows. He knows a lot about Doc, actually, and so he makes a mental note to at least reinforce his door in the morning.

 

“Right, when are you coming over for the goat?”

 

“Tomorrow, probably in the evening, we’ll see” , Doc hums, “I’ll just let myself in if you aren’t home, that cool?”

 

“Sure”

 

“Alright, you two sleep well. Good night!”

 

Sam doesn’t respond, opting for hanging up instead. He groans as he turns to the side, pulling the covers over him and throwing his phone somewhere on the mattress. Man needs sleep, even though he has to get up in about ten minutes to feed the baby.

 

*

 

Sam takes the goat to work the next day. No one really comments on it, since the goat is too short to be noticeable in a room full of two meter tall people. The little guy almost gets stepped on every two minutes because apparently, small animals have the tendency to entangle themselves in others’ shoes. At this point, Sam thinks that the goat is confused about what animal it’s supposed to be but he doesn’t mind… much.

 

He only minds when the goat trips him, seemingly on purpose, like a rabbit. Ponk laughs at him instead of helping him up and Bad -who is hanging out in the tower, that is the Dream Team HQ, today (he doesn't come by very often)- raises an eyebrow.

 

That is also the moment that the baby goat at his feet is evident.

 

“Awww! Sam, is this your new pet?”, Bad asks, crouching down to pet the goat. Sitting back on his knees, Sam shakes his head.

 

“No, just goat-sitting for a few days”, he says with a chuckle. The animal has taken a liking to Bad but then again, most animals like Bad despite him being an actual demon; not a halfling, like his son, Sapnap -who animals very much dislike for good reason. “Thought I’d bring him to work since he needs to eat every couple of hours”

 

Bad is in awe, adoring the kid that licks at his face when the demon picks him up.

 

“I’m free for an hour, can I goat-sit him for a bit?”, he asks and how can Sam say no to such an innocent, puppy-eyed gaze?

 

“Of course, just be careful, he’s a little rowdy”

 

Ponk reaches out to pet the kid on the head. “What’s his name?”

 

Now that is a tough question. Doc hadn’t named this one, even though he’d planned on keeping it as a pet. You know, so he can do evil villain twirls in that chair of his like every professional villain in a suit does. Instead of a cat, he wanted to have a goat, since it’s on brand with the horns and that little group he’s created. The G.O.A.T.

 

He remembers that Doc said that some young patients decided to name the goat when he had the kid in his clinic (he’s lucky the cops haven’t been called on him, really). Only… the name isn’t that great. It’s a joke, dare he say a meme .

 

“He doesn’t have an official name”, he settles on saying.

 

“Well, that’s sad”, Bad pouts. “He deserves a nice name! Like… hmm”

 

Sam leaves before an ‘’official’ name is selected. It doesn’t help his nerves that Ponk snickers, likely thinking of a name not better than ‘Horny Guy’.

 

*

 

The kid sprints into the house the moment Sam unlocks the door, no leash or harness on him; he just follows Sam wherever it is he goes. It’s the norm for the two days he’s had him. The warm, bittersweet smell of gunpowder greets him almost immediately and when he enters after the small animal, he sees the source of it. The oh-great-Goatfather is sitting on the couch, one leg crossed over the other, leisurely swiping on his phone.

 

“Hey”

 

“Hey”, Doc slips his phone back into his pocket and stretches out his arms, only to hunch in on himself when the goat hops on his lap with more force than needed. Sam walks into the house with a badly hidden smile.

 

“Please don’t tell me you walked in broad daylight in your suit”

 

“I did”

 

“You are crazy, dude”, Sam sighs, already wondering what sort of lie he can make up in the event that some civilian recorded the Goatfather entering his house. Wait, he also has to make up a lie of who lives in the house, aw man, will he seriously have to move house again?

 

“You know, I can’t keep covering you all the time”, he chides the man with no real anger or frustration.

 

“Stealth is not my strong suit, I just build machines”

 

“I still wonder how you get all the money for your machines, Doc”

 

Doc smiles conspiratorially at him.

 

“Maybe it’s better that way”

 

On the kitchen table, Sam finds a basket overflowing with tomatoes. Bright red, most of them but some have beautiful gradients of orange blooming. He spies some greens, trying and failing to hide under the ripe ones. He smiles at the kind gesture and wordlessly moves the basket to the counter to sort through later.

 

“But what I said stands. You can’t keep walking around so carelessly; someone will see you and get suspicious”, Sam sighs, “and then what? I can only save you so many times, Doc”

 

He hears hooves clop on the ground, a protesting bleat following and the sounds of a groaning couch. Doc is standing at the entrance to the kitchen when he looks, a smirk sitting on his face. Sam shakes his head fondly.

 

“And you can save me a hundred times more. We promised to have each other’s backs, didn’t we?”, to protect each other from the opposing world, Sam recites in his head, lone creepers stick together.

 

“We did. Your garden is having a good time, I take it?”, he asks, opening the cupboard and pulling out two green mugs with the phrase ‘I hate Mondays’ hand-written on them, in the most horrific writing style there is. A young Doc and a young Sam wanted to prove a point to Monday.

 

“The tomatoes have been enjoying the weather”, Doc chuckles, taking his seat at the table. He crosses his arms, like he always does, and leans on them. “Sorry for the trouble”

 

Sam glances at him whilst he retrieves the ground coffee, pouring a teaspoon in a Greek coffee pot and setting it over the stove, turning that on too. “You’re doing good in your own way”, he comments. “The architects working on site have plans for better buildings… they’ll even redo the foundations”

 

“Finally, we can enjoy flat roads”, Doc muses, leaning back on his chair. Sam laughs.

 

“Yeah”, he waves him off, “We’ll enjoy flat roads until your next charade”

 

The baby goat, Sam realizes, is sitting at his feet. He coos at him before pulling the pot off the stove and pouring the hot coffee into the mugs he’d picked. They are the only mugs he keeps hidden, a treasure, he’d say they are. Doc has two in his own house and these are their mugs. No one else is allowed to drink from them.

 

He remembers when he’d had Techno and Dream over -the three of them are so close that they can do as they please in each other’s houses- and one of them tried to get the ‘I hate Mondays’ mugs. Needless to say, they have never so much as looked at the green pair in the cupboard since then.

 

“Man, who knew I’d agree so much with my teenage self”, Doc huffs a laugh as he examines the awful handwriting.

 

“Who knew you’d still have the same awful handwriting”, Sam jokes. The other makes an offended noise, the goat mimics him.

 

“Well, I am a doctor”

 

Rolling his eyes, Sam takes his seat, opposite of the man, coffee in hand. He notices speckles of red in the brown tufts of hair and some on the curved horns.

 

“A doctor with redstone in his hair”

 

Doc seems to think of what to do about that for a second before taking a sip of his coffee.

 

“It’s part of my charm”, Sam chuckles. “Anyway, you want to have a peek at the World Eater blueprints?”

 

*

 

Tommy gets along with Martyn surprisingly well, even though the man himself is obviously having second thoughts about befriending a brash, loud, raccoon teenager. It’s not like Tommy cares much about it; the faster they get over introductions and the culture shocks and whatnot, the better. He is pretty curious about the man who showed up out of nowhere with Jimmy. So curious, in fact, that he forgets about Doc and what he’s done to the city.

 

But there’s some good that has come out of the damage (putting the potential risk of earthquakes aside), he has to admit -even the heroes hold neutral viewpoints on the damage. Pearl has told them of the plans she and Gem have come up with for the destroyed part of town, and she said, Tommy quotes: “They’ll be so extravagant, the rest of the city will be jealous they didn’t get hit by the Goatfather”. Which, from a builder’s point of view is great but from a bystander’s? A vigilante’s, no less?

 

Yeah, not too sure whether the World Eater was good or bad but at least now, there will be less old houses that could fall over any second. Less potential damage to apartments and whatnot and the city, as well as the heroes, are paying to cover the damages. Not to say that the mayor has housed the people who lived in those houses in three star hotels, and will continue to house them until construction is complete. It’s a surprising development but they should’ve seen it coming because of the Goatfather’s first attack. Speaking of, will they have to wait another three years for the next one?

 

Ranboo had gone to check out the apartment block the clinic was housed in. They’d have called the cops if there wasn’t a rental sign outside of its door. Their only lead was Stress but she’d taken a vacation break to visit her parents out of town. Honestly, none of them wanted to involve her, so they’ve kept quiet about it. Did she know that Doc was the Goatfather?

 

Tommy shakes his head at the thought. The whole ordeal has been swept under the rug, though and it’s forgotten pretty quickly. Even the news have forgotten about the villain and instead focus on the construction progress. It’s completely off the wall, y’know?

 

“So, like, does Jellie bring back dead birds?”

 

Tommy blinks, remembering that the gemstones in front of him aren’t something to fall asleep on. Today, he’s met Scar, the owner of the crystal shop Tubbo and Ranboo won’t shut up about. The man with the ridiculously high top hat chuckles, deft hands working fast to weigh sacks of emeralds. They are small and an ugly green but Scar explained that he hasn’t polished them yet.

 

“She isn’t an outdoor cat, so no”, he tells Tubbo, looking up from his work for only a second. “But she does catch the one stray rat that comes by. There is a hole in the backroom they keep coming in from but I’ve been too busy to look into repairing it”

 

Tommy raises an eyebrow at that. Tubbo and Ranboo may be too enthralled by the mystery shrouding the man in front of them but he isn’t quite as gullible as them right now. What could make this guy so busy that he doesn’t even have time to fix a hole multiple Jerries crawl out of? All he does is sort through gems and crystals and he has seen a few curved knives hidden behind the counter.

 

Is he a black market dealer or something? Did he piss off a bouncer? To be fair, he does have a scar on his face… or a couple, and Tommy can just make out a dark ring underneath the man’s eye that is incredibly suspicious.

 

“Oh yeah?”, Tommy urges. “What are you busy with?”

 

“Oh you know”, Scar waves him off. Tommy narrows his eyes, incredibly suspicious . “Gotta check stock and stuff”

 

“Right, right”, he’ll investigate later.

 

*

 

Okay, hear him out, Ranboo was only a little curious about why Mumbo and Grian were moving boxes of potatoes to the fourth floor. He just wanted to see why that was the case and in general, anything Grian does is a complete mystery. Now with Mumbo in the mix? It is a double mystery!

 

But now he is in a little bit of a pickle. You see, he didn't get the key to the room because that would just be an awkward conversation. I mean, could you imagine? "Hey, guys, I wanted to see what you're hiding on the fourth floor because it's extremely strange to store potatoes inside a vacant house" , would you ask a sus individual that? Yeah, didn't think so.

 

So, he teleported in. Now, he can't teleport back out. He doesn't know why and that is the main reason for his panicking. The second reason is the sheer amount of boxes mounted and piled up on every piece of covered furniture.

 

It is not just potatoes up here . There are weapons too, displayed on the walls of the master bedroom, spears and swords, mounted on there like prized relics. They're all glimmering similarly to the trident and sword of The Blade's, they're enchanted , and Ranboo wonders why they are here. Stored in a vacant room that is not a rental.

 

Ultimately, it is suspicious.

 

Why would you store away such peculiar specimens rather than have them in your own room? Maybe they are stolen or precious enough to be stolen. Ranboo picks up one of the weapons, an axe that is unsurprisingly heavy, and traces the head of it with a hand.

 

Precious netherite is what it's made out of. More valuable and more expensive than diamond and with a start, Ranboo sees that all the weapons in the room are made of the unusually warm metal. It's only a little terrifying; he's only seen The Blade with netherite and the hero doesn't carry that around all the time. Perhaps this is all stuff from an auction?

 

No, no, who in this world is rich enough to own all this? So, it comes down to stealing… but who could pull off such a heist?!

 

Putting the axe back on its display shelf, Ranboo returns to the piles of potatoes. There are also a few boxes of belongings, stuff that couldn't be put in the attic because he, Tubbo and Tommy occupy it now. He can't get out of the room without anyone on the outside and the balcony is blocked off -somehow he can't teleport out of that either and it's just wooden boards!

 

So, he does the next best thing: snooping.

 

He hovers near the boxes of potatoes for a solid minute before picking one up and carefully placing it on the ground. It's just regular potatoes, stored for whatever charity event Mumbo has them here for. He looks back up, at the closed box that the other one was on, only for one big word to prickle his nerves. In big, bold, mundane red letters is written the word 'MINES'. He peers at the one at his feet… It says 'GRENADES'.

 

"What the hell", and it's maybe one of the only times he'll ever say that. The faint smell of gunpowder powder and the image of a warehouse folding in half present themselves to him. It's not at all calming. "Are these-", he pauses before he can say the words.

 

The next box says 'GRENADES' again, though the font is smaller.

 

God, they've been so stupid .

 

He picks one of the 'grenade' potatoes up delicately, holding his breath to stop his hand from shaking. It explodes upon impact with the wall and surprisingly, it does no damage. Ranboo winces at the sound, instinctively backing up, only to realize that his ears aren't bleeding nor ringing from his proximity to the explosion. His bones are also intact which is red flag No. 2.

 

And something pulses. Something purple, a transparent veil, spreads from the contact point and runs along the walls like a wave in the sea, only to disappear as quickly as it appeared. It's only for a second and Ranboo blinks, silently pondering what he has really stumbled upon.

 

He throws another one just to make sure that he saw that and- yep. Yep, he saw that, okay. He doesn't know what to make of it but it's calling to him. It almost beckons him to touch the wall, right where it's smoking because of the Potats .

 

The scratchy, old fashioned wallpaper warbles under his touch in a dazzling way. Something zips and zaps in his ear but he is not sure what but purple, transparent glass shatters all around the room like he’s in a sci-fi thriller. He yelps, immediately covering his head with his hands and crouching, only for the pieces that fell from the ceiling to dissipate into small, glittering, dust-like particles.

 

It takes him a minute to recover.

 

“What just happened…”

 

And he still can’t believe it.

 

Then, he hears noise outside of the room. Footsteps, someone running up the stairs, maybe? With newfound hope, he rushes to the door and pounds his fist against it. Two distinct, girlish screams come from the other side; Tommy and Tubbo then.

 

“Guys, help!”, he shouts -he’ll laugh at them later, “I’m trapped in here!”

 

“That’s where you’ve been for half an hour?!”, he hears Tommy shout, albeit a little muffled. “Can’t you TP out?”

 

“No!”

 

There is some incomprehensible arguing on the other side, probably just Tommy and Tubbo being Tommy and Tubbo. They are riffling with the lock it sounds like and Ranboo leans away from the door because he doesn’t want to be hit in the face when it does open.

 

And sure enough, his friends slam the door open like there couldn’t possibly have been a Ranboo behind it. They’re so thoughtful.

 

“Woah”, Tubbo murmurs as the two of them step into the vacant apartment. “So, they’ve been storing potatoes and stuff in here?”

 

Ranboo shakes his head, voice wavering only slightly. “Potats”, he says. The two stare at him, dumbfounded. They look like they haven’t caught up yet, so he sighs and points to the singed wall. “ Explosive potatoes, the ones Jumbo gave us!”, he exclaims in a hushed whisper.

 

“No way”, Tommy shakes his head. “Mumbo is-”

 

“But he’s so innocent!”, Tubbo protests. Ranboo scoffs.

 

“Well, apparently, he isn’t”, he says, urging them towards the master bedroom. “There’s also netherite weapons in here!”

 

“What the fuck”, Tubbo and Tommy breath out in unison at the sight that greets them when they step into the bedroom.

 

And the ground shakes beneath their legs. Something falls in the living room and it takes a second for them to remember that they are in a place with tons of explosives.

 

The explosions come one after the other in a lime of boom boom boom , and Ranboo is certain he's getting flashbacks from the World Eater -what did Cleo call this? PTSD? He doesn't remember what the letters spell but-

 

"Get down, Ranboo!", Tommy grips his shirt by the collar and pulls him to the floor right as the door splinters into timbers. The smoke rises to the ceiling but the walls crack all around -and he can’t teleport them out of here!

 

He doesn’t like this, like, at all-




“Get out of the building, Pearl!”

 

“The kids are upstairs!”

 

“I’ll get them, you get out!”




-and their exits are blocked off! All windows are boarded up, there is no vent to crawl out of, the front door is off-limits because there’s a fire!

 

“Let’s get to the bathroom”, Tubbo tells them, already crawling on all fours towards the door. Thankfully for them, the layout is an exact copy of Stress’ apartment, so they know where they’re going, even if half their vision is getting blocked by black spots- Holy mother of god, they’re going to pass out, aren’t they?

 

Ranboo is the last to make it into the unaffected room and he closes the door behind him with a click. Tubbo hands Tommy a wet towel -for some reason, there are towels stacked on the toilet. It’s weird for a vacant house to have something as trivial as towels inside it. Except…

 

He coughs, he thinks that all of them are coughing, albeit his friends are doing so in their wet towels. Ranboo curses God for making him allergic to water. Tubbo presses a dry towel into his hands, and he decides that he’ll make do with the resources available.

 

“Tommy! Ranboo, Tubbo!”

 

Oh boy, he is already losing his senses, isn’t he? Because he swears he just heard Grian shouting-

 

-and he falls over, right into someone’s arms. His vision swims, he sees something purple above him. Huh. That’s weird. Why is The Watcher here?

 

“To the front door, kids!” , he swears that’s Grian’s voice but Tubbo and Tommy aren’t reacting to it. He barely registers that he’s thrown over the villain’s shoulder and that the avian’s black wings are protecting him. Man, he’s so out of it, that he doesn’t really feel his head hit the floor!

 

*

 

If you told Technoblade that his day would go like this, after having to deal with a giant machine made by a mad scientist person, he’d call you crazy! Villains also have downtime, they don’t work twenty-four hours, seven days a week, they take breaks!

 

Now, if you told him that the villain attack would be at his house, in the middle of the day, caused by The Watcher no less… Well, that’s just plain ridiculous! He saved the tenants from that hostage situation, or at least, helped resolve it! He can’t seriously be attacking that exact building in daylight! It’s stupid really because a) it’s pretty easy to corner him in there, and b) it’s just not practical, on so many levels!

 

For Techno and Wilbur especially because their stuff is in there! Right under the floor that’s caught on fire!

 

Do you have any idea how many shopping trips they’ll have to make to replenish any losses? Techno doesn’t think his anxiety could handle all that.

 

And no, working as a superhero and shopping are two very different, very distinct things. Do not even compare them.

 

He spots Gem and Pearl in the crowd of people immediately. They are all weirdly unconcerned with the situation, save for Mumbo, who is an absolute mess, in the middle of a meltdown over something that Techno doesn’t have the time for. Like, at all.

 

“What’s happening?”, he asks Gem, because the phone call he got -as Technoblade and not The Blade - only revealed so much to him.

 

Apparently, there is a fire on the fourth floor, quickly spreading from one apartment to the stairwell, and something is exploding if the cracks in the walls are snitchin’. From what he knows, the fourth floor and the attic are vacant, used more as storage space than anything else, really, and Techno thinks they should’ve called the firefighters already. Lastly, they said that The Watcher has taken the building hostage- well, they said that The Watcher is just in the building but, well- I mean, it’s hard to think of any other reason for the guy to just be in there with all the fire and stuff.

 

Did he forget his wallet or something the last time he was there?

 

“The kids are trapped inside!”

 

He’s running into the building before anyone can move. He is climbing the stairs two at a time, sword brandished at his side for some reason, like he’s going to fight the flames; incredibly intelligent, truly. He shakes his head, still keeps the sword at his side and continues.

 

He doesn’t expect to bump into Tommy and Tubbo on his way up. They smell of smoke and burnt wood, which is explainable by the black clouds coming down the stairwell, and their clothes are singed, there’s holes here and there, and he thinks he sees something purple on Tubbo’s face. The two are still lively but so shaken up that they stummer a few words before just giving up on that plan and instead pointing upstairs.

 

“You get out”, he tells them, urging them to go with a wave. They are gone like the wind.

 

And if you told Techno that he’d find The Watcher struggling to get on his knees with Ranboo over his shoulders, he’d say you’ve been doing shrooms or some other illegal drug.

 

Yet, that is exactly what he sees, so he’d take that one back. He doesn’t even know what the villain is doing in here without any sort of gas mask, seeing as he’s an avian and therefore, way more sensitive to smoke and gasses than a normal human being; was this thing not organized by The Watcher? Weird.

 

Regardless, he is a hero. Sadly or not, he exists to help people in need. He blames Phil for the way he dives to get Ranboo out of the burning apartment. He doesn’t like how the boy’s head lolls to the side lifelessly, but he is breathing -if only a little slowly- and he hoists him over his shoulder. Then, he does (maybe) the unthinkable.

 

He grabs The Watcher by the scruff of the neck -not literally, of course, because there is the hood in the way. No hero has ever had this honor without having an avian on rabies munching on their skin like a demon from Hell. Y’know, without ending up like George had in that one encounter.

 

Techno somehow manages to coil his arm around the man’s shoulders, helping him up and out of there. The Watcher clutches onto him with the grip of a vice -Techno can almost feel the claws - and coughs as The Blade half-drags, half-carries them down. The villain offers no resistance, happy to cough his lungs out and fist his claws into Techno’s soon-to-be-torn hero attire.

 

There is one, relatively small issue, however.

 

Does he turn The Watcher in or does he let him roam about for another day? Wilbur said that they owe the guy nothing, whether it’s because of powerful-supervillain pride or whatever. The thing is that Techno does feel indebted to the guy. He doesn’t particularly like this feeling but it’s there and he can’t for the life of him ignore it.

 

He has pride too, damnit!

 

Leaning Ranboo against the broken elevator for a second -he still wonders why the elevator even exists if all it does is sit there and look pretty (Wilbur is trying to make the thing into his next musical masterpiece for some reason. That man and his odd infatuation with non-living objects; he blames Phil and his infatuation for Samsung fridges for that one too)- and adjusts the man at his side so he can hide him underneath his flowy cape.

 

Finally, the cape isn’t as useless as he’d deemed it!

 

When he exits the building, people are too concentrated on getting Ranboo something to eat and drink or whatever to bother with the hero and the bird he’s hiding in his hat -or cape, in this case. It’s easy enough to slip away with minimal discomfort, especially with no one bugging him about whether he’s inhaled too much smoke or whatever.

 

Most of the smoke traveled upwards, to the attic, anyway.

 

In the closest alley, he sits the guy against the shadiest wall he can see and awkwardly watches as the avian heaves and coughs. It’s loud but the sirens of the fire truck running down the road is louder, masking them completely.

 

“You, uh”, he begins and immediately regrets it when purple eyes land on him, teary from all the coughing and probably from all the fire. But leaving a sentence unfinished is kind of rude and Techno isn’t feeling very mean today. “You good?”

 

It’s the perfect thing to ask a man with burnt lungs. Amazing. He’s got to work on his social skills still but hey, you have to ask the victim if they’re okay!.. Can The Watcher even be considered a victim?

 

He doesn’t get an answer. He should’ve expected this, really. And come to think of it -weird place to take this into consideration, sue him- the guy is sorta short. Not the shortest, more-so average male height. It’s a weird fun fact for the trivia quizzes, he supposes.

 

“Out?”

 

His voice is so hushed and scratched and generally fucked up that Techno almost didn’t catch him the first time.

 

“The kids?” -his answer is a cough but The Watcher’s attention is unwavering- “Yeah, they’re out. The firemen are here, I think I hear ambulances approaching too. They’ll be fine”

 

The villain seems to physically relax at that, even his heaving has calmed down a bit. Techno narrows his eyes at the dude.

 

“Do you have a doc or somethin’?”

 

He is simply waved off, purple eyes flashing, a sign that he is using his abilities for whatever reason. Dream has told Techno countless times to perceive this as a resting period if he’s ever fighting the guy. Now that he isn’t fighting the villain, Techno doesn’t know what to do.

 

And then The Watcher starts to fumble with the street in an attempt to stand. Techno doesn’t know why but he helps the man steady himself. He expects his hands to be swatted away but the other is too out of it to possibly care.

 

“What happened there?”, he asks, because he just remembered that there will be a whole investigation taking place like they’re in CSI thanks to the villain’s appearance. It takes a minute to receive a reply, and frankly, it’s a useless reply.

 

“Fire”

 

Apparently, that’s all he needs to know to tell the authorities when they interview him. Great.

 

Techno doesn’t expect to be punched in the gut out of the blue -and he certainly doesn’t expect said punch to be so strong to make him back off. He watches The Watcher fly off and doesn’t give chase -to settle their philanthropy scores, you get it. Phil will probably track him down anyway.

 

*

 

Tommy thinks that they got too lucky. Surely, the three ambulances that have arrived on site are a blessing for the three of them exclusively. He and Tubbo are sitting in one ambulance, a mask over their mouths pumping cold oxygen in their nostrils. It’s a very unpleasant experience; he is pretty confused about whether he should breathe or not if the machine is doing that for him. When he does, it feels like he’s trying to breathe through the window of a speeding car, on an extremely windy day.

 

It’s not great but the doctors say it’s supposed to feel that way.

 

Thankfully, Ranboo is having the same treatment in another ambulance; that boy got the worst of it with his water allergies; he’s probably broken the world record of most smoke inhaled in one minute! He looks out of the open back doors of the vehicle towards the entrance of the block-of–flats to see if The Watcher has been dragged out or not. No one saw The Blade drag a half-conscious avian dude out of the building and that worries him.

 

It worries him and Tubbo both but they don’t talk about it. The guy probably got out of there with his abilities and everyone was just too occupied with checking on them to notice him leaving.



Wait a minute.

 

He remembers when Grian told them that avians can die from breathing in just a smidge of smoke like actual birds… Is The Watcher going to die? Is he still in the building? Is he outside? Has he already flown away? But he was on his hands and knees at the door, Ranboo right on top of him… Maybe The Blade dealt with him? Is he already dead?

 

Tommy groans and his nails must be glad for the mask on his mouth because he’d have eaten them whole otherwise.

 

“How are they?”, he hears distantly, outside of the ambulance and over the blaring sirens of the firetrack. He thinks it’s Pearl or Gem. The doctors say something to them that neither of the two can make out but he thinks he hears the word ‘hospitalized’ . They’re going to the hospital!

 

Mumbo climbs into the back, with the most worried and sorry face they’ve ever seen on him.

 

“I’m glad you’re okay, all three of you”

 

They both narrow their eyes at him. Tommy does the eye-to-eye gesture with his fingers and Tubbo does the we’ll-talk-about-this-later by waving a finger between them, the most accusing glare on him. Mumbo K. Jumbo has never looked so afraid in the time frame that they’ve known him.

 

Good , Tommy thinks. Fucker deserves it.

 

*

 

Phil is only a little curious when he sees The Watcher fly away from a burning building. Look, he wasn’t planning on doing much hero-ing on his day off but one can not simply dismiss such an opportunity. Techno called him earlier too, though frantic, he did catch a few bits about a burning building and a certain bird-fucker being the cause of it.

 

The Watcher’s fault is that he isn’t going fast enough. Or that he isn’t very aware of his surroundings. The Crowfather decides to get a little payback.

 

He slams into the villain, feet first, with a cry of “Revenge!”, and the other yelps . Well, it’s more of a high-toned chirp, really, but it carries the same severity to the villain’s image. Ha. Take that, little shit-

 

He does not expect The Watcher to go on a full coughing spree, and he most certainly does not expect black puffs of cloud to come out of his nose. What the fuck . Was he inside the burning building? What was he doing in there? But the villain claws and kicks at him regardless.

 

Phil backs off only slightly, crowding the man on the ground enough so that he can’t get up and fly away. The Watcher looks at him with purple eyes and wings splayed lazily -or tiredly?- to his sides, faint violet specks sparkling on the feathers. It reminds Phil of End’s teleportation particles.

 

Hmmm. Maybe the two of them are close? The only time particle similarity has been observed has been between family members… But the villain he’s fighting isn't an enderborn, he’s an avian with the most powerful abilities he’s seen in this country.

 

The particles must be a coincidence, or something else entirely. Phil will poke his nose in the books of the private hybrid labs later; he could find a lead there (despite the fact that he’s read every book about ten times each and still hasn’t found any sort of lead to- well, anything regarding The Watcher).

 

“Jesus, mate, how much smoke did you inhale?”, he asks, kicking the man idly in the foot.

 

With a final cough, The Watcher blinks. “A lot”

 

“Evidently”, Phil mutters. “You’re going to die”

 

The man before him seems to smirk; he can’t see his lips but his eyes crinkle. Those… unnerving, unblinking eyes. Phil hates their glow.

 

“I’m not”

 

“Avians can’t handle smoke, Watcher”

 

“I suppose you’d know…” , the villain off-handedly comments. “Phil”

 

Phil's eyes burst wide and at the same time The Watcher bursts into howling laughter, throwing his head back and letting himself be heard by the world. He grits his teeth, alarm bells going off already.

 

“How do you- How did you know?!”, he is on top of the weakened man, grabbing him by the edges of his dark cloak and bringing them face to face. “How do you know my name? My family? How?!”

 

All he receives is a giggle, half-delirious with a tinge of smoke and he swears it sounds familiar in spite of its raggedness.

 

“You’ll find out soon, Phil”

 

And Phil laughs because he will. The Watcher is pliant in his arms, fully letting his weight be manhandled by him. It’s so easy to rip away the hood and the scarf and see who the guy who has been torturing this town is, finally. After so many years…

 

“You’re right”, he smiles at him, baring teeth instead of his usual kindness. To his credit, The Watcher’s expression doesn’t change. There is no fear in these purple eyes; it’s almost like he wants his identity to be revealed to a hero.

 

He lets go of the man, letting him fall back onto the roof’s concrete surface with an ‘oof’ before reaching out for the hood. It’s not a surprise when dirty blond tufts of hair ruffle out of it but it is a surprise when a hand grips his wrist, and it’s so strong that Phil winces. He’s going to break it , he thinks but the intention is, apparently, just short of that.

 

“Just, not today”

 

Before Phil can question what that means, he is fuckin’ dropkicked again -just not by The Watcher this time. He rolls almost to the edge of the roof (which isn’t that far from where they landed) and when he looks up, he sees- he thinks he’s a little drunk because there are two of that new Bat guy.

 

“That is not my name!”, oh, he spoke out loud. Well, I don’t regret that one . The villains laugh but for some reason, it doesn’t feel like it’s at Phil’s expense. Huh. “I’m a Listener , thank you very much!”

 

“Yeah, anyway, sorry about the inconvenience”, the other Bat- Listener? says once he’s finished laughing at his accomplice, “But we’ve got a wedding to attend and this guy isn’t dressed for the occasion”

 

Phil stands on his feet, kicking his legs out to feel for any bruising -there is none. The Watcher is leaning against the shortest of the Listener duo when he looks at the three again. He is outnumbered but maybe he could take all three- I mean, the one is pretty much out of action.

 

“Bye, Crowfather!”, the tallest of the duo waves at him, not quite looking at him. He notices for a second that The Listener’s- no, not just the one but both of them have milky white eyes. They’re fucking blind?!

 

“See you some other day! Would say I’m sorry for kicking you but I’m not!”

 

The three jump off the other side of the roof with a ‘weeeee!’ , like they’re five year olds -maybe they are, who knows- and Phil rushes to go after them. A bright as fuck light blinds him momentarily and they are gone like the wind.

 

Phil wonders which churches have been booked for a wedding. He wonders how long it will take to go to each one.

 

And then he bangs his head against his hand.

 

Villains going to a wedding , yeah, as if.

 

*

 

The villains do go to a wedding, that night, actually.

 

No one in the crowd of family and friends notice, though.

Chapter 14: From the other there is a fight

Summary:

The moment in Scooby doo where they have the villain in the net and just tear the mask off their face-
YES! THE REVEAL IS HERE! FINALLY, AFTER 15 YEARS-

We also have bomb action today! :D
Enjoy!

Notes:

Google docs has insisted on correcting Sapnap to 'Subpoena' -what the fuck even is that- so if you see this, I am sorry for my eyes have missed it in the proofreading :)

Chapter Text

Being transported to the hospital is much more stressful than being walked to some supervillain’s clinic, Tommy finds. With the doctors all around the cot he’s on, the overwhelming oxygen being blown into his nostrils, the drip thing that they somehow stuck into his wrist - fuck , it’s uncomfortable and it feels awfully strange- and the blaring emergency sirens outside, he feels very much alert. Being also transported from the ambulance to the ER is also quite an uncomfortable experience, especially since the wheeled cot he’s on falls into every dip of the pavement and then, the tiles of the hospital floor.

 

He thinks he got a concussion from it by the time he’s been accommodated in a room.

 

Surprisingly, it’s a room designed to house about four to five people but only the nurses enter and exit the room, taking notes and whatnot; there are no other guests in the room. Tommy blinks one moment and the next, Tubbo and Ranboo have joined him in their own cots, looking disheveled and barely-conscious respectively.

 

There is no one else in the room, strangely, leading him to the conclusion that he must’ve fallen asleep when he blinked. He tries to move and almost immediately regrets it; his whole body feels sore and his skin lightly crispy. He feels like toast that’s been put in the toaster for three seconds, then left on a plate for five minutes to rot: crunchy on the outside, soft on the inside.

 

So, yeah, not feeling too good ‘cause of that.

 

Moving his hand, he finds that some translucent cord is still attached to it; it irks him very much. So he looks at his friends to see if either of them are awake. They aren’t, which only makes him groan in annoyance because he can't even reach Tubbo to shake him awake.

 

Weird thing is that there aren’t any nurses in the room with them. Aren’t there supposed to be tons of them in the ER? Like in the medical TV shows where there are always about ten doctors going from door to door? And like, codes being thrown about? Tommy throws a look at the door through blurry eyes and then at the white lights that brighten up the room. Guess real life is different to TV after all.

 

In the corner of the room, he sees someone sitting in a chair, sleeping, with an open book in their lap. They are neither a nurse or a doctor, evident by the missing white coat they always wear. It’s a mostly black mass, and Tommy immediately thinks of Mumbo and his black suits and slicked-back hair and bushy, waxed mustache.

 

Or! Should he begin calling him Jumbo?

 

Wait, that wouldn’t work, simply because Mumbo is the civilian, the not-secret identity of the villain personna, who he’d have otherwise caught off-guard and had a laugh at.

 

Is that too complicated of a sentence? Yes but that’s how jumbled Tommy feels at the moment.

 

Regardless, they have figured out one of the supervillains now -even though it took them a hospital trip for severe burns and damage from explosions and whatnot.

 

He wonders if the netherite weapons are still there. They probably are because netherite is supposed to be, like, immune to explosion blasts and lava. The possibilities that sort of smithing could give them; the amount of evil-doers they could bring to justice with the extra layer of deadlines -not by killing them, just threatening them!

 

Just because they hang out with a villain once or twice a week doesn’t mean that they’ll begin killing people! Look, they’ll even spare Doc if they manage to find him! And the fucker deserves death in Tommy’s opinion.

 

That or to be sent to a crazy asylum.

 

He has almost lulled himself to sleep with all the thinking he’s done in less than two minutes, when the door to the room suddenly swings open. Tommy would’ve jumped out of his skin if it didn’t feel like stretching would actually rip him apart.

 

“Hey, man, wake up”, and speak of the devil, he recognized that voice! Holy crap, this isn’t good.

 

Okay, plan a) pretend you’re sleeping!

 

“Oh!”, he hears the person in the chair exclaim -and it is Mumbo! Ha! Look at Tommy’s detective skills go!

 

“Keep it down, you’ll wake them”

 

“You’re right, sorry. How is Grian?”

 

“Did he not call you?”

 

Grian? Tommy quirks an eyebrow and simultaneously tries to make his face blank. Why is Grian not here?

 

“No, he hasn’t since yesterday”

 

Yesterday? They haven’t seen Grian since they found out about the Potat room… How long has it been?

 

“He called to see how the kids are doing early morning”

 

Tommy opens one eye, the one closer to the pillow, and tries to peek at the pair talking. He spies a white lab coat shadowing Mumbo, who has now awakened and the book on his lap has been put on the small coffee table beside him. He narrowed his eye at the figure of no other than Doc himself, standing in his coat with a clipboard in hand.

 

Why is he here? Actually, how is he here without about a hundred police officers surrounding him? Why is it so quiet? Oh no, has he rigged the whole building to blow-

 

“Oh, hey, good evening” -he isn’t talking to Tommy, is he? “Tommy?”, the teasing tone in his voice suggests that he knows that he’s awake. Awake and looking with one eye open no less

 

Still, he pretends like he’s just woken up because neither of the two men has evidence to prove otherwise. He blinks, yawns right in their faces and watches with an evil grin as they, too, yawn and try to cover their mouths. He pretends to be tired, keeping his eyelids half-closed as he looks at them. Frankly, he is tired; something that he didn’t realize up till now, so his acting isn’t much acting.

 

“What the fuck are you doing here?”, he rasps, and damn does his voice hurt! He doesn’t remember it hurting so bad before- what happened to his poor insides? Were they smoked?

 

"You shouldn't talk for a while, Tommy, your throat is in a bad state", Doc said instead of answering him right away. "I'm here to take care of you three and Grian… When he shows up"

 

Why does he want Grian? Alarm bells immediately rang in Tommy's head. The mad doctor just referred to one of their many guardians like he's his friend. Well, he probably is if Stress is his employee.

 

"Stress should be back soon", the creeper comments off-handedly.

 

"Oh, good", Mumbo sighs in relief and promptly relaxes into his chair. That is until Tommy levels him with a glare, which has him sinking into the plastic.

 

We'll talk later , he reiterates in his head and he doesn't break eye contact until some movement from beside him catches his eye.

 

"Tubbo!", he shouts before he can think about the consequences. Ow.

 

Tubbo groans in response, trying to lift himself into a sitting position but gives up halfway. He falls back into the bed, his head sinking into the pillow so much that Tommy can only see his flimsy antennae.

 

"Wha-", The bee boy rasps and promptly chokes on his own spit. "Where- Doc?!"

 

"Hello"

 

Tommy doesn't know how Tubbo even saw Doc from how buried his head is. Like, he shouldn't be able to see farther away from the ceiling! Then again, the smell of gunpowder is pretty hard to miss- Tommy is surprised he just realized the smell.

 

Tubbo flinched so hard that the drip thing beside his cot jiggles. It's a miracle it didn't fall off the stand.

 

"Holy shit!", he shouts again, hoarse, with apparently no regard for his own sore throat.

 

"Tubbo, calm down, please-", Mumbo tries, only for Tubbo to bring his upper body up and hold himself there, showcasing an enviable amount of core strength Tommy didn't know he had.

 

"You!", Tubbo continues, pointing an accusatory finger at the mustached man. "Jumbo! You're the-", he coughs and Doc rushes over when the tube in Tubbo's hand starts being wiggled. The bee almost bites his hand off, "Villains!"

 

"And here I thought Tommy would be the one shouting about this", comes a new voice from the entrance of the room. It grabs everyone's attention without fail.

 

Standing at the door, in all his avian glory, is Grian. He looks as mischievous as ever, in his dull, red jumper and black jeans, colorful feathers framing him in the doorway. Tommy lets out a sigh of relief at that because surely Grian will kick Doc out in their stead-

 

Wait. Did he say-

 

"Grian! You're okay!", Mumbo and Doc say almost in unison.

 

"Of course, I am, guys!"

 

Well, Grian sure isn't screaming about the fucking Goatfather being in the room and he did just say what he said about Tommy in this here situation.

 

"What the fuck", Tommy mutters, mostly to himself.

 

"Tommy, watch your language", Grian warns as he walks into the room, beelining to Ranboo. Doc tries to leave Tubbo's bedside unscathed but the boy still manages to leave a nice, flushed bite wound on his hand.

 

"Ow, that was just uncalled for", and Tubbo giggles like the mastermind that he is as the doctor cradles his injured hand.

 

Nah, nah, that was fucking deserved .

 

"Stop snickering, you'll worsen your throat", Doc says, because of course all the shouting hasn't done that already!

 

Like a cartoon, Tubbo stops and immediately clutches at his throat right when his pain is pointed out.

 

An absolutely atrocious and displeased groan sounds from the other side of the room. Grian laughs and Tommy swears the temperature just dropped a couple degrees. That must be Ranboo who just woke up.

 

"Grian, I think we should tell them", Mumbo says with twitching thumbs. Tommy turns his head and throws the man the most accusatory glare he can muster.

 

Grian sighs. "It's come to this", he agrees with the other man. Doc absent-mindedly nods as he looks at the papers on his clipboard. "Ranboo, are you awake?"

 

"Mnhmn"

 

"Guess not", Doc jokes, "Once Stress comes and heals them, they'll be discharged"

 

"How are you here?", Tommy manages to rasp out, his throat feeling slightly warner and scratchy.

 

Doc only grins. He planted bombs, didn’t he?

 

 *

 

Look, normally, when there is an anonymous call about a bomb having been planted at one of the biggest hospitals in the region, it would be the specialized emergency police unit that would be running to the place. It’s just how the protocol goes: got a bomb? Cann the bomb guys! But noooo , it couldn't be just any bomb- that would be plain ridiculous in Esempi! Like, please , there's only extravagant, flashy shit happening here- don't thwart the villain infamy like that!

 

So, of course, the heroes have been called alongside some bomb experts… and they are currently surrounding a whole hospital that is currently under the Goatfather’s control. Because, of course, the best thing to do after decimating about ten neighborhoods with a big, bad, redstone serpent contraption thing is to hold hostage a building the size of two fucking football fields! That’s approximately the perimeter of the hospital but no one has looked at the blueprints in years, so who knows at this point.

 

It’s not your normal bomb either. The woman who called had claimed to be a nurse… that ate a potato. Now, a potato isn’t that evil all on its own but tied to a hostage situation involving one of the most excessive and lavish supervillains in the science department? Yeah, that’s totally not an innocent potato.

 

In fact, it’s a bomb. One of many, many bombs that everyone inside the building has eaten or at least taken a bite out of and they are all fucking rigged. Who has the ability to rig potatoes?

 

For the longest time, the heroes weren’t certain about who had been attacking local businesses and factories with minefields or what had been the cause of the explosions that had occured. Now, however, after the fight at iDimpy’s, they do.

 

Jumbo.

 

Right after the fight, the Dream Team told everyone their finds and now the running theory has spread amongst the heroes and police present.

 

Everyone is a walking, talking bomb in that building, ready to explode the moment an intruder walks in. No one knows exactly how the bombs work, as it’s quite the unique ability on the wiki list, so they can’t exactly risk it. Obviously, two people can’t keep tabs on the whole hospital, so maybe the people will explode upon impact with another person like a mine or just upon seeing them, like a timed bomb.

 

Thankfully, the people will be fine (unless they explode) after about three-ish hours- after they go to the toilet and biologically dispose of a bomb. Damn , that’s a weird thought.

 

“What are they even doing in there?”, Royal, one of the heroes on scene, questions openly, hands on their hips.

 

“There must be a villain injured in there”, Sapnap responds, sure as ever about his answer.

 

Well, it’s the logical answer but honestly, wouldn’t a villain generally avoid going to a hospital? Unless they’ve pulled a ‘hiding under society’s nose’ plan but it’s not working at the moment thanks to the anonymous tip they received.

 

Weirdly enough, there is no one outside of the hospital nor anyone at the windows. You’d think the patients would be banging on them for help or something but it’s deathly silent as the heroes wait for… well, anything! They’ve been here for about a half a day and still nothing has happened.

 

It’s almost pointless to wait, since no one can go in and no one, apparently, can go out.

 

Unless someone wants to explode so badly.

 

Dream sighs and unfolds his hands. His patience is running thin and his hands are itching to grab a weapon and whack somebody. The small weight of XD on his shoulder shifts as the little god moves to sit more comfortably in the indents of his hood.

 

Ever since the factory incident and the World Eater 2.0 episode, he, George or Sapnap has been carrying the little guy around in case they could catch a trail of either The Watcher or The Bat- or as the latter and a second copy of him have been going by lately, The Listeners. Supposedly, the two villains shared the same… blood? The explanation XD gave them after the fight at iDimpy’s had been superficial at best; he’d said something about aura and energy and invisible tracks that he can see and then he was distracted by a cat sitting outside on the window sill.

 

“He’s in there”, the god says, suddenly shooting up from where he’d been sitting and almost falling off.

 

“The Watcher?”, Dream asks quietly so that he doesn’t bring attention to him and XD, although XD is doing everything but trying to conceal himself. He’s acting like a dog that’s seen a squirrel more than some regal icon.

 

“Yes, yes, yeees!” , the way he says it has Dream looking at the blob weirdly from behind his porcelain mask. “Get ‘em!”

 

“XD, we can’t do that, there’s hostages in there that could potentially explode!”, he whispers to him.

 

“So?”

 

“What do you mean ‘so’?!”

 

“It’s just collateral damage”, XD says matter-of-factly and Dream has about had it with the god and his obliviousness regarding human morals.

 

Sapnap has been a great teacher and he’s been the only one who has sat with XD to teach him common rules and laws and whatnot for more than ten minutes lately, even though he does catch the pillows and couch on fire multiple times during each session.

 

“You’re insufferable”, George comments, who has been discreetly paying attention to the conversation.

 

XD’s pristine white turns a pink hue in the face and Dream can feel the cold smoothness of the blob’s head steadily get warm.

 

“Thank you!”

 

“That wasn’t a compliment!”

 

But the god’s temperature is still rising and Dream thinks that he’ll catch on fire soon without the help of Sapnap. Gosh, what a simp- XD would jump out of a window if George asked him to do so without adding ‘please’ at the end.

 

“So what do we do now?”, George reverts to the matter at hand, completely apathetic and unbothered by the god’s behavior. "We can't just stay out here"

 

"We also can't go inside"

 

"Because you're all cowardly, weak men-"

 

XD's complaining is not paid any attention to by the Dream Team. Instead, they all ignore him even though he is insistent on his nagging.

 

"If we could just get someone inside who hasn't eaten a potato…", Dream suggests. There are a handful of them around, they could probably make this happen.

 

And like a god just shined light upon him (that god not being XD, he is as useless as he is useful -which, honestly, doesn't make sense but he is!) , he is graced with the most awesome and deadliest idea ever.

 

I mean, there probably isn't a safer route to this and at this point, they've spent too long wandering about outside to return to HQ empty-handed. They may as well come up with potentially deadly plans, right? Deadliest equals most efficient in movies, doesn't it?

 

"Hand me the megaphone!", he shouts at one of the police officers -the chief of this unit, his memory supplies- who is holding a bright red megaphone in his hands. It was only used when they'd first arrived on scene, just so they could talk with the mad supervillain from a safe distance-

 

Look, for all they knew, the building would either be blown sky high or grow legs and walk on out of here if they approached further than the parking entrance.

 

Once the object is secure in Dream's hand, the hero pushes his way to the very front of the line, past the police tape, the reinforced shields and the armed men. Briefly, he wonders where the bomb squad has settled before remembering that this certain type of bomb can't be diffused with pliers and wire cutters… yeah…

 

When he steps over the boundaries, he feels like he's stepped on a piece of string. He can barely see the glint of the transparent fishing line against the asphalt and when someone goes to follow him -seemingly for back up- he raises a hand and signals them to stop.

 

"The road is rigged!", he shouts, though, thankfully, he hasn't heard any bombs go off yet. Maybe it's a bluff, maybe it isn't; for good and bad, he takes his weight off of the string and steps back.

 

It's not too long after that the front door to the hospital opens, slowly, like in a horror movie that is set during day rather than night. Despite the light, it still makes Dream's heart thunder against his chest from the fear of the unknown and the adrenaline it is accompanied by.

 

The first thing that comes out is a man who can't be older than thirty. Tall, face flushed with tears but otherwise looking unharmed. If Dream were to judge, he'd say the man was soon to leave the hospital…

 

Right when he explodes. From the inside out.

 

XD looks on with excitement radiating off him. He snuggles against the warmth of the hoodie fabric and probably wishes for popcorn or some other snack to watch the show before him unfold. Truly, he is the only one enjoying the situation.

 

The second thing that comes out is the mad scientist himself.

 

*

 

"I need you to listen really closely, Sam", Doc had told him on the phone, only a few hours after the heroes had arrived on scene. "I have some important individuals that no one can know about"

 

Sam watches as the police men alongside Royal prepare to welcome the hostage with open arms. He notes that someone is rushing to grab the shock blanket pile from one of the vehicles parked haphazardly yet planned out on the street. No one is prepared for when the only hostage to have escaped the building actively combusts in front of them, painting the road in red and gore- no one except for him.

 

“There is someone on their way to help… you’ll know when they’ve arrived”

 

Indeed, now he knows. There is someone in the crowd; someone with healing abilities from what Sam concluded that Doc needs for the people he’s trying to take care of. He throws another discrete glance at the crowd that is screaming and running away- he can’t distinguish who the special individual may be.

 

Dream raises the megaphone to his face, shaking and shell-shocked, where his lips should be. Sam feels like another bystander to this little hero-villain scaffle; he almost feels like the mediator. In a way of perspective, he is or, he is supposed to arbitrate this scene. He looks behind him, briefly, at the crowd of pedestrians that has gathered behind the block.

 

"Goatfather and Jumbo", Dream starts and Sam can almost feel the puzzle pieces falling into place. "I am asking that you release the hostages… peacefully”

 

Doc, for whatever reason, ducks back behind the door for a moment and returns with a gray megaphone in hand. Sam almost bursts out laughing at the apparent flaw in the negotiations; Doc had just forgotten to bring out his own megaphone in exchange for a cool entrance. Moments like these are the ones that make Sam question his morals as a hero -and immediately, he tells himself that it’s for his friend.

 

Just one moment that he is not a hero but rather disguised as one to throw a helping hand to not a villain but a friend .

 

“Once they do, I need you to deliver them to me. I’ll make my move first”

 

The scenario that Doc had introduced has begun to unfold before them, though the other heroes and police don’t appear to notice. Good.

 

“No one is leaving the building”, Doc calls back. “I am responsible for these people, you understand”

 

From beside him, Sam hears Royal huff a sarcastic laugh.

 

“Maybe we could do an exchange?”

 

There is a pause in the conversation, one which Doc takes to ponder the hero’s proposition. He’s playing the fool.

 

“A civilian for a civilian”, he settles on. “A fair exchange”

 

It has successfully stopped whatever plan Dream was going to go for. There is no way a righteous hero would allow this deal to continue. Dream is a righteous hero.

 

“No-”

 

“Wait!”

 

A voice interrupts him before he can properly refuse. There is someone from the once-gathered crowd pushing through the policemen, someone slippery enough who the men don’t catch in time to prevent them from reaching the front line.

 

Sam recognizes the woman who appears immediately -and when he thinks about it, he should’ve seen it coming. Who would Doc call if not his own nurse? He doesn’t recall Doc telling him anything about Stress having healing powers, though. It was probably for safety reasons.

 

Now he knows where all Doc’s villain friends go to have their boo-boos kissed better.

 

So as to not arouse suspicion but to also deliver the human-sized package, Sam is the first of the heroes to act.

 

“Ma’am, you shouldn’t be past the line, please-”, she falls right into character, flushed cheeks and tears running down in glistening streaks. He catches her in his arms and holds her back as she struggles to move forward

 

“My children are in the ER!”, she is a great actress, to say the least. “Please, I need to see them- I need to see that they’re okay!”

 

Part of it is true. If it’s Doc looking after specific patients in the hospital, then it is an emergency situation and it is most likely one of his infamous friends from the underground; patients no one other than him should know about being in a hospital bed. Sam sighs; if only Doc had kept his identity on the down low, now he would be able to do this without outside intervention.

 

“You wouldn’t hold a mother from her children, would you?”, Doc’s voice echoes with the annoying static of the megaphone in the air. The heroes remain at a standstill, Dream leans towards George to whisper something. Sam wants things to go faster.

 

“Maybe we should try”, he suggests. Everyone looks at him like he’s grown extra sets of eyes on his face. “I’ll go with her. A hero and a civilian, try that?”, he looks at Dream, who defeatedly shrugs and turns back towards Doc.

 

“I can’t let a civilian go in alone. Warden has offered to escort this brave lady in the exchange”

 

It doesn’t take long for them to receive a response and Sam doesn’t have to squint to see the shit-eating grin on the villain’s face.

 

“It sounds reasonable”

 

A man joins the doctor’s side. He is dressed like any other patient, screaming like any other not-crazy individual would. Doc whispers something into the man’s ear and then points towards the line of bullet-proof shields.

 

“Keep your eyes closed”

 

It is not long before the exchange begins and under the notional rules of such a situation. Sam feels like he’s walking a bride to the altar at the end of the walkway, only the guests, the flowers, the candles, the church and even the groom are missing. The only one there is the priest dressed in white, professional and pristine, who is bound to preside over the ending of this new charade.

 

“You wanted a fair exchange, though”, and there it is: the final act. “Right?”

 

One moment, he is stepping through the entrance door, Doc an immovable force at his side and the purplish glow of The Watcher’s wings behind him and the next, he is closing his eyes.

 

*

 

“Explain”

 

Tommy continues tapping his foot on the carpet. Beside him, Tubbo’s wings are jittering and Ranboo’s enderborn gaze couldn’t be boring more holes through the adults’ souls who are sitting before them than it is right now.

 

After escaping through the rear exit of the hospital, after the relationship between Doc and Stress was revealed (after the fact that Stress knew who she’s working for well before the Goatfather’s face was revealed to the public) and after Fundy arrived to pick the lot of them up in an obscure gold and purple van to execute a flashy get-away, they sat in False’s living room.

 

They still don’t know if Fundy stole the van from Impulse -although the chances are extremely high due to the iconic colours of the brand on the vehicle. 

 

False is currently sipping her coffee through a straw, goggles sitting atop her frazzled, blond hair (it is a mystery how it ended up looking singed like she’d been electrocuted). Tommy doesn’t know what kind of coffee it is but going from the darkness of it, he doubts it will allow any sort of sleep for at least two days. Beside her, Fundy is simply watching, looking on with a mischievous sort of gaze.

 

The rest of them, though? The rest being Stress, Grian and Mumbo (they lost Doc somewhere on the way, when he jumped out of the back. Frankly, that man is the craziest motherfucker they’ve met so far -aside from Pearl, of course) are sitting on the couch, heads hanging like they are the children and the trio before them are the parents. It feels great to hold such power, the three realize, and so, they use it for answers.

 

Not that the adults hadn’t already promised them answers but now they can milk them out of the three.

 

Grian, who is looking rightfully sheepish, talks first.

 

“It’s a little complicated”, he sighs.

 

“Let’s start with Jumbo over there”, Tubbo raises an eyebrow as he nods his head towards him. Mumbo does a small ‘meep!’ sound when he is addressed. “The so called C-E-O”

 

“Well…”, the mustached man starts, fiddiling with his thumbs. “It’s a uhm… hobby?”

 

They don’t buy it.

 

“Okay, so…”, he tries again. The level of scrutiny on him has not decreased. When Grian attempts to intervene and save his friend from the interrogation, he is shot down with a heated glare by Ranboo. “I was looking for a way to prove my power useful. It’s not very useful on it’s own; I can just turn foods into different kinds of explosives, you know that”

 

They all nod, definitely not knowing that little detail but feigning knowledge regardless.

 

“I decided to help nature in a… not so human-friendly way and invented the villain ‘Jumbo’- obviously, I lacked imagination back then, haha” -Tubbo nods, not laughing along- “And I began doing- well, you know what I began doing”

 

“Grian?”, Tommy urges right after. “Did you know about this? And didn’t tell us?”

 

The avian purses his lips, wriggles his hands. Then, he raises his head and looks each of them in the eye, one by one, before finally sighing. False has a little contraption in her hands and she’s started fiddling with it, successfully stealing Fundy’s attention. They’re whispering about the mechanisms of it, Tommy thinks, but that is completely irrelevant.

 

“I havea confession to make”, he breathes out and slowly, he stands up. “It’s going to be a shock to you three but… we’ve waited long enough to tell you already”, his wings stiffen behind his back. “I’m The Watcher”

 

Tommy… Tommy wants to laugh at the insanity of it. He can’t imagine Grian -good, kind, loving Grian- to be a monster the city fears; a villain who has destroyed, maimed, killed. Grian can’t be a murderer, surely . After all, his wings are those of a red macaw, not that of a purple-hued raven.

 

But no one is giving him an alternative. Ranboo and Tubbo look equally devastated.

 

“I know it sounds a little crazy, I don’t even look like him in this form, uh” -he clears his throat- “I can change”

 

Before their very eyes, Grian’s form is wrapped in dark matter, swirling in black and violet curls around his arms, legs and torso- the bright colours of his wings is sapped away by pure void , which glimmers like a thousand galaxies before it settles into the humming purple glow they’re all familiar with. The darkness around him flattens out into equally dark fabric, creating his villain outfit in a peculiar fashion.

 

Everyone -aside from the three teens- is not at all impressed, like they’ve seen this about a thousand times already and grown tired of it.

 

“Hello?”, the man calls worriedly when none of them respond in any way, shape or form. They’re gawking at him with open mouths, Tommy thinks he’s about to fall over because his eyes are not tricking him-

 

Ranboo is the first to utter words.

 

“So I did hear you back there!”, he exclaims as if he’s discovered the secrets of the universe -in a way, he has; they all have.

 

“What?”, Stress mutters, looking between Ranboo and Grian. Tommy shakes his head, pointedly looking at his friend and Tubbo also snaps out of it to copy him.

 

“In the fire! I heard your actual voice! And there was also this purple wall and the netherite- Holy cow, it actually makes so much more sense now-”

 

“Ranboo, slow down, mate, he can’t hear you -”

 

“He what?”, Tommy mutters, Mumbo’s words dawning on him like an anvil that’s fallen on his head. “He was actually reading my lips at the McDonald’s?!”

 

“Uh, probably?”

 

The Watcher is officially deaf? Are they joking? As he is pondering every situation he’s ever been with The Watcher, Grian shifts back into his colourful self.

 

“Sorry, Ranboo, I couldn’t hear you”, he sheepishly smiles, “In my Watcher form, I can only see. The Listeners are those who can hear”

 

And from there, they start asking questions. They learn that The Watcher can only watch - hence the ‘title’ , Tommy absently noted- , they learn that he can see through the eyes of other people, that he can teleport if he has the right amount of power, that he can do abnormal shit if he speaks in rhyme . That’s some pretty fairytale shit, isn’t it? Something that every little girl wishes to do after watching her first Barbie movie! Somehow, it’s become their reality.

 

They learn that he comes from the End, that the weapons in the fourth floor apartment aren’t his but rather their landlord’s which he’d won in auctions (Tommy knows that’s a lie and that Grian is trying to save them the trauma but he lets it go), that he and The Listeners (whom they piece together are Jimmy and that new guy, Martyn) are fighting for a good cause that, Grian swears, justifies the means.

 

In the end of their lengthy conversation, it is them sitting on the couch, having dethroned the adults somewhere after the middle point of it. Tommy is more or less pulling at his hair as his world is quickly being destroyed and rebuilt around him.

 

Pearl and Gem are villains too, and he briefly wonders how he hadn’t made the connection sooner. Pearl -escent Moon and Gem -ini. He should’ve figured it out ages ago, when The Watcher had called Pearlescent Moon ‘Pearl’ accidentally. That little detail should've clued him in, really, yet here he is, realizing everything late.

 

“What about Impulse?”, Tubbo asks after everything, “And Scar?”

 

“They are allies”, Grian explains. “Impulse covers us with his money, we help him exploit his insurance. Scar is a good friend and the last enchanter in town, I’m pretty sure”

 

“What about Cleo?”

 

“She’s your teacher”, False pipes up. Fundy has disappeared somewhere in the house. Tommy thinks he spotted him going towards the garage- he is probably trying to hide the obnoxious colours of the van. “And Stress over there is your healer. Honestly, guys, you should’ve explained this a lot sooner”, she sighs, goggles over her face as she blasts a torch gun towards a piece of metal.

 

…Why is there random scrap over the kitchen counter?

 

“Speaking of healing, why was Doc at the hospital?”

 

For better or for worse, they’ve been made aware of the thousands of people currently trying to rid themselves of bombs in the form of mashed potatoes and of the ‘hostage exchange’ that happened in order to get Stress inside the hospital.

 

“It was to keep you safe”, Mumbo admits. “By the time Tubbo was in the hospital room, half of his face had been covered in shulker shell. I didn’t want to risk anyone trying to get their hands on you” -he looks at Tubbo, who is looking more shocked than anything- “so I took the liberty of calling him… we had to take certain measures to ensure secrecy”

 

An explosion comes from the garage, startling everyone but False, who simply huffs, shakes her head and proceeds to fiddle with the scrap metal at the counter. A distant, slightly muffled by the wall "Sorry!" comes from it. Tubbo bursts out laughing, Ranboo is still listing the new findings under his breath and Tommy is, frankly, discombobulated. 

 

Who wouldn't be?

 

"Now that you've finished talking", False starts, putting away the blow torch in favor of physically regarding them. "I can't house all of you, there isn't much space in my house to begin with, let alone afford food for everyone”

 

Oh, right, the block of flats did catch on fire. They don’t know how much it will cost in damages but if the landlord has the resources to acquire netherite of all things, Tommy doubts he’ll have much difficulty restoring a building. Pearl and Gem will make quick work of blueprints too, surely! Problem is that if they’re discussing sleeping arrangements, the fire must’ve reached lower than the third floor.

 

“Oh, I already have the solution to that!”, Grian grins. Tommy doesn’t think this will end well.

 

*

 

It only takes one quick ride for Fundy to dump them in a foreign street, in front of a foreign house, in a part of town that is suspiciously isolated. It looks like a modern cottage made of concrete and bright red roof tiles. It looks too quaint for it to be some sort of prison that the three of them will be locked up in because they know the identities of the greatest supervillains of the city. Grian leads them towards it with no hesitation, though the grin that has been plastered on his face through the whole ride is incredibly unnerving.

 

They stand behind him in a line as he knocks on the wooden door. His wings are tucked neatly against his back and it’s the first time that Tommy notices the slits on the back of his sweater, which blend incredibly well with the red feathers. He doesn’t ponder on it for long.

 

The door opens too fast for any of them to comprehend immediately who they are looking at.

 

Crowfather. The Crowfather, who looks like he’s just been woken up from a nap. Tommy takes another look at the house exterior as a double take and it dawns on him that they’re actually at the top hero’s house.

 

This is insane.

 

“Hey, Phil!”, Grian greets, stepping aside whilst the man in the doorway blinks sleep out of his eyes. “I know this is sudden but could you babysit these three for me?”

 

The Crowfather, Phil , holy shit, they know his real name now! That is so cool!

 

“Huh?”, Phil looks at each of them as Grian shoves them forward with a wing. “Grian, mate, I know your apartment was burnt but I really can’t-”

 

But Grian is already waving goodbye, already walking off towards the street. “Alright, thank you Phil! Have fun you three!”

 

Phil does not look happy. At all.

 

*

 

“I’ve been thinking”

 

“That’s not good to hear”

 

If XD’s face could grimace, he’d frown at Sapnap’s rude remark.

 

After the ordeal at the hospital, the three of them had decided that they had had enough craziness for one day. So, they took a break right after everything was resolved and a thorough search of the city confirmed that Jumbo, The Watcher and The Goatfather were nowhere to be found. The last sighting of them was when they were getting into their get-away van, one that had soon been reported to be missing from the local iDimpy factory garage.

 

Sadly, they didn’t catch sight of the driver and there were no untraumatized witnesses in the area to interrogate. The van also didn’t have any plates on the back or front, which left the police wondering if adding that one to the villains’ list of crimes was even worth it.

 

Currently, the only one who isn’t relaxing is XD, who is somehow vibrating, even though he is static on the wooden coffee table of their booth. It’s weird, to say the least, because he’d been ecstatic while the heroes were fighting with The Watcher. Right when the blinding, white light of his otherworldly entrance in the battlefield, the god had almost jumped out of his little hiding spot. Dream joked about how if it weren’t the three of them there, XD would’ve jumped at the opportunity to fight the guy.

 

XD unironically agreed. The three men perceived his response as ironic, though.

 

“Sapnap, be nice”, Dream tuts. His friend has been on edge since the fight -then again, Sapnap is always on edge; there isn’t much of a difference but Dream has lived long enough with him to just know when something is bothering him.

 

“Whatever”, the demon huffs but leans on the table instead of looking away. George idly sips at his drink, eyeing the blob behind the black-tinted glasses of his hero costume. It is subtle enough for it to pass as some part of a cosplay, which is the only reason the lot of them aren't being surrounded by fans right now. “What were you thinking anyway?”

 

XD almost lights up at the go-ahead.

 

“I would like to take you three to the End with me”, he says. For the first time in as long as they've known him, it sounds like he's asking permission! Finally, the lessons have paid off!

 

Sapnap looks shocked and George has accidentally wet an unsuspecting passerby when he spat out his drink.

 

"Where did that one come from?", Dream asks patiently. The blob looks at each of them for a second, then shakes his head like he has just remembered an important detail.

 

"But there is no oxygen in the End, you'd suffocate", the god sighs. He doesn’t sound like he’s talking to them but rather thinking out loud; daydreaming if you will. XD had told them that he came from the End and that he left simply to escape godhood for a small while. How he came to the ‘Overworld’ is a whole other story, which he has yet to expand on.

 

Right as Dream thinks there will be no more talking from the god, however, there is -you guessed it- more talk.

 

“I still want to keep you in my domain”, ah, and there it is! The half-obsession, half-possessiveness that overcomes XD whenever he speaks like this about the three of them; like they are his pets.

 

They’re still arguing about whether they’ve been training XD to do good things for treats or if XD has been training them to give him treats. It’s not a relationship between equals and XD only reverts into a puppy-like state whenever the situation suits him. Honestly, he takes advantage of his size too often.

 

Perhaps they should be paying closer attention to what he’s saying but frankly, after everything that’s happened, XD isn’t that much of a concern.

 

“However, now that I can get a Watcher and a Listener in my hands… Hmm”

 

Dream quickly covers the blob with his palm, blocking him from the view of the waitress who approaches them with a tray in hand.

 

“Your macarons, sirs!”, she cheerfully sets the dish of sugary sweetness on the table and leaves as fast as she came.

 

Immediately, Dream feels a sharp pain on his thumb, equal to that of a dog bite-

 

“Fuck!”, he hisses under his breath, cradling his hand to his chest and thanking fate for still wearing his work gloves -otherwise, he thinks he’d be missing a piece. George only laughs at his misery and Sapnap quickly steals a macaron before XD can devour them all.

 

*

 

“Grian”

 

“Jimmy, Martyn, we really need to talk”

 

Jimmy closes the door once Grian is safe in the four walls of the video club. All three of them have been nervous over the subject they’re about to talk about. It is something that is to be kept a secret, far away from all the humans who are still speculating whether the powers of the Watcher and the Listeners are simply powers or something greater.

 

Both Jimmy and Grian have come into contact with an incredibly familiar aura these past few weeks. Martyn was called in right when they deemed it necessary to bring reinforcements.

 

None of them know why there is a god of the End dimension here in the Overworld, specifically in the same city as them.

 

“We need to send them back to the End”, Jimmy says. They don’t know which of the gods it is who has come for -as far as they can tell- a vacation but the fact that they are in this city… they can only conclude that it’s not a coincidence.

 

“I’d prefer to just avoid them, really”, Grian says, putting his head in his hands once he sits on one of the barstools. Martyn’s hand finds his shoulder and the avian simply groans like a rhino that’s caught the flu.

 

“You know we can’t avoid them!”, he reminds, shaking him slightly. “If they’re here, they’re probably looking for us. It’s futile to run away, we must face them head on as a team”

 

They all agree to it.

 

“They also know about your kids, Grian”, Jimmy informs. “Back at the factory, Tommy and Tubbo got too close before I could stop them -I don’t think they know, though. The god was with Dream”

 

Grian fights the urge to swear. “Right”, he says after a long, tired sigh. “Then we should begin looking at the Dream Team… Martyn, could you go get Scar? I think we’ll need him”

 

“Yeah, sure, is his shop still-”

 

“It is”, Jimmy says, “Maybe we should get Blackjack to keep an eye out”

 

“No!”, Grian exclaims, raising his head from his hands. “No, no, I’ve already fallen out with him once!”

 

Martyn is more logical than him. “We need numbers to widen the search”, he says calmly. “Who is this Blackjack anyway?”

 

“He’s been running Las Nevadas for about ten years now?”, Jimmy estimates, grimacing as he digs through his brain to get the number out. “It’s a fairly recent development” - ’recent’ in their years. “He’s an arms dealer in the underground from what I hear. He sells illegal things”

 

“Huh, alright then. Let’s go it”

Chapter 15: "I'll call the police!" one says

Summary:

LORE LORE LORE LORE

One and a halfish months in the making. Finally named the chapters too. What else could you ask for other than Jimmy getting adult-knapped?

Notes:

Any questions, class?

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

To be fair, when False kicked them out of her house, Ranboo did not expect to end up in a top hero’s place of residence. Especially after his, Tubbo and Tommy’s illegal guardians revealed themselves to be some of the most ‘wanted’ supervillains with the most infamous of connections. He did not expect to be left at the doorstep of The Crowfather’s house! Neither did Tommy, who had all but fainted when he realized what was going on. Like, wouldn’t it be easier to just drop them off at some villain’s rather than risking a hero’s? He gets that they’re friends but- seriously?

 

So, they have one man passed out on the couch and two ready for action. The hero, or rather, Phil -they should call him Phil from now on actually- has been trying to contact Grian for the half hour the three of them have been there. This must be the fiftieth time Phil has tried to phone Grian to no avail.

 

“Grian, this is the fiftieth message I’ve left you!” -Phil shouts into the speaker after the characteristic beeeep of a voice mail- “You have an hour to come pick up your kids or else I’ll make them into stew!”

 

Well, that certainly isn’t very heroic, is it? Threatening to turn kids into stew? What are they, ‘Hansel and Gretel: The Retell’? Not to mention that this sort of threat would result in a precarious and dangerous situation, resulting in death served by The Wather’s hands. If he has understood correctly -and trust him, he has-, then Grian and Phil are very good friends, while The Watcher and The Crowfather are sworn enemies. Grian just has the advantage of knowing things without needing to do much, which has obviously led them to this predicament.

 

“Crowfather, sir, that ain’t gonna work”, Tubbo comments but his input goes unheard as the hero dials their bird father’s number again -not that it’ll have a different outcome but who is Ranboo to ruin a man’s hopes? Grian is probably busy doing Watcher-related things.

 

Like, y’know, restoring a certain building to its former glory like he’d done to the buildings that Slimecicle guy had destroyed.

 

Not that Phil would know that but you’d think after the fifty-first time of being ignored, he’d let up. Apparently, all avians are stubborn because Phil continues to the fifty-second voice mail instead of facing the new challenge that is sitting in his living room at the moment.

 

Oh, wait! Now they have access to The Crowfather’s house, don’t they? Perhaps there is an attic the three of them could squeeze into, or even better, there could be a guest room they could take over! They could actually sleep in a normal bed if there is a guest bedroom around here until Grian comes to retrieve them!

 

And they could also pillage the hero’s house while they’re at it; yeah, that’s a great idea. It will definitely not end in their demise. Ha… ha?

 

Regardless of all the red alarms that are clearly blaring in the background, Ranboo takes it upon himself to explore and maybe pick up some valuables on the way. Throwing a look at Tubbo, then at the dark hallway’s maw, then back at the bee, who gives him a silent thumbs up, Ranboo slips away when Phil has his back turned.

 

It was surprisingly easy to escape the hero. Weird.

 

He prays that Thee Crowfather won’t torture Tubbo for his whereabouts when he realizes that he’s missing but then again, it’s more likely that Tubbo will torture Phil for nothing in particular. Just for the fun of it. The only person who would be mad about that would be Tommy and Tommy is still out-of-action on the couch. So, Ranboo remains free of guilt. It’s not like the hero can’t replace any item that he’ll come across.

 

The hallway isn’t as dark as he thought. Only the living room end is basically a black void but the rest is lit up by natural light that crawls out of the doors running the length of it. Why are there so many rooms anyway? Ranboo can count four, the closest being a luxurious bathroom that has a jacuzzi in the very back. Lucky, rich people, man.

 

Wait, backtrack a bit. Does Phil have a family outside of his incredibly demanding job? How does one even manage a family life while doing the hero thing? Actually, Ranboo should stop thinking about The Crowfather’s life based on how big the house is -it could just be extra storage or extra bathrooms for all he knows! What’s that saying again?

 

Innocent till proven guilty! There . That phrase. Guilty of having a family, sure.

 

Shameless of snooping, Taboo enters the first room. It is way more decorated and crammed than he expected.

 

It isn’t massive but it is certainly big -unless it is massive but the huge amount of notebooks, papers with weird symbols and musical instruments are simply hiding most of it. Which they are but life isn’t a video game for a room to be bigger than it looks! This is a real feat of a human being who has never organized anything in their life and Ranboo will commend them for that. Kudos to them.

 

He doesn’t step closer to the mess on the floor, content on observing and analyzing the blue walls from afar like Slenderman spying on some kids at the playground…. That’s an eerie analogy. Maybe this mess is just a thief deterrent. Just thinking of a way in is giving him a headache and Ranboo is skilled in that department of the job! Although, there is a footprint on one of the open, scattered notebooks, so whoever is living here obviously doesn’t care about the state of their belongings. Surely, Phil can’t be that messy.

 

Whoever owns this many guitars must be a musician. Okay, there are only three but that is still a number that is higher than one. Who needs three guitars? Are they different somehow? Ranboo can’t tell. He’ll either have to ask the room’s inhabitant or simply forget that he was ever there.

 

…That last one sounds easier. Yeah, he’ll do that.

 

Moving to the second room, he finds that the walls are red. A deep, maroon hue that is close to bloody. There is a foreboding feeling that washes over him the moment he steps inside -thankfully, this room has no mess in the middle of it so he can explore freely.

 

Screaming erupts from down the hall, from the direction of the living room. Ranboo waves it, deeming it to be Tommy finally having woken up and seeing his favorite hero stand before him in true flesh and blood.

 

Ranboo can’t blame him. If he passed out in front of The Blade and then woke up in his house, specifically on his couch, Ranboo would’ve also screamed. Now, whether he’d scream out of excitement of having the privilege of seeing the man out of costume or out of terror for the insinuation of a kidnapping, is a whole other question. One that he won’t delve into right now.

 

His eyes fall on the double bed sitting perfectly in the middle of the room, headboard pushed up against the wall. The covers are red with accents sewn of golden, glittery thread, looking so soft that- Ranboo sits on it before he can complete the thought, eyes widening at the feel of the texture.

 

He can feel the mattress sink with him, though it feels sturdy. He bunches the sheets in his hands, reveling in the plush comfort of the material, uncaring if it’ll look untidy. Inwardly, he wonders who lives in such a lavish room with such a regal bed.

 

He stands up and moves to the nightstand. Actually, on second thought, no. He doesn’t want to find out what is hidden in the drawers. Other than the landline telephone -there are still landlines?- on top of it, he doesn’t need to know anything else.

 

The wardrobe is filled with button-ups and old-fashioned jeans. Ruffles on almost every sleeve there attract his attention as he gingerly feels each and every one, comparing the quality in his head despite all of them being of very high quality. These clothes must be expensive. He can’t name what the material is but it feels nice and soft and he wonders if he could stuff one inside his shirt without making it look like a bump.

 

Before he can plan his little stealing act, there is velvet in his hand. Vibrant red and incredibly soft to the touch -surely, it must be illegal for something to be this soft! He traces the piece of fabric up and up and up to a neck lined with white fur.

 

Wait.

 

It’s a cape. A very, very familiar cape. One that bellows off the broad shoulders of the best hero in existence.

 

Wait.

 

Surely, this person is simply a big fan, right? Ranboo will gladly give up his self-proclaimed title of No.1 Blade Fan if this means that what he thinks is happening, isn’t happening. More screaming comes from the living room, this time sounding more like an argument.

 

A journey to the desk opposite of the door reveals that maybe, this isn’t a fan. Well, this is the house of The Crowfather of the SBI; maybe his friends just crash here from time to time or they just live together, right?

 

How else could the boar-skull mask he found on the desk be explained otherwise? Yeah, that’s probably it. Or Phil does have children and he can afford this expensive merch!

 

That… that does make some sense.

 

His ear twitches at the sound of heavy, adult footsteps coming from down the hall but he pays it no mind. What are the chances that Phil will stop at this room? Especially with both of the chaos machines working at full capacity inside the house!

 

Not even Grian lets them out of his sight for longer than thirty seconds and Impulse prefers to set up hazard-safe zones whenever they’re around. Even when they had crashed at his place that one night, the man still thought it was safer to put up an electric fence at their door sometime during the night. Sure, they had planned on raiding the fridge at midnight but come on! Fridge raiding isn’t that hazardous!

 

(Grian and Pearl would disagree, having had found their kitchens smeared in chocolate fingerprints and blown up respectively)

 

However, Phil isn’t Grian. He doesn’t know how far Tommy and Tubbo can and will go to achieve some surreal plan (experiment) of theirs. Mumbo could attest if he were here. Ranboo can’t find it in himself to feel sorry for the hero. Phil has enough money to replace anything they break.

 

Except, the footsteps didn’t stop before nor after the room he’s in and he notices too late that the desk is across from the door. And that the door is open. And that he is standing at the desk.

 

“Stealin’ my stuff again?”, comes the rough, monotone drawl from the doorway.

 

Ranboo almost drops the mask from his hands but saves it at the last second before it can crack against the desk. However, his heart drops without a care in the world, dragging his upper body with it to put him in a horizontal Γ-shape. Before he can think to collect himself, though, he does the stupid move in every cliche horror movies and looks back at the murder- at the person at the door, he means!

 

Though, The Blade may as well become a murderer after this. Because, y’know, the man is standing right there , in all his regal glory, his bejeweled crown resting on his head, and this is so obviously his room!

 

Ranboo wants to dig a hole and die of embarrassment. This is so much worse than the super-fan theory -oh god .

 

“Um”

 

The hero looks unimpressed. Like, completely unfazed despite the fact that Ranboo is in his room -like he expected to find him here. Wait. Is this why he heard screaming? Oh no, Tommy and Tubbo are dead. He must be the only one alive out of their team, surely!

 

Grian is going to be so mad.

 

…On second thought, Grian’s emotions don’t matter much now that he’s about to be yeeted to his next life, do they? No. No, they don’t.

 

“Is it a bad habit or something? Or are you just a kleptomaniac?”

 

Ranboo doesn’t know how to respond to that.

 

Hell, he doesn’t think he even heard half of the man’s words over the mixed feeling of dread and excitement hammering and warring in his chest. Actually, that might be his heart returning to its rightful place. That’s more reasonable.

 

“Please, don’t murder me!”, despite the seriousness in his voice, the hero appears to find his inner terror funny .

 

“I’ll think about it”, the joke is obvious but the awkwardness in Ranboo’s half-laugh, half- what-the-fuck-is-happening noise is still present. “Come on, enough explorin’. I like my stuff untouched”

 

He lets himself be herded to the living room like a lamb to the slaughter. No hesitation, other than his muscles feeling too tight on his bones as the hero leads him by the shoulder -God, it is such an honor, though no one will believe him if he said that The Blade touched him.

 

*

 

Honestly, returning to a chaos-filled room isn’t as scary as you may think. That being only if you’re with the peeps who are causing said chaos. If you are the one dealing with it? Yeah, things get rough.

 

This is why Phil, Ghostbur and The Blade are having a bad time currently.

 

Specifically Ghostbur, who got in a hot debate with Tommy during Ranboo’s absence and they’ve been bickering ever since, apparently. Tubbo somehow managed to get stuck on the ceiling light and if Ranboo had a penny for every time Tubbo got stuck on the ceiling, he’d have two pennies, which isn’t a lot but it’s weird that it’s happened twice. Ranboo just hopes that he won’t get hurt like last time. Like Phil is saying–

 

“Tubbo, get down from there! Grian will have my head if you get hurt!”

 

–he is their temporary guardian, meaning that if Tubbo does get hurt, Phil is very likely to wrestle the boy to check for wounds. Having Tubbo’s other half be revealed to strangers would be a bad idea, like Doc told them. However, Tubbo –just like Tommy– is a daredevil and does the exact opposite of what Phil just told him to do. Ha.

 

Ranboo still can’t bring himself to feel any remorse.

 

“Why did you agree to babysit for Grian again?”, The Blade asks, voice deep and rumbling behind Ranboo, having let go of him in order to cross his arms across his chest. He looks amused and very unlikely to help the struggling avian catch the rogue teenager.

 

Phil grits his teeth and responds without looking away from the target- the bee halfling, who is close to dangling at this point. “Fuck off, I told you I didn’t have a choice in the matter!”, he says and then immediately shouts a warcry when Tubbo almost falls off. For his own good, he doesn’t.

 

Yeah, Blade, you try to say no to Grian!

 

Ranboo laughs and is joined by The Blade’s more sinister take on the vocalized happy hormones.

 

“You could just throw ‘em out in the garden”

 

Automatically, Ranboo stops laughing like his throat has been cut open because Phil actually pauses. Uh oh. This can’t be good–

 

“You know what? Yeah”, he nods to himself, “The shed is good enough for these shits”, the moment he finishes his sentence, he also manages to grab Tubbo by the leg. Tubbo in turn screeches like a banshee.

 

Phil doesn’t relent right away.

 

“Come here!”

 

“No! Fuck off!” , Tubbo whines, attempting to kick The Crowfather off of him.

 

Ranboo abandons ship, returning to the couch to avoid all chances of becoming a casualty to that fight. Also to save himself from getting yeeted outside– at least, he hopes this will save him from sleeping in the shed with these two menaces. God knows what they’ll do if they get their hands on a pair of shears or a hoe or something else that can cause issues.

 

The other end of the couch isn’t faring any better. Between Tommy and Ghostbur, it is hard to distinguish a winner in the verbal argument. In the somewhat-physical argument? Ranboo doesn’t know how to judge a face squishing fight, so he won’t invest too much brain power into it.

 

What are they even fighting about?

 

Y’know what? He doesn’t want to know. At this point, he’d much rather watch without any context for the funsies and the blackmail material.

 

There is a crash in the kitchen. Looking over, it’s easy to see that the window has been broken and that a certain someone is missing from the ceiling. Ranboo misses how The Blade looks at him with scrutiny, as if deep in thought, in favor of locating his friend.

 

“To freedom! See ya, bitcheeees!” , comes Tubbo’s yell from outside. Phil rushes to the window in the most disheveled state Ranboo has ever witnessed; hair a mess, bucket hat missing and clothes wrinkled. How did his clothes get wrinkled?!

“You little shit!”, he shouts after Tubbo, almost following suit through the window. He stops short of tumbling over the window sill to watch as Tubbo hovers away from the house and towards the city.

 

The hero turns to the rest of them, face as pale as paper.

 

“Run, Bee Boy, be free!”, Tommy yells from the couch as loud as humanly possible, making Ranboo’s ears ring. Ghostbur’s ears somehow aren’t bleeding from the exposure to Tommy’s yelling and responds with a harsh, flabbergasted glare.

 

“Don’t condone that behavior!”

 

“Why? What are ya gonna do about it, pussy?!” – aaand there they go again.

 

“I can’t fucking believe this–”, Phil curses, either oblivious to the fact that they’re all teenagers and shouldn’t be cursed at or he simply doesn’t give a fuck– Oop, there it is! “–I’ll chase after him. Blade, you’re on babysitting duty until I get back!”

 

“Heh?!”

 

The Crowfather has left before The Blade can utter a word of protest, bucket hat rushed onto his head and jacket taken off the rack. The door slams shut and the dumbfounded hero turns to face them all with this aura of utter disbelief and betrayal. Ranboo fidgets with his fingers for seconds that seem to pass way too slowly.

 

“So, uh, lovely weather we’re having today”, yes, yes, what a lonely, cliche ice-breaker, that’s a good way to start a conversation–

 

“Bruh” –nope, nevermind, not good enough – “Why?”

 

“I, uuuuh”, actually, Ranboo doesn’t have the answer to that. In fact, he has the same question.

 

*

 

Escaping the great Crowfather was surprisingly easier than Tubbo expected. All he needed to do was threaten the man with a stinger (more like swipe at his face with said stinger but who is counting? …wait, that doesn’t make sense–) and then swing himself out of the window. Easy, peasy, lemon-squeezy. Except the lemon had seeds that somewhat jabbed at him as he defenestrated himself. Ow.

 

He flew half a kilometer away from the hero’s residence, chasing after his freedom with wild enthusiasm and probably on a sugar high. Look, those cookies on the counter were begging him to take a bite!

 

The rest of the way to the depths of the city, he ran on foot. Of course, the only go-to place on his mind was the video club, which had miraculously remained untouched by the fire and explosives. There he’d find Jimmy and maybe Martyn, too, and he could contact Grian with their help.

 

Contact him about what, you ask? Why, to save him and his friends from the heroes! Duh! Isn’t that obvious? The SBI have constantly been on their tails one way or another! What good would it do if they somehow found out that the vigilantes they’d been chasing were living rent-free under their roof? Ranboo wouldn’t be able to fucking save them!... not forever, at least.

 

Maybe they’d need to flee the city and have Tommy excavate a raccoon hole or something in the wilderness. They’d have to never return to the city and live like cavemen, eating bugs and slugs until their legacies were forgotten about, like nature had intended humankind to live.

 

Problem is that Tubbo doesn’t like listening to nature or anyone for that matter. So, he must contact Grian immediately and get his pals the hell out of there!

 

Actually, they don’t need Grian’s permission to go anywhere, do they? He isn’t their legal guardian, they can do anything and Grian could only be mildly upset about it, really. Granted, the man would be mad and/or worried if he didn’t find them at Phil’s but he doesn’t need to know. That’s the point.  Not to comment on the fact that he could find them way easier now –with his Watcher superpowers having been revealed and all that good stuff.

 

Hey, maybe he should return to Phil’s house and have Ranboo teleport them away. That way, they stay safe and unharmed and they get to see The Crowfather running around the city searching for them like a chicken with its head cut off! Isn’t that a funny picture?

 

Before he can pour more thought into that idea however, he is standing in front of the video club. He doesn’t dare look up, the smell of burning concrete and gunpowder still permeating the air despite the time that has passed since the accident. He doesn’t want to see the damage; he’d already risked a glance and the only thing he saw was black. The attic would be gone for a while by the looks of it.

 

Hold on a second. Couldn’t Grian fix it? He restored a whole neighborhood at that one time with the slime villain; surely, he could fix a singular, measly building!

 

Tubbo decides not to think more on the matter. Instead, he pushes the door to the DVD rental open and enters, minding the step at the door. He was planning on talking to Jimmy for a bit before he needed to go and save his friends but there was no one at the counter.

 

Doing a double-take, Tubbo finds that the sign at the door is indeed flipped to ‘open’ and the lights of the refreshments display are still on. The lights, in general, are still on. Eh, the guy is probably in the bathroom or something. Maybe he’s taking stock or whatever a cashier’s job description requires.

 

When Tubbo is about to call out, he hears the distinct sound of chatter coming from the backroom. As, so, Jimmy was figuring out stock or something! Change of plans then…

 

Like any other (in)sane teenager, Tubbo opts for a stealthy approach to scare the living daylights out of the man. For being on the same power level as The Watcher, Jimmy is too easy to scare and surprise. Perhaps it’s a side-effect of blindness –he’ll have to ask later.

 

Slowly creeping up to the door, Tubbo is stopped short when he hears more than one voice speaking.

 

Is that?... Who is that? He presses his ear flat against the crack of the door that is letting all the noise out, being careful to remain as still as possible for a successful eavesdrop. He chances a look through the gap and he is greeted by multiple red and yellow and some blue feathers. So, it’s Grian in there with Jimmy along with someone else! Ha! Detective skills: upgraded!

 

“...I have already contacted Scar” –yep! That’s Timmy alright– “He said he’d see what he could cook up for us”

 

Then, the foreign voice speaks. “Alright, that’s good” –who is that? The accent sounds familiar but the voice is completely off. It must be Martyn, there’s no way it’s someone else! “Grian, what’s the situation with Blackjack?”

 

There’s a long groan. “I doubt he’ll even listen to me if I told him, Martyn”, Grian says with a drawn-out and very dramatic sigh, confirming Tubbo’s suspicions. “We’re on bad terms, I’ve already told you this. Scar would– Actually, I could get Scar to convince him! Oh, that’s a wonderful idea!”

 

Yes, because sending a poor salesman to smooth talk Blackjack –one of the most dangerous people in the underground– into God knows what is a wonderful idea. Truly, foolproof, well done, guys! Then again, Scar is probably not what he appears to be. If Grian hid his villain identity as The Watcher for so long, Scar could be some up-and-coming, dangerous, crystal-loving cookie monster… or something. Like Mumbo!

 

Scar is too nice to be a villain, though. Information and weapon supplier, maybe? Still, he shouldn’t be sent into the wolf’s gaping maw alone!

 

Martyn chuckles amusedly. “Okay, with that sorted, we should focus on finding where the god is hiding”

 

Tubbo’s breath hitches in his throat and he barely manages to stop himself from gagging on his own spit. God? He pauses. They’re looking for a god? Like, another god than God?

 

Look, Tubbo isn’t religious by any means but even if he was, he’d find this scenario ludicrous. Three villains searching for a god that isn’t the famous God… What would they even ask for? Unlimited chaos powers?

 

Jimmy cuts in before Tubbo can make up more ridiculous theories in his head.

 

“They are either incredibly small or invisible. I’ve only come across them once when I was fighting Dream at the factory”

 

Wait a minute.

 

Tubbo can recall how the events unfolded perfectly . When The Listener was downed and Tubbo had to protect them both from Dream and his shitty collar-stick, he’d heard a voice that was distinctly not Dream’s. I actually heard a god? That’s… not so hard to believe, honestly. The voice had sounded so distorted that it couldn’t have been a normal person!

 

“I felt their presence once more after that. When Dream came by”, Jimmy continued, “before Doc decided to wreck the city, remember?”

 

There is an audible, familiar and funny gasp of realization which Tubbo easily connects to Grian.

 

“So, that’s what that foreboding presence was! I felt it each time I fought the Dream Team, though, I couldn’t pinpoint who it was coming from”

 

A second of silence passes. Grian is probably receiving many judging eyes. Oh, the irony.

 

“You actually failed to recognize a godly presence?”

 

An indignant squawk that almost has Tubbo falling over in laughter. He holds himself together, however, even though Martyn and Jimmy let the loud giggles loose.

 

“It’s been decades since I’ve been near a god! Cut me some slack, sheesh!”

 

“Fair enough”

 

The laughter dies down soon after.

 

“So, we narrow it down to Dream, then?”

 

Martyn responds with utmost seriousness. Tubbo feels his patience running thin.

 

“It sounds like a good place to start, yeah–”

 

Tubbo Sparta-kicks the door, effectively cutting Martyn off and nearly hitting Grian, who startles so much that he jumps ten feet into the air, missing the ceiling by a hair . Jimmy simply takes a step back with wide eyes but Martyn just stands there in his spooky Listener get-up. The man had probably heard him long before he kicked the door.

 

“There are actual gods other than God?!”, he shouts but everyone appears to be in shock from his badassery. What can he say? He’s been practicing.

 

Grian recovers remarkably quickly only to wince and appear guilty of something. Arguably, as a villain he is guilty of many things.

 

“Tubbo, how much did you hear?”

 

“I heard enough so you lot best start talking and tell me everything!”, he takes a deep breath, renewing his oxygen supply fast to continue, “I came in contact with a god … and I didn’t notice?”

 

“No, you didn’t”, Martyn is too quick to respond. There is mirth lacing his words. Magical particles swirl around him one second and the next, the giant, draconic wings are gone from his back and his dark outfit is replaced by one that Tubbo could only describe as ‘Pokemon Trainer with mid-life crisis’.

 

With his cool collected and suddenly taking on the Look, Grian stares him down. “Why are you not at Phil’s?”

 

“Because I can”

 

“That is not a good excuse”

 

“I don’t care, I just learnt that I met a god”, yeah, not many people would care about having escaped their babysitter when that truth has been revealed to them.

 

“Not sure if it’s a good god”, Jimmy adds but like that matters! The concept is simply too cool to be thwarted by a human’s words.

 

“Did you tell Phil that you’re here?”

 

“Nah, I left him in the capable hands of Tommy and Ranboo, it’s fiiiine ”, Tubbo waves him of, “Now, tell me what you three are planning or I tell Stress that you left us at Blackjack’s instead”

 

“What–”, Grian stammers, “Are you blackmailing me?”

 

“Who will she bee -lieve? That’s right; me!”

 

Laughter bellows out of Martyn at the pun, head thrown back. The man wipes a fake tear from his eye as he gathers himself. “They grow up so fast!”

 

And Grian gapes at him in absolute fear and disbelief.

 

“Don’t encourage him!”

 

*

 

Phil has looked everywhere. He’s gone to the kid’s house, to the park, to the nearby school in hopes of catching him playing football in the courtyard afterhours. Nope. Nothing. He has found nothing . Tubbo has disappeared off the face of the planet– the universe, even! He can’t even find his mother to ask where the bee could possibly be. Maybe in a trashcan? At this point, he’ll take any recommendation.

 

Fundy, the ever so sneaky fox, who was helping the salvage efforts at the block of flats, did not say anything useful to him. He just stammered over his words trying to cover for the brat. Phil had raised an eyebrow at him.

 

“Oh, I, uh– I dunno, man, maybe he’s at the movies? Kids love movies! There is this new one out, uh, you know?”

 

Sure, mate, sure. At the movies… with no money to his name! Of course, how could Phil have missed that!

 

He left, obviously, with no other questions. At least, he knows that Tubbo passed through the neighborhood at some point, since Fundy covered for him.

 

The cashier at the video club next door wasn’t much help either. Jimmy –if Phil remembers correctly– claimed that (more like lied through his teeth) he hadn’t seen a ball of child energy pass through with too many stutters for it to have an ounce of truth in it. Phil did get a movie for his troubles, though. Jimmy stated that it would calm the kids down real quick.

 

Phil ignored the sticky note on the blue DVD casing that read ‘IT’. He’d honestly feel no remorse or guilt if the kids had nightmares for the rest of the week.

 

Now, don’t call him evil! It’s just that revenge is a dish best served cold, in a cold room, with no blankets and the lights switched off. Nothing wrong with a little terrorizing. It’d worked on Wil and Techno when they were younger and they turned out just fine! Not his fault they have very strong opinions on clowns being the spawns of Satan and an unexplainable fear of red balloons but hey, clowns are evil anyway! It’s not a parenting fault, shut-

 

So, the next best thing? Find Grian.

 

Sadly, Grian has also disappeared off of the face of the planet. That leaves Phil with a very big target on his back.

 

He’s lost a child and the father is missing. If he’s lucky, Techno hasn’t murder the remaining two alongside his own brother, so he can return them as a peace offering. As much as Phil has threatened to cook them into a stew, angry Grian is scary.

 

All in all, the conclusion is that he has to do something so attention-grabbing that neither Tubbo or Grian can shy away from: fix their house.

 

Now, now! Phil isn’t a crazy man –Wilbur would beg to differ– but he does like the idea of not being a babysitter.

 

Sadly, the only individual he knows who could restore a building is also the most dangerous villain in the city. Is he seriously going to stoop that low for three measly kids to move out of his shed?

 

Yes. Yes, he is.

 

Will he regret it? Oh, 100% but that’s a future-Phil problem.

 

*

 

Hiding in the back when Phil came running in was not something Tubbo was expecting to have to do so soon into his escapade. Honestly, though, he should’ve thought that the avian would fly and not take the car. Y’know, because it’s the most reasonable thing to do if you have a pair of massive wings on your back.

 

Martyn remained in his Listener form for some time and it was during that, that he heard Fundy and Phil talking close to the entrance. They had already told the ginger to keep his mouth shut –Grian even going so far as to threaten to call Wilbur and put him on speaker in front of all the tenants– and then Jimmy was pushing them to the back.

 

Tubbo noted that for someone a citizen was supposed to fear, Jimmy was a terrible liar. Like, how can you mess up so bad? Just, how?

 

Moving on. Tubbo has agreed to help the three villains in their little endeavor of contacting Blackjack (or forced them to take him with, depending on who you ask), already preparing his excuse for The Crowfather. He was just bee-knapped by some elves or something– he couldn’t tell, he was blindfolded.

 

Yes, that is a perfect excuse! Phil will be so confused and bamboozled trying to find the logic in that scenario that his brain will just shut down.

 

To be fair, he didn’t expect to have to go with The Watcher as Tubbee during the night. They were supposed to grab Scar on the way to Las Nevadas because the man was supposedly great at scamming and negotiations and talking in general. That would’ve happened if The Crowfather didn’t happen upon them on the random rooftop of a building the two of them had perched on, right as they were about to leave.

 

Tubbo is the first to notice, having heard Phil land behind them way before The Watcher could see him. Team advantages, Tubbo supposes, and Grian turns a second later when Tubbo tugs at his long robe.

 

“Tubbee, get away from him!”, poor, oblivious Phil exclaims. The Watcher pushes Tubbo away before he can protest, Tubbo stumbling over his own feet and almost falling on his ass.

 

Honestly, why hasn’t he called Stress or the police yet? This is abuse! Stress would have whopped Grian’s ass if she’d witnessed this!

 

The Crowfather looks determined about something Tubbo doesn’t know what that could be. The Watcher doesn’t appear frightened by the hero’s presence. Not that he ever has.

 

“I didn’t expect you to come looking for trouble, Crowfather”

 

“I’m not looking for trouble”, the hero replies smoothly. Well, that’s a surprise! And a pleasant one at that! “I’m here to ask for a favor”

 

A favor? Now that’s a little too far. Tubbo knows that Phil is having a hard time looking for him but to ask for help from his sworn nemesis? This theory only stands because Tubbo is incredibly self-aware and knows that he can be a chaos incarnate when he wants to be.

 

“And what would that favor be?”, Grian prods, feigning obliviousness, when he knows what the hero wants… probably.

 

“I need you to restore a building”

 

There is a moment of silence… and then full-blown laughter . The Watcher is laughing like Phil has just said the most stupid, funniest dad joke he’s ever heard. The Crowfather, in contrast, looks to be at a loss for words.

 

“You-” –a bundle of relentless giggles– “Babysitting getting to you already?”

 

Wow, Tubbo didn’t think Grian was such a sadist to be laughing at his friend’s pain.

 

“Fucker– How do you know about that?” , the villain doesn’t respond to the question in any way other than laughing harder. Tubbo also didn’t think that Grian would have the heart to antagonize his friend but here we are.

 

“Then I have a favor for you”, The Watcher offers once his chuckling has subsided. “That way we’re even”

 

Phil hesitates the smallest bit.

 

“What is it?”

 

“Be on my side for the week”

 

Phil barely hesitates before responding.

 

“Deal”

 

Because, obviously, that won’t ruin his reputation! Tubbo didn’t think that his shenanigans could drive a hero to villainy but apparently, his assumptions were wrong. Oop.

 

*

 

Phil returns to a partially-destroyed house. The outside looks fine and untouched but the inside is a whole other story. Not to mention the horrid amount of noises that are coming from behind the front door, which he can hear from the porch. He is already getting a severe headache and he isn’t even in the eye of the storm, yet! He has enough on his plate as it is, he really doesn’t want to deal with the mess that is most-certainly his living room.

 

The unidentified noises stop the moment he inserts the key into the door. It is suspiciously quiet, though Phil easily picks up the small, muffled shuffling sounds, which he can only assume to be the kids being hauled into lockdown or something. That makes him feel all the more giddy about movie night tonight– as an afterthought, he rips off the sticky note from the casing in his arms. Mustering the best customer service smile he can –the thought of the kids getting scared shitless by a human-eating clown helps with that– he enters his home.

 

The living room is, unsurprisingly, unrecognizable. Phil feels his eye twitch and the distinct sensation of a vein bulging on his forehead. It’s fine , he tells himself like he’s in that burning building meme with the dog, You’ve been through worse. Look, once you’ve dealt with one of young-Wilbur’s explosive tantrums, the standards for messes implode sky-high!

 

He doesn’t expect to find Techno holding a raccoon by the scruff of its neck and the kitchen so warped that it looks like a bomb blew up. Ranboo stands in the middle of the mess of salsa and grilled cheese that line the walls and appears to be deaf to the world. Phil can just see the white puff of cotton in one of his pointy ears.

 

“Techno”, Phil starts with the most eerie smile that he can, looking both pleased and displeased at the same time. Techno turns to him, skull mask hiding his eyes but Phil can see how his Adam’s apple bobs with a thick, thick swallow. Good. “Where is your brother?”

 

Right on time, a hand raises from behind the couch with a muffled call for help. It appears that somehow Wil managed to get himself stuck in a space so confined that not even a shoe can fit. That’s a new record! Not a pleasant one but Phil is too tired to delve into it. He is also too tired to help Wil, giving Techno a deadpan look and trusting that his son will take care of it.

 

Techno does, throwing the chittering raccoon in a corner somewhere to get his brother out from behind the couch.

 

Phil approaches Ranboo, careful as to not step into any pools of ketchup and salsa which could easily be mistaken for blood –actually, come to think of it, it could be blood. Ugh, if he has to answer to Grian for some crime against children that he didn’t commit, he swears .

 

“Ranboo?”, he calls for the youngin and clicks his fingers beside the enderborn’s pointy ears. They don’t even twitch. How well can cotton muffle sound? Honestly, Phil should give earplugs at some point; maybe they’ll do his mind some good.

 

After he’s done with his testing of sound absorption or whatever science is happening there, he taps Ranboo on the shoulder. That results in some spaghetti flying high to the ceiling, half of it sticking on it with creme and cheese and the other half landing sloppily in the frying pan.

 

With a shaky hand, the boy turns to face Phil, a sort of wobble in the guilty, embarrassed smile he gives him, and takes out one ear plug.

 

“Did you find Tubbo?”, he asks, eyes shimmering with doubt. Phil simply smiles and he can feel how his own eyes fill with something that would belong to a villain’s.

 

“Soon”, he says, so slow that Ranboo flicks his eyes to the side for a moment. “Anyway, thank you for cooking, Ranboo”

 

“I–”

 

“Don’t tell me anything, I don’t want to know what those three did while I was out”

 

“Ah, o-okay, then”

 

The raccoon from before climbs onto the dinner table with grabby paws, chittering in a foreign language at Ranboo. Ah, right, that’s Tommy, not a random raccoon; Phil has to remind himself even though the kid has the ring-patterned tail and the fluffy, rounded ears of the trash pandas as a human.

 

“Please, don’t leave fur on the table, Tommy”

 

Said raccoon scatters from the table at record speed, falling and sliding half-way across the room thanks to the smooth, wooden floorboards. Ranboo laughs, saying something about Tommy being “such a simp”, which Phil doesn’t understand. That’s teens for you; inventing new words that older generations can’t understand.

 

In a poof of fur that Phil’s brain can’t stand to comprehend, there is now another teenager in the kitchen. A loud-mouthed teenager. It’s fine . They are joined by Wilbur next, whose hair has become even messier than usual, curls charged with static energy flying to all directions. Techno returns with a bandaged arm, claiming that he was infected with rabies thanks to Tommy biting him at some point while Phil was out.

 

“Thanks for cooking, Ranboo”, Techno tells the kid with utmost relief and fondness. That’s new. Phil didn’t think his son would show such open affection to a child but he is surrounded only by his family… and another rowdy Tommy. Tommy is too busy sticking his head in the fridge at the moment, though.

 

Ranboo is too nice a kid to spread rumors. Then again, one’s genuinity could be put to question when allied with such devilish spawns of… Phil doesn’t want to insult Stress and her parenting skills but Jesus Christ are they a handful! Honestly, congrats to her sanity for keeping up with them!

 

“No problem, sir”, Phil catches the slightest hint of a blush on the enderborn’s face before the boy turns his head away to turn off the stove.

 

“I wouldn’t eat that if I were you”, Tommy says with a mouthful of two-days-old sushi and a rice ball in one hand. It has probably gone bad and Phil should’ve thrown it out since then but there were two certain brothers whose house basically burnt down and he hasn’t been able to sort through the fridge yet.

 

“I wouldn’t eat that if I were you either, gremlin child”, Wilbur challenges, already scooping up some salsa from the pot, elegantly pouring it over the spaghetti so the food is quite literally swimming in it. Why are my kids so weird?

 

He should stop asking that question, really. It gets repetitive after like, twenty years of thinking about it. Twenty years after the Wilbur-sticking-a-knife-in-the-socket incident. It was a sign from God, truly, that Wilbur was to never die as long as he kept being a bane to society– meaning his family.

 

“Fuck you, man, I’ll eat what I want and you can’t stop me!”, and just to accentuate his point, the child rips off a chunk of rice from the rice ball. Bad move on his part but Phil will let the encyclopedia of the house (Techno) judge if that was a stupid move or not.

 

“It’s days old! It probably has maggots in it!”

 

“Extra protein”, Techno comments as he takes his turn at the pot. Ranboo skips it altogether and takes his plate, fork and spoon to the dinner table.

 

“You’re way older, you’ve probably got fuckin’ centipedes coming out of your ears!”

 

“There are no fucking centipedes in my–”

 

“I’ve brought a movie for us to watch with our dinner”, Phil interjects before any more colorful language can be thrown about, stopping Ranboo from spinning the spaghetti onto his fork with the help of the mighty spoon. “Who’s in?”

 

Phil tries to pass off the growing grin on his face as excitement for the movie and not as the excitement of vengeance. They won’t even see it coming .

 

(Ends out, the three of them didn’t see Ranboo’s cooking becoming explosive either.

 

“Ha, told you!”, Tommy’s face is met with the spat out food of Wilbur and then Techno runs to the bathroom for the contents of his stomach to vacate his body.

 

Phil doesn’t know how but that kid managed to mix up cumin for salt and then added hot peppers for the Hell of it. Where did he even find the peppers?!)

 

That night, Phil is woken up twice because of the cowards that are his children. He sends them off to their rooms, where he had sneakily planted some red balloons when he left the living room with the excuse of putting the dirty dishes in the sink. He had set up some elaborate mechanism to make them pop and that was what scared them.

 

He also finds himself sleeping amongst two bodies when he wakes up in the morning. While Tommy and Ranboo were dead set on playing tough and sleeping in the open living room, on the couch, even after another red balloon incident, they hid themselves under the covers of Phil’s bed… and left Phil without a blanket. Fuckin’ bastards.

 

In the dead of the night, The Listeners fly over the city, close but not right next to the Dream Team Headquarters. They steer clear of the towering skyscraper and decide that splitting up to search for the most god-frequented area would be the best course of action until The Watcher could get Scar to sweet-talk his way into Blackjack’s pants.Well, he won’t be doing exactly that but Jimmy has seen Scar make someone unclothe themselves for the sake of trading with empty promises before. Just because the guy doesn’t have the patience to go shopping. Sigh.

 

The plan would be executed in five days time after Blackjack inevitably agrees (no one other than Grian, Maryn and Jimmy can escape the salesman’s charm) and it has to be perfect. How they’re going to make a perfect, fool-proof plan in five days, Jimmy doesn’t know but apparently, the less planned out everything is, the better.

 

‘Apparently’ because the moment he lands in the alleyway free of life bigger than a rat or a cockroach, he feels that presence . Godly, unholy, certainly out of this world. Anything that could describe a god, really. A god of the End to be exact. Jimmy doesn’t like this. He doesn’t like how he’s feeling it in an alleyway.

 

A trap? Is the Dream Team around? He can’t see. He can only hear; listen– and he isn’t about to compromise his and his team’s civilian identities for a measly look at the real world.

 

He doesn’t click, doesn’t open his wings as the presence becomes all the more overwhelming; mischievous, cunning, dark and practically salivating; drooling with the thought of consuming .

 

He doesn’t move; doesn’t do as much as make a sound. They’re closing in. He can feel it and he can’t even call for help. Why did he land in an alley again? Stupid, stupid, stu-

 

“Hello, there, Listener”, comes a voice too familiar to Jimmy’s ears. A voice he’d heard so long ago, when he and Martyn were still lurking in the void between dimensions and spying on life for the fun of it. Back when there were more Watchers than Listeners in the End.

 

“XD?”

 

The world warps around them, buzzing, lights flickering and buildings trembling with the will of a god… Small as he is.  And Jimmy knows the signs of a teleport; he did it to the kids to get them out of that battle at the factory. He doesn’t like it; none of it.

 

Reality is disturbed regardless. A flash of light, painless but blinding even to the Listener whose glassy eyes are small, intricate decorations on his body, then the cold sweat of helplessness wets his brow.


Flapping his wings, he grapples to get away.

Notes:

Can you feel the end closing in?

Chapter 16: ‘I’m the owner’, the other responds

Summary:

The Dream Team are panicking, The Watcher cashes in his favor and the plot thickens when Techno and Wilbur find something out about the kids they're babysitting. :)))

And the plot thickens ehehe

Notes:

can't believe I'm delivering within a week :OOO

Chapter Text

“Why is there a stranger in our living room?”

 

More specifically, why is there a man tied up, passed out and clearly kidnapped, in the Dream Team’s living room? The central light is on, casting the room in an orange hue akin to that of an interrogation lamp in Pandora’s Vault. Shadows disturb the features of the man in the chair, whose head is hanging limply, eyes closed and not stirring a bit even in the uncomfortable position he’s been put in. Ropes hold him straight against the back of the chair, wrapping around his chest (uncomfortably, no doubt!) and arms, which have also been tied awkwardly behind the chair’s back.

 

“And tied up?”, George adds to Sapnap’s statement, arms crossing nonchalantly under his chest. He gazes at XD with the most unassuming face he can muster. It’s easy for him to keep a serious look, thankfully, but the god doesn’t need to wilt under a heavy glare for him to pick apart.

 

XD does that to himself, enamored with George as he is. On the ground, the god looks nothing more than a small plush or an over-sized pawn that a toddler found and decided to take a permanent marker to it. Incredibly unthreatening, deceiving yet mischievous all the same. If George had to guess what XD represented, he’d pick trickery without a doubt.

 

Though, XD has denied that statement multiple times. He claims that there is another god who controls that domain, named Drista –though he says that he is way better than her. Because they have such a big chance of meeting another god before going to the afterlife and XD needs to be jealous! For better or worse, XD is never subtle with any jealousy outburst, loudly proclaiming that he needs attention lest he shoves all five glasses off of the counter like a bold, demanding cat whose dinner arrived at 17:01 and not at 17:00 .

 

“That is because”, XD starts but pauses for a second, bending towards the chair with confidence in his voice. “This is the Listener”

 

“That’s literally the video club cashier”, comes Dream’s voice from the entrance to the room, having just woken up to the sound of conversation. Not the best way to wake up, especially if you’re stupid and pull an all-nighter trying to look for a certain pawn-shaped escapee instead of waiting at home like Sapnap and George.

 

Y’know, wait the whole 48 hours to file a missing person’s report or something. Probably a missing item report if anything. XD does look more like a keychain on steroids.

 

“No way is that guy The Listener, he doesn’t even have the wings and ears”, he continues, yawning mid-way through his sentence before walking to the kitchen to have breakfast.

 

Tussling his bedhead with his free hand, Dream almost bangs his head on the cabinet but makes up for it by accidentally banging his toe at the table leg. Silently and very, very slowly, he crouches, lacking the energy to shout curses this early in the day, so he cradles his foot and wishes the unfairly loud pain away. It doesn’t work but when has toe pain gone away so simply?

 

“You good there, Dream?”, Sapnap – the bastard – has the guts to laugh at his poor state. Dream, however, also has the guts to admit his weaknesses.

 

“No”, and promptly, he makes a mental note to beat up Sapnap’s ass even more during sparring today. If they make it to the tower with the human XD dragged – somehow– to their house. They're getting so sued after this ordeal.

 

Well, unless they keep the guy in the garage, then– No! Bad thoughts, Dream, bad thoughts! You’re a hero, not a villain!

 

And yet, they are housing a villain. Actually, said ‘villain’ can’t even be called that because XD lacks many, many morals and should be categorized as a five-year-old in the school system. Too bad they can’t send him to Primary so they can have six hours of silence and peace minimum to work.

 

Frankly, Dream has a feeling that XD would hate being surrounded by people less childish than himself. He just seems to be that type of blob.

 

“As I was saying… this individual is the Listener” , XD oh-so-rudely interrupts, demanding their attention at break-neck speed. “So now I only need the Watcher”

 

“So, granted that this is actually , in some alternate reality , The Listener, that means that you just tracked down the cashier”

 

Nice observation, Sapnap! Even with no caffeine and much sand in his eyes, he’s pulling through with his detective work! Dream just manages to get back on his feet when the counter argument comes ‘round.

 

“I tracked the Watcher, not this fleshbag” , XD huffs and if he had corporeal arms, he'd be crossing them. "So the Watcher is still in that building"

 

"That building caught on fire, I don't think the officers would let him through", Dream pipes up, having come into the living room with a bowl of sugary cereal that any dietitian at HQ would frown upon and any child would envy. Subpoena and George give him a raised eyebrow. “What?”

 

Attention is once again turned to XD, who goes on a ramble about how to catch a wild Watcher with a Pokeball or something. Dream isn’t interested in the details since the guy he caught couldn’t be The Listener in any way. The Listener has abilities similar to The Watcher, not to mention the fact that he has bat ears and huge wings! Then again, the heroes have been looking for an individual with purple-speckled, black wings for years now and they’ve all come up empty, so perhaps they should start suspecting that those two (three?) individuals can transform or hide their special traits somehow.

 

There is also the fact that XD has been obsessing over them with newfound vigor. It is worrying and the change in attitude has not gone unnoticed by the team. First, it was the bouncing-around-a-feather thing until said feather dissipated into thin air, second, it was the sneaking-out-till-midnight thing –which wrecked Dream’s nerves by the way. He doesn’t want to think about what would happen if another unfortunate soul comes across the small yet powerful god.

 

Yep. That’s what he’s worried about. Totally no affections or father-like instincts involved.

 

Anyway; point is that XD is acting extra sus. He’s as excited to have a supposed Listener tied up in a chair as a child is about unboxing a Christmas gift. Not to mention that it’s unsettling.

 

“Sap”, the man in question turns to him and Dream nods his head towards the hall with a mouthful of breakfast. Sapnap takes the hint, throws one last look to make sure that George and XD aren’t going to follow, and walks towards the bedrooms.

 

“What is it?”

 

Dream swallows, stirs the spoon in the bowl once they stop just outside the bathroom. “He’s acting weird”

 

Sapnap nods, a look of utter suspicion in his eyes. “He is. Why is he so… Excited? Excited about catching specifically those two… or three?”, he hums, “You think there’s more to it?”

 

“It’s pretty obvious that there is more to it, isn’t it?”, Dream sighs, taking another spoonful.

 

“Well, yeah, but he’s been refusing to elaborate”, Sapnap notes. “Must be a god thing. Maybe a ritual? He was jumping circles around that one feather”

 

“You think we should put him in the cat carrier or something?”

 

“That is probably for the best”

 

XD does not, of course, go into the carrier willingly. Somehow, Sapnap ends up with bitten hands and burnt fingertips from how XD struggled when the man caught him. It takes George asking him (brashly, not kindly) to “get in the carrier”. 

 

Now, to deal with the unconscious man in the living room… Oh God, this is going to be one Hell of a situation to explain. Can they even let the man go and share his experience with all his friends and old lady neighbors? Do they really need that gossip?

 

Dream runs a hand through his hair in frustration. This is going to be a looong day.

 

*

 

“Jimmy is missing!”, is the first thing that Tubbo yells when he bursts in through the door to The Crowfather’s home. Phil staggers back as the door more or less slammed into him when the frantic bee pushed through whilst he was opening it. Rubbing his nose, the hero braces himself against the wall.

 

Tommy and Ranboo, who are sitting with Ghostbur and The Blade, have their argument about anteaters cut short. The two teens jump up from their seats and rush to the other, questions and exclamations of horror flying in the air and failing to be caught by anyone else’s ears.

 

Phil grumpily pushes the door away from him, listening for the click that signals it has closed before stepping forth to the huddle of boys.

 

“What just happened?”, Techno asks. Phil shrugs and Wilbur just sips his coffee, side-eyeing everyone in the room.

 

“Alright, children, calm down”, Phil pulls them apart, Tommy more or less clinging to him as he does. “Tubbo, you are in a lot of trouble”, he chides, Tubbo audacious enough to make an offended face. He swears, Grian’s unruly behavior has rubbed off on the kids. “But first, please repeat what you said”

 

“Jimmy is missing!”, Tubbo spews instantly, jumping, grabbing the hero by the collar of his pajamas in one unnecessary, fluent motion, to bring him to his level. Phil’s brain takes a moment to catch up from the sudden wave of vertigo. Damn, it’s too early to deal with this.

 

“Jimmy? The cashier of the video club?”, many nods of heads are his answer. “Maybe he’s got the day off, mate”

 

“He doesn’t have days off!”

 

Well, that sounds like a bad way to treat employees. Especially ones working in a place so rarely visited nowadays because of technological advancements. The kids appear incredibly worried about the missing fellow, which is understandable. Your neighbor suddenly going missing isn’t an everyday thing but there is an explanation for everything as is the law of science and physics.

 

“Then maybe he’s had an emergency”

 

A shake of the head and Tubbo lets go. Phil sighs, running a hand down his face and resting it on his chest once he stands up. Techno has moved to clean the dishes, plates of eggs and bacon going in the trash as it’s quite obvious that the children have forgotten about breakfast.

 

“Well, you can’t report it until forty-eight hours have passed”, Wilbur says, finally done with his coffee, he dumps it in Techno’s wet, slippery hands. A loud crack comes from the sink and yet another mug bites the dust. There is a reason for the “Days since last incident: 0” sign hanging at the entrance of the kitchen.

 

“What?!”, Tommy yells, frustrated about the situation. “That’s fuckin’ unfair! Why?!”

 

“Politics. How the Hell should I know?”

 

Techno huffs, holding a towel to his bleeding hand. “He’s got a point there”

 

Ranboo tugs Tubbo aside to talk about something, probably about ways to go find Jimmy. Phil, like the good and underpaid babysitter that he is, eavesdrops the best he can without looking their way. 

 

“Could Grian not find him?”, Ranboo asks and boy are these two bad at whispering. It takes almost no effort for Phil to overhear them, even with Tommy having sparked up a conversation with his sons on an unknown topic.

 

“No, he said something was blocking him”, Tubbo says, hitting his palm with a fist. “I think he got kidnapped”

 

“Kidnapped?”

 

Kidnapped?

 

“Yeah, he and Martyn were supposed to do a fly-by. Martyn lost him when they separated”

 

“They separa- Mphf!” , Ranboo whisper-yells, prompting Tubbo to slam his hand against his mouth and Phil to get a move on from where he’s standing. Don’t look suspicious, don’t look suspicious , some sing-song voice sings in his ear. He can’t quite place where he’s heard it before but it sounds eerily familiar.

 

He can’t hear them from the hallway, on his way to his room but he’s gathered enough to think about… as early as it is for his brain to be working in detective mode. Such is the life of a hero-babysitter, he supposes.

 

Sitting at his desk, he puts his head in his hands. Golden strands fall around his fingers, blocking his view of the wooden surface. Tubbo knows more than he's letting on.

 

Jimmy hasn't gone missing ; he's been kidnapped, yet for some reason, Tubbo decided to tell them a half-truth. Said half-truth is less severe than a kidnapping, in which case they'd be able to call the authorities and be late while doing so as well.

 

Something must be up with that Jimmy guy if Tubbo doesn't want to rely on the police. Tubbo is smart (Grian doesn't shut up about the kids when he gets started); he wouldn't have hidden the truth if he wasn't scared of something or if he knew that Jimmy was somehow involved in shady shit. He wants to put him and his sons to work by the sound of it and Phil doesn't know if he'll regret it or not.

 

‘They were doing a fly-by’... Jimmy doesn’t have wings. Or, he didn’t last time Phil was there. Just a normal human working a normal job. And he did that with another person who apparently does have wings. Logic says that they were together, the person carrying Jimmy in some way but if they separated and there were only two of them… Then, the only conclusion is that Jimmy can fly somehow. That… doesn’t sound right but it is what he has to work with. Jimmy was flying with Martyn, supposedly side-by-side up to the point where they separated and then Jimmy was grabbed.

 

By who? Questions, questions. There are no answers to them, the children only know the facts, not the in-betweens. Phil would be concerned if they do. The answers are certainly not in his office but he can’t do anything about it either. It’s the police’s job to look for missing people; his job is to make sure no super-powered individuals harm the city.

 

Looking for Jimmy, while it’s something that he would love to do, it would also take time out of his job. Phil didn’t choose to become a hero for the money.

 

Sighing, he lets his head bump on the desk. He has that, as well as the deal with The Watcher. The villain must be preparing to fix the block of flats right about now or soon so he can cash in his own favor. Jesus, why does life have to be so complicated? What bad thing has Phil done? (Scarring his own kids with cannibal clowns doesn’t count).

 

There is a knock at his door and without pouring much thought into it, he calls for the person to come in. He thinks it might be Techno finally coming to receive first aid or something but it isn’t. There is no gruff “Hey, old man” that comes his way, no heavy footsteps or the clank of the iron-soled boots he wears half the time he’s inside the house.

 

Reluctantly, Phil sits up and tiredly looks towards the slowly opening, creaking door of his room. There is a white and black face; Ranboo. That’s new. Then again, Techno did retrieve the kid from the bedrooms yesterday, so maybe seeing him roaming the hallway isn’t too much of a big deal. He doesn’t know whether he should worry about the kleptomaniac-tendencies of the boy, though– he guesses Grian and Stress are already working on it (would they not after The Blade breaking down the woman’s door?).

 

“Ranboo?”

 

The kid enters the room, roughly pushed inside by Tubbo, who almost jumps on the other’s back in his rush to get in.

 

“And Tubbo!”, the teen exclaims, a bit too brightly in contrast to the panic shown earlier. These kids are so weird.

 

“What’s up?”, Phil asks, turning in his seat so he can face the chaos head-on. Not too long after, Tommy is behind his friends, looking around curiously despite having crawled in the hero’s bed not five hours ago.

 

“We need you to look for Jimmy”, Tubbo says. Ranboo nods beside him, hands held together in front of his chest. Despite his height, the boy manages to appear small and meak with gestures such as these. Absently, Phil wonders if that’s something he’s picked up from Fundy –living so close to him as he was.

 

“I will look for Jimmy”, Phil decides but raises a hand when the kids cheer. “But! I need you to tell me the truth . Did he disappear or was he kidnapped?”

 

Silence. Complete and utter silence. Not even Techno or Wil make a sound, having appeared at the door only a few seconds before Phil finished his sentence.

 

Ranboo starts first.

 

“He was… uhm…”, he clears his throat, mismatched eyes looking anywhere but at the hero’s own. “He was kidnapped”

 

“We don’t know the culprit!”, Tubbo exclaims, too fast and too loud to be saying the truth. Phil is reasonably concerned because at least one of the kids came face to face with the kidnapper and is now refusing to say who it is.

 

He swears, if this is some lame excuse to get all of them out of the house so they can blow it up or something, Phil will scream and his hair will become snow-white.

 

“Right”, he says, looking over each of them slowly. Tommy is suspiciously quiet. “I’ll look for Jimmy, however, I want you to be on your best behavior for The Blade and Ghostbur”, thankfully, said heroes don’t protest, however, Phil does notice some whispering going on in the background.

 

Tommy cheers and Phil stands up to herd them all out to the pastu– er, to the living room , yes. There are small hints of nerves from the other two and Phil supposes that they’re coming from the dread of what could be happening to the cashier while we speak.

 

He goes to get dressed in his room, donning the green and black robes of his hero outfit and then he grabs his striped bucket hat from the hatstand. Setting it atop his head and making sure that his hair sits neatly underneath, he grabs his keys and makes his way out the door.

 

“On your best behavior!”, he reminds, pointing a finger at the three boys. His sons are doing something in the kitchen with a carton of orange juice but Phil doesn’t have the mind to pay attention to why they’re looking through the medicine cabinet.

 

He closes the door behind him, drops his keys into one of the many inside pockets of his clothes and then screams into his hands for a solid second. Just to get the frustration out of his system. God, who knew that dealing with children after years of his own having grown up would be such a pain in the ass? And without wanting it too!

 

“I swear, he’d better have fixed the building by the time I get to the city”, he mumbles into his palm. The air is weirdly silent. There are no crows in the vicinity; he can’t spot any of them in the trees nor in the air. It’s… off-putting. Usually, his murder follows him to work. They’ve never left like this. It’s probably nothing. Probably.

 

Shaking his head and flexing his hands in front of him, he takes a few steps off of the porch so he has clear access to the sky to take off. Before he can properly spread his wings, however, a voice comes from behind him.

 

“Where are you going?”

 

His feathers tense, visible goosebumps running up the length of each wing before the fluff settles. Phil snaps around, black feathers spreading around him in a display of threat.

 

The Watcher is perched on the roof of his house, one end of his scarf flowing freely on the little wind there is today. Black feathers with speckles of the universe lie leisurely behind the man, draping over the copper tiles of the house like a cape. Misshapen and soft, like a blanket; like the feathers have no bone or structure.

 

Now he knows why his crows have vanished.

 

“What are you doing here?”

 

It’s unnerving knowing that your greatest enemy knows who your relatives are; who your sons are. Phil suspected that the villain knew where the three of them lived when Wilbur told them all what happened on that rooftop. When his little birds were leaving the nest officially for the first time –not going for a sleepover at a friend’s or staying out late into the morning hours– some part of him said that it would be better that way. Harder for their homes to be compromised; harder for The Watcher to find them.

 

To have The Watcher at your house, resting ontop of it? Your most feared speculations being confirmed in the worst way possible? It’s a dreadful feeling, one that Phil can feel coursing through his entirety, nerves vibrating with it and adrenaline mixing with blood. His heart runs faster, beating right in his eardrums. He’ll have to notify his sons about this/

 

No threats come his way, as is expected thanks to their little deal. No threat for a week but then it’s anyone’s game. God knows when The Watcher will be using this trump card to decimate the SBI. Perhaps he can use this time to learn more about this man’s abilities, to dig deep without needing his hands nor a shovel. He’ll learn and then he’ll apprehend him, forever ending the infamous Watcher and bringing an end to the city’s fear.

 

To Pandora: that’s where he’ll send him. To a cell more secure than the Goatfather’s.

 

“Cashing in my favor, what else?” , the villain responds nonchalantly and his voice is just a tad too loud for the void of city noise out here. Phil is glad that the kids are too noisy for anything they say to be heard inside the house, even with the open windows.

 

Phil hums, wings closing, not completely but the action is there. Back straight, chest out; fearless –that’s what he wants to appear. He envies how Techno can pull up this front so easily, like a second skin. Phil has always had difficulty collecting his feelings and his thoughts,  everything always showing in the weight on his back.

 

“Not before you’ve restored the apartment building”, the villain nods and silently stands up.

 

Shoes clink and clank against the roof tiles and then The Watcher is down on the ground, crouched but slowly raising up to his height from having jumped off. Phil represses his instinct of flinching back or stepping away, only encouraging himself to stay still.

 

“I’ll show you” , the man says, still a bit too loud. Is he hard of hearing? He hears Phil just fine, though, and his vibrant eyes meet his own perfectly.

 

Wings splay behind them both and the villain is the one to take off first, a feeling of… of void and power radiating off the blown wind under his feathers that Phil can’t comprehend completely. Here in the suburbs, there is no one to see them, the house so isolated from the rest that there is no fear of being caught following The Watcher.

 

*

 

“Alright, kids, drink up”, Wilbur demands, placing the tray of glasses filled with orange juice on the coffee table. “It will make you strong and powerful just like myself”, and while it’s said with utmost self-confidence, his own brother dares to cough into his hand. He glares at him for a moment.

 

The children, to their credit, are smart. Too smart. Wilbur doesn’t know if he should like smart children or not. More than enough times, they’ve bent the rules so they can get their way. Yes, he’s talking about the vigilantes they’ve been trying to capture and finally call their parents so they can get grounded for years. He doesn’t particularly care as long as he doesn’t have to worry about a children cult about The Watcher anymore.

 

He’d be more than happy to have an apprentice if they’d be interested but they’d have to finish school first. Wilbur really doubts that they’re even in high school. Sure, one of them is super tall but that’s just genes. The bee one is short enough to be in middle school! Just, y’know, before the growth spurt and the puberty acne kick in.

 

Unless they’re orphans. Then Techno will have a fun time threatening them with a butter knife or something.

 

“Why should we drink something you’re giving us?”, Tommy argues. “You’re acting sus”

 

“Because oranges are high in vitamin–”

 

“D!”, Tubbo cackles. Wrongly so.

 

“That comes from the sun”, Techno cleverly doesn’t fall for their trap. These little rats– if Wilbur wasn’t obligated to watch over them, he’d have their heads right about now.

 

“Just drink your juice so we can go to HQ”

 

At that, Ranboo lights up, a small, toothy grin on his face. Wil turns away so he doesn’t have to watch his brother go into ‘look at that cute puppy!’ mode. 

 

“You’re going to take us to the hero HQ? The SBI HQ?”, he gasps disbelievingly, “Seriously?”

 

“Yup”, Techno nods, arms crossed under his chest, probably resisting the urge to gush over the kid, “Only if you’re on your best behavior, though. We have a meeting today which you three will be locked out of”

 

“And only if you drink your juice”, Wilbur is hyper aware of the fact that he sounds like a grandma forcing her grandkids to drink something they don’t want to drink out of spite but he can’t find it in himself to care. They emptied a third of a bottle of sleeping pills in there as an extra safety measure for taking the kids to the HQ skyscraper, and dissolved the rest in the juice carton. (They also marked the carton so they don’t trick themselves accidentally).

 

Now, you might call this unethical. You’d be right. Babysitting three chaos harbingers who are constantly riding a sugar high will make you want to commit these acts in Wil’s humble opinion.

 

Ultimately, the kids pick up a glass each with little protest. Tommy is the last one to drink, wisely looking at his friends before taking a sip himself. Wilbur will have to teach the kid how to be suspicious of a stranger telling him to drink juice (that has come from an unknown location) later. Preferably after Grian has returned to pick them up.

 

Honestly, the man just vanished after he dropped them off. You’d think he’d come check up on them at least before nighttime but nope! Gone like the wind! Well, Wilbur knows where the guy lives. Yes, that is a threat.

 

*

 

The restoration is… extravagant. Something otherworldly, completely mind-exploding as Phil stares in awe at the glowing structure, slowly but surely being put together. It is slower than the last time he witnessed it –albeit second-hand– but he can only guess that the villain is showing off. The murmurs of rhyming words fill the air, the people on the street have either ran away or taken out their phones to record. 

 

The Crowfather stands a good distance away from The Watcher, mouth open in amazement and he thinks that he understands more about the powers displayed; the pure power that seeps off the man’s gloved fingers and towards the floating stone and burnt walls and burst windows.

 

The process is fast but it feels slow. The type of slow that you notice only when you replay events in your head, when you try to pick apart a memory for every little detail it can give you. Just like that, Phil relives it again and again, even when the deed is finished, the building standing in its full glory like the unexplained fire had never happened.

 

With a grunt, the villain steps away from the ledge of the rooftop, hiding himself from view. He falls to one knee, back to the hero, the sudden movement snapping Phil out of his thoughts.

 

“That”, he says, breathlessly; impressed. He never thought a villain would impress him in this sort of way. “That was incredible”

 

It was also the first actual look he’s had into the powers of The Watcher. An avian with the power to control… Phil can’t tell. The rhymes; the floating rocks. He thinks back to the time when Wilbur and Techno told him the truth about the Slimecicle incident, about how Wil saved the one vigilante they’re trying to catch and then how The Watcher saved his son.

 

He recalls Wilbur saying something about him rhyming his words too. It must be how his powers activate. Phil doesn’t feel stupid. He doesn’t because that is the most inconceivable ability to ever exist; there are no records of any surrounding the description of what he’s just witnessed. On the contrary, he wants to laugh at the absurdity of it but he holds himself back.


Phil hears the grinning teeth when The Watcher responds. He tries to hide his own, watching how the villain stays kneeled with his back foolishly (or knowingly) turned to the hero like he’s been drained.

 

Was he not showing off then? If restoring a building takes so much out of him, then that would explain his disappearance after bringing back a whole neighborhood.

 

“My end of the deal is done” , they aren’t the words he expected but it does help some of the excitement of a new discovery drain from The Crowfather’s system. It adds some severity to the situation; a type he didn’t feel before. The train carrying his thoughts derails, rolls and crashes into a concrete wall.

 

The possibilities of what could be asked of him are endless and each one is worse than the one before it. The Watcher has killed before and he has maimed. Punz is still going to physiotherapy for his arm, most of his duties suspended until the doctors give him the green light. Phil can’t tell if it’s a preferred fate to dying but regardless, it might be asked of him.

 

The Watcher is a sadistic bastard, that much he knows. To knock The Crowfather down a peg by demanding he kills someone? Maybe go after his sons just for the fun of watching a father break down?

 

“Do you know where the Dream Team’s house is?”

 

This might be worse than he thought. If he’s thinking of attacking the Dream Team then– Phil doesn’t know. He doesn’t and he hates it. So, he does the one logical thing:

 

“Why?”, he asks, warily but the villain, apparently, isn’t planning on hiding anything from him.

 

“I need you to scout their house” , The Watcher says, staggering as he rises to his feet, the cape of wings following fluidly, wings lax at the sides as he turns to face him. The man’s eyes glow fainter, Phil notes. “They’ve taken from me and they are hiding something. I can’t get close to it, so I need you to go in my stead”

 

The relief Phil experiences can’t be put into words. No killing, no permanently injuring his coworkers nor endangering his sons. It sounds more like a mission for Techno or Wilbur, being as close as they are to Dream and George respectively but he is glad The Watcher didn’t go after them instead. He easily could’ve, even if Phil was the one to approach him first. The man is cunning like that.

 

Something you can’t get close to, huh? It’s so humanizing for The Watcher to admit a weakness; whatever that weakness is. If Phil understands correctly, that object he is supposed to steal back is the villain’s kryptonite.

 

“Why do you want something you can’t get close to?”

 

“To throw it into another dimension or better yet, to destroy it” , there is a crease under his eyes; he’s smiling, unaffected by the weight of his own words. Phil feels his heart sink or maybe it’s his stomach doing a backflip and slamming straight into his pancreas or something.

 

He said it so– so casually! What does he mean– He’ll throw it into another dimension?! He can do that? How in the fucking universe can that ever happen? How can rhyming words create a portal to another dimension?

 

Phil’s head hurts and rightfully so because this is just nonsense. Dimension hopping is a fictional concept! It can’t happen just like rewinding time can’t! Or time hopping for that matter.

 

“I’ll give you two days, how does that sound?”

 

“A week”

 

“Three days”

 

“Five minimum”

 

“Four”

 

“Four and a half”

 

“Deal”

 

*

 

By the time they arrive at the SBI HQ, the children are already dozing off in the backseat. Techno checked on them from time to time, either leaning to the side to look over the shoulder of his seat or glancing at the rearview mirror, unlike Wilbur, who had his eyes on the road and his hands on the steering wheel. He was too busy driving to pay attention to a few drooling teens. He just hopes none of the drool has got on the fabric lining of the doors or seats.

 

For his own mental wellbeing, he doesn’t dare check after he and his brother exit the car. The underground parking of the building is as cold and echoey as always, making it difficult for the kids not to stir awake to some degree. Tubbo is the only one who opens one eye for a glimpse and then he’s nuzzling back into Tommy’s jungle of curls, hand going slack from where he gripped onto Ranboo.

 

“How are we meant to take them up?”, Techno scorns him as is the duty of the older brother, written and signed with a blood oath at birth.

 

“You carry those two and I’ll take the lighter one”, Wilbur says, pointing at Tubbo and Ranboo. Tommy looks like a kid who has just hit puberty but not the growth spurt yet so he is the obvious lightest weight out of the trio.

 

Techno huffs and makes a snide comment about fairness. Who is she? Never heard of her! He moves to pick the two up anyway, throwing them both over his shoulders and holding them steady by the thighs. Wilbur sticks to a bridal-style carry, lacking the experience to throw Tommy over his shoulder like a potato sack.

 

They take the elevator up to the meeting room, where they leave the kids in the waiting area couches, throwing a blanket over each of them and pretending like they just didn’t get enough sleep. Wait a minute, shouldn’t they have taken them to school or something? Wilbur freezes for a moment but shakes his head soon after. The kids were handed to them without any school supplies so sending them to school probably wouldn’t end well.

 

They don’t even know which school they go to, so this is the best they can do. Noted that they should’ve thought about that before they brought them over here but better late than never, right? Ha, ha?

 

When they go into the meeting room, they find BBH already waiting for them, Valorant sitting opposite of the demon, which is a surprise. A pleasant one, of course! He hasn’t seen the man since the incident that led him to a cast-wrapped arm.

 

“Oh, Valorant! I thought you weren’t cleared yet”, he greets with the brightest smile he can muster under his mask, hoping it shows in his voice that the excitement is genuine. Techno greets him as well, although more mellow, already walking to the refreshments counter at the corner.

 

“I’m not”, Valorant responds with an aura that seems uncaring, a smug grin reaching his eyes under his white facemask. His uninjured hand is playing with the golden, undoubtedly heavy chain hanging off his neck and on his neck, an ornament like a dragon eye attached to it –he calls it the ‘Eye of Ender’. Something from his home planet if Wilbur recalls correctly. It’s glowing faintly, he notes, something that it didn’t use to do. “But the doctors can’t keep me from catching up with the times”

 

“We were just talking about the Goatfather, actually”, BBH supplies. Wilbur drags a chair out and plops down on it, unabashed by his improper behavior, just like everyone else in the room.

 

“Why is that glowing?”, he nods at Valorant, eyes glued on the Eye. The man looks down at it too, curling his fingers around the crystal. He shrugs.

 

“It’s been glowing like that ever since my fight with him … I can feel it vibrate with some sort of energy” , he sighs, like he is also perplexed by it. “The legends say that the Eye can lead you to what the holder seeks but it could break if it isn’t sufficiently charged”

 

Techno sets down his cup of coffee on the table, sitting closer to Valorant than Wilbur, obviously intrigued by this new piece of information. He doesn’t even fix his cape when some of it bunches on the cushioning of the chair; he is that intrigued.

 

Not to say that Wilbur isn’t interested either. He leans in, forearms on the table, and BBH’s tail is swishing left to right.

 

“So, you’re sayin’ that you can track down anyone , right?”, Techno asks. They all know what he’s getting at. Valorant looks at him for a second, then scans the rest of them with crystal blue eyes, brushing some of his light, sandy bangs out of his face –the hoodie isn’t helping him in the slightest.

 

“I don’t know how it works”, he starts. The room isn’t quiet, thanks to the snoring coming from the waiting lobby, but if they ignore it, then it’s dead silent. “You have to throw it but I don’t know if it’s charged enough to take us to him or how big the chances are of it breaking while it’s tracking”

 

Wilbur can’t help the dark smile that etches itself on his face. They can actually find The Watcher. They can ambush him and his allies and remove him from the city and haul him all the way to Pandora! This is a fucking dream come true!

 

“Well, we won’t know until we try, right?”, BBH voices Wilbur’s inner thoughts. “When are you going to be cleared?”

 

“Hopefully, at the end of the week”

 

“Then we move out at the end of the week, once you’re cleared”, Wilbur says, chuckling like a madman into his intertwined hands. “This is absolutely wonderful”

 

A goat bleats at his feet, breaking him out of his thoughts. He looks down, blinks and then does a double take when a baby goat headbutts his calf.

 

“OW!”, and the little shit does it again! “Who the fuck let a goat in here?!” Wilbur more or less falls out of his chair in his attempt to get very, very far away from the little demon! It doesn’t work as well as he would’ve hoped, as the furry creature chases him around the obstacle and tries to smack him in the face.

 

Wilbur holds it back by its head as it tries to ram him. Everyone laughs at his misery. Traitors ; the lot of them!

 

“Garry!”

 

A hand grabs the kid by its body, easily lifting it up and away from the flabbergasted Wilbur. Thank God , Warden has saved him. He accepts his help, grabbing onto his hand and letting the hero lift him up.

 

“I’m sorry about him, he’s a playful goat”

 

“Sam! Can I pet him?”, BBH shouts over the longtable, his eyes shining the brightest Wilbur has ever seen.

 

Warden turns because apparently, it’s time to drop the hero names, unless they never picked them up to begin with. No one has said any names other than Wil, so who knows, honestly.

 

“Sure”

 

“Goat-sitting for your friend again?”, Bad asks, gingerly taking the baby animal from Sam and setting it on his lap. “Oh, aren’t you so cute! Who’s a good lil’ goat!”, he takes a brief break from petting and praising the kid to look back at Warden, completely ignoring the way the rest of them are looking at him. “You said his name was Garry?”

 

“Yup, he finally got an official name”

 

Wilbur sits back in his chair, running a hand through his messy hair to tame it a bit. His hair stays the same but he deems it neater anyway.

 

“So, why are there three teenagers in the waiting room? At least two of them are thieves”, Warden questions.

 

“Babysittin’ “, Techno responds, nodding towards Wilbur. “We brought them over so the house wouldn’t be a health hazard when we got back”

 

“Huh”, Sam hums, taking his own seat. “I thought they were orphans. You know, Ponk has seen the two short ones washing car windows at some of the street lights”

 

What.

 

“What?”, Techno shakes his head, “I know their father and mother”

 

Sam shrugs and doesn’t elaborate further. Wilbur remembers that they have never asked what the situation between Grian and Stress is. Neither Grian or Stress have told them that they’re their parents but–

 

“So, what were you all saying? I heard something about tracking?”

Chapter 17: and from the third wall, the lady next door has put her eye to the peephole, ear on the wall

Summary:

Phil, meet Jimmy, Jimmy meet Phil. Oh, also meet XD

Notes:

Not the exact lyric but it would be confusing otherwise

Thanks for the dialogue idea 8LC, it's been read, borrowed and shoved into the chapter :)
Also, the dialogue between Techno, Wilbur and Benchtrio must be read after watching StevenHe's emotional damage and 'why ghosts don't haunt asians 2' videos

....and yes I was addicted to soap ASMRs while writing the first segment :,)

Chapter Text

When Jimmy wakes up, it is to a horrible headache splitting his head in two. He can’t connect to his senses, he thinks, his eyes seeing but no image registering, fleeting his memory right the next second. His ears are ringing, his arms and legs are numb and wrists sore, something within the gap between his heart and lungs distinctly repressed. What in the world happened?

 

Like a flash flood, memories flood into his head. No, that wouldn’t be a good word for it. Feelings . Feelings and emotions entangled in a thick web of black. Fearful, ensnared and driven into a corner by an enemy he could neither see nor hear. The stress sends blood pumping into his head, neck suddenly scalding hot and flashed as his skin temperature takes on the bubbling lava underneath.

 

A door creaks open and he winces as light comes through. He can’t see where he is and he doesn’t know why he’d be in a house of all places. Trying to move his arms to shield his face, he finds that he is unable to move; unable to defend himself or attack if need be. Fucking Hell, he is right in the wolf’s mouth and he’s yet to be chewed and swallowed.

 

It begs the question: why? And his brain can’t boot up fast enough to provide an answer in T minus (x amount of seconds).

 

“Oh, he’s awake”, the voice sounds vaguely familiar but he can’t quite put his finger on who it could be.

 

“Still can’t peg a random cashier to be The Listener, though”, another replies and Jimmy sucks a deep breath in. The air catches in his throat and he swallows down the urge to cough and then the urge to gag at the tingling sensation running up his esophagus– it takes all of his willpower to do that.

 

The words swim in his head and then drown. The ringing has faded somewhat by the time the people who have come into the room have approached him but it is still slightly there, thrumming against his eardrums.

 

“We should let him go”, speaks a third voice, this one even more familiar. “This is a fucking kidnapping and we’re heroes for fuck’s sake!”

 

“Dream is right. This isn’t– why are we going along with this?!”

 

Jimmy blinks, eyes blurry but finally, the world around him is registering in his senses. Still a little indiscernible at the edges but he can finally see and not just listen . Sapnap and 404, standing right behind them is Dream, for once looking timid rather than self-assured and confident.

 

Ah, right. Jimmy is a hostage. He’s been kidnapped, right, and the heroes are to blame for him still being here. If word gets out – and trust him, it will get out– , the heroes will be in a whole lot of trouble.

 

“Where am I?”, he struggles to say, his neck feeling so restricted, he thought there was rope tied around his head too! Thankfully, there is nothing tied around his throat.

 

The heroes shriek in terror, all of them a different tone of deinitely-(not)-manly, and then they fall silent. A zap of a distinct something crackles through the air. Jimmy can’t tell what it is but he can see the form it takes: golden and green threads that circle around the room he’s in. Looking around, he can see the room– that’s all. He can see it; he can see the four walls enclosing him but everything else is a muddle in his head.

 

He can’t tell if he feigns his fear or if it’s real. He shouldn’t be scared; Grian is on his tail, he just knows it, with Martyn and every other villain there is around possibly. Wait . Oh crap, that’s why they’re doing it!

 

He’s bait! The cheese on the mousetrap!

 

Cold sweat drips down his forehead, catching on his brow. He can’t let anyone come near this house, not even on the same street. The heroes seem to be unsure of his Listener form, however, and he can’t risk them finding out, so he can’t turn and teleport and go about his day. He is pretty sure he can’t do that even if he wanted to; not with the godly power encircling him in shiny threads that are invisible to the human eye.

 

“Who are you?!”, he shouts, acting frantic and wild-eyed and he can see it’s working by the way that Dream surges forth. His touch zaps him like the electricity on the surface of an iron cart of a big supermarket.

 

“Hey, calm down! I’ll explain–”

 

And then, out pops a… is that a golf ball? straight out of the neckline of the man’s hoodie.

 

“You don’t need to explain anything to him” , the golf ball says, turning on its own. The more it twists, painfully slow and heart wrenching, the more the carved, black lines are unveiled on the white surface. “He knows. He listens. He knows everything. Do not untie him lest you want a taste of my wrath, mortals”

 

Jimmy feels like he’s swallowed his tongue. He knows who he is. He knows who he is. They all do and frankly, Jimmy doesn’t want to know why the god has him tied up here.

 

“Now, answer my questions”

 

*

 

The day the children leave is perhaps the best day of Phil’s life. Children meaning the ones he had to babysit for Grian whilst doing The Watcher’s bidding. Darn favors, man; he swears he’ll never ask such a big favor out of an incredibly elusive and mysterious individual again! Or not. It depends on what lemons life will give him, to be honest. Spying on the Dream Team is maybe the lightest sentence he could’ve got for having a whole ass building restored!

 

He still wonders if The Watcher would’ve restored the block of flats regardless, since lately he and his team of troublemakers have been trying (and succeeding) to paint the Hero System in a red light. He still wonders if the man was simply waiting for something like that deal to happen just so he could get this indirect way of achieving his goal… It does sound like a very risky gamble, though. The Watcher is too cunning, his eyes too calculative to rely on mere chance .

 

Frankly, Phil can’t bring himself to feel bad about dumping the trio into his sons’ unwilling arms yesterday because it was a necessary evil. If they knew what he was doing, he’s pretty sure they would’ve disowned him without letting him say a word. That’s what he gets from two stubborn boys who have taken nothing but his stubbornness all these years they’ve been alive!

 

Grian called ridiculously early in the morning, informing Phil that Pearl would come by to pick the kids up sometime before noon hits and that is perhaps the most relieved Phil has felt from a phone call. He has planned his own revenge, however. No one makes him babysit – unpaid , mind you– and gets away with it!

 

From the talks he's had with Grian and the times he's been invited over or visited his apartment, Phil knows exactly where and how to strike.

 

"Ranboo, come here for a sec, I want to show you something!", he calls from the bathroom, a bar of carved soap resting in one hand and a sharp blade in the other.

 

He is ready to indirectly vanish all of Grian's hand soap from his house! …That thought probably shouldn't make Phil as happy as it does.

 

Not too long after he's called for him, Ranboo pops his head in through the open doorway, curiously peeking in. Phil beckons him over with a warm (mischievous) smile and the sharp razor in hand, the teen approaching at the sight of the multicolored soap. Red and green, Christmas-themed.

 

Two more heads peek from behind the door but Tommy and Tubbo can't be trusted to hold a knife and not hurt themselves somehow. If he's going to prank, he'll use the most careful one out of the three.

 

"What is it?", the kid asks, hands gripping the edge of the round sink as he leans on it.

 

"This", Phil stresses with a jolt of the hand holding the soap, bringing the blade right at the edge of it. Inwardly, he cringes at the mess he's about to make for some measly revenge but in the grand scheme of things, it’s necessary . “This is the most satisfying thing you’ll ever see”

 

The kid makes a noise of interest and the shuffling of footsteps can be heard as the other two attempt to watch over Ranboos shoulder. Phil puts some strength behind the tool and cuts through the first layer of soap, cubes of red and green falling into the sink with the tell-tale sound of triiiiiic . It puts his own mind at ease more than he’d like to admit and when he looks at the other three, he finds Tommy with his eyes wide and glued on the remaining bar, Tubbo already reaching to fondle the cubes and Ranboo’s hand twitches.

 

“Here”, and he hands the soap and blade to the enderborn, stepping away so he can have his turn.

 

Just as he’d guessed, Ranboo doesn’t accidentally cut himself when he pushes the razor edge through the bar, even going for a second layer and then a third. The boys are satisfied by the soap cutting if Phil has to take a guess and he can’t deny that he is also transfixed on the falling giblets for some weird, otherworldly reason that only biologists and scientists can explain. 

 

“Woah”, Tubbo finally breathes. Tommy joins him in bunching and crushing the remains in his hands, absolutely ruining the sink. It’s worth it .

 

“Do you have more?”, Ranboo asks, finally taking his eyes off the soap. The hope in them makes Phil want to laugh at what he’s done.

 

“Actually”, he holds up a finger, signaling them to wait as he retrieves a basket of soap curls from within the bathtub, where he’d hidden them so the children wouldn’t go wild with them the second they’d come in. “These are for you to crash in your hands”

 

“Yo! How did you make these?”, Tommy demands more than asks but Phil is happy to steal Techno’s beloved potato peeler anyway.

 

“Oh, let me show you!”

 

Grian is going to be so pissed. Phil can’t find it in himself to care. An eye for an eye, isn’t that the saying?

 

*

 

An hour or so before Pearl is supposed to arrive, the trio is still crushing soap in the sink and playing with the leftovers. It is so fun, Tommy can’t stop his hands from moving and he doesn’t think he can muster the will to pull them away either. It’s like someone has put superglue on his fingers and the soap– or actually, it’s more like the soap is magnetizing him somehow.

 

That would be a more plausible explanation. What a fun concept: magnetizing soap.

 

Phil has told them that The Watcher was caught restoring their home, which was to be expected, even if Grian was stalling. His nerves were on fire before Phil called for Ranboo in the bathroom, thinking of what could’ve possibly happened to Jimmy. Tubbo told him when they awoke in the waiting area of the SBI HQ that he’d been kidnapped. Grian and Martyn are suspecting the Dream Team, or the god that is supposedly with them, and Tommy doesn’t know what to think.

 

Especially after finding Horny Guy roaming the meeting room and then Warden picking the goat up. The fucking Warden . Of course, the hero tried to explain that he was simply goat-sitting but who the fuck would buy that? It’s literally the same goat as the one that popped up out of nowhere when Goatfather tried to blow up the city with the World Eater 2.0. Honestly, Tommy only got up to grab a muffin and a glass of water from the buffet that was simply calling to him with its delicious smells and food.

 

Horny Guy was then promptly taken away from the heroes and cuddled with on the couch until The Blade woke them all up.

 

Tubbo was shocked when Tommy explained to him that Doc’s goat was with his top favorite hero. The poor boy was heartbroken… until the three of them found a way to blackmail the man. They took him aside to a more private area (more like tailed him when he went to the toilet) and blackmailed him in his face.

 

“We know who that goat belongs to”, Tubbo said, having jumped up and dragged the man down by the collar and looked him dead in the eye. Warden had obviously recognized them. “And you’d better keep that thought in mind”

 

“Are you threatening me?”

 

“I thought I made that obvious”

 

Angry Tubbo is scary. To learn that his favorite hero is associated with a crazed doctor who has left a sour taste in all of their mouths isn’t a reality one can easily take in. Hell, even Ranboo was shook at that revelation! Well, at least they have an alternative method of contacting Doc if they need it.

 

All of that explains why he is currently addicted to the crushing and cutting of the red and green soap, which Ranboo is still taking his sweet time carving through. He is already making plans with every bar of soap there is in the block of flats, happy with the fact that no one can stop them from stealing their soap bars. Grian has a stash of red bars in one of the bathroom cupboards; surely, he wouldn’t miss any of them!

 

Pearl and Gem have some with glittery soap too! Tommy silently forms a plan of how he’ll distract them long enough for Ranboo to teleport into their house and steal some. Maybe they can put in some starch too like The Crowafather showed them not too long after he introduced soap curls to them.

 

“Tommy, Tubbo, Ranboo, can we talk to you for a minute?”, comes Ghostbur’s voice from down the hall, loud enough to be heard from the next town over! Sadly, for him, they’re busy.

 

“No!”, he responds, proceeding to squeeze the mush of lather fragments in his hands. So cool.

 

“Fukin’” –there is some faint muttering and out of the corner of his eye, Tommy sees Phil put his hands over his ears– “ Fuckin’ come ‘ere!”

 

Aw shit.

 

Being unable to control your body is scary. Sure, it isn’t as scary as the first time because the first time, Tommy was in his vigilante get-up, being chased and about to be apprehended by a hero rather than being forced to attend whatever conversation said hero wants to have with them. He dislikes the smug stance Ghostbur has taken on and Tommy swears he’ll wipe his grin off of his face if he has one tugging at his lips underneath that stupid drama mask!

 

“Sit down”

 

They sit. The Blade is already sitting down, his head in his hands and expression hidden under a curtain of pink hair. He isn’t wearing his crown nor the cape just like Ghostbur has declined his yellow sweater for a blue shirt and a trenchcoat. It appears they have only just returned from the messy skyscraper.

 

‘Messy’ because the moment the trio found out they’d been drugged to save the heroes the trouble of watching after them ( pussies , Stress never complained about them! …much), they more or less turned the whole thing upside down. Xornoth would be proud of them and their level of chaos if he witnessed it.

 

The moment Ghostbur sits down, Tommy feels his limbs tingle and he flexes his fingers, reveling in the fact that he has regained control of his own arms and head.

 

“The fuck do you want, asshat?”, is the first thing he utters. Tubbo huffs a laugh, his cheeks looking like a balloon about to burst. Tommy resists the urge to laugh and Ranboo hides his own amusement behind a fake cough.

 

Ghostbur flounders like a fish out of water for a moment, shaking his head so wildly, you’d think it’d snap or crack or something but it doesn’t. He directs a finger at Tommy, stern and disciplining.

 

“You– You fucking child! Don’t insult me in my own–”, The Blade kicks him in the shin with his boot before he can finish, “–OW! What was that for?!”

 

The trio bursts into laughter as the two of them hold a staring contest through their masks. It’s funny, actually, how one side of the room is rolling in the ridiculousness of the situation and the other couldn’t be bothered!

 

“Shut up!”

 

And the room returns back to normal volume. Silence. Tommy dislikes it. Telling him to shut up is like telling a toddler it can’t have chocolate! Or like telling Grian he has to ditch his red sweaters for a day! It’s sacrilege!

 

Thanks to Ghostbur’s annoying, fucking mind control, he can’t snap at him with a nice, offensive counter-argument. Instead, he resorts to glaring at him. How pitiful; Tommy hates it.

 

“Okay, now that we’re all calm”, The Blade finally speaks, having put a hand on the other’s shoulder to shove him against his seat’s back from where he was leaning extremely forward. “We have a few questions for you three”

 

Okay. Not weird at all. Just a few heroes having questions. Questions that could be tied to Warden tattling on them or questions tied to their vigilante personas. Either scenario isn’t good and Tommy can feel ire rising under his skin; the sort that always bubbles up when an adult throws him a pitiful look as he and Tubbo wash the windshield of their car. Those adults give the most tips, though, so Tommy can’t exactly be mad. He wants to be mad but he can’t be.

 

This isn’t that sort of deal, however, because the heroes are more likely to shove them in juvie and let them rot for conspiring with the enemy. Treason and whatnot. They fucking need a lawyer ASAP– where the fuck is Cleo when you need her!?

 

“Um… what is it?”, of course, Ranboo accepts the questions without a second thought. Tommy swipes at him with a hand but the bastard somehow predicts it and ducks!

 

If he didn't have teleportation powers, Tommy would swear that Ranboo has got some form of telepathy going on.

 

"Who are your parents?"

 

Oh. Oh, how did they figure that out? That Grian and Stress aren't actually their parents? Honestly, Tommy was happy with having the heroes think the wrong things about Stress and maybe Grian, too –lies have kept them safe for so long without fail! Why fail them now?

 

Tommy opens his mouth to speak, to maybe dissuade this conversation but his vocal chords are still refusing him. He glares at Ghostbur. The hero looks back at him. Fucker

 

"We're adopted"

 

This one doesn't seem to shock them as much as Tommy thought it would. So, they must've had some suspicions beforehand. Hm, might not be as dangerous as Tommy thought. Hell, the only one who looks remotely close to Grian is Tommy and he’s a raccoon! And then you have the fact that Stress is a human and that Grian has fucking wings! Honestly, why have they thought that the trio were the biological children of a human and a half-bird?

 

Or that Stress cheated one too many times. That misunderstanding still makes Tommy laugh. Sadly, he still can’t open his mouth. Damn Ghostbur!

 

The Blade heaves a heavy sigh, like the world has been lifted from his shoulders.

 

“By who?”

 

“It’s unofficial, actually but yeah”, Ranboo continues, missing how both of the heroes reel back like the boy has caused them emotional damage because that is probably earth-shattering information that he shouldn’t have shared. Which, it isn’t, because that means that they’ve been kidnapped from a fucking orphanage or something–

 

Oh no. This is the moment they’re thrown back into the home for parentless children, isn’t it? The damage has been done now, though, and Tommy can’t quite change it. For fuck’s sake, why is Pearl taking so damn long?!

 

“UN OFFICI –”, the hero duo voices aloud, at the same time, at the same volume.

 

“By Grian and Stress and Pearl and Gem and Impulse!”, having picked up on his own mistake, Ranboo has apparently decided to give the heroes a heart-attack by info-dumping on them. “The whole complex, really! We’re fi–”

 

“THE COMPLE–

 

Tubbo, being the chaotic little (but loveable) shit that he is, pipes up, much to Tommy’s amusement.

 

“We live in the attic!”

 

There is a squawk that comes from the entrance to the hall and looking, Tommy finds the Crowfather frozen in a pose similar to Edvard Munch’s The Scream . The racoon can’t hold it in anymore and he falls over laughing. While laughing on mute is completely weird and out of a sci-fi TV show, no one pays any attention to it– not even when Tommy almost falls off of the couch! Assholes, the lot of them!

 

“THE ATTIC?!”

 

Obviously, Phil is hit with the brunt of the emotional damage, knees bending and falling backwards, wings framing the walls like a drama queen. The other two aren’t faring any better but none of the kids could care much about that.

 

A car honks outside and without a second thought, they’ve got up to their feet and walked straight to the front door. Tubbo is hauling a still-laughing Tommy over one shoulder, exhibiting strength that he admittedly shouldn’t have with his short frame. Physics be damned, Tubbo must be ripped under all the non-existent evidence of muscle. Perhaps his strength comes from being half-Shulk or it’s just pure spite.

 

Tommy would know. He’s pulled off shit he normally couldn’t have out of pure spite and stubbornness before. He is too preoccupied with The Crowfather’s shocked expression to care much, however.

 

“Pearl!”, Ranboo is way too enthusiastic. They all are, really. The suspicious, black van is parked in front of some trees, hiding it from the view of any neighbors, orange lights flashing.

 

“Shotgun!”, Tommy shouts, Ghostbur’s power failing, peeling himself off of Tubbo and almost face planting on the ground. The other boys groan at him calling dibs on the–

 

The tinted window of the front passenger rolls down to reveal that the seat he’d just called dibs on is actually taken… by a demon nonetheless.

 

Get in the back, children ”, Xornoth commands putting his arm out of the window and gesturing nonchalantly to the rest of the van.

 

That is just unfair.

 

*

 

After getting situated in the back of the unassuming, black van, Pearl has informed them that their attic is back to its original form. It isn’t really a surprise but the affirmation is very much appreciated. Xornoth remains quiet for the most part, only vocalizing his inner thoughts when he sees an animal or a human he doesn’t like outside of the window.

 

The kids don’t say a word about what Phil showed them in the bathroom. The soap stuff. All so they can sneak into each apartment and satisfy their brains with a bunch of otherworldly shit.

 

“Pearl, what is the situation with Jimmy?”, Tubbo asks once they turn on the main road. They can’t see clearly outside thanks to the back of the van not having any windows (initially, it was intended as storage space, like all other vans but you have to transport villains somehow) but they can feel every dip and bump that can only belong to the roads of this city.

 

The villain hums, glancing at the three of them through the rear-view mirror and through the screen that separates the front from the back. A wheel falls in a deep dip of the road, sending Tommy face-first into Ranboo and they both fall over with a scream. The only man standing is Tubbo, who apparently defies the laws of physics just because he’s that good.

 

No one comments on the ridiculous scene anyways.

 

“We’re still looking for him-”

 

We have found him

 

Silence.

 

“So, which is it?”, Ranboo sasses. Pearl sighs.

Why do you bother with hiding it from them? They’d have found out eventually ”, Xornoth, casually and nonchalantly, tells the woman, who in turn glares at him.

 

“Yes but they’ll try to go find him themselves now”, she whispers –more like hisses– at him through gritted teeth. Because whispering in front of children with naturally enhanced hearing has always turned out to their favor! Both in and out of costume.

 

“Okay, can you two stop arguing and tell us details?”, Tubbo asks, annoyed. There is another pause. What is it with everyone being so cryptic today? Sheeeesh!

 

“Grian has some speculations of where Jimmy might be”, Pearl starts. “He’s contacted The Crowfather about it, I don’t think the hero knows who he is actually looking for, though”

 

Wait. Wait a minute . Oh, that makes so much sense! That’s why they had to stay at Phil’s for more than one day; Grian was planning on weakening his target from the inside! Sneaky. Very sneaky… and very not interested in keeping his friends’ sanity intact by the sound of things.

 

Well, that is the only disadvantage of having Grian in your friend circle. The moment any of the people in the apartment building and the SBI were put on his friend’s list, they signed a waiver.

 

*

 

Later, Phil finds himself in front of the Dream Team’s house. Dressed in casual clothes, a crow perched on his shoulder and his signature bucket hat resting on his head, he is about to do the craziest, most perplexing shit he’s ever done: conspire with a villain. Well, conspire might not be the word for it depending on the view point but Phil doesn’t know what else this could be called.

 

Wilbur stands beside him, wild curls falling over the round rim of his wire glasses, a lack of crows evident but he has his beanie pulled over the back of his head. He is the necessary sacrifice and if Phil could ask anyone else for this shit, he would have because owing to his sons is perhaps the most risky thing he could do.

 

Which he did. He has yet to regret it but he is certain that fact is bound to change the moment the plan is set in motion.

 

“You still haven’t told me why you need me to search their house”, Wilbur mutters, his face remaining neutral as he rings the doorbell. Immediately, there is some shuffling heard from inside, as well as a ‘coming!’ that is too loud and curled for it to not be George.

 

Of course, when he told Wilbur that he needed to search the Dream Team’s house for some undisclosed reasons, he left out that the higher power that asked him to do it was The Watcher and not the CEO of the other’s hero association.

 

“That is because it’s top secret”, Phil reminds his son of the fake information he fed him, “I can’t go telling people about it”

 

Wilbur, though, isn’t very pleased by that response. “We are about to investigate another hero team’s house and you can’t tell me about it?”, he raises an eyebrow. “Not to mention that George would rather sleep on the couch rather than doing terrorist work”

 

A loud bump comes from inside, followed by a shout of pain and a colorful string of curses. Oop, someone stabbed their toe. The crow on Phil’s shoulder caws like it’s a laughing matter (it is), the little sadist. Phil loves his crows, they are so mature and good-hearted… That was sarcasm, by the way.

 

“I wish I could tell you, Wil. Really, I do” –but if he does, he risks losing his sons forever because of an unclear misunderstanding– “But as things are now, I can’t. Just do as I told you and we’ll be leaving before you–”

 

Right then, the door is pushed open, a very messy case of bed hair and an equally sleepy face to match greets them. Some crashing sounds come from inside– not an uncommon occurrence when you put Dream and Sapnap in a house together. This team of heroes is so tight-knit that one of them putting the other in a chokehold is strangely common. It reminds Phil of Wilbur and Techno and he is very glad that he hasn’t added a third son to the equation.

 

“Oh, hey, Wilbur!”, the man pipes up, sleepiness disappearing momentarily from his features. “Hey, Phil. How come you two are here?”

 

“This is no way to treat your guests, Gogy”, Wil teases, pushing past to enter the house. Phil will never understand the boundaries his sons have with their friends but he has a whole murder of crows, so… he can’t really speak about boundaries when he has at least one bird cawing in his ear.

 

Hesitantly, he follows Wilbur into the house, a sleep-deprived George following them after closing the door.

 

The first thing he notices is the lack of people in the house despite the scuffling that was heard previously. Normally, Phil wouldn’t even bat an eye, having The Watcher’s words in mind, he is suspicious of why it is so quiet. If they are hiding something, they sure make it too easy to make themselves look at fault.

 

The kitchen is visible from the spot Phil is and he can see at least two bowls, one full of cereal and the other without milk, on the smooth kitchen table. Where had the other two disappeared off to? So quickly too. Did they rush to change and greet their guests? Such professionals! If Phil could care more, he’d praise them more but he doesn’t, and so he remains as he is: definitely not calm, definitely not relaxed but darn set on appearing to be the exact opposite.

 

“It’s so early, why are you here?”, George all but whines. Wilbur ignores him, chuckling at his childishness. Phil eyes the door off to the side, leading to the garage. He hasn’t visited many times before but he remembers that door always being left open just a smidge and always smelling of smoke because the garage was turned into Sapnap’s smithing workshop the moment they bought the house.

 

Now, the door is closed, which should be normal considering Sapnap isn’t in there and has presumably gone to his room but for some reason… Phil can’t tell why… he feels this sort of unsettlement in his chest. The fluff of his black wings bristles. He forces himself to calm the F down, clenching a hand at his side.

 

The crow on his shoulder caws when George collapses on the couch, pulling a blanket over himself.

 

“Can I not visit my Gogy-Wogy?”, Wilbur proceeds with a babying voice, pinching the other’s cheek as if he were an actual child. The chi– the adult in question swats away his friend’s hand, almost biting a finger off.

 

“Stoooop, Wilbur!”, his cries go unanswered as Wilbur all but falls ontop of him, pulling the blanket over the man’s head instead, muffling any other attempts at calling for help. If Phil wasn’t on this super secret mission, he would’ve laughed.

 

“Where are the other two?”, he asks when he sits down. The crow on his shoulder scratches its feathers and then gets comfortable on his shoulder, snuggling up to his neck. The tickling sensation does little to calm his nerves.

 

Just then, a head pops out of the hallway. It’s Dream, recognizable by his mask and lime green hoodie and Phil offers a little, tired wave.

 

“Oh, it’s just you two”, the hero sighs in relief, sagging against the back of the couch. Wilbur raises an eyebrow as Sapnap follows the other, already in his hero gear and attire and hand smoking.

 

“What the fuck are you doing here?”, the ravenet asks, reasonably confused.

 

“I just stopped by to discuss some boring HQ things with the three of you, mate”, Phil easily lies through his teeth. No one other than Wilbur appears to notice. “Wil just tagged along”

 

The crow caws again, alarmed by something that Phil can’t see. More caws sound from outside, although considerably muffled with the windows and front door closed. It was going so damn smoothly, too! He looks at the bird on his shoulder displeased but the crow is gawking at something in front of them. When Phil traces the bird’s gaze, he catches something moving under the collar of Dream’s hoodie–

 

“Speaking of!”, his son exclaims loud enough for the bird noises to be covered. He grabs the TV remote that’s resting on the coffee table beside the couch. With a click, the TV has been turned on and Phil covers his ears, “How about you pay attention to the TV? Don’t move and don’t ask questions”

 

The ambush works perfectly. None of the heroes were prepared for Ghostbur’s set of moves, especially since they are friends. The three hypnotized heroes stare at the TV, though Phil doubts they’re oblivious to what is happening and Wilbur’s hold might not last as long as he hopes.

 

“Go”

 

Wilbur doesn’t need to tell him twice before Phil is heading towards the rooms, sending a thankful nod his son’s way. He doesn’t linger in the living room, instead rushing down the hall and opens the first door he sees. There is a study; an office with a couple bookshelves on the wall and a plant next to the door. The crow flies off to perch on one of the books lying forgotten on the top of the bookshelf.

 

The drawers are opened with little grace, papers slightly crumpled as he pulls piles of files out and onto the desk. Skimming through, he doesn’t find anything that could possibly belong to The Watcher; no written agreement, stolen documents or anything else that screamed that it belonged to an infamous villain.

 

“Fuck, this won’t do”, he mutters under his breath, brushing hair out of his face as he leaves the office in a hurry, leaving the room runsucked. The flapping of wings follows him, accompanied by a displeased and annoyed caw.

 

The rest of the doors are bedrooms and a bathroom and a spacious storage closet, which hold nothing of note if one ignores the many expensive trinkets put on display in the heroes’ rooms. Phil doesn’t steal anything but the crow following him has a new ring around its leg that somehow doesn’t fall off. The man doesn’t chide it, knowing fully well that the bird will simply tell him to kindly fuck off and only waste time in the end.

 

He huffs in annoyance as he clears another room, presumably Dream’s –the walls painted in bright green and white speak for themselves– throwing yet another blanket over the bed to look under it. Dust collects at his fingertips when he swipes at a suspiciously dark spot, thinking it’s blood (in the worst case) but ends up being a rough spot on the wooden flooring.

 

Where? Where is your damn– what did they even steal from you? A fucking feather?

 

What could they even steal from him? No one knows where the guy lives, he wasn’t missing any sort of accessory the last time he saw the guy and he sure as hell hadn’t lost a shoe, either! What else could he have lost to a team of heroes–

 

The answer hits him like a sack of bricks and for a moment, he feels light-headed. Almost falling backwards and clutching his forehead in his hand like he’d actually been hit, he turns sharply on his heel to make his way to the living room again, where the three heroes are unmoving statues in front of the TV. A random comedy sitcom is playing on low volume.

 

An ally. They stole an ally.

 

He stops short of the closed, inside garage door.

 

Wait, why the Hell do I care so much?

 

He shakes his head and promptly ignores Wilbur’s questioning looks that are thrown at his distressed state. The handle of the door rattles as he tries to push down on it. It’s locked. Fucker. They must be keeping whoever it is they kidnapped in the garage.

 

Now, normally, Phil wouldn’t be mad about a villain going missing only to turn up in jail a few days later. Normally, Phil knows when a bad guy is apprehended in the streets or in some blown-up bank. This is straight up kidnapping and God knows if those three have done more than interrogate some random dude under a heat lamp. Civil rights are still a thing, afterall.

 

“I’m breaking the door”

 

“Wha– Phil!”

 

Phil is ramming into the wooden surface of said door with his arm before Wilbur can convince him not to. In unison, the crows caw in the distance and wind splashes as black shapes fly off of the trees. Something distinctly crackles ; not electricity, no, though he can’t tell what it is.

 

His eyes fall upon a dark smithing area; Sapnap’s smithing area. It’s dark, little slivers of light filtering through from behind him. If he didn’t have the eyesight of a crow, he wouldn’t have picked up on the movement in the back wall. There is someone there; Sapnap never stored furs, did he? So that must be hair– the hair of someone’s head.

 

In that moment, he feels adrenaline rushing through his head, straight to his fingertips while simultaneously, the floor is disappearing from under his feet. He fumbles for the light for a second, then flicks the switch to bathe the room in a yellow-hued, white light.

 

…He doesn’t expect to find the kind, meek and timid cashier of the video club next to Grian’s house. He especially doesn’t expect to see him tied on a chair with duct tape over his mouth, words that are already a struggle to give, being muffled further.

 

“Found him!”, he doesn’t know who he yelled that at but there are no crows cawing outside and the crow that’s been with him so far has flown to the wide garage door, scratching against the metal with its little claws.

 

He ignores Wilbur, who peeks his head in through the door with a very confused “What the fuck is he doing here?”

 

“Hey, Jimmy, right?”, Phil approaches, gently placing a hand on the hostage’s shoulder. The man nods and The Crowfather turns to his son for a second. “How long?”

 

It takes a second for a response. “Like, two more minutes? At best”

 

Holding in a breath, Phil turns back to the guy, who is looking back at him with pleading, mortified but relieved eyes. “I’m sorry, mate”, he starts, momentarily tightening his grip on the shoulder he’s holding. “Trust me, this will hurt you more than it will me” and with no further warning, he rips the tape off of the man’s face, wincing at the shout of pain.

 

Look. He didn’t intend to lie to the guy. So, he didn’t– let’s just ignore how sadistic his words sounded.

 

“Sorry, if I had more time, I’d have used a less painful method but–”

“Untie me!”, is the first thing Jimmy shouts at him– and, well, Phil can’t see why not to do that. “Untie me now, please!” Still, he can’t begin to fathom why The Watcher would be allied with an apparently powerless, mortal man! Is he an informant? An assassin? A friend from– well, not from work but outside of work?

 

Right as he gets behind the man and begins to tug at the ropes binding his arm, chest and wrists, Wilbur yells from the entrance to the garage. His son flies in, hitting the floor chest-first and wheezing, jolting on his side the moment the impact registers.

 

“What the fuck!?”

 

He knows, at that moment, that they are all more or less fucked. Dream is standing at the doorway, silhouetted by the light behind him, face masked and hands glowing gold like most things he makes with his Creation . Jimmy goes stock-still in his seat, breath hitching as he eyes the hero.

 

“Dream, what the fuck?”, Phil questions, glancing at Wilbur, who is steadily recovering from the blow, already on his way to standing.

 

“I’m sorry, Wilbur! Had to get rid of your effect somehow”, Dream says, voice sheepish for a moment. “I swear, we can explain!”

 

That’s when he catches it: that same movement he’d spotted under the collar of the lime green hoodie. A– a something pops out, the size of a golf ball and with the initials ‘XD’ and a cone-shaped body like a chess piece. It hops out of hiding and sits right on Dream’s shoulder.

 

Phil doesn’t know what to make of it.

 

*

 

Look ”, they hear Xornoth say behind the screen separating the back from the front of the van. The three of them are sprawled out on the floor of it, seeing as the bumps and dips can’t harm them if they don’t allow their bodies to bounce up and down on their bums.

 

“What is that?”, Pearl responds with a sort of awe that makes Tommy’s ears perk up. As normal as hearing Pearl coo and awe at every little animal that passes by, Tommy doubts that Xornoth has the same interests. The guy barely bats an eye when a squirrel passes by and no one does that!

 

“What is what?”, he asks, sitting up on his knees and looking through the screen. Woah, okay, that is definitely not normal.

 

There is a cloud in the distance. A dark gray, almost black, and if he didn’t know any better, he’d have thought that it was about to rain on a sunny day. He does know better, however, and he knows that that cloud is definitely not normal. He also knows that there is no villain in this city that can control the weather, unless another noob is making their grand debut.

 

Which he doubts. That shit is too big to be caused by a noob. Especially when there is a white and blue lightning strike that thunders loudly despite the unnatural stormcloud being far away. The sound jostled Tubbo, who was having a nice time crushing poor Ranboo’s lungs with his head, using the taller boy’s ribs as a pillow.

 

“What the fuck was that?!”

 

Ranboo stands too, hunched over so he can look through the screen. “Okay, why is there a stormcloud there?”

 

Gods ”, Xornoth scoffs with the tiniest bit of amusement in his voice. “ Your friends are at war

 

“What is that supposed to mean?!”

 

Pearl giggles, manic and disturbed like that one time she stayed up past her bedtime to draw up some architecture blueprints. Or that other time when she didn’t sleep at all and terrorized Fundy with a knife. 5AM Pearl –as that state of the woman has thus been dubbed– is scary as fuck.

 

“Buckle up, boys, we are taking a detour!”

 

That is the only warning they get before Pearl steps on the gas pedal, flinging the van into kingdom come and causing a bunch of crashes in her wake.

 

It really shouldn’t be this adrenaline inducing but the speed is exhilarating.

 

*

 

That is what you want me to help you with?!”

 

“It’s no big deal, really, Quackity”, Scar deflects with a smile, charming but deadly all the same.

 

The day was great. It was great until some magic in the air decided to ruin it. Scar cringes as the sun is steadily being hidden by the forming clouds that had no means of transport to begin with. This is just unfair. Scary but mostly unfair. Grian didn’t tell him that the god they were chasing could summon lightning!

 

Or that the god had more control than they should over a foreign dimension. It is troubling how easily that cloud has formed…

 

“I agreed to help you with The Watcher but anything beyond that isn’t my problem”, the avian huffs, arms crossed and golden wings fluffed up.

 

“But this is helping me with The Watcher”, Scar insists. “We really need all the help we can get to resolve this problem. Even the Goatfather has agreed to help!”

 

Quackity looks at him with a bewildered face.

 

“Goatfather?”, the salesman nods, the smile never leaving his face. “I guess that fucking madman is mad enough to get involved in this shit”

 

“Yep! Maybe you’ll get a close up on his World Eater too! Maybe strike a deal or two with him? I hear he’s got some amazin’ world-ending machines in the works”

 

Quackity waves at Slimecicle, who is silently sitting in the driver’s seat, observing his boss and Scar from the rear-view mirror. The limousine silently starts, the bumps on the road barely registering. Why Quackity chose to visit the poorer side of town (in relevance to Las Nevadas’ glory and wealth), Scar doesn’t know.

 

What he does know is that his behind and waist won’t suffer the awful roads they’ll travel through and he can be grateful for that. Grian hasn’t called upon them yet, meaning that they have time to prepare some and scavenge for mercenaries in Las Nevadas.


It’s not time for war just yet.

Chapter 18: The others' story is more hers than theirs

Summary:

Hostage situation pog? again? But with actual danger this time???
Preposterous!

Notes:

No this didn't take a month to write, idk what you mean-
Btw, it's exam period for me so don't expect much activity from me in my main fics for at least a month! Sorry!

If you have any questions about this fic/characters, feel free to ask in the comments or on Tumblr (linked at the end)

Chapter Text

The moment Pearl stepped on the petal, Ranboo knew that something would absolutely go wrong. I mean, you don’t just start going over sixty kilometers per hour in a city and expect that everything will go your way– that is simply unheard of! Or, well, not really unheard of because of cocky and overconfident teenagers creating tons of sound pollution on flimsy motorbikes in urban areas. Either bikes or just very, very noisy cars.

 

Back on subject, going very fast on a road with a lot of cars never ends well. So, with that in mind, while Tommy and Tubbo holler, wide-eyed with excitement at their brains being dragged behind them as they’re all dragged forward, Ranboo is clutching on the closest stable object he can find. Thing is that there are no stable objects… Every single one has already abandoned ship, having slid to the back of the van, just one – one – unlucky weight change for the doors to be forced open and the air to suck everyone out of the vehicle.

 

His fingers find purchase on the netted screen, right beside Tubbo, tail curling around his leg and ears twitching as the van roars with yet another gear change.

 

“WOOOOOOOOOHOOOOOO”

 

“YEEEEAH BITCH!”

 

He can feel his heart thrumming in his eardrums and he is trying to keep calm. If you asked him, he’d say he’s doing a fan–fucking–tastic job at it for the situation he’s found himself in. He counts his breaths, tells himself that Pearl probably knows what she’s doing as she drives towards the magic thundercloud and Xornoth is calm enough to almost convince him that nothing out of the ordinary is happening. That or he just doesn’t have a survival instinct… Come to think of it, does he need to worry about a concept such as death? Y’know… since he’s a demon and all? Maybe he isn’t calm but resigned like he’s lived through this a hundred times.

 

“STEP ON IT, PEARL!”

 

“NO!”, Ranboo’s measly pleas go unheard in the ocean that are Tommy and Tubbo’s ridiculous amount of urging. So, he shuts up and hangs on for dear life.

 

Dear fucking God, they’re going to die. This is so unfair, Ranboo hasn’t even said a formal goodbye to The Blade yet! He hasn’t written a will either– where the Hell will his plastic ducks find shelter?!

 

“OUT OF THE WAY!”, Pearl yells with the high-pitch of a psychopath, honking at the other cars who have happened upon her way.

 

They pass through two crossroads with surprisingly no casualties but a lot of honking horns. Over the three–ish minutes that takes, Ranboo has convinced his heart to stay in his chest and conducted a will in the back of his mind that has as a primary goal the salvation of his secret pasta sauce that is hidden at the very back of Fundy’s fridge.

 

(Stress wouldn’t let him keep it in her fridge and their cooler was filled with water bottles so he had to make do with the resources he had left)

 

Following that is every piece of rip-off Blade merch that survived the explosion. He doesn’t know if there is any left of the little figurines or the replica of the Orphan Obliterator but as long as there is an average of four people watching over them at one time.

 

…How do averages work again?

 

And right as Ranboo is reciting the theory of averages (if that is what it’s called) that Cleo went over not a month ago, all Hell breaks loose.

 

The long-term honking is as normal as air whistling so that isn’t what gives it away. No, no. The thing that gives it away is when Pearl steps on the brake and van swerves to the right. They all scream. ‘All’ meaning the crowd minus the adults in the front, one of which has put five claws through the screen and the surrounding metal and the other is cursing.

 

You can guess who the one cursing is, as manic as Pearl acted not two seconds ago. Ranboo thinks it’s weird how she can have such spontaneous mood swings but he figures that getting into a car crash will do that to someone.

 

Gravity pulls him down, the speed braking pulls him forward, falling right into Tubbo and Tommy and right into Xornoth’s claws, avoiding meeting the sharp ends with a lot of skill and sheer luck.

 

“Grab the kids!”, is the last thing they hear before the van tilts. It tilts, staying at a diagonal angle for a second –long enough to give them hope that they won’t barrel down the streets.

 

Then they’re hit from behind and the van is sent tumbling .

 

Ranboo doesn’t know how he ended up stuck on the ceiling of the vehicle, head pounding and vision blurry the moment he opened his eyes. Searching around him, he’s found another hand closeby, followed by something round like a head and poking around –specifically poking an eye– his poorly put-together suspicions are confirmed. There is something sticky from where he thinks is the forehead and goodness, he can’t figure out what it is.

 

A droplet of a mystery liquid trails down from his eyebrow, right down the side of his nose and to his lips. His tongue darts out, tastes it. He can’t tell if that is copper or gasoline. God, his ears are ringing.

 

The screen is finally ripped off of the walls of the van, the sound grating at Ranboo’s brain like a cheese grater. It hurts so bad but he can’t find the energy to vocally express his opinions on it.

 

Somehow, he is lifted off of the ground and swang over someone’s shoulder like a sack of sad potatoes. Honestly, though, fair. He does feel like a sad potato right now. A sad, sore potato to be exact. More shuffling, more ringing– they must’ve crashed.

 

There is no way they didn’t! It would explain why his head is pounding, why his limbs are so numb and why the world turned on its head in a split second. This person must be an angel of god, sent to deliver his soul to the gates of heaven from which he’d immediately kicked off the cloud to the gates of Hell. Stealing is bad, not to mention conspiring with the villains and blowing up an innocent warehouse, so the punishment would be deserved.

 

Thinking back, they did have a demon with them, so this is probably the demon and not an angel.

 

Ranboo hisses when there is light in his face and his body sways in just the wrong way to produce pain. Ghosts don’t feel physical pain, so that must mean that he is still alive. In that case, he’s broken something, hasn’t he? Or at least sprained his ankle? He wouldn’t be surprised.

 

“You got ‘em?”

 

Honestly, what was Pearl thinking? Speeding down roads with three kids in the most unsafe space of a van with no back seats? Seriously! That is just bad parenting and irresponsible driving too!

 

Wait… parenting? Where did that one come from? Haha… Well, this is awkward. He probably has a concussion. Not that the tenants don’t parent them but that behavior is more common in Stress and Grian; Pearl, Impulse and Gem usually stay away and Fundy is anything but parental. The guy always encourages their conventionally-bad behavior.

 

He winces when he dares to open his eyes just a little. The sun that filters through is enough to flashbang him into Hell and back. Oh, there is definitely something wrong with his brain.

 

There are also a lot of cars ontop of each other. This isn't normal, is it? Wait a minute. Did Pearl just cause a pile-up? In the middle of a city? That is just unheard of. Looks like it's a serious one too– Ranboo can just make out the blurry shape of six cars and something in a horizontal 'Z' shape on two wheels.

 

They're in so much trouble, aren't they?

 

Before he can spiral down deeper in what this situation means for him and his friends and how the fuck they’ll return to functioning like normal half-humans, there is a finger waving in circles in front of his face. He guesses that it’s Pearl’s because it is a shade of fair skin instead of black. Xornoth is busy piling bodies on himself anyways.

 

“Okay, he’s responding”, he hears Pearl heave a huge sigh of relief and then a hand is ruffling his hair between his horns. “Good job, Ranboo”

 

He hisses when the demon starts walking. It’s not the pain of the new wounds he must have as the pain of a shoulder as hard as a rock being pressed right into his lower abdomen with little care. There is a groan from his right and turning his head ever so slightly, he finds that he isn’t the only one whose organs are being crushed due to the laws of gravity and physics. Tommy has joined him on Xornoth’s other shoulder and a leg falls on Ranboo’s back as Tubbo is lifted to mount the demon’s nape.

 

Lucky Tubbo. He gets a piggyback ride while the rest of them are left to suffer.

 

…He really shouldn’t be thinking about the unfairness of that in this situation, should he? Eh, why does he even care? He just wants to drop on the smelly mattress in the moldy and unsanitary attic and sleep for a decade. Maybe even a century if the chaos tornado dubbed ‘his friends’ will let him have his way.

 

They’ve made it about ten meters away from the crash site when his vision gets somewhat better. Not quite at a hundred percent yet but it’s getting there. They have made it about two more when the van explodes.

 

Oh.

 

Oh, that could’ve ended up way worse, then, okay– alright, yep, totally fine with a concussion and a couple broken ribs; that’s fine by him! Do you even need to contemplate the choice between being cooked as well as being imploded and a bruised torso?

 

No. No, you do not. Of course, Pearl shouldn’t have done what she’s done to get them to this point in the first place but Ranboo… Ranboo doesn’t have the energy to even slur his protest and hurt like a drunk sailor to interject his point.

 

So, he sucks it up and lets himself be carried away with minimal complaint. 

 

(It's not like he –or any of them– really has a choice in the matter)

 

He doesn't even realize when his eyes close again.

 

*

 

“So, what you are telling us…”, Phil starts with only the early signs of an emotional breakdown –or, hm, is it an emotional breakdown? He feels like the earth is cracking under his feet right now and he really wants the ground to open up and swallow him whole but– does it count?, “...is that that thing–”, he pauses just so he can take in XD’s existence again, “–is a god?”

 

“Basically”, George mumbles, elbow resting on one knee and fist pressing his cheek inside his mouth and making his words slightly incomprehensible. Said words don’t make Phil –nor Wilbur– feel any better about the situation.

 

“And you’re suspecting that the innocent cashier is Bat?”

 

“Listener”

 

“Sure, sure, that”, Phil sighs and buries his hands in his tousled hair. His hat lies forgotten beside him on the couch, crow nowhere to be found. The bird probably found a way out from the garage.

 

Seeing his father’s crumbling demeanor, Wilbur clears his throat, gesturing with his hand like slicing through bread.

 

“You understand that what you are suggesting is incredulous, right?”, he says, eyeing each one of the Dream Team, right in the eye. The TV is silent in the background, playing one of those hour-long adverts about a “Smart Apron” that no one cares about. “George, I trust you but this is a little far-fetched. I lived next to that man’s workplace and not once did he act suspicious. Hell, he even puts up with Grian’s–”, he pauses. Right, yeah, they’re orphans. Techno still hasn’t recovered from the revelation. “With the menaces that people call children!”

 

“He doesn’t have to act suspicious to be a villain”, Sapnap says with certainty, fiery tone as always. Yeah, he’s got a point there. “A new one too, who has been under The Watcher’s wing for God knows how long! That’s not even the end of it– the other Bat is a second Listener . XD has been near them enough to be able to tell”

 

“You trust that blob of a– how is that even a god?”, Phil dares to challenge. Said blob, sitting comfortably on an oversized Playmobil lounge chair on the table, under a colourful paper umbrella that is perched on the edge of a glass, glares at the man. Or, well, he does his best to glare with literal letters for a face.

 

“I am a god, Philza” , XD responds instead of the three humans behind him. “I can tell that you’ve been around the Watcher… his power is hanging off from your shoulders”

 

Phil’s brain more or less short-circuits with that information. Subconsciously, he glances at his arms, expecting to see some ungodly veil of purple. “He– What– I mean; I’ve fought him a bunch?”

 

This thing is indeed a god to be able to tell that. Shit, hopefully he won’t be able to delve into his mind and find out that he’s conspiring with The Watcher. That would be incredibly unfair to Wilbur, who knows nothing about the deal his father made with the villain.

 

XD remains silent for a second. “No, that is not what I meant. His… power… is hanging off of you like a blanket”

 

Looking between the blob and the man next to him, Wilbur is left open-mouthed and absolutely flabbergasted. Phil isn’t faring any better, though he thinks he knows why the villain’s presence around him would be so obvious. How is it even obvious? That’s probably a question for another time.

 

“What about me?”, Wil asks, eager, “I’ve had my fair share of encounters with him”

 

A distorted chuckle resounds inside the room.

 

“His power has about swallowed you whole” , the god muses, intrigued, shifting in his spot on the plastic chair. Wilbur flinches away, looks at his hands, horrified at the mere prospect of– of being around The Watcher more than he actually has –if Phil understands how this works correctly.

 

“I– He saved me from a villain attack a few weeks back”, he admits. The blob shakes his head.

 

“He’s marked you. Almost both of you”

 

“Is that…”, Dream interjects, “Is that a bad thing?”

 

It takes a minute for them to receive a reply. “Depends on your point of view, I suppose”, the god seems to shrug. How he does that with no shoulders is a mystery in and of itself. “He can watch you more closely now. Legends say that the mark of a Watcher can allow it to see through its victim’s eyes”

 

It . The gravity of the situation finally dawns on Phil’s shoulders. Out of the corner of his eye, he can make out Wilbur’s own surprise. They aren’t talking about a villain anymore but some sort of higher being . A species of it. An intelligent species from wherever XD comes from, from a different dimension; Hell, he doesn’t know how to react. Not to mention the fact that The Watcher could have been watching his family through Wilbur while all of them were oblivious to the power that’s marked him.

 

Holy shit, this should feel like a lot has changed. Like his opponent should be viewed in a different light for some reason, to be feared more than he already is but everything remains the same in his head. The Watcher is as human as any of them. He speaks, he breathes, he sees and feels and he bleeds red and Phil can’t see how that guy could be from a whole other world! Maybe it’s because of his display of power that Phil’s image of him hasn’t changed. Maybe it’s because the man revealed to them that he knew more than he let on before all of this.

 

The Watcher was viewed as ‘otherworldly’ since his debut years back.

 

Sapnap shakes his head furiously. “Wait a minute– So, he can be watching us right now through Wilbur?!”

 

A shiver runs down Phil’s spine at the mention of it and Wilbur’s foot starts tapping against the ground; an anxious tick. His eyes land on the miniature god on the table.

 

“No, I have placed a force field around the house that prevents any Watcher or Listener magic from activating” , he says like talking about magic and alien beings is a normal conversation topic.

 

“Oh, thank God”, Wilbur breathes as he falls back on the couch and sinks into the plush material.

 

“Which is why the guy in the garage hasn’t escaped yet?”, Phil questions. A nod is the simple, minimalistic, almost bored response he receives. “Great”

 

“It’s as confusing to us as it is to the two of you, guys”, Dream pipes up and right as Wilbur  has risen his head to debate on one of the words the man has uttered, George raises the volume on the TV.

 

“–lain Pearlescent Moon was spotted at the pile up with her demon companion, carrying three unconscious children, presumably hostages, with them–”

 

The imagery of said pile-up is shown as the reporter continues to speak and exchange words with the News’ center that is broadcasting the site live. Wait . Phil’s eyes fall on the black van at the very front, that has rolled over and clearly imploded judging by the messed up hood. Smoke plumes rise from where the engine should be, any fire there was put out by the firefighters, who are currently seen rescuing some of the unfortunate who happened upon the incident.

 

The plate is the only thing that has survived and Phil squints his eyes at it. It is the same plate number as the van that had driven off with Grian’s not-kids. The one that Pearl, a perfectly normal and kind lady (look, he’s only spoken to her once or twice by chance when he visits Grian, he doesn’t know ), was driving.

 

Pearl. Pearl-escent. Fucking Hell. “No…”, don’t tell him that Gem, kind, wonderful Gem with her cottagecore dresses and innocent face is Gemini . Ah, shit.

 

Which would mean that the kids… The kids know of this, surely, because that demon was with them and– and Grian must know too. Which means that Grian is somehow involved in all of this just like Jimmy. 

 

“What is it?”, Phil is at the door before any of them can respond. Wilbur is half-way to the door when the avian turns to look at them, eyes sharp and breath caught in the back of his throat.

 

“I need to go to the crash”, he tells them and Wilbur stops dead in his tracks for a second before he shakes his head and follows.

 

“I’ll come with you”, his son looks back at his friends, at the god still sitting in that lounge chair as if he were enjoying a vacation in the Bahamas. “George?”

 

The man in question stands up with a shrug but before he can go, XD sends him a half-glare. Which, no one really cares about. Phil finds it weird how XD can be so expressive without speaking in that glitchy voice of his.

 

“George”, XD almost growls –a sound that is strangely filled with excitement rather than ire or anger. George regards him with a raised eyebrow over his round, white-rimmed sunglasses, noncommittal and nonchalant as ever.

 

“What?”

 

“Bring me to them”

 

Phil doesn’t know what that means –other than the fact that XD will apparently be coming with. He doesn’t know their history; who they’re talking about but he could take a wild guess. George nods as though he understands a deeper meaning that is hidden in those four words –he always has known more than he lets on.

 

Phil doesn’t linger longer than he has to and so he walks outside. His murder takes off from the surrounding trees, circling around the property but never coming too close, spooked by the power that XD mentioned. Getting into his car, he waits for Wilbur, who collapses into the front passenger seat without style or dramatic flare.

 

Out of courtesy, he waits to see if George will ride with them or take his own car. The man walks out of the house with his mushroom cup on his head and a fur-lined cloak wrapped around his shoulders. He knocks on the driver’s window and Phil turns on the engine to lower the window, thinking that he has something to ask or something that can’t wait.

 

Right as the window is down, George rests his forearm on it and with the other, he presses on the lock button on the hand rest. Phil blinks at the loud clack of the locks, taking half a second to comprehend what has just happened and another half to act–

 

“George, what are you–”

 

A light mist enters the vehicle; Phil recognizes it immediately as the hero’s sleep spores but he can’t for the hell of him understand why 404 is using them against them . Wilbur is yelling something in the background, banging against the door in an attempt to open it but it’s futile. Only Techno would be strong enough to make the thing budge and he is at home, recovering from the revelation that Ranboo is, indeed, an orphan and not a kleptomaniac child.

 

“It’s nothing personal”, are the last words Phil hears, clear as day before his vision goes blurry and dark.

 

*

 

When he woke up, Ranboo thought he would be in a hospital room. Tile ceiling, mediocre bedding and a distinct beep beep sound coming from his bedside; the works. Then, he remembers that he was involved in a fucking car crash with a demon and a maniac, so, surely, he wasn't in a hospital of all things! Not when Doc and Mumbo weren’t around to do a complete take-over with digestible explosives.

 

As he slowly came to, he realized that he was on something too comfortable to be in a hospital bed and distant voices clued him in that he was in one of the tenants’ apartments. Either that or they’ve been taken back to False or some safety bunker. Ranboo can’t tell which would be worse but he hopes that Stress has come to take care of them; heal them. He really doesn’t want to have this migraine last the rest of the week–

 

Only, he doesn’t have a migraine and when he unscrews his eyelids to take a look at the room he’s in, he finds that he isn’t more sensitive to light than normal. So, Stress is here or she was and then left–

 

No, no, what is he thinking? Stress wouldn’t abandon them even if death was knocking at her door.

 

Slowly moving his arms, he finds that his limbs are sore. Fair; he did get tumbled in a rolling vehicle and almost exploded because of it. He sits up slowly and half-way through the action, he feels hands on his back and side, helping guide him so that his back is resting against soft pillows.

 

He blinks, looks to the side and up and finds Stress in the flesh, smiling down at him like nothing is wrong in the world. Like three roughed up teenagers weren’t returned to her door; or to better word it: like no car crash had happened at all. He does his best in order to smile back but he knows that his attempt is but a sorry mimicry of a grin.

 

“How are you feeling?”, she asks him softly, tousling his hair carefully in order to not bump into his horns. Ranboo hums in contentment.

 

“Better”, only, the lack of noise does bother him. Where are his buddies? “Where–”

 

“They woke up before you and I asked them to leave you be”, she says, reading his mind like it’s a normal thing to do. Okay. Ranboo can live with that. Especially if it means that he doesn’t have to use his voice since he just noticed that his throat is as dry as a desert. Ow. “They scampered off somewhere with Mumbo’s potato peeler”

 

Oh.

 

Oh, no, they’re doing it without him! Dang it, he wants to make soap roses too! Or soap rolls. Anything, really. Anything to take his mind off of the crash and the stupidity of Pearl and Xornoth.

 

The aforementioned demon is silently sitting in a corner, looking utterly miserable and small for a dude who stands nearly three meters tall and can only fit in a car hunched over. He is sitting facing the corner for whatever reason and when he turns to look at the other corner of the living room, he finds an equally miserable Pearl sitting there.

 

So, the culprits have been punished accordingly– just, not by law but by Stress. Ranboo thinks this is a little unfair. He thinks that Cleo should’ve had a say in what would be done with them– she is the only one who can rival Stress in child punishment. Like having them write a sentence over and over until it’s all they can think about for the rest of the week or standing on one foot against the wall like a human-sized pelican.

 

Sitting in silence until mushrooms grow on their heads is a very light sentence for what they’ve done.

 

A knock comes from the door right then, Ranboo jolting and barely keeping himself from teleporting to the roof.

 

“That must be Grian–”, right as Stress opens the door, a very flustered, worried and moulting Grian walks into the home. Wings ruffle and feathers –bent and unusable– fall to the floor. Ranboo feels bad, knowing that he is part of the reason why the man’s wings are so messy.

 

“Stress, I can’t reach them– I don’t know what you can do but I can’t watch them, they’ve gone straight into his mouth and it’s not just Phil but Wilbur too, now, and UUUGH!”, the man ends his rant by collapsing into a chair and sliding down until he was sitting on the small of his back instead of, well, y’know. He groans into his hands, fingers digging into his dirty blond hair and Ranboo really wants to do the same but he doesn’t because someone has to stay calm in this house!

 

“Wha–”, he says, confused and everything. Stress appears to know what’s going on, so at least one person will be able to tell him what’s going on while Grian both metaphorically and physically melts down.

 

“So, you know that Grian made a deal with the Crowfather, right?”

 

“Uh, no, not really–”

 

“He’s been trying to reach him for the past hour or so, since Xornoth brought you all in but he hasn’t found him yet… It is worrying”

 

“Oh, okay”

 

He is too tired and sore to analyze that load of information.

 

“Stress, what am I going to dooooo!” and the man sounds near hysterical now. Stress shakes her head and Ranboo just sinks further into the pillows.

 

“Well, for starters, you should calm down”, is advice number one, “And then, maybe call everyone in? I’m sure you could get Blackjack to spare a few goons to do some detective work”

 

“Why do you need Blackjack?”, Ranboo can’t help himself from questioning it. “Can’t Grian and Martyn go look?”

 

“I sent Phil to the wolf’s mouth and now I can’t watch him, Ranboo, they’re onto us!”

 

“What he means is that they can’t go out without risking getting caught like Jimmy”, Stress whispers to him as Grian continues to ramble on and on about how Jimmy got abducted and how of course he was the one who got caught first and blah, blah, bla.

 

He really should go find his pals and stick his hands into whatever mess they’ve made in the sink.

 

“WAIT”, Grian yells all of a sudden, making Ranboo jolt (again) and fall off of the couch. Ow. Why is Stress laughing at him? His poor tailbone! “I– I CAN SENSE HIM– uh, them?”

 

“Them?”

 

“Who is ‘them’?”, shakily, Ranboo stands up, holding onto Stress for what feels like a century because his legs have decided to cramp up on him. This day is going swimmingly . Sigh. “Also, why did you send Phil to the wolves?”

 

“Because I needed him to investigate the Dream Team’s house”, Grian quickly waves him off after that and quickly –so quickly, you wouldn’t have seen it if you’d blinked– he walks out of the apartment; more like runs like the devil is on his tail.

 

“Hey, where are you going?!”

 

“I’ve got to go find him, see you later, Stress!”

 

“What happened to lying low!”, she shouts after him but the door shuts with a muffled reply that Ranboo doesn’t catch. Finally, peace and quiet.

 

Stress sighs, disappointed and clearly distressed with what has just transpired. Ranboo thinks that he should also be more worried than he is but he also got into a horrible car accident, so he couldn’t care less in the end.

 

“You two”, Stress regards Xornoth and Pearl. They both turn their heads just enough to peek at her out of one eye. Ranboo watches with mild interest. “Apologize to Ranboo. What you did put him and the other two in danger and not only that but now you’ve put us in a difficult position!”

 

Xornoth graces both of them with an uncaring frown, completely indifferent to the whole situation. Half-heartedly, Ranboo glares at him, barely shifting to do so. Pearl remains sheepish, giving a deep bow and formally apologizing. 

 

Actually, how much trouble has she put them all in? The crash must’ve attracted more attention than the demon (who would be the only clue as to who Pearl truly was in civilian clothing) carrying three unresponsive kids. Oh wait. There is at least one witness to such events, isn’t there? Such a reckless crash would also be questionable, there wouldn’t be anyone who didn’t pay attention.

 

“You are both staying inside until I say you can leave by the way”, Stress orders. They must be in real trouble if she’s imprisoning them in her home. “You’re all over the news”, she sighs, “At least they think the kids are hostages and not…”

 

Ah, that’s good. Yes, yes, that’s perfect. Note the sarcasm.

 

It would only take a hero from the Dream Team to put two and two together! They’d seen them be protected by the whole villain gang at that warehouse and they now have information about who exactly Pearlescent was with not two hours ago! The heroes aer dumb enough to consider every other possibility but this is too in the face not to see!

 

“Don’t worry, Stress, they won’t find out where I live! There was no footage with my face in it– just Xornoth glowering as per usual!”

 

Pearl’s words fell on deaf ears, apparently, because Stress shook her head and left the room only to come back with the house key in hand.

 

“Ranboo, get out of here so I can lock these two in”

 

Ooookay, that escalated quickly but who is Ranboo to say no to a near-mad Stress? No one of such high importance that he'd be able to deter whatever Hell the woman would unleash on the other two behind closed doors, that’s for sure! So, with a lot of strain and willpower, Ranboo hauled himself to his feet and limped out the door.

 

A click sounded behind him right after he shut it and he feels happy that he isn’t in Stress’ living room anymore when the first ceramic object shatters against the wall. Yep. Normal day in the life of Ranboo here, nothing too weird to see! Definitely!

 

He books it to the attic, running up the stairs– that’s what he’d like to think he’s doing, at least. He’s limping, taking a step every two seconds like a toddler who has just learnt that stairs exist and he is thankful to some higher power that there is no one at their doorstep to watch him trip over his own feet.

 

When he eventually makes it, he can already hear the sweet, sweet crunching on the other side of the door. Getting the key from under the mat, he swings the door open and tumbles inside, doing a roll-over and miraculously pushing himself to his feet without falling again. He really should’ve enrolled into acrobatics or something; he’s just too good at avoiding harm inflicted by himself on himself!

 

Like his spaghetti and the mystery sauce he has grown immune to.

 

“Holy fuck, Ranboo!”, Ranboo ignores Tommy’s squeal and Tubbo’s high-pitched scream, scrambling to get the glitter soap from the two.

 

“Save some for me, guys!”

 

“We literally just got this, ‘boo!”

 

“You mean stole while I was dead!”

 

“You weren’t dead , just hit in the ‘ead!”

 

Craaack .

 

The two of them immediately stop arguing. Their heads spin so fast towards the source of the sound that Ranboo is surprised he didn’t give himself whiplash. Tubbo– sweet, innocent, ruthless Tubbo has a few soap curls in his hand, and he is looking at them with wide, focused eyes. There is silence for a minute and at the end of that minute, Tommy tries to pick up the argument, when–

 

C riiiiiick .

 

And he stops. Ranboo also stops thinking. What is this sorcery?! This didn’t happen when they were crashing soap with Phil! Does this have to do with biology? With low and high frequencies? A sound cue? Damn it, he should pay attention to Cleo more!

 

“Heh”, Tubbo chuckles, a grin growing on his face and boy does Ranboo dislike that mischievous glint in his eye. Look, Tubbo being mischievous is fine; great even! As long as his target isn’t Ranboo!

 

Crick and crack and the pieces all fall down . Why does this feel so hypnotic to look at?

 

Ranboo reaches a hand into the puddle of soap crumbs and squishes . The material easily snaps under his brute strength, which isn’t a lot –just enough to crush thin strips of soap by the looks of it.

 

They all snap out of this weird ass scene by a very loud, very angry and clearly very aggressive shout coming from downstairs.

 

“WHERE THE HELL IS MY SOAP?!”

 

Ah, looks like they stole Gem’s soap.

 

FUCKING– CLEAN UP!”, Tommy pushes Ranboo forward and Ranboo doesn’t catch himself on time.

 

He eats a handful of soap. Every child yearns to know what taste glitter glue has and now, Ranboo has got the answer to all their questions!

 

Bad. It tastes bad . 10/10, would never eat again.

 

*

 

For Grian, his day is going fan- fucking- tastic! I mean, what better way to start your day than your mildly insane best friend and her demon pal crashing their car, have it explode , with your kids in it? Okay, technically, they aren’t his kids but he’s the one who has raised them! With a bit of help, of course, gods know how bad of a parent he’d be had it not been for everyone in the block of flats (thank Stress and Cleo especially), but he was the one who looked after them!

 

Wrong phrasing. He still looks after them! Them and a few more people outside of his close and, admittedly limited, family circle. Losing Tim was like losing his own arm– that’s what it felt like, anyway. His childhood friend, who he explored all parts of the universe with was taken away from right under their noses and shoved into a house that’s protected by End magic.

 

Isn’t that great?

 

Grian did try to get through the barrier… once. The way it zapped him the first time was enough to clue him in to what would happen if he tried to get in by himself again. Honestly, if Phil hadn’t come to him, he would’ve gone to him first but turns out that fate benefits the desperate.

 

He knew back then; he knew what could happen –that the god could easily sense his presence on the hero– and he still asked him to go. No, not asked . One can’t ask when they’re demanding, can they? No, they can’t. So, he had basically sent Phil on a suicide mission without the guy knowing- helll, he didn’t even tell him what he was sending him to look for!

 

Then again, one can’t miss a Listener that easily, ay?

 

Obviously, they can’t because Phil’s signal had gone dead and now it’s alive again and holy fudge is Grian relieved!

 

He doesn’t care as he transforms in an alley and takes off mid-run, flapping his giant, violet-speckled wings and flying in the sky, high, high above the rooftops. He doesn’t care about the onlookers, about the people who pull up their phones, about the newstrucks that will follow his trail; he cares about none of it.

 

Seeing through his eyes in the city, his quick search comes back dead within a second.

 

An attempt to reach for Phil makes shivers run up his spine. It’s black. Black but with the distinct sight of light burning through his eyelids. He’s sleeping but– Something is really wrong. Did the Dream Team catch on? There is no other explanation for Phil’s current state other than 404’s sleep paralysis spores.

 

The god figured him out, of course they did. What troubles Grian now, however, is that he has no idea where the hero is! Growling under his breath and sucking through his teeth, he flaps his wings harder, and faintly, he can feel his own power seeping out of his body; anger that is barely kept under control.

 

They dare to mess with his friends… they’re subject to a lot of pain.

 

Martyn joins him mid-flight and Grian has half the mind to register his existence as the Listener flies beside him.

 

“Who are you looking for?” , the question is asked loud and clear, though Grian only understands the sentiment of his friend's actions because he can't hear.

 

Grian can’t help the shake in his voice as he accepts the help of his old friend. Listeners can’t watch but they can listen . Throwing a glance at the ground, he takes note of how many people have gathered underfoot –it would only take one with super-hearing matched with a slip of the tongue and Phil’s identity could be exposed.

 

“The Crowfather!”, he yells, not before running his response through his head twice. Out of the corner of his eye, he sees Martyn nod and drift to the side.

 

Grian tries again and again to reach Phil and he succeeds; all the times he succeeds but the man’s eyes remain closed. He curses, silently but he does. This situation has stressed him out too much for Tommy’s bad habits not to creep their way into his brain.

 

Where is Tech and Wil? The question comes out of nowhere and instantly, he follows the direction of his train of thought, which has no conductor and is certainly lacking the fuel called ‘sleep’ but if you can’t trust your sleep-deprived self then who can you trust?

 

…Okay, that’s faulty logic. You need a cup or two of coffee first, which –you guessed it– Grian hasn’t had the time to drink!

 

When he checks on Techno, he finds that the man has just now left the house, eyes on the road and hands on the steering wheel as he drives to the city to presumably chase him and Martyn down. Wilbur, however, is a whole other story. Grian has to raise himself and catch a strong current to glide on to dissect the image in his eyes.

 

The picture is blurry and dark in places, the only light he can see comes from a piece of mesh high up on one side that barely reveals what is on the other. Faintly, he can see something green as Wilbur’s eyes begin to adjust– it’s Phil; Phil’s hero outfit; the green robes the guy refuses to part with.

 

They’re together! That’s– that’s good. Possibly. Judging by the darkness and the stillness –not to mention the mesh– they’ve been kidnapped for whatever reason and thrown into the back of a van. Are they going to be used as leverage against him?

 

If so…

 

He glides towards Martyn, floating just above him. The man tenses, having heard him come closer.

 

"Listen to Ghostbur!"

 

He hopes the other's body blocks most of his voice from the crowd underneath. As much as he’d like to drag them both far up and away from the eavesdroppers, they need the stimuli; Martyn needs the sounds and Grian needs the view of the streets to successfully locate them.

 

Without another word exchanged between them, Grian drifts just a little to the side. He remains close enough to catch Martyn if he falters but far enough that they won’t collide by accident.

 

It feels like a century has passed since they spoke when Martyn falls behind. Grian circles to rejoin the Listener's side.

 

“What is it?”

 

Martyn doesn’t respond, which makes Grian’s stomach drop for a second. Instead, he gestures for him to follow him to the roof of a nearby building. Grian does without thinking twice –he trusts Martyn– and he lands beside the man. The surrounding buildings and the water tank installed on the roof are enough to hide them from peering people.

 

“What did you hear?” , Grian insists once Martyn has turned to face him. He puts a hand over his eyes to protect them from the light as the Listener morphs into his human self and he quickly does the same right after so he can actually hear what the man has to say and not have to read his lips.

 

“Whoever the driver is, they’re driving them to the stadium, both Crowfather and Ghostbur”, Martyn hurries to answer him, face grimacing with urgency. “I also heard a sort of distorted voice, I believe the god is with them”

 

Grian thinks that his knees have turned to jelly for a second. He can’t help but think of where this situation may be leading to. Maybe he should’ve spent a bit more time with the kids before deciding that chasing after something so much bigger than him was a good idea.

 

“It’s 404, it has to be” , he adds to Martyn’s surprise.

 

“Why would a hero do– Oh”

 

“They’re trying to bait us”

 

“It appears so”

 

They both fall into silence after that. Neither of them speak, trying to think up the best way to approach the matter from the position they’re in.

 

“Are you certain you didn’t see anyone else in there?”, asks Martyn. Grian shakes his head.

 

“No”

 

“Call in Blade”

“Are you crazy?!”

 

“I mean, yeah, I am but he’s also one hell of a unit”

 

Grian sighs into his hands. “I don’t want anyone else to get involved in this!”

 

Martyn, despite the obvious hesitation of the avian, grins. “Well, it looks like we need others to get involved. We’re talking about an unknown god with hostages who has also kidnapped Jimmy, here”

 

That is when an idea strikes Grian in the head. “Blackjack”, he announces, already pulling his phone out of his pocket and ringing Scar. The two are supposed to go to his apartment to discuss business matters so the chances they’re still on the road are high –last he watched them, they were in a limo (which is stupid, truly, since they’re driving to districts that have never seen such luxury before. “Come on , pick up”

 

“Are we getting his goons to come to the stadium?”

 

“If Scar picks up”

 

“Ah”

 

“Hello?”

 

“Scar! Where are you? Are you still with Blackjack?”, Grian explodes right when the man answers the phone. Perhaps a little too loudly. Martyn looks at him and taps his ear with a finger. Grian puts the phone on speaker. “You’re on speaker. I’m with Martyn, don’t worry”

 

“Ah, hi, Martyn!”

 

“Scar!”

 

“What? You can block his memory if you need to, can’t you? You’ve done it before– hey!”

 

There is some scuffling heard on the other end of the line, followed by Scar’s voice and someone else, presumably Quackity, speaking in Spanish. It’s probably all swear words until the avian wins whatever they’re doing and has Scar’s phone in his hands.

 

“At least put him on speaker!”, Scar’s protest is heard in the background. There’s more annoyed Spanish that Grian can’t understand but finds very amusing before they’re put on speaker –obvious by the fact that Grian can hear himself twice when he calls for Scar.

 

“Watcher, you’d best have a good reason to be calling” , Quackity says.

 

“I’m with the Listener, by the way”

 

“Who?”

 

“The second Bat”

 

“What do you want that can’t wait until the meeting?”

 

Grian takes in a sharp breath but he doesn’t get to reply because Martyn swipes the phone right out of his hands.

 

“Listen here, buddy, this is much bigger than you and Las Nevadas, so stop being so aggressive for a minute–”

 

Grian almost laughs when Quackity brings out all curse words he can with Scar holding him back, their voices mingling together until they come to an agreement that neither Martyn or Grian can understand.

 

“You have one minute to explain”

 

“Come to the city stadium–”, Grian finally snatches his phone back.

 

“The Crowfather and Ghostbur have been taken hostage by 404 and we need your manpower to defuse the situation”

 

“Why would I help two heroes out? This doesn’t concern me and it shouldn’t concern you either, Watcher”

 

“It does concern me. It concerns all of the world, actually. You saw the cloud, right? That wasn’t a power, it was a god”

 

Silence. Quackity mutters something to Scar but Grian can’t hear what they’re saying. Martyn remains patient beside him.

 

“A god?”

 

“A god, yes. Call in your goons and meet us at the entrance to the stadium and I’ll explain everything to you”, and as an afterthought, he adds, “Please?”

 

A sigh comes from the other end.

 

“Fine but you owe me bigtime for this, Watcher”

 

Then, it is Scar’s voice that comes through.

 

“Have you contacted Pearl or Gem?”

 

“No, we haven’t had the chance to because, y’know”

 

“Great, then we’ll call in the reinforcements and you scope out the area until we get there, how does that sound?”

 

Grian feels like a weight has been lifted off of his shoulders. He is so relieved that he forgets that Scar is just adding to the list of names that he’ll need to erase from Blackjack’s head. Or– actually, he could blackmail Pearl and Gem with this! So there are no issues here that he can see.

 

“You’re amazing, Scar”

 

“I know, G–”

 

Grian hangs up before he can finish the sentence. He throws one look at Martyn and it isn’t long before they’re flying again, this time with a set destination. The stadium isn’t very far away, so back-up should arrive on time if the streets aren’t blocked.


He just hopes that any other heroes will stay out of this but thinking of every scenario where everything goes wrong (and according to Murphy’s law, the chances of that not happening are way too low), he doubts that will be the case.

Chapter 19: What he has in his bed, what he has in his life...

Summary:

In which Phil and Wilbur regret becoming heroes, Techno is just about ready to quit and the villains are insisting that he takes them for a bike ride!
Oh, and in which the world breaks into two and Benchtrio are running like chickens with their heads cut off!

Notes:

I'M BACK PEEPS, DID YOU MISS ME?!K!K:KSFD

This chapter has violence in the first segment, though there is nothing too graphic. Just good old bone breaking torture to be wary of! Again, nothing too graphic!

Also, I have thrown in a bunch of references, I don't know how that happened--
Good news, though! I am back and this is not the pre-end chapter! The finale ended up being too long, so the pre-end is going to be two parts! This is part one! Enjoy! :D

Also, also, XD's design and overall entrance is heavily inspired by Casserole's animatic< so do give it a watch! :DDD

Chapter Text

When he comes to, his head is absolutely killing him. Darn sleep spores. Wilbur shakes his head and blinks his eyes open, slowly becoming aware of how cramped his body is and how bad the instinct to stretch his poor limbs is banging against his bones.

 

What happened again? This migraine is messing with his thoughts; he can recall them but they’re all out of his reach. He blinks again, slowly, eyes adjusting to the bright light coming from above and the smell of caoutchouc all around him. It’s a little overwhelming but nothing that he can’t manage. It’s not like he hasn’t been kidnapped before– oh! That’s what has happened, right!

 

That’s a start. He and Phil were kidnapped… by George. He wants to laugh and cry at the same time at the thought. Innocent, oblivious George. He doesn’t know if he should feel betrayed or back-stabbed or whatever; this is just hero on hero plus friend on friend violence! That god, too, WIlbur can’t forget about that and it comes to question who is truly at fault here.

 

He can see bleachers far away, plastic chairs that have been painted blue. There is fake grass underfoot, natural sunlight from an open roof… They’re in the city stadium, aren’t they?

 

When he turns his head to look around for any signs of life, he finds that he isn’t alone. Beside him is Jimmy –the Listener– kneeling down, hunched over, head bowed, being used as a stool by the one and only XD. There is a glimmer of something around his neck and, straining his neck trying to look, Wilbur finds that the man’s hands have been tied behind his back with invisible bonds. Jimmy looks, overall, like shit; tired and exhausted like all the fight has left him. The same glimmer on his neck is around XD and it is so obvious that this has something to do with a power trip for the god.

 

On the other side of the supposed-villain is Phil, tied to a chair similarly to him, though the man is still out for the count thanks to how close he was to the spores. His dad probably got the worst of it and Wil can’t help but feel a tiny bit guilty about it. There are no crows around either, which is incredibly unnerving.

 

“Can you sense them yet?”, comes George’s voice from somewhere behind him, nonchalant as ever. Wilbur knows he can’t snap his neck to look behind him, so he doesn’t bother. His friend doesn’t regard him, Wilbur tries to speak anyway.

 

Only to find that he’s been gagged. This news comes as bad news to the hero but honestly, he should’ve expected this. George is a professional through and through; he wouldn’t let the one hero with siren abilities use his voice. Even as he thrashes trying to get the cloth out of his mouth, George doesn’t regard him. Wilbur can only knit his eyebrows in anger and frustration.

 

“They’re close”

 

And holy Hell, this must be the first time that Wilbur has felt relief at the insinuation that The Watcher is coming to them. The faster he can get a distraction, the faster he can diffuse the situation; the faster he can get Phil the hell out of here –even though this is his father’s mess.

 

While Phil thought that he was sneaky being all vague and reasonable, Wilbur has trained his eyes to catch every detail on any face. It’s why he didn’t believe the man but he also wanted to see where that lie would lead.

 

…He can’t say that he is satisfied with how things turned out. First, he learnt that The Watcher has wrapped him in an invisible veil, all but freezing at the suggestion that he’s been around that man for longer than he knows, followed by the implication that the villain is someone in his fucking life , and now he’s being held hostage (by his best friend no less!). His day is going fucking great .

 

“George, what the fuck are you doing?” , and sometime during his time in his own head, Phil, apparently, woke up. “What is the meaning of this?”, the man demands but George doesn’t pay any attention to him.

 

The blob on the Listener’s neck (Wilbur silently hopes that XD isn’t heavy enough to cause permanent damage to the guy’s neck) turns to face Phil, the god’s aura becoming menacing. Fear eats at the back of Wilbur’s mind, raising the hairs at his nape and sharpening his senses to the point where he can hear his heart in his ears.

 

“Shut your mouth before I shut it for you, peasant” , XD seethes in a low, disturbing growl. Phil, however, is stubborn and righteous. Wilbur doesn’t doubt he also feels guilty about this situation.

 

“I’m not talking to you”, Phil bites back with venom, wings attempting to flare but failing because of the rope binding them. Feathers have been shoved out of place and it must take a ton of preening to align them again. “George, listen to me, what you are doing is illegal! You’re keeping us hostage and for what?”

 

“To take the Watcher down”, George simply responds, voice unwavering but he tilts his chin down a tiny bit. Wilbur knows from that little bit of body language that his friend is lying through his teeth.

 

“But that isn’t all, is it?”, Phil pushes, having caught on with his hawk eyes. “I have eyes and I can see what that blob is doing. You’ve apprehended a man, accused him of being a villain and then keep him hostage instead of bringing him in for questioning” –he takes a breath before continuing– “Tell me, George: if that doesn’t make you guilty of any sort of crime, then what does it make you?!”

 

That seems to break whatever barrier George puts up and Wilbur is taken aback by the way George’s lips pull back to reveal teeth. It’s not a smile nor a grin; Wilbur can’t categorize it.

 

“XD’s acolyte”, he responds, “That’s what it makes me. I will be granted immortality, my friends will live in a world of His making, in harmony and in balance”

 

Wilbur– Wilbur doesn’t know if his ears are playing tricks on him or if he’s imagining things. George never was one to root for any religion or follow any god. This feels… unreal. Like this isn’t his friend in front of him but rather some alien who has taken his place.

 

On Jimmy’s neck, XD straightens up, having received a confidence boost from George’s confession. Phil stares, wide-eyed, at the two.

 

Then again, this is an actual god . Not the god that the bible speaks of or any other legends and myths; this is an actual , living god –one that no one other than the Dream Team knows about and even then, Wil doubts it’s enough to judge his character. Who knows what the world he’ll make will be like? The few minutes Wilbur was with XD, he didn’t get the best of vibes from him –regardless of the situation they were in.

 

“Harmony can’t exist without chaos , George, that’s how the balance is kept!”, Phil cries out, desperation seeping into his tone, having grasped on some hidden intent with his wise, old bones. The other raises an eyebrow, expression unchanging behind his sunglasses. He opens his mouth to respond but both men are cut off as XD’s laugh bellows throughout the stadium.

 

“I AM the God of Chaos, Philza Minecraft”, XD directs with bemusement at Phil’s face, body hunching just the slightest bit –it’s reminiscent of a scared, hissing cat trying to look bigger than it is. If circumstances were different, Wilbur would’ve laughed. Phil looks horrified. “It is MY domain and they–” , he turns his head towards the circular top of the stadium, right where two distinct, well-known villains have perched, “–share my magic; MY power!”

 

“Do you understand now, Crowfather?”, George questions solemnly. He receives no response.

 

What are they going to do? Fuck the existential crisis that is trying to overwhelm him now, Wilbur needs to get the fuck out of here first!

 

Tugging on his restraints, he finds that they don’t budge. He tries to push the cloth out of his mouth with his tongue but it’s tied so tightly around his head that it barely moves –not to mention that it tastes horrible. He can hear it shuffle in his ears, though and his cheeks feel slight relief as the knot slowly loosens.

 

Shouts come from one of the gates and the attention is stolen from the villain duo by a crowd of what Techno would call ‘goons’. Leading them is none other than Blackjack alongside– no way.. . That’s the enchanter with the ridiculous tophat who Phil frequents for weapon repairs! What’s his name again? Scar? Why is he even here? Why are either of them here?

 

They’re back-up , a little voice in the back of his mind suggests. It would be plausible, even though The Watcher and Blackjack have a feud going on. They must have settled on a truce, then, for some unknown, villainous reason that is going to bother HQ for weeks. This is… Wilbur doesn’t know what this is; if it’s solely a rescue mission or a mission to prevent a god from doing what he wants with their ally. Recalling all that he’s learnt in the past hour or so, Wil knows that they know what’s going on. Hopefully, he and Phil are important enough to The Watcher’s civilian identity because he doesn’t want to think what would happen if they were left alone with George and XD.

 

Where the fuck is Techno when you need him?!

 

At least his brother would make a general effort at a rescue operation after mocking their formidable situation. The villains? They would rather see the heroes suffer .

 

“Hey, puta!” , Blackjack yells over the sound of a bullet-proof army marching towards the center; towards them. Golden wings puff up behind the owner of Las Nevadas, splaying with confidence and the dominance of someone who has won before the battle has begun. “Let them go right now and no one gets hurt!”

 

“You heard the man!”, Scar adds. “Surrender and no one has to die today!”, and he says that with a grin . A huge, wide grin of mischief and– is it just Wilbur or is he looking a little pale? Are his ears sharper than before?

 

“You are but an inconvenience, mortal and… vex”

 

Vex? There is a vex around? On the other side of the stadium, the salesman chuckles like he wasn’t expecting this. No… Like a kid that has knowingly done something wrong and an adult has pointed it out. Scar is a vex? Aren’t those extinct?

 

Well, that would explain the pale skin and the sharper-shaped ears and holy shit he has the crystal wings too!

 

“For a god, he’s small”, Blackjack smartly points (shouts) out because of course that won’t cause a god to freak out. Already, Wil feels the temperature around him drop and even Phil blinks in surprise. The blob beside him growls. “Heh, touchy subject?”

 

What the fuck will antagonising him supposed to do?! Make him leave the stadium with wetted pants?! The only one who can bully villains with that sort of success is Techno!

 

“Mpfhmf!”, Wilbur flails, tossing his head in an attempt to divert XD’s attention.

 

Surely enough, the god looks at him and then around. It’s like desensitizing a dog to loudmouthed people. That analogy shouldn’t work as well as it does.

 

George doesn’t look fazed by the amount of goons that have poured into the stadium by now, all armed to the teeth with knives and all sorts of guns, some are even carrying shields. Are all of them powerless? Wilbur fucking hopes they aren’t but with Blackjack to direct them –the one individual who can direct luck of all things– they shouldn’t have too much trouble shooting at the correct targets.

 

Hopefully without hitting either of them. Wilbur and Blackjack have a bit of a history of scuffles… One time, Wilbur tried to close down Las Nevadas… Let’s just say that things didn’t go to plan and that both he and Blackjack were in the hospital, in the same room, covered from hair to toe in bandages.

 

That was a fun two weeks worth of bickering (that eventually turned to banter but neither talks about that).

 

“They are keeping their distance” , XD hums, low and distorted with a twinge of bitter disappointment. “Mangle one of them”

 

Wilbur’s thoughts pause. What? He is expecting George to follow through with that order? Seriously? George would never– why does George have a pair of pliers in his hands–

 

“George, snap out of it, mate!”, Phil shouts at the man as he circles the seat the avian is tied down to like a puppet. “Don’t do shit you’ll regret!”

 

Surprisingly, George doesn't react to what he’s just been told. That isn’t good because he has Phil’s finger trapped in the maw of the pliers and both father and son are panicking. A loud crack is all Wil’s hearing registers before there’s a scream echoing throughout the stadium, followed by XD’s manic laughter of sadistic contentment.

 

With a wild thrash of his head, the cloth loosens its hold on his mouth and Wilbur waits little to spit it out. It hangs on his neck, loose enough that it could fall off but not completely.

 

“George, fucking stop!” , the issued command does not appear to register. Instead the hero continues to the next finger and Wilbur winces at the sound, hissing as he draws in a sharp breath. Out of the corner of his eye, he can see the figures on the top of the bleachers spasm, feathers and wings shuffling.

 

“XD, you have to stop this!” , he tries to effect the god but unsurprisingly, it doesn’t work. XD even laughs at his measly beg. Phil can’t do anything about this situation, obviously, and he can’t allow The Watcher to come closer after learning what the god of fucking Chaos will do if he gets his hands on him. The Listener, though… Jimmy is his last resort.

 

If he can’t do anything, then– then they’re fucked and Wilbur can’t fathom how the lack of control will affect them.

 

“Listener! Fuck it– Jimmy, stop this!”

 

Like his unsaid prayers are answered as Jimmy perks up at the mention of his name. Wilbur’s ability wraps around him like a spider’s web. The Listener moves– sluggishly but he does and that gives him hope. XD’s mood sours as he wobbles on the man’s shoulder blades.

 

“George, shut him up!” , and with brisk steps, George appears right above him. Phil shouts in the background and XD looks on with mild ire, the goons hold their positions on Blackjack’s command and Scar has raised an eyebrow but all of it is background noise as Wilbur continues to thrash and yell at the top of his lungs.

 

“Come on, Jimmy! Throw him off! Get us the fuck out of here! I know you can do it– MPFH!”

 

And the cloth is back on. It doesn’t matter much. As Wilbur throws a death glare George’s way, Jimmy begins to move– but the energy surrounding him holds tight. Like chains, XD’s power is keeping the Listener from moving– from lifting a single finger.

 

In the end, all efforts are in vain. WIlbur slumps into his seat, voice raw and eyes wide with fear. Fuck– We’re so fucked–

 

“They aren’t coming closer…” , XD hums to himself, righting his small cone body on the body beneath him. “The finger breaking doesn’t work… How about the femur bone? I’ve read on the internet that it’s a painful experience”

 

Fucking Hell– No, this is fucking bad– Why would you give a god access to the world wide web?!

 

*

 

Y’know, hearing on the news that there is a spike of villain activity in the city stadium isn’t the best thing to hear the moment you turn on the TV. It just ruins the mood! Especially after having to deal with the announcement that the kids he was looking after weren’t Grian’s nor Stress’ but rather some street kids who his father had once seen on the seaside road.

 

The brats were probably the ones who robbed Ponk too (he hasn’t heard from the guy since that incident to confirm). Thankfully, that explains Ranboo’s kleptomaniac behavior and goodness, the picture he painted of Stress after (sort of) interviewing her was awful! He really owes her an apology for that one.

 

Honestly, they should’ve asked Grian about the kids but noooo , that would’ve been too awkward to talk about!

 

Anyway, back on subject, it is incredibly irritating to hear about villain activity spikes in one particular space –especially the ones where the reporters won’t go into. Those people have a whole other sort of bravery to rush into dangerous situations for a small scoop. If it wasn’t stupid, it would’ve been admirable.

 

Now, that fact plus Dream calling him for no apparent reason? Yeah, that is worrying and aggravating. It’s probably an HQ gathering.

 

When he puts his phone to his ear, the first thing he hears is: “Techno, get to HQ right now!”. So, yeah , that’s an HQ meeting. A big one if he were to judge by the urgency in his friend’s voice.

 

“What is the meeting about?”, he asks as he howls his signature cape over his shoulder, clumsily buttoning up his poet’s shirt and plopping the crown on his unkempt, pink hair.

 

“Look, I can’t explain over the phone but… Oh, screw it, we were housing a god named XD– No, Techno, don’t laugh at me! It’s true!”

 

What? Who would believe someone if they said they were accommodating a higher power in their not-god-tier house?

 

“Listen, for fuck’s sake! We were keeping The Listener in the garage and this morning, when Phil and Wilbur were leaving, George grabbed him and left with them but he was acting weird, Techno!”

 

That– Yeah, that needs to be looked into. Ignoring the part about keeping a villain in their equivalent of a basement and saying the god stuff is true for the plot, that sounds super suspicious.

 

“I’m comin’, I’m comin’, calm down, Dream–”

 

“I can’t fucking ‘calm down’! Sapnap has blown up half of the office and now I’ve seen the news and I– Fuck, Techno, I think George is involved!”

 

Grabbing his keys from the counter and swinging open the door with his hero outfit quite clumsily donned, he walks to the curve, where his motorcycle rests like the world isn’t falling apart at the seams. The crown leaves no space for his helmet and after weighing the pros and cons of further ruining his hair and a very distressed Dream on the line, he chooses to just get on the bike.

 

“You said he left with Phil and Wil?”, he asks sternly and on the other end, he hears Dream take a breath and hold it long enough to roll onto the road. That is very worrying.

 

“Yeah– Yeah, they left together and he took XD with him”

 

“So, my family could be in the city stadium right now, held hostage by the villains for whatever reason and–”

 

“No, I don’t think it’s the villains holding them hostage. Shit– Okay, I have to go, Punz and Sam just arrived and I have to brief everyone else too. Get here fast, okay?”

 

Disregarding every speeding law in existence would do no good to his clean record… Techno doesn’t have the amount of caffeine necessary for his brain to really care. Dream said to get there fast, anyway.

 

“On my way”

 

With that, he leaves the house and enters the streets of the city. There are clouds that have gathered above, thin enough to allow some light to shine down on the peasants below the sun.

 

Such peasants, apparently, are the local villain population. Not even halfway through his usual route and half a million near-crashes later, Techno finds Pearlescent Moon waving at him from the other side of the street. The demon, Xornoth, is behind her, looking terribly displeased, though her other two companions, Gemini and Jumbo, are less so.

 

Are they trying to pick a fight? What kind of villain with self-respect stoops as low as waving the first hero they see over just to fight?

 

“Blade!”, Pearlescent shouts loud enough for her voice to be heard clearly from behind the kitsune mask and over the loud sound of traffic. Sighing, Techno stops at the side of the pavement, probably breaking another law in the process.

 

“If you want to fight someone, go find someone else. I’m busy”, he yells back at them. In hindsight, he should’ve just left but what if they followed him all the way to HQ? Then what? He can’t have the possibility of a big ‘villains versus heroes’ battle while another one is going on.

 

“We don’t want to fight, you doof!”, Pearlescent chuckles, having approached enough to be standing almost right in front of him. Techno cocks an eyebrow. Did she just insult him? “Your hero friends have kidnapped one of ours. You heard about the stadium, right?”

 

“Yeah, ‘m kinda heading over there right now”

 

“We are proposing a temporary truce”, she continues. Over her shoulder, Techno sees the man in the potato mask fidget and pace up and down. “The Watcher and The Listener have gone to check out what’s happening at the stadium as we speak and I’m afraid that–”

 

“They went to ‘check out what’s happening’? They didn’t cause it?”

 

Jumbo seems to perk up at that, stopping what he’s doing to face him. With a brisk pace, he walks over. Techno looks him over, appraising the rip-off Batman costume that is equipped with a bunch of potatoes. Why does he even have potatoes on his belt? The guy’s file at HQ says that he can turn people into ticking time-bombs –following the disaster at the hospital.

 

“We suspect that your hero buddies are being held hostage by the Dream Team but Watcher hasn’t got back to us yet, so we can’t know for sure”, the man says in a surprisingly professional tone.

 

“That being said”, Pearlescent continues, “I think we could help each other out”

 

That would be more trouble than it’ll be worth. After this, Dream would have to relocate his agency’s headquarters –not because the villains will have finally found the HQ (that is public knowledge) but because they’ll know the traps and the security checks that are nowhere to be found on the building’s blueprints. Would he put his friend through that headache?

 

Yes. Yes, he would. His whole fucking family are in that stadium and with how things are escalating, he doesn’t have any other choice at the moment.

 

“Fine. Temporary truce it is but be respectful”, he sighs remorsefully. The way each of the three seem to light up in a way (Jumbo nods and his shoulders visibly relax, Pearlescent Moon bobs on her heels and Gemini claps her hands together) irritates him. “I’m heading to the Dream Team’s HQ. Dream and Sapnap have nothing to do with the stadium, it’s just 404 there”

 

“Is he with a god by any chance?”

 

Dear Lord, now he understands why BBH won’t use his actual voice to talk to people. That is deep. Holy Hell.

 

“Yup”, and the demon hums, content with that response. Techno turns his attention to the other three. “Come with me but don’t make me regret this”

 

“Sir, yessir!”, comes the united shout of the villains.

 

*

 

How a motorbike can carry four adults and an oversized demon and still go a comfy 60km/h is a question that Techno does not want to know the answer to. He did get the bike with the thought of carrying heavy weaponry in mind (for the times that he sleeps in and Phil and Wil have already taken the car to the SBI HQ), so it probably has to do with that. He’ll leave it at that.

 

On the road, there were plenty of people that had their phones out and taking pictures. While it was embarrassing, it could also be passed off as a group cosplay thing. Surely, there was at least one person with a morph or copy ability in this city who could be passed as a Xornoth fan! Techno has called on the power of cosplay to explain his random appearances at the local McDonald’s on very little sleep.

 

Passing through the various security checks of the Dream Team HQ is a whole other ordeal, though. Telling the security guards and the receptionist that the villains trailing after him aren’t ‘tailing’ him nor blackmailing him is more than a little embarrassing. A hero and villain team-up coming to this extent? Who invites their mortal enemy to their house to debate over the news?

 

No one. No one sane, at least. Techno never claimed to be sane; he’s already running on no caffeine.

 

“This is the conference room”, he says after about ten minutes of walking up the stairs. The elevator is too small and doubtlessly, their combined weight would be too heavy for the mechanism anyway. “I want you to be civilized for a change”

 

“Yeah, yeah, we will!”, Gemini agrees in a sing-song voice and with the confidence of a lioness, she bursts into the room with little grace. Techno’s brow tics. The other three aren’t any less eager about this. Thankfully, the receptionist called Dream before they’d gone up because the reaction they’d have received would have been completely different.

 

Instead of having the whole room break out into a fistfight, the heroes are calmly talking amongst themselves. Techno spots Goatfather with a kid goat sitting next to Sam and after a quick explanation it is revealed that Sam happened to find the crazy doctor’s brand new clinic and in exchange for not being yeeted to Pandora, Goatfather would help with this situation.

 

Not a suspicious explanation at all with totally no plot holes in it. Techno never thought that Sam would think that everyone in this room would be stupid enough to believe that. I guess everyone is too stressed to look into that , fair enough. They’ll solve this later, after this charade is over and Goatfather will certainly stay to be brought in.

 

Hopefully, they won’t have a rogue Goatfather after all of this… That isn’t foreshadowing, is it?

 

“Blade! Finally!”, Dream shouts from the other end of the table. Behind him stands a paper board riddled with sketches of potential plans of attack which are less plans and more so doodles from the person closest to it was bored and happened to have a sharpie handy. “And you’ve also brought in company… Why?”

 

“The Watcher and one of the bat duo have gone to check out the stadium”, Techno responds. “I see that you have Goatfather here too” –said villain responds by lifting his bound hands in a lazy wave, the chain connecting the power suppressing cuffs clinking– “We’ve settled on a truce until we can get Ghostbur and Crowfather out of the stadium”

 

Punz nods along to his words and the villains look incredibly pleased with themselves for some reason. Sapnap looks just ready to blow someone up, whilst Foolish, Eret and every other hero crammed into the conference room look worried. Except for Bad. He and Xornoth are having a demon stare down that Techno does not want to get involved in.

 

It’s demon business. Let the three-meter tall demons deal with it.

 

“Dream explained the situation to us. Apparently, his team was housing a god who wants to make our world into his personal playground”, Punz says, playing with his golden chain necklace.

 

“I don’t know what happened on your end”, Gemini speaks up with a fire lit in her eyes. It is obvious that she is as eager as everyone else to get to the bottom of this. Techno can respect that. “But we didn’t cause any of this for once– which is surprising, I know! Could you brief us on the situation?”

 

“Yes, yes, of course!”, Dream sputters, quickly righting his position. Techno takes the one remaining seat at the table, dooming the villains to stand around throughout this conversation. “I’ll take it from the start. A couple months ago we found this… blob on the street and we decided to take it in–”

 

And the story unfurled further and further until Techno zoned out during the revelation that the blob they had taken in was in fact the End’s god of Chaos. Wait, he shouldn’t know that if he was zoning out– Hm. Multitasking then: zoning out and listening. That must be worthy of an award.

 

“A few days ago, XD helped us catch Bat and we kept him in our house because XD wanted to ask him a few questions about the End. This morning, Crowfather and Ghostbur came to my house for a visit, though it was revealed that they were looking for Bat a bit after. We talked and then they left with 404. XD went with them”

 

“So, they’ve been kidnapped by 404?”, Pearlescent doesn’t even hesitate to throw that knife into the wall. A few voices of disagreement spoke up, while Techno looked between Xornoth and BBH to see if they’re still staring at each other –yup, they’re still at it– but they are all silenced when Dream responds.

 

“We are suspecting that, yeah”

 

And then Sapnap almost melts the chair he has havazardly hauled himself on. “The little bastard is trying to lure the Watcher to him. He suspects that the guy knows the SBI in his civilian identity, so he’s gone for the human weaknesses, I guess”

 

Now, that is an interesting thing to point out. A god can’t be wrong about that. With all the anime and movies Techno has watched over the years have trained him for this moment and if that god is from a whole other dimension, no power of his is to be underestimated. Though, the god’s height makes Techno want to laugh. A blob the size of his palm is supposedly the god of perhaps the most destractful element in existence.

 

Going by anime logic, it’s believable. If a person can be isekai-ed into another world, then a god can connect two people by sniffing their socks.

 

That means that Watcher knows him too. As Technoblade the normal person and not just as The Blade –the hero. Holy shit, everything makes so much more sense now! How he knew Wilbur, how he knew where they lived, how he knew his family’s names… And it also explains why none of the SBI have had a chunk torn out of them like 404 or their arm mangled like Valorant.

 

Sure, he got stabbed by a trident but that wasn’t the Watcher. It was BBH under Pearlescent’s demon influence powers –for which Bad had fervently apologized with a box of homemade muffins to-go and no one says no to Bad muffins. Pfffft, that’s awful–

 

Back on subject, back on subject… How does he return back to the subject after hearing that?

 

“But XD needs both the Watcher and the Listener for his plans”, Punz points out. The hero looks unfazed by all of this –must be an alien thing; to be used to the strangest things. Dream confirms it and then he directs his gaze at the villains. “So, if the Watcher went there, then his plans would be carried out without issue, right?”

 

“Well– The Watcher would never hand himself over willingly”, Jumbo jumps in.

 

“Are we forgetting about the hostages?”, Techno says, both out of panic about what would happen to his family if The Watcher didn’t join XD and fear of where this conversation is going.

 

He doesn’t want to give up his family to save the world; he really doesn’t. The mere thought of it makes bile rise to the top of his throat. It’s the way of the hero, however. To sacrifice one for the good of the community is what he chose to do a long ass time ago and damn, he wants to turn back time and beat his young, overly excited, trainee self who was too happy and eager to follow in his father’s footsteps.

 

A hero is still a human after all. A superhuman but still emotions-attached.

 

“I’m– Blade, I’m sorry but The Watcher is our priority now. Ghostbur and Crowfather come second”

 

Techno shakes his head and slowly stands up. He throws a look Jumbo’s way and even behind the mask, he sees a glint of sympathy swimming in his eyes. Villains have emotions, too, apparently.

 

“It’s not about that, Dream”, yes, it is –but there are other factors to his reasoning other than attachments and family and all of that. Putting his hands on the table, having to hunch over slightly due to his height, he continues. “If XD is usin’ the two of them as bait, they must be deemed incredibly important to The Watcher. He’s a god for goodness’ sake, he can probably make that estimation by a palm readin’ or somethin’!“

 

“How is that relevant–”

 

“Followin’ your own conclusion and that The Watcher has put his own life at risk to save Ghostbur, then how long will it take for him to snap?”, Techno’s voice raises in volume and god– does he realize now that they should be out in the field, taking care of this mess but they all need to set their priorities straight before that. “Even if he’s in our custody, he can teleport if he wants to– you’ve witnessed it firsthand, Dream!”

 

“I– that’s… true”

 

Eret hums from their seat. “So, the hostages are our priority. Good.”

 

Pearlescent Moon sighs in what Techno can only decipher as relief.

 

“Hopefully, he has the willpower to hold back until we get there–”

 

Light flashes outside, momentarily covering the room in white. Not a second later, an ear-shattering boom of thunder roars through the streets and it’s loud and close enough to crack the bullet-proof window. Innocent people scream in the streets.

 

She shouldn’t have said that.

 

“What the fuck was that?!”, Sapnap and Punz yell as they rush to see the outside world. Techno is by their side fast and traces their gazes up to the overcast sky that is raining neither water nor snow but paper-thin letters of an alphabet that is surely nowhere on the internet.

 

And in the direction of the city stadium, he sees– he can’t believe his own two eyes…

 

*

 

Bribing Fundy to distract Stress was relatively simple. The woman was on guard and babysitting duty since Grian left to chase whatever it was he was trying to chase and she was sitting right on the steps of the fourth floor. WIth a spatula. They immediately knew that they were to not proceed farther from the fourth floor.

 

So, they proceeded to ask Stress for hot chocolate and anything that they could think about off the top of their heads. That was the start of their little plan. Whilst Stress was distracted with her quest of chocolate heaven in the kitchen, Tubbo sneaked to the balcony and waved over Fundy, who was conveniently sweeping the building’s sidewalk. Honestly, that was pure luck; the original plan would have seen Tubbo floating down to the lobby.

 

They struck the deal of money for turning a blind eye and in three minutes, the fox was knocking at Stress’ door.

 

“Fundy?”, she didn’t look surprised to see the ginger when she opened the door –more so disappointed. The trio was sitting on the couch by then, idly watching TV and unbeknownst to them, Stress was eyeing each of their heads with scrutiny. With so many times that they’ve bribed Fundy to get them out of the house whilst grounded, she wouldn’t put it below them to do it again to go on a suicide mission.

 

And then Tommy switched to the news channel… and they saw the stadium and The Blade riding a motorbike with about four villains topped on it… and they couldn’t wait for Stress to be dragged away to whatever imaginary chore Fundy had thought up.

 

So now, here they are: Tommy hanging off the side of the balcony whilst Tubbo and Ranboo are standing in the street, just watching to see the outcome of a teenager dangling from the fourth storey.

 

Fuckers. If Tommy didn’t value his life, he would have let go to give them the middle finger.

 

“Come on, Tommy! JUMP!”, Tubbo shouts.

 

“Shut up, you frickin’ ass!”

 

“Tommy! Watch your tongue, young man!”, Stress chides him whilst trying to pull him over the railing. Tommy isn’t making it easy for her because he needs to get down there and leave– and now that he thinks about it, he should’ve just turned into a raccoon and let himself be carried in Tubbo’s hood but noooo , he wanted to do hardcore parkour!

 

Now look where that’s fucking got him!

 

“Streeeess!”, he pleads with her but to no avail. He doesn’t even know if the pros of going with Stress outweigh those of going with his friends. From above there is the:

 

“Tommy, let me help you up, come on!”

 

And from below comes the incredibly encouraging and totally not fake sentiment of:

 

“Jump, Tommy! We’ll catch you, pinkie promise!!!”

 

Fuck that, Tubbo, he never keeps his pinkie promises. Once, he pinkie-promised not to spoil the ending of a movie he and Ranboo were watching and in good, ol’ Tubbo fashion, he spoiled it. Right on the suspense-building part.

 

“Tommy, if you jump, I will lock you all out of the house!”

 

“I have the keys to the house!”, Fundy, unhelpfully chimes in from the balcony door. The damn fox has Tommy’s cup of cocoa in his hands. That means that he has nothing else tying him to this place. He’ll return to have his revenge later, though. Maybe he’ll steal Stress’ bed too.

 

Stress does not let go of his hands. How she is so strong as to lift a whole human is beyond Tommy but he has a secret weapon up his sleeve.

 

“But muuuuum– ”, and, yeah, that does the trick. Stress is too stunned to say anything else and her grip slackens. Unfortunately for Tommy, he was mostly dependent on her to keep him from falling to his death.

 

So, he falls with the manly screech of a raccoon as he shifts mid-air –much to the onlookers’ surprise– and lands with an audible poof in Ranboo’s shirt-pouch. Okay, maybe he’ll trust his friends more.

 

“Alright, let’s get going before she gets down”, Tubbo instructs. Tommy is happy to stay in the shirt, lying like a bunch of berries in a grandma’s apron, much to Ranboo’s displeasure.

 

“Tommy, get out, please”

 

Tommy chitters a ‘no’.

 

Ranboo unfurls his shirt in protest. Bastard.

 

With a hiss, Tommy changes back to human and rubs at the scrape at his chin.

 

“That fucking hurt, dick”, his complaint is quickly brushed off. Stress yells something at them but from that high up, all of them can pretend that they can’t hear her. The tenants have never known about how well each of them can hear.

 

Right as they start running down the street –regretting not having their vigilante outfits with them to change into in an alley– there is a loud crash somewhere in the distance, followed by a flashbang of pure white. Then comes the thunder and with it a building nearby falls.

 

“WHAT THE FU–”

 

Looking upwards in the sky, there is only gray and the not-rain coming down on them. Tommy tries to avoid it, and when a Π-shaped piece of it falls on his hand, it dissipates into thin air with the distinct hiss of water landing into fire.

 

“Okay, what the fuck is happening?!”, Tubbo demands from the clouds.

 

“Guys, I think this has something to do with the stadium”, Tommy responds, quickly shooing away more of the weird particles. Can this sort of rain affect Ranboo? Tommy’s eyes widen and immediately, he turns to look his friend over.

 

Ranboo… doesn’t look okay. He’s fine superficially but… his eyes are zoned out. They’re brighter than they usually are and for a split second it reminds Tommy of the time he and The Watcher were sitting across from each other in the McDonald’s. It’s obviously somehow connected to the guy –they’ve theorized about a connection between Ranboo and Jimmy’s powers after the factory incident– but… Well, they don’t know, honestly.

 

It’s creepy.

 

“Ranboo? Oi, bigman, wake up!”, Tommy snaps his fingers in front of the enderborn’s face. Ranboo snaps out of it on the second snap, which just so happens to have hit him in the nose. “Fuckin’ Hell, dude! What’s wro–”

 

“Duuudes, we have bigger problems on our hands!”, simultaneously with Tubbo’s shout, another lightning bolt hits not too far away from them and the resounding thunder leaves Tommy’s ears ringing.

 

“That is very true, Tubs!”, he shouts over the ongoing roar and it feels like a blast of cold air has hit him in the chest for a hot minute. “Whatever will we do?”

 

He expects his sarcasm to be met with a remark; some bad words at the very least. He doesn’t expect the ground to shake beneath his feet and fuck , this is reminiscent of the World Eater 0.2 entrance scene but certainly, this hasn’t been caused by a World Eater of any version!

 

“Tommy!”, Tubbo shouts and before Tommy can comprehend what is happening, he is being pulled back by the collar as the asphalt breaks beneath his feet. Lines and lines of asphalt break and buildings crumble in the same breath, the earth shaking like the antichrist has finally been born and–

 

“Holy fuck–”

 

–and copper begins to push and prod at the crumbled black, some piece of mechanism dragging itself out. A giant, ornate, copper cogwheel, bigger than those of the Big Ben with a diameter of at least forty meters is elevated from the hole, the last few of its teeth dripping with a pitch black liquid that seems to hold stars inside of it.

 

“What the fuck is that?!”, a drop of the liquid splashes on the ground near them and, like acid, it burns straight through it. “What is this Alien shit?!”

 

Ranboo grabs them both and whisks them a bit farther down the road, right as another drop splashes where they were not three seconds ago. When they reappear, the enderborn stumbles on unsteady feet but the two catch him before he can fall. From here, they can see the mechanical gear in its full glory as it rotates and elevates itself far up above the buildings.

 

The buildings… Impulse is at work, Gem and Pearl are god knows where, Grian and Martyn left not too long ago but–

 

“We need to get Stress and Fundy”, he murmurs to himself, then he repeats it louder so the other two can hear, “We need to get Stress and Fundy!”

 

“How are we going to get them in this mess?!”, Tubbo shouts back, obvious desperation in his eyes. “We’re gonna get burnt by those things!”

 

Another gear piece digs itself out of the street, teeth grinding away at the black asphalt, further tearing it apart and completely disrupting their path home..

 

“I’ll go”, Ranboo says with finality. Even though he isn’t at full power (having a healing concussion and a bunch of shit that happened an hour ago at least ), he is willing to sacrifice himself so that they may continue onwards. Is this bravery or stupidity?

 

If you have to ask yourself that, it’s probably stupidity. Tommy can’t bring himself to break the news to Ranboo because time is fucking running at the moment.

 

“Go!”, he yells and swiftly adds as an afterthought, “Be careful, Boob Boy!”

 

Ranboo teleports away in a flurry of purple particles to the other side of the newly formed chasm of burning death. He is gone from sight within seconds and Tubbo and Tommy do the exact same thing; running the opposite way, of course.

 

The way to the stadium is filled with debris from fallen buildings and floating gear pieces. Tommy feels like the main character of Subway Surfers, only he isn’t dodging cars and roadblocks but rather lengthy cuts in the ground that lead to an acid, burning, horrible, terrible death.

 

One wrong step and I’m out for real , the gravity of the situation set in only after Tubbo has to pull him up, out of a hole created by a minute hand of an invisible clock.

 

“Are those clock pieces?!”

 

And all the while, the weird rain is ongoing, the lightning fresh and hitting nearby treetops and lightning rods and definitely a couple of people.The thunder is worse but Tommy’s ears are slowly getting accustomed to the volume, though he still believes that they’ll be bleeding by the time this magic storm ends.

 

“Tommy–”, Tubbo gasps beside him and Tommy panics momentarily, thinking something has happened in the one second that the bee wasn’t in his line of sight. Thankfully, said bee looks just awe-stricken. No wounds, no bruises…

 

“What?”, they should be running right now, not gawking at whatever it is that Tubbo is gawking at–

 

That train of thought quickly derails itself and promptly crashes into the nearest braincell as Tommy follows his friend’s gaze to the sky.

 

“What the fuck is that thing…”, he is sure that Tubbo can’t hear him over the booming of thunder but he is positive that they’re sharing the same thought.

 

Towards the stadium, there is an oval… balloon? Or is that a head? It’s blank, white and covered by a green hood. It towers over the whole city and it rises from the city line like a Bakugan on a gate card. Halos of light twirl, crisscross over the creature’s head and the more it rises, the more of the cloak it is wearing is revealed.

 

“Is that the god they were talking about?!”

 

“Probably?!”

 

Well, that’s probably the god that Tubbo told them about after his escape from the SBI’s household. At least, it doesn’t look like there is more that god can do other than raise gears and clock hands out of the ground and basically act like the human version of Discord from MLP–

 

Oh, the fucker has grown wings. Nevermind, I revoke my statement– it can definitely get worse.

 

Tommy doesn’t hesitate before grabbing Tubbo’s hand. Together, they run onwards. Is it bravery? Is it stupidity? Is it something in-between? Well… if you have to ask yourself that then, yeah, you know the answer.

 

They have a good reason to be rushing in like this, though! They have fucking family at that stadium and probably a ton of–

 

A giant, mechanical goat jumps over them. They don’t stop running as it hops from one building to the other and– y’know what, Tommy will just stop questioning things. There will be time for answers after this.

Chapter 20: Tell me on which floor love lives, if she sleeps at night or waiting for me

Summary:

The battle has begun and thus, the end is coming.
The powers need to united, two sides to fight against a common enemy.
....and a goat mech to carry them all to battle.

Honestly, who gave Doc access to Transformer movies?

Notes:

Two months and the soap asmr addiction is going strong. This has greatly affected the fic and it shows too much but it's funny hahaihaihsnkfdjsofjdosc

There is a Vault Hunters reference too for the fans ;))) you don't need to have watched VH, don't worry! Everything is explained well! also everything is time-themed because XD likes messing with time and I liked that casserole animatic too much

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

What he saw outside the cracked window of the Dream Team Headquarters will perhaps forever haunt Techno’s mind. Not the letters of a foreign language falling from the overcast sky, not the gears that dug themselves out of the earth and elevated themselves as high as the conference room. No, that all was mild to the giant; no, the titan that his eyes met when he looked towards the stadium.

 

Tall, foreboding, a blank, white mask with only a permanent, wide smile cut out of the surface to reveal nothing but black void beneath and two halos of light circling it like the rings of Saturn. The head of it was shaded by a hood coloured in pine green that traveled down to a cloak with golden accents. The giant also had wings, feathered ones that are void black but some sparkling purple spots were easy to spot against the abyss and the shadows cast from above.

 

They’re eerily similar to The Watcher’s and that solidifies all that Dream said about XD wanting to get in contact with the villain. Is this a family drama? Techno inwardly groans at the idea but he is also irritated and angry that someone else’s drama has involved his own family into it! Now, he is more worried than ever about their safety; Phil and Wilbur are a trouble magnet on their own but with added help?

 

Techno doesn’t want to imagine how much trouble the two have found themselves in with added help. Especially not when there is a huge guy just standing there who has obviously caused all of this discord in the area.

 

“The GOAT is on the way”, Goatfather says when every horrified and awe-struck face turns away from the window. “It will transport us to the stadium and it can do some good damage”

 

“What about the World Eater?”, Sam questions with urgency in his voice. The villain shrugs his shoulders, lips tugging in an uncaring manner.

 

“Your people dismantled it and took the parts about two years ago, so–”

 

With a sigh, Sam relents to what Techno can only think to be what Goatfather wants to hear. “Fine, what about the World Eater 2.0?” –yup, that’s what’s happening because the villain smirks.

 

“Wasn’t that one also dismantled?”, Pearlescent asks from her perch on the table edge. Dream shakes his head.

 

“It was stolen from the crime scene before the city engineers could get their hands on it but we bribed the press to stay quiet about it to not cause more panic”, he sighs, “We thought we’d be able to catch him before he could–”

 

“Yada, yada, useless information!”, Pearlescent waves him off with a sort of authority that is perhaps too audacious for her position. Thankfully, everyone in this room has a few brain cells left to not pick a fight with her because of mouthiness–

 

“You realize that we could throw you into a holding cell right now, right?”

 

Turns out that Sapnap does not have the number of brain cells that are required to not pick a fight. Then again, Sapnap is too prone to starting fights so it’s probably that and not his brain malfunctioning. The last thing they need, though, is for the truce to break and have a massive fall out when their shared target is literally right there!

 

“Your powers are useless on their own, you realize that, right?”

 

The villain in question is less childish about this, only replying with a clear threat that is directed at Sapnap but also at BBH. “You realize that you’re part demon, right?”

 

That appears to settle the matter with Sapnap only bristling before catching Punz’s disapproving look and plopping back down in his seat. To their credit, neither Xornoth or Bad break eye contact, though Techno would bet that they are keenly aware of what is happening around them.

 

Is this a dominance thing? If it is, then by appearance alone, Techno thinks Xornoth is of a higher rank than Bad, though he has never seen Bad in his actual demon form. Xornoth has big, wavy horns as it is but does horn height affect the hierarchy system? He’ll have to ask at some point because supernatural phenomena are far more interesting than normal life.

 

Speaking of supernatural things, they also have that titan in the city who is no doubt XD in his actual form and not a blob like Dream described him as not a minute ago. They should really focus on that right now, huh?

 

“Alright, back on subject, people”, he gathers their attention, “Goatfather, how many of your machines can you spare?”

 

The crazy scientist hums to himself with a contemplative pout.

 

“I have already called in my new GOAT Mech, the engines of the World Eater 2.0 are starting right now, I can have some robots come in to take care of all those cogs and… maybe the Mantis”

 

Right. The Mantis. The machine he used to break out of Pandora, that’s a fun, ironic idea! However, beggars can’t be choosers; they need all the man and horse power they can get at the moment, as eye-turning as it may be.

 

Right on cue, the giant, mechanical head of a goat appears through the windows. Through because it rams its head in and the heroes and villains are lucky enough to have been far away from it because glass shards are sent flying .

 

A lot of curse words, a lot of thunder and a lot of bleating later, everyone has piled onto the mech goat’s back. There are a couple seats on the large metal plate that covers the mechanisms in the gigantic robot, in which each person sits and buckles their seatbelts. Only two are left standing, that being Xornoth and BBH, whom –because of demon powers– gravity and physics can’t fathom to control.

 

The Goatfather mentions at some point that the goat is going at least sixty kilometers an hour. How the two of them aren’t even leaning back due to physical force is beyond Techno.

 

A gear breaks out of the ground in front of their transport and the mech hops onto a nearby building to avoid it, further showing off Goatfather’s skill in controlling redstone-powered machinery. The goat continues its course through the rooftops and from this high up, Techno sees other robots coming to their aid.

 

The main type of robot that comes in a dozen around the city is a giant, four-legged spider thing. It’s mostly black, save for the few joint braces that are painted a vibrant cyan and pop out like a sore thumb. One of the robots catches onto a gear with two legs, using the other two to brace itself against the ground to drag the piece back down to earth. Whatever heavenly forces are lifting the gear into the atmosphere let go after a bit of a struggle and the copper and the acid liquid falls at the machine’s feet.

 

“Those things are powerful!”, Sam exclaims, also watching the machines crawl on four legs and take down as many gears as they can reach. One of them crawls up the side of a building, successfully jump-scaring half of the goat-crew. Goatfather doesn’t reply, clearly too focused on keeping all of his creations running at the same time.

 

His powers are very amazing. Techno will never admit that out loud but he is incredibly interested in his opponents’ powers. Goatfather’s are something else entirely since his ability focuses a lot on mental power. Science has yet to have a good understanding on redstone manipulation but it has been debated that it is similar to mind reading but instead of a mind reader practicing on another human, they practice on a robot or something along those lines. The consequences of this would possibly be mental strain and difficulty in thinking and if the HQ’s gambles are correct, then it also has insomnia as a side effect.

 

He can already see how much pressure the Goatfather is putting himself through; he was already woozy back at the conference room, having needed Gemini to support him to get on their high-tech ride.

 

Being a machine fan, Sam is all over the creepy-crawlies and the mech they are on at the moment. Techno doesn’t like how the hero has let down his guard around the Goatfather. He hopes he has misread things and that the closeness between them is just a creeper-hybrid thing. Out of the corner of his eyes, he catches Eret throwing glances at the two as well.

 

Great, he isn’t the only one with suspicions.

 

“Hey, uh, BBH, do you have any idea about what’s happening here?”, Foolish, dear Sharktooth, timidly asks. The demon in question doesn’t blink as he turns his head to look the hero in the eye and then at the world around them.

 

Huh. So he isn’t aware of what has been happening around them for the past five minutes. That’s not very great. Being up to par (and surpassing) with the anime equivalent of demon characters, he catches on pretty quickly. At the same time, Xornoth huffs, a ball of smoke leaving his mouth in an exhale as he, too, takes in their surroundings.

 

“This looks like a god’s work” , yeah, no shit Sherlock, that is a very vital piece of information that no one knew up until you said it– “Looks like the End’s void”

 

Well. That one can be excused. BBH nods his head and it appears like the two of them have settled on a truce of their own because neither tries to hold another staring contest.

 

“Yeah, that liquid on the cogs is called void liquid”, he explains after another roar of thunder. The rain has surprisingly lessened but the electrons are having none of this shit, apparently. “It makes the objects regress to their primal stage overtime”

 

Ah, so that carbon black liquid could put the youth wrinkle correction creams to shame, got it. Though… it does act incredibly quick, which is worrying. When Techno looked down a bit ago, he saw the asphalt disappear within the blink of an eye.

 

Before, he thought it was some sort of acid but now that Bad has supplied him with the correct knowledge, he knows that the asphalt was turned into tini-tiny particles. That means that a human could disappear off the face of the earth in mere seconds . It’s a good thing that the Goatfather’s spider army is keeping most of the void liquid holes at bay–

 

“The End is being brought in from Tartarus” , Xornoth nonchalantly says, like this is a normal school field trip! Not to mention that little comment. Tartarus? The place of suffering and torment? Oh, wait, that must be a fancier word for ‘Hell’.

 

“No one uses ‘Tartarus’ anymore, silly!”, Bad scolds in his casual, paternal manner.

 

“Some still do” , the other shrugs and yeah, this is much more comfortable for everyone; the not-staring-each-other-in-the-eyes thing. Punz adjusts his sitting position to better look at the demon duo at the back.

 

“Hey, can you focus on that guy– ”, he juts a full arm and a finger towards the towering god who is slowly coming more and more into view the closer the goat gets, “–for a second?”

 

Techno’s eyes focus on the hero’s unusual, alien necklace. He has seen it plenty of times; it is so peculiar that he’s even memorized its shape and colours. He doesn’t remember ever seeing it float before, however. Nor can he recall a time when it was glowing like it is right now.

 

“Valorant, why is that glowin’?”, he asks and points out in the same sentence.

 

Punz looks down and nearly falls out of his seat when the Eye of Ender almost hits him in the nose. It doesn’t break the chain that it is attached to; it just floats and bobs like a balloon filled with helium. The man wraps a careful hand around it and brings it down to its original place but he doesn’t let go afterwards.

 

“Is that an Eye of Ender?”, Gemini says, marvelling at the weird phenomenon, as is everyone else now that Techno pays attention to the intrigued faces. The hero nods at her question but doesn’t elaborate further.

 

Xornoth looks at Bad for a tick and then the latter shrugs his shoulders.

 

“There is no End portal that I know of here”, he begins, y’know, casually because things such as portals are things that one casually talks about!

 

“It’s been created beneath the surface”

 

“XD couldn’t do that before!”, Dream shouts from the very front of the car– ahem, goat mech.

 

“Apparently, he can now”

 

If Techno’s suspicions are correct, then what they feared has happened. For a moment, Xornoth looks off the edge of the goat and he makes a noncommittal sound.

 

“Your kids are following” , he says with boredom. Your kids? Whose kids? Techno looks where the demon looked and sure enough, he finds three kids. Three very familiar kids that have climbed onto a spider robot and are somehow controlling it . How?

 

“What are those idiots doing on that thing…”, Techno mutters to himself, watching and not quite believing his eyes. He knew that Grian’s not-kids have lost a great amount of marbles but for them to have lost so many that they are willingly running towards imminent danger and death. Thankfully, Ranboo isn’t with them; that kid is too innocent to be around that much chaos.

 

Pearlescent glues herself to his side, also watching with an uneasy set of her shoulders, the fox mask doing its job as a face and expression-concealment. The fact that she cares enough about three random kids to be uneasy is unsettling. Xornoth definitely doesn’t know that those kids lived at their house for a day and by no means would that label them as the SBI’s.

 

It was one day for goodness’ sake (a very miserable and emotionally exhausting day at that).

 

So, if the demon isn’t referring to him, then there is only one person he could be referring to. This is incredibly worrying but it has to be looked into later. Much, much later, preferably, so that Techno can have the emotional battery to unwrap that package.

 

Gemini isn’t that far behind, though she only comes over to tug Pearlescent away from the edge and back to her seat. Right on cue, the goat stutters in its hopping to readjust its balance. Techno doesn’t miss how Sam quickly catches the Goatfather’s hand in his.

 

Please don’t tell me that’s a love affair. That would be bad for Sam and Ponk’s relationship, honestly. Sam is a very solemn man, though, other than those few times that he brought a baby goat into work–

 

Oh shit. Oooo kay, this is officially too much information and too many dots connected in one morning. Then again, is it still morning? The sky is dark but at the same time, the light level is enough for a human to see plenty of detail.

 

“Goatfather, could you turn that robot back, please?”, Jumbo asks politely, having to raise his voice to be heard over the lightning.

 

After a few seconds, it is Warden who replies for the villain, playing the role of messenger for the man who is much too vulnerable at the moment.

 

“They’ve overridden its code, he can’t take back control at the moment!”

 

“And we’re on course to the stadium now, we can’t stop to do anything about them”, Gemini says with defeat. Pearlescent stills in her seat. Uh oh.

 

“Xornoth”, the demon in question, immediately turns his head to the woman and by the look of absolute horror on his face, he has realized what is going to be asked of him. Techno can sympathize… he’d pat the guy’s back if he could reach that high. “Go with them and let nothing happen to them, are we clear?”

 

Xornoth doesn’t even bother to reply, grumbling something (most likely curses) in a foreign language before jumping off the mech and onto the nearest rooftop. He disappears within seconds and that’s the end of that.

 

“Guys, look!”, Dream and Sapnap both yell and that snaps them all out of their heads.

 

The stadium has come into full view now and it is only a few more hops away. XD is closer than ever, rising higher than the apartment buildings and he remains a mass of void and destruction under flowing green and golden garments. However, his arms have also come into view.

 

Held lower than the god’s shoulders, trapped in what appear to be clawed hands, are the Listener and the Watcher. The lack of Phil and Wilbur in the scene is enough to send both hope and devastation through Techno’s head, along with a thousand questions. Are they alright? Have they been harmed? Are they even alive? He doesn’t care much about George, the guy is already being worried over by Dream and Sapnap, who have gone stock still with their own shock at the front.

 

The booming of thunder stops when the goat passes the parking lot’s barricade and the sudden loss of sound is enough to give everyone whiplash. There is no sound other than the heavenly drone coming from the twisting halos far, far above all of them.

 

The goat stutters again, staggering to remain upright. Techno has already unbuckled his seatbelt, ready to rush to the scientist and help if the man is having issues but his help isn’t needed. He doesn’t know if this machine is strong enough for what they’re heading for but Goatfather knows its capabilities more than Techno could ever hope to fathom.

 

This is it, then. The final stand between man and god because a guy took in a wet cat and it ended up being the God of Chaos. This is going to be a fun story to tell the trainees.

 

*

 

Stealing one of Doc’s machines was incredibly easy. For Tubbo, that is, because Tommy has no idea how this thing is even standing on four legs, let alone be able to take down those heavy gears from the air! Tubbo has done it with his incredible understanding of redstone and general enthusiasm about machinery. He swears he’s heard half of the unintelligible jumbo from Mumbo already.

 

Back when life was normal (however long that was), Mumbo tinkered on the kitchen counter with the little projects that he kept on the high shelves. Tommy usually overheard him muttering to himself about pistons and where the dust should go and while he enjoyed the mustached man’s company a lot, he couldn’t understand most of the words in his vocabulary.

 

Now, Tommy isn’t an expert on the subject but he is certain that there is a language barrier he has to overcome to understand the way of the redstone.

 

Tubbo is sitting beside him, all too happy to have a control panel in his hands. That’s what he calls it, even though it isn’t a panel but rather a bunch of redstone cords and different wiring. How jump-starting a robot can lead to having so much control over its movement, Tommy will never know. He isn’t sure if he wants to know with Tubbo grinning like a maniac.

 

Meanwhile, Tommy is hanging onto the one handle the machine body has on it, holding onto it for dear life. The spider-like robots looked big when they appeared –right after that goat jumped over them– but to be on them is a whole other experience. Not to mention the way they move! It’s like riding a horse but the wobbling motion is ten times more intense and the nausea is hitting him in the gut.

 

Tubbo’s stomach is just built different. He doesn’t look even a tiny bit affected by it and he’s sitting up straight! Tommy wishes Ranboo were here. If he were, then he’d have a buddy holding on with him on the floor.

 

The good thing is that the weird rain has somewhat stopped and so they can see better.

 

The bad thing is that Tubbo has decided that vertical is the new normal; the trend of the century! How the fuck is he still sitting crosslegged on there! Tommy is burdened with hanging sideways because of the robot crawling on the facades of the street’s buildings and the bastard is as nonchalant as ever, playing with his little wires and shit! How dare he go psycho-mode when Tommy is having the worst time of his life?!

 

And then something lands hard in front of him, almost stomping on his hands.

 

“Ah shit!”, having been spooked by that turn of events and Tubbo screeching at the top of his lungs as gravity remembers that he also exists and should also be effected, Tommy stupidly lets go of the handle.

 

This is it. He is going to die to fucking fall damage, that’s great. Amazing even! He doesn’t really get to finish that train of thought and when a chilly hand grabs his wrist, he thinks his last thoughts should be way darker and sadder than that; it must be a side-effect of the Watcher rescuing him from that near fall. Eh, he’ll work on it at some point.

 

The robot rights itself on the roof of a building, making breathing easier but also his brain to spin six times around itself before settling in place again. The thing continues to move wildly as Tubbo tries to once again tame it.

 

“What are you doing, children?” , ah, dear Xornoth. He looks completely unconcerned with how the machine is moving under his feet. Tommy gives him an unimpressed look when the demon lifts him up by the arm, holding him at eye-level. It hurts, sure but Tommy could never say no to theatrics.

 

“What are you doing here?!”, Tommy demands, all teeth. If Xornoth is here then Pearl must be somewhere nearby. A quick survey of the area reveals nothing other than the big goat hopping off towards the stadium.

 

Xornoth answers all the questions they have. Tommy is blown away by the fact that the villains agreed to team up with the heroes and vice versa. Apparently, having hostages of both sides can make said sides fight the common enemy. Stupid Dream Team… involving Grian and Jimmy in all this shit. As many crimes as they have committed, they don’t deserve whatever is going on at the city stadium!

 

Sure, Watcher has caused a ton of shit but Grian has been doing anything but that! The same goes for Jimmy and Tommy is certain that all the guy has ever done as Bat has been ‘just existing’ and nothing else. At the factory incident, he didn’t even touch any of the heroes! Now Martyn has also been involved in this shitty story and god– no, no, bad word… and Prime knows what’s going to happen!

 

Honestly, this is a little confusing; the people-blaming thing –what is just and what isn’t. Grian is innocent but the Watcher isn’t and at the end of the day they’re the same person but it’s just so unfair, y’know?

 

Tommy is more angry because their lives have been turned over their heads with no warning and now they have to get their own guardians out of that ordeal. Not to mention the void liquid, which–

 

“If it touches you, you’ll turn into a toddler or worse” , yeah, that. The unnerving thing is that Xornoth isn’t talking to them as brashly as he had before. Maybe the situation is affecting him more than the demon is letting on –not that he has ever let on his emotions.

 

It might be the fact that Pearl sent him for the sole purpose of babysitting them, which is rude, by the way. Tommy and Tubbo are perfectly fine and well, they’re big men, they can fight against that overgrown blob!

 

The only one they should be worrying about is Ranboo, who ran back to get Stress out of the house and hasn’t shown any signs of being alive yet. Hopefully, he hasn’t been turned into a baby.

 

“Where is the tall one?”

 

“He went back for Stress”, and with that, Xornoth lets him down. Seeing his surprising balance, Tommy decides to get back at the guy by clinging to his legs. Yes, that is totally a revenge plan and not Tommy being nauseous. He will totally not vomit on here, yup!

 

The stadium comes into view soon enough. By the time they arrive, there is already a decently sized lack of stadium wall, the goat mech having crashed right through. Y’know. Like a goat mech does.

 

Tubbo doesn’t choose the easy route, sadly. He has to add spice to his life by making Tommy’s difficult and so, the spider begins its ascend up the fucking wall! It’s a hard climb and when they make it, it doesn’t feel right to be standing on horizontal ground. Or wall. Or bleachers.

 

From here, they can see everything going on in the cog-filled and full-of-void-holes arena. They spot the goat and the bunch of heroes and villains easily enough and they see the hostages too, even though they aren’t as distinguishable as the giant robot. There are a good few dozens of men in black suits, most of which have fallen to the ground and the rest are hauling Crowfather and Ghostbur towards the far exit. Blackjack is barking orders and beside him stands Scar with weird crystal things extending from the ripped back of his coat and isn’t that a surprise?

 

They didn’t know that Scar had his own powers!

 

Anyway, they also spot Grian and Jimmy in the hands of the god. Looking back at the way they came, the dust of the buildings crumbling has swallowed the streets like thick fog. There is no way Ranboo would be able to navigate through that to get to the stadium and the intervals between teleporting would hinder him greatly if he tried to join the fight.

 

It’s just the two of them now. The two of them and a handful of other people.

 

The handful of other people in question are clambering off of the mech, which has turned around. Is the Goatfather leaving? That’s why he brought in that new creation of his? To play taxi?

 

Apparently, Doc isn’t leaving. No, no, that would be ridiculous! Though it would be less ridiculous than the dynamite cannon that pops out of the goat’s butt. Just. Why? How practical is that–

 

Boom. A block of lit dynamite blasts off towards the god and it tangles in the garments before exploding into puffs of smoke and gunpowder. There is nothing but void when the smoke dissipates and the only damage that it’s done is the singed edges of the new hole in the god’s robes. The god doesn’t look happy at all. Who would be if you blew a hole in their clothes? Honestly, fair.

 

The whirring drone becomes louder as the god looks down, the halos circling faster in ire. The wings on the back of the god flare wide open, the air whooshing with the movement and then someone is shouting “DUCK!”.

 

For a split second, Tommy thinks that a duck mech has joined the battle and then he remembers that there are more meanings of ‘duck’ and that it isn’t just the quacking animal. He remembers it a minute too late, just as the wings are clapping, sending a tsunami of sheer force the goat’s way.

 

The goat doesn’t move, obviously too heavy for that attack. The people, however, do. Tommy is thrown off the side of the spider and he barely catches onto whatever it is he’s caught himself on, soon to be joined by Tubbo, whom he catches with his unoccupied hand. The strain on his shoulders, biceps and wrists is nothing compared to the pain they’ll both experience if they fall off.

 

Sure, Tubbo could fly off but with the airwhip they just experienced? Yeah, Tommy wouldn’t dare fly if he had wings of his own!

 

With all that in mind, he tries to pull himself and Tubs back on the back of the spider but looking up, he finds that what he caught himself on is Xornoth’s clawed hand. Oh, great. Fucking demon with gravity-denying abilities is still here. Not that Tommy is really complaining!

 

They’re promptly pulled up and Tubbo wastes no time in digging his hands into the guts of the robot, plugging wires in and out and doing all sorts of nonsense that Tommy doesn’t pay much attention to.

 

“What are you doing, Tubbo?”, he asks with urgency, quieter than before, thanks to the lack of interfering noise.

 

“I’m looking for a canon function!”, the bee responds with an amount of excitement that is a little questionable on a battlefield. “If that goat has one, then this guy could also– AH HA!”

 

With that exclamation, Tubbo pulls on a wire. Why does pulling a random wire result in a hatch opening up and a giant blast cannon to pop out? The questions of the universe, forever left unanswered.

 

“Get in it!”, Tubbo then shouts.

“Huh?”

 

“Get in it!”

 

“That makes total sense, Tubbo, I’ll totally do that! What if I lose my fucking arse, dick’ead?!”

 

“I’ll make you a new arse, now get in the cannon!”

 

While the heroes are trying to simultaneously evacuate the injured and form a plan, the two of them are talking about getting Tommy into the cannon. This is so surreal, it’s incredible! It’s also such a big ass joke… What will they even succeed if Tommy is blasted to fucking space? Or worse, if this cannon is actually a blast cannon with a laser beam or something.

 

“You are both so childish” , even Xornoth has given up trying to comprehend the situation!

 

“Shut up!” –but at least both Tommy and Tubbo share a brain cell. This must be a good sign.

 

And then they hear something from high up. It draws everyone’s attention, even the evacuation efforts stop. The sound happens again and with all eyes glued on it, it’s clear what it is: a scream.

 

The god is hurting them. The god is hurting their fucking family. Tommy can see the connection between the three; Grian, Jimmy and the unnamed (to them) god are connected by a thick, deep purple ray of wavering light. That was never around either villain, so it must be what’s going wrong here.

 

“Fuckin’– Get me in there!”, Tommy yells with no further hesitation, prompting Tubbo out of his stupor. Shifting to raccoon size, Tubbo shapes him into a ball before shoving him down the tube.

 

He puts his little paws over his ears because that’s what the smart people in the pirate movies and shows do when they’re launched. Before he can mentally prepare and berate himself about his own stupidity, he’s already flying through the sky! His ears ring and he sees a lot of surprised and awe-filled faces as he tumbles in the air like a volleyball but that’s all brushed aside when he catches glimpses of the god getting closer and closer–

 

Until he smacks right into one of his arms.

 

The first thing Tommy notices –after briefly staggering and considering the pros and cons of the present– is that the material beneath him is cold; dead cold, smooth and stiff like metal. The second thing he notices is that this fucker has ver long arms; it’s like a runway but for raccoons!

 

“Oh, what is this?” , the distorted voice comes from above him. He chances a glance only to be met with the god’s wide smile and presumably, his invisible eyes too. Tommy doesn’t know if he should be afraid or not but he sure is disturbed. “I’ve seen your kind. What is a trash panda doing here? Are you a friend of theirs?”

 

Deciding that ignoring is better than acknowledging, Tommy runs down the runway towards Grian. On his left, he sees Jimmy looking around, alert but blind, only being able to go off of the god’s words to know what is going on. Grian has the luck of being able to see him approach and tackle his face in a fluffy, furry hug.

 

“Tommy?”, Grian whispers, almost completely silent. “What are you– you shouldn’t– ugh– be here…”

 

Tommy pats the man’s clothed cheek. He pats down the scarf, intent on getting it off the villain’s nose. He chitters in response; in reassurance; in self-talking –he doesn’t know. Neither does he know how to get him and Jimmy out of the god’s hands.

 

Biting is the first thing that comes to mind, so he puts that idea to practice. Nothing. All he got out of biting down on the steel flesh is a toothache, wasted time and a mirthful tease from the god.

 

“Aw, you’re cute. Maybe I’ll keep you as my pet; Sapnap likes pandas”

 

Well, I guess you learn something new everyday; even in the middle of a battlefield! Who knew that half-demon, feisty Sapnap would like pandas?

 

Anyway, that plan didn’t work. Thing is that he’s run out of plans! He looks at Grian for guidance and then judges the distance between the god’s arms. He can’t possibly make the jump to get to Jimmy, the gap is too big for his little arms and legs.

 

“...Ranboo?”

 

He stares for a second. Then, he shifts back, thinking little of the consequences.

 

“Ranboo is with Stress, bigman, don’t worry”, he says, making sure that his lips are within Grian’s view. Grabbing at the Watcher’s shoulder, he pulls with a little hope. The grip around the man doesn’t budge. He looks around the sky for help. Where the fuck is Martyn?

 

An explosion sounds below. It does little damage yet again. Dream tries to talk the god out of it; it doesn’t work and ontop of that, he is also patronized by the higher being. Ouch. In the distance, Tommy can make out the familiar, serpentine shape of the World Eater 2.0 against the clouds. A singular News helicopter is hovering nearby, keeping its distance, the reporter almost hanging out of it in their desperation to report everything. Warden and Sharktooth throw their lightning channeling tridents and electricity zaps the god, only for said god to only giggle. Apparently, lightning tickles .

 

Is this how hopeless it all is? The Crowfather is flying nearby but his murder of crows can’t even approach– nevermind approach, they aren’t even withing the dome! Ghostbur is helping with the evacuation with little success; the stadium has fallen to ruin and the survivors have to climb over the bleachers and descend the stairs from there. The Blade has joined the other two with his own trident.

 

Xornoth and BBH don’t even try to interfere. Their demon intuition is telling them not to because Tommy knows for a fact that they’re incredibly powerful. Either that or Pearl has issued an order. 

 

All this manpower and nothing is being accomplished… Tommy tries to pull at the grip again, ignoring the sarcastic comments coming his way, only for it to be in vain. Grian leans his head against his forearm in sympathy… maybe resignation.

 

Another cannon blasts, followed by a ‘ weeeeee’ noise. When Tommy looks towards the direction of it, he finds a buzzing (literally and metaphorically) Tubbo pulling himself up on the other arm with both hands and legs. He looks down at the spider, only to see Xornoth lazily leaning against the blast cannon.

 

“Oh, another one?” , the god hums, whilst Tommy is busy rubbing at his eyes. No , he wasn’t crying! That’s crazy!

 

“Tubbo, what are you doing up he–”

 

Crack . Crack, crack, craaaack .

 

Oh. Everything goes still. The whirring sound comes to a halt, or the halos are circling so slowly that it isn’t audible, and the heroes stopped their efforts after seeing bee-boy soaring through the air –mostly because Blade shouted at them to stop.

 

“What are you– oh” , another crack . Chips of soap fall out of Tubbo’s hands – how did he get that? He crunches a few more soap strips with his fingers. It is strangely calming but surely a god wouldn’t be affected by the heavenly sound of soap ASMR–

 

The sudden downwards movement of the arm he’s on reveals that a god can be affected by soap. It’s not a big incline, just enough for the tilt to be felt and enough of a jolt to almost topple Tommy over. Is the god relaxing? Is this– this might be their chance!

 

Carefully, he shakes Grian out of his zoning out. How this guy can be this calm when his own life is on the line, Tommy doesn’t know. Then again, he looks exhausted. Whatever is happening has –and still is– taken its toll on both him and Jimmy. Without further warning, Tommy pulls at the god’s thumb, which goes slack almost immediately. The action is mimicked on the other side, the hand having gone slack.

 

Yes, Tubbo! That’s it! A little more and the two will be free of their binds–

 

Tubbo pulls out a fully-chiseled soap bar and razor, going to the second level of ASMR. What’s next? Is he going to pull out foam boxes? Soft clay balls? The criiiiiick of the tiny soap cubes being cut off brings him out of his thoughts.

 

The incline becomes steeper within a second and before they know it, the god’s hands have gone slack and the villains are falling. Tubbo throws the left-over soap and a couple other bars that he had stored in his pockets at that disturbing smile. The god flinches back, sending both of them tumbling off the edges. Tommy is lucky enough to have been caught by Tubbo, who has miraculously tumbled into flight mode but the villains–

 

The Watcher is lucky, having been caught by the Crowfather and flown out of the stadium. The Listener is another case; Dream is caught midair before he can dive down with his golden Creation wings and held tightly in the god’s hand, whilst Martyn has returned, carrying Stress in his arms.

 

Thank goodness she wasn’t swallowed up in a cog-hole! Her being here must mean that Ranboo is nearby too, unless they split up… in which case– no, Ranboo can teleport, he couldn’t have fallen into a hole on his own!

 

Right below them, however, is a massive pit of copper cogs and void liquid and Jimmy is heading right for it– until an unlikely savior comes into play.

 

The Blade runs at the very edge, throws his arm out and catches the guy’s neck collar in his fist. The weight takes them both into the pit but Tommy can’t see further as his view is obstructed by a random cogwheel that Tubbo almost flies into.

 

When they reach the ground in a rough landing, Tubbo rolling off to the side and Tommy shifting to avoid most of the damage, there is also a wild Ranboo teleporting into the stadium. Tommy chitters happily, Warden throws his trident at the hand that’s caught Dream. Xornoth has come off his perch on the spider robot and is helping BBH and Sapnap drag Blade out of the pit.

 

With a bit of effort, Blade and Jimmy are hauled over the edge and thrown aside with little grace. The three boys gather around the villain, Ranboo being the first one to fall to his knees and shake the man violently by the shoulders before splitting his attention between him and the shaken hero. None of them are aware of the god stumbling, beginning to lose his power above them; it doesn’t matter to them. What matters is that Jimmy is safe and so is Grian–

 

Where is Grian? Tommy looks around and sees the Crowfather kneeling away from the crowd, back turned towards them. There is another wing peeking from his side, which means that he’s with The Watcher, so he is also alive and– are they hugging? Oh, that– can that be good? Maybe.

 

“Holy fuck, what happened to you?”, Blackjack asks as he approaches the heroes and villains gathered around The Blade. Pearl shamelessly laughs when she looks at what the casino owner is looking at. When Tommy looks over, he can’t quite believe his eyes.

 

It’s The Blade but… but as a toddler? WIth the cape and the now-oversized poet shirt and the mask that covers his head , it is difficult to say what age.

 

He laughs, Tubbo laughs but Ranboo scolds them. Stress is beside them all, then, brashly pushing the heroes aside to have a look at the situation herself.

 

“I’m a healer, let me through!”, she demands with the authority of a pissed-off mother. She is met with no resistance after that statement.

 

The Watcher stands with the help of The Crowfather, leaning most of his weight on the hero, tugging his scarf up past his nose. Yep, that was totally a face reveal. Well, at least the two know each other outside of hero-villain shenanigans?

 

“Ranboo!”, Crowfather shouts. The enderborn in question runs towards him, quickly helping take most of the load off of the man.

 

“How dare you…” , the god seethes, the distortion in his voice so thick and loud that it is hard to make out any of his words. He is still staggering, however, wings flaring for a semblance of balance as the cogs start to fall back where they came from. Surprisingly, a TNT explosion from the goat mech is enough to send him a step back this time.

 

Doc howls with manic laughter, loud enough to be heard all around the stadium. Warden throws his trident again and the lightning that follows it pushes the god further back. Smoke bursts in plumes upon impact, big, dark, feathers spreading almost limply, green and golden robes tarnished with singed edges and holes and a bit of fire.

 

By the time the Watcher reaches their little huddle, he is obviously feeling much better. Stress, having taken notice of the Crowfather’s mangled hand, approaches the hero to heal it. Now, Grian is the one supporting Ranboo, who looks significantly worse for wear than he did, like, six seconds ago. Do these guys just leech off each other for energy? Ranboo surely can’t do it, so it’s a Watcher, a Listener and now a god thing. Great?

 

Another blast from the goat and the god falls back against the bleachers. Were Grian and Jimmy seriously his only protection?

 

“Fool” , Xornoth grins, joining Doc in his mania but in his own, unique way: fireballs; fuchsia, red and yellow fireballs. Honestly, why does this feel like a shock?

 

Ranboo unceremoniously falls on Tubbo, engulfing the bee in an awkward bear hug. Well, it would have been a bear hug if they didn’t topple over. Tommy cackles at the sight. Jimmy has also come to slightly, now, with Watcher being so close.

 

“Tim” , he begins, paying no attention to the drama happening around them. He reaches out with a hand, which Jimmy weakly meets with his own. The man is swiftly pulled up, taken into stronger arms. “Tim, we need to end this”

 

Tommy doesn’t know what that means. The heroes have things handled now, they can leave! Jimmy nods his head regardless.

 

There is a sort of sadness when Watcher’s shining, purple eyes fall on Tommy’s. Tommy doesn’t know why. He feels helpless all of a sudden but no one seems to be paying attention to him other than Royal, and they’re just looking around for any leftover goons to take out of the fight.

 

Jimmy stands on his own two feet not a second later.

 

“Martyn will handle things” , it is directed more towards the trio of children more than the heroes. Using Martyn’s name is totally not going to bite them in the ass later!

 

The Watcher takes off first, the Listener second. The draft of wind they create is enough to knock Tubbo –who has just managed to sit up with the weight of Ranoo ontop of him– back down. Poor guy. Tommy couldn’t be him.

 

Just like in the incident with Slimecicle, words are said and rhymed. Watchers watch, Listeners listen; it’s familiar to some ears. There is a bright light, a ball of it that spreads so quickly, Tommy is certain he’s gone blind! It all happens so fast; too fast, one could argue. It happens too fast for how long this fight has dragged out.

 

It ends how it started: with a snap of a finger. It’s poetic, almost, that when the world returns, the sky is blue, smoke pluming and dust flowing and light shining down from the sun. They all look up as the air returns fresh with a breeze, taking the heat of the lightning and thunder  with it.

 

The god is gone and the memory of him doesn’t stick to the stadium. There are no scars left behind in the arena, all holes sealed, all portals to the End gone.

 

“It’s over”

 

The celebration isn’t much more than relieved sighs and people falling on their arses from strain and exhaustion. The villains remain silent, Martyn is gone, The Blade is still small.

 

Jimmy is gone. Grian is gone.

 

In their place, there are clouds, fluffy and white. There is the sky that is blue, the relief of a great battle and there are tears, silent but wrong.

Notes:

Techno likes Ranboo for some reason that he doesn't know and because of the age difference, he thinks about him in a more parental way without realizing so that's why he was like "those baffoons, what are they doing on that spider thing????"

Also, Techno turning into a toddler is a reference to that one time he said that he'd cannonically turn his character into a 3 year old

One more chapter to go, are you excited for the ending???? :DDD

Chapter 21: In a window, I saw shadow and I'm rushing up the stairs

Summary:

Grab your popcorn, grab your tissues. No spoilers for the ending ;)

Notes:

*gives cookie and runs*

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The building in front of Tommy can only be described as imposing. Tall, monotonous, spray painted walls that fence in a wide, cement yard and the paint flaking off the edges of the roof, revealing the rough concrete underneath it. He had passed by this middle school a lot of times before with Tubbo, whilst they were walking towards their desired street with a bag of paper towels and some CDs (which they’d definitely not stolen from the video club).

 

Back then, it looked fun, when he watched the kids play football during PE or after hours. They looked happy to be there and so Tommy wanted it too. He wanted to be like the other kids; to go to school, to carry his own books and not the ones they’d been lent, to have his own stories of angry, weird, and downright silly teachers.

 

Now that luck has shined upon him, he wants to take it all back. It is nerve-wracking to stand at the gate with a backpack on his shoulders and about to try out something incredulously new. It’s the first time he’s stepped so close to a school with the intent to enter and not to pass by and even with his friends at his side, he can’t help but chew on his lip. When he looks behind him, Stress and Cleo proudly smile at them all, the latter placing a hand in his hair and ruffling his golden curls. At her side, Phil has taken off his bucket hat and he holds it to his chest, smiling as cheerily as the two women. Most of the nerves melt away.

 

“Let’s get you enrolled”, he says right as the gate clicks open.

 

It should’ve been exciting. It should’ve been liberating to finally be able to get a greater degree of education than Cleo was able to give him (having three lessons per week, each lasting two hours tops, wasn’t the best they could get). The experience would’ve been better if Grian was with them, too.

 

In the principal’s office, they’re all silent, letting the adults speak but listening. The old lady doesn’t look too bad but she does look strict with a black suit and a pressed dress shirt beneath the jacket. Guess that’s what they get for being sent to a private school instead of a public one. Cleo told them that the teachers would be stricter than her and honestly, that wasn’t the best news. Phil insisted that after living in the streets, it would be better for them to go to the private one, though.

 

Something is better than nothing and, hey, it’s Phil who is going to be paying their tuition fees so, it’s his loss, really! Tommy is going to try –they all agreed they'd try– to last a week.

 

“They’ve been homeschooled until now. I’ve talked with them about it but I am worried that they won’t adapt well to this”, Stress says as the worried mother-hen that she is.

 

They probably won’t adapt to it but they can play nice. Tommy saw a trash can on their way to the principal’s office and he couldn't wait to scare the cleaner lady as a raccoon. It’s going to be pure gold! Tubbo side eyes him; he agrees. Ranboo is looking at the both of them with his lips pulled into a thin line. They’ve found their cameraman!

 

“I understand your worry, ma’am but I can assure you that they will adjust wonderfully in our school”, the principal says with a smile that reaches her ears. Tommy still doesn’t trust it. “We’ll be extra careful with them as well”

 

Tommy doesn’t like the sound of that. What does that mean? Will every teacher in here watch them like a hawk?

 

Not too long after, Tommy, Tubbo and Ranboo are walking side by side through the halls of the school, getting acquainted with the rather complex layout. The windows opposite of the many doors of classrooms on the first floor are massive, letting natural light in as well as allowing the students with a bountiful view of the half-destroyed city.

 

Most of the carnage has already been taken care of by Martyn. The one remaining Listener is still out there, slowly reforming buildings and streets and filling in holes full of void liquid that seem to reach to the Earth’s core. He hasn’t shown his face at the block of flats; actually, Tommy last saw him when he came by to fix it up.

 

The video club, while looking as good as new, remains closed. Not a soul has gone through the soul. Passing by without shedding a few tears seems like a momentous task these days. It’s getting better, though; slowly but it is.

 

By the end of the school day, the trio had made some friends. Ranboo met Aimsey in the second period and then Bilzo and Freddie came over with a bunch of questions.

 

After the war between mortals and a literal god, the media news had put the focus on the three kids that involved themselves in the battle. To cut a long story short, their cover as vigilantes was busted and people were starting to question where their families were. Stress’ background wasn’t enough to fool and if anyone was sneaky enough, they’d find the attic they lived in, hence why Phil offered to take them in after Grian didn’t return.

 

The papers were easy enough to forge and Tommy would’ve liked to say he’d jumped at the idea but with all that had happened, he’d more shrugged his shoulders with a nod. Tubbo had been taken in by Sam and Ponk with the occasional visit by Doc and Techno had offered to take in Ranboo after a long, passive-aggressive prologue.

 

Oh, yeah, living with the heroes has its perks! Like getting to know everyone’s real life names, living in a lavish house, not having to deal with the trauma that comes with the unoccupied apartment on the second floor and such.

 

Thankfully, the students that took interest in them were also looking to make friends and not just seeking to leech of their fame for political reasons. Maybe their half-hearted association with the villains helped in that regard.

 

They end up walking home together and along the way, Purpled appears and he tags along. They walk to their real home by accident. When they realize that they’ve taken all the wrong, right turns on the streets, they’re already standing in front of the block of flats.

 

Memories start to rush in like a flash flood, bringing a headache with them. The city in tatters, the aftermath of the battle, the loss of Grian and Jimmy and how Martyn immediately fled to start fixing up the mess, no words of consolation from him nor anyone else. The way George acted nonchalant and ignorant after XD was gone and how Tommy wanted to rip his windpipe from his throat with his bare teeth.

 

“Bastard! We lost our fucking dad because of you!”, Tommy shouted. Phil had risen quickly, grasping his bicep in a strong yet careful grip.

 

George’s expression was taut but otherwise betraying no emotion. The goggles obscured his eyes, so he looked like a blank slate with a mushroom cap and as ridiculous as always.

 

“Don’t just stare at me, you fuck!”

 

“Tommy–”, Ranboo tried to get him to look away but Tubbo made no move to stop him. While the enderborn was calm, quiet and internally seething, the bee-shulk was more than happy to glare daggers at the man and sharpen his stingers against the fake grass of the arena.

 

“Fuck off, Ranboo! Let me at him!”, he’d never experienced such anger in his life.

 

Grian was gone. Jimmy was gone. Two of his family had been taken because of the selfishness of a god and the foolish thinking of a fucking hero. Phil had wrapped an arm around his chest, slowly trying to turn him away while Dream approached George, grabbing him by the shoulders and shaking him, shouting at him.

 

George remained still, mute and watching Tommy flail his limbs. His detachment from the situation was unnerving and his blank stare downright bone-chilling.

 

“You’d best sleep with one eye closed, bitch! I’m coming for you!”, Tommy yelled over Phil’s shoulder, right before he was completely turned around and face to face with the blue eyes of the Crowfather.

 

All the fight left him along with the anger and the bitter aftertaste of loss. He collapsed in Phil’s arms, breaking in hiccups, sobs and tears that stained the man’s forest green robes. Tubbo and Ranboo joined him, compiling in one big hug of tears.

 

No one had made a move. Neither human nor demon and Doc’s mechs whirred down not long after, the man collapsing in Warden’s arms.

 

Tommy shakes his head, smothering his emotions for the time being, as much as the haunted faces of Pearl and Gem won’t leave him alone. Their new friends know nothing of the past and telling them about it on the very first day is not a smart idea –especially if any of them has a mental breakdown over it. He’ll save it all for the therapist.

 

Oh, right! The therapist! It was Stress and Cleo’s idea to start going to therapy after what happened and sometimes, Pearl tagged along for the ride. They actually have an appointment today. Heh, half a year and there is still fucking trauma to solve. It’s fun sometimes… some others, it isn’t. Phil didn’t tell them to lie and say that they were being manipulated by the city’s most infamous villain; he looked like he’d rather burst an eardrum than force them to say that.

 

Grian was his friend, too, afterall.

 

Tommy and Ranboo were assigned to Miss Puffy, a hero with a degree in psychology. She was mainly a doctor but she fought bad guys on the side too. Tubbo, having been in Sam’s house for a good while, was assigned to Ponk and his treatment paid off more –only because Doc would leave Horny Guy (no, his name is not Garry!) at Sam’s often enough for the kid to sit on Tubbo’s lap through the session.

 

“Oh, uhm”, Ranboo mumbles, hesitating, “I think we got lost, guys”

 

They aren’t lost but the others don’t need to know that yet.

 

“Oh, bloody Hell”, Tommy plays along and right as he’s about to say something, his phone starts vibrating in his pocket. As do Ranboo and Tubbo’s ones respectively.

 

Another perk of being fostered: access to new technology! Sure, in our day and age, living without a phone or a laptop or a tablet sounds incredulous but it is extraordinary for them all to have one! Top of the market, too, because Techno wanted them all to have the best –even if he was passive-aggressive on the matter.

 

In truth, the guy just didn’t want them to learn how to hack into computers. Sucks for him, Tubbo knows how to do that already! They’ll use the hero’s google history for blackmail, maybe. For the time being, his height and adorable age is enough to gawk, point and laugh at –’slash-lighthearted’ on that one. It’s a family joke.

 

To Martyn, it had been the funniest thing ever. Ranboo told them that he’d visited the SBI’s house once –before he disappeared to another part of the city– to get some feedback. The guy had one look at Techno’s toddler-self, he’d stopped talking and then laughed for five minutes straight . And then, he’d left, saying he’d leave the best for last.

 

So, it would be a while until the Blade would be restored to his former glory.

 

Sadistic beings, the lot of them. Tommy has no doubt that as close as Grian and Techno were, the Watcher would also point, laugh and leave the guy to drown in shame for a while before reverting him to his proper age.

 

To be fair, watching either Phil or Wilbur try to spoon feed the child is incredibly entertaining to watch –from a safe distance, behind the couch and preferably with a pillow as a food-shield. Feeding time is basically spaghetti war.

 

“Tommy! Where are you?” , it’s Phil on the other end and in the background, he can hear various noises that must have originated from a toddler. Tommy, regardless of the panic in the hero’s voice, scoffs.

 

“I, uh, we kinda took a wrong turn?”, he says, sheepishly rubbing the back of his neck. He turns away from the hawk eyes of Purpled, Bilzo and Freddie. Tubbo answers his own call while Ranboo casually reaches into his school bag to look for something, still chatting with Aimsey. There’s a bit of silence and then a small sigh.

 

“A wrong turn, huh”, the man’s voice is softer now. Tommy can match the sentiment. It’s not the first time they’ve taken ‘the wrong turn’, which has led to plenty of frantic search parties over the months… Heh. “Do you need me to come pick you up?”

 

Wilbur’s voice is picked up by the microphone, then, saying “Did you get hold of them?” , to which Phil answers with a curt ‘yes’. Ranboo’s phone stops ringing.

 

“One second”, Tommy says, pulling his phone away from his ear. “Guys, Phil is offering to pick us up”

 

“Sam too”, Tubbo responds. 

 

Ranboo shrugs. “I mean, it’s quicker? We have that appointment in the afternoon too and I don’t want to spend an hour walking back”

 

“Okay, same”, bee-boy agrees with a smile that spells out ‘relief’. He turns back to his phone call. “Yeah, I’ll need a ride– Phil is going to get them”

 

Tommy follows with his own. “We’re at the entrance”, and he ends the call.

 

“We have to get going, guys”, Bilzo says after he takes a look at his watch. Freddie nods his agreement and before long, the two of them are waving goodbye. Aimsey and Purpled stay for a minimum of five minutes before leaving as well, saying they have homework to do.

 

Tommy still can’t fathom how he’d be able to do the daily assignments within, like, eight hours. Especially the essay on civil rights that has to be at least three-hundred and fifty words long! They’d only worked on small, easy subjects like the environment and pollution and other stuff like that.

 

The task just seems unfeasible! They probably won’t receive any help because the adults are out of the house for most hours of the day and Cleo is swamped with work at the start of the year… unless Ranboo can get Techno to blubber on about the concept of anarchy and democracy. That could work!

 

Moving on from that, the Maths questions are easy enough and they have Cleo to thank for being thorough in that department.

 

“Do you think we can get the teacher to help us through with History?”, Tubbo asks absentmindedly. Again, with no adults at either house for most hours of the day, they had to recite and review old History texts on their own. The few times they were given that task, they’ve always had Pearl or Gem or even Fundy! …sometimes, they’d even pester Jimmy to help them out. Grian was the best at Biology.

 

Doing it without them is alien territory. And, no, reciting theory of any subject to a three-year-old is simply not happening. The same can be said about Tommy reciting to Ranboo and Tubbo to Horny Guy or to them over the phone.

 

They’d rather hang upside down from the ceiling like bats rather than pore over books till sunset. Tommy wonders how some kids do it.

 

“I’m sure we can blackmail someone with all the shit we’ve gathered”, Tommy boasts, chin high and the thoughts of blackmailing Wilbur at the forefront of his mind.

 

Ha, even hanging out with the heroes for six months can’t erase the damage the villains have done! Actually, that’s a lie. Grian, Pearl and Gem can’t take the credit when the three of them were already menaces when they debuted.

 

“Oh, hey, guys!”, comes the high pitched voice of Fundy from behind them. Mop in hand and all his janitor glory!

 

“Fundy! My main man!”

 

“I thought I was your main ma–”

 

Tommy simply waves Tubbo off and completely ignores him. “How have you been?”

 

Fundy, grinning like a madman and almost cackling, breaks into a fit of laughter.

 

“How have I been? You– I haven’t seen you in months, dude!”

 

Oh, right, they may also have turned tail and run whenever they realized they’d been, uh, lost . Today is just a special day because their schedule is unusually packed .

 

The four talk for a while. Fundy also lets them play tic tac toe with a piece of white chalk on the sidewalk, claiming that since it’s such a special occasion, that he’ll happily clean up afterwards. It’s not like they’ve made a big mess anyway; they’ve only used one tile of the sidewalk so far.

 

The squeeking of a car’s tires brings them all out of the game and looking up, Tommy finds Phill’s car parked right next to them in the road and Wilbur in the passenger’s seat, peeking his head out to look at what they’re doing on the ground.

 

Tommy blinks. Wilbur mimics him seemingly out of spite before his eyes land on Fundy. Poor, old Fundy who is definitely not a child anymore but a grown ass man–

 

“Fundy! Son!”, Tommy dodges just in time for the door to swing open where he was just sitting. He curses at the guy but Wil doesn’t pay him any mind. Tubbo pushes him off his lap, and raccoon boy lands on the cement with a thud and an exaggerated exclamation of pain. “How is my favorite, little fox boy?”

 

“WIlbur! Stop it!”, as flustered as Fundy looks, the furrow in his brow doesn’t look too serious. Their dynamic is weird, honestly. 

 

Tommy gets up right as the driver’s door opens and Phil steps out of the car. The avian rounds the vehicle and he is helps the other two to their feet before greeting them.

 

“Who won?”, he asks with a big smile. That big, warm smile of a father who is proud of his son. Tommy never thought that he’d be the one to receive it six months ago but now he sees it everyday.

 

“I did”, Ranboo says without any hesitation, “twelve to five with Tubbo and three to zero with Tommy”

 

At the other two’s respective groans of annoyance and overall ire of the reminder that they lost a mere game of tic tac toe of all things, Phil just chuckles. Maybe they should play tag insteaf and set a no-teleportation rule.

 

“Keep winning, son”, god, that’s an awful joke. Other than a few horribly muffled scoffs, no one comments on it. “Are you all ready to head home?”

 

Tommy grabs his bag from the floor and swings it over his shoulder. The weight of the many, wise books in it almost tips him over he edge of the pavement. Darn school books and their weight! Seriously, whoever deemed it right to have kids carry heavy bags on their backs was either a sadist or incredibly drunk. It’s only been a day and Tommy can already feel his posture becoming parallel to the ground.

 

“Yeah, lemme just–”, and Tubbo stops midway through hauling his own bag onto himself. The bag falls off his shoulder as he looks, frozen in place, at something behind Phil’s back.

 

Tommy dares to follow his gaze, as does Ranboo, and he feels his legs go numb. He needs to sit down but he ends up grabbing onto Phil’s coat instead. Ranboo, on the other hand, looks as frozen as Tubbo. Even Wilbur and Fundy cease their conversation.

 

“Tubbo? Hey, Ran– Tommy!”, Phil exclaims as he wraps his arms around him, “What’s going on– oh”

 

Right when he turns, his wings go slack, long, black feathers brushing the ground.

 

Not too far away, the sun shines down on shades of red, blue and yellow. Wings –all too familiar parrot wings– that are connected to a familiar red jumper and equally familiar tussled, brown hair.

 

Grian. Fucking Grian .

 

Beside him is Jimmy,one arm over the other’s shoulder, the avian supporting the Listener even though he is staggering himself.

 

Tommy doesn’t think too much before he is sprinting full-speed ahead, almost tackling the man had it not been for him stopping when he noticed something off on the man. Grian raises his head, looks at him and his eyes are still purple despite not being in Watcher gear. His arms are also a sort of pitch black with trails of purple energy falling off the claws.

 

“…Tommy…”, he raises his head higher, just in time to see Tubbo barrel right into Tommy and have them all falling into a pile of all sorts of limbs. The rest aren’t too far behind. Distantly, he can also hear Fundy shouting up the stairs for whomever is still in the building to come down before joining the pile himself.

 

Ranboo stays standing above them all and Grian laughs a hysterical laugh, tugging Jimmy closer to him as he attempts to right himself.

 

“Shit, Grian, holy shit , how are you– we thought you were fucking de –”

 

“That’s two sugars and a fudge, Phil! Ow!”, Grian rubs at the spot on his head where Phil’s bucket hat found its aim.

 

“You scared us all to fucking death, mate!”

 

“Guys, let me stand up, poor Jimmy isn’t himself yet–”

 

Realizing that Jimmy hasn’t talked or opened his eyes through the whole exchange of physical and verbal affection, they all back up. Jimmy’s arms are the same as Grian’s but the purple is dripping off his claws, dissipating in smoke the moment it’s freefalling. It makes sense for him to be out of commission –he had taken the brunt of the damage

 

Situating themselves on their feet with Grian having two extra accessories in the form of a bee and a raccoon on his legs, the remaining people escort him. Wilbur takes Jimmy off his shoulders right as Pearl races down the stairs and engulfs Grian in a big bear hug that makes both of them stumble back. If it weren’t for Tommy and Tubbo acting as leg supports, they’d all be a huge pile of humans on the floor again.

 

The pros of having kids that care about you.

 

Martyn is the first to arrive, having sensed the commotion in the very atmosphere and he comes in through the window of Grian’s apartment instead of the door. Y’know, like a normal person would.. Phil is on the phone with Techno, Dream is already on his way to chauffeur him and a bunch of people are bounding up the stairs by the time Jimmy has managed to open his eyes.

 

Quackity is there, which is a surprise (though he is mostly chatting with Wilbur than checking up on the injured), Slimecicle standing near his boss with his hands behind his back and an empty look in his eyes. Scar and Mumbo are at the very front, pushing everyone out of the way to get a good look. Impulse tries to organize everyone in a neat line but Gem ignores him to hug and celebrate with Pearl and Cleo.

 

Doc and Sam enter at the same time, all sorts of booze held in an inconspicuous bag. Phil chides them about it but lets them go. Stress is pulling out glasses on the counter already, there is no reason to stop them.

 

Poor Grian and Jimmy are sprawled over the couch and a bit of the coffee table, the latter still disoriented from whatever had happened to the two of them.

 

When Dream arrives with a baby Techno in his arms, Fundy ushers them upstairs.

And the entrance door shuts as heroes and villains come together.

Notes:

This was fun! This is the end of this lil guy but! I am open to questions about the plot, characters, powers etc. that concern this specific AU and if there are enough, I will post the answers on a separate chapter!

LIKE AND SUBSCRIBE PEEPS!

Chapter 22: Lore Q&A!!!

Summary:

Your questions have been answered, peeps! Come feast! :D

Notes:

Sadly, I didn't have any post-apocalypse fluff ideas so there are only scraps of angst here- haha- oops

Question List:
1. How did Grian, Martyn and Jimmy get their titles?
2. Where are Grian, Jimmy and Martyn from?
3. How did Grian meet his friends?
4. How and when did Mumbo discover his ability (exploding potatoes)?
5. Did Boatem have End Crystal duels/blowing each other up?
6. Can I steal your interpretation of Watcher/Listener powers?
7. How does Phil manage the school bills?
8. Do Avians like Grian have nesting seasons/other bird traits?
9. What are Quackity's powers?
10. What was Ranboo’s connection to the End? Did Tubbo have a connection because of it too?
11. Why was XD on a rampage?
12. What did the other villains do after Grian and Jimmy disappeared? (did they face-reveal?)
13. What happened to XD? Where did Grian & Jimmy go? Will their void-soaked appearance remain? Why did it happen?
14. What happened to George?
15. How did the villains get away without prison time? Did the SBI accept Grian?
16.  What about Sam and Doc?
17. How does Scar enchant? Is he the only enchanter? Could enchanting be learnt?
18. Some Watcher lore snippets
19. Sequel?

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

1. How did Grian, Martyn and Jimmy get their titles?

They were created. Millenia ago, after a bunch of generations, they came into being under the watchful gaze of the gods. The universe was expanding, more worlds were being created and there were more of them needed to watch over them. So they were created from the black void of the End.

Watchers and Listeners were like Werewolves and Vampires: enemies. A war came upon them when the last straw snapped, the two species fighting until the last man standing; they weren’t friends.

No, they weren’t friends but when the metaphorical smoke had cleared, it was just them standing over a field of withering corpses. They had an understanding. It came down to a truce between the last Watcher, Grian and the two remaining –but incredibly injured– Listeners, Martyn and Jimmy. Scar laughed at how close to Star Wars lore that was when Grian entrusted him with his origin story.


2. Where are Grian, Jimmy and Martyn from?

Both Watchers and Listeners originate from the End. That’s where they live their immortal lifetimes, using little windows in the void to travel to and fro places like endermen.


3. How did Grian meet his friends?

Being a Watcher –or a Listener– can be a tad boring. Spying on worlds, laughing at the mortals like the mischievous sadists they are, remaining on the sidelines whilst everyone else moved along… It’s like watching a never-ending TV reality show. Like Survivor: a lot of drama but barely any sustenance.

While it is entertaining, it can be boring.

Which is why Grian moved to the Overworld, to the cities bustling with humans and dogs and cats and birds. He disguised himself as an avian, taking after his most liked parrot species: the red macaw. A wonderful and colorful bird, the exact opposite of a Watcher’s bleak black and deep purple. Jimmy moved in a year later, Martyn came only when he was needed –when XD was sighted but that’s a whole other story.

Grian ended up in the famous block of flats. He didn’t talk to his neighbors at first, too shy and too overwhelmed to finally be one of the main characters of the stories he was so used to watching.

When Stress first came over –a dish of cake and a basket of all sorts of sweets– he’d shut the door in her face the second after she’d told him her name. Pearl and Gem avoided him for the most part but they were also curious. The first time he saw Xornoth was because Pearl got too curious.

It’s weird to have a neighbor who can sustain himself without ever leaving for work or his house altogether afterall!

To say that the demon didn’t manage to spook him would’ve been a lie. It was also the first time he got to see a true demon that originated in the End. That was a true shocker! To say that he was more interested in Pearl and Gem after that would’ve been an understatement.

Slowly, he mended his relationship with Stress, he got so close to Pearl that they were like siblings, met Impulse thanks to Gem’s nagging –which wasn’t so bad but Grian’s eye was twitching whilst she dragged him down the stairs– and then, he approached Fundy with a friendly yet lopsided smile, not knowing how to pull off an expression (wearing a scarf all the time kind of cuts that part of body language).

Being social after a war is pretty hard, what can he say? Sure, he didn’t have nightmares (because how could he have nightmares when he couldn’t hear any of the screaming? Unlike Jimmy and Martyn; they were quite unlucky) but he still didn’t know how to interact with people. He’d barely interacted with his own kind!

Down the street, he met Scar when he entered his crystal, antique and all magic-dealing-things shop.

And then, one day, Scar dragged him off to a casino for casino night, specifically to test out his Luck crystal. And Grian may or may not have made a mess of the roulette and poker tables. And he may or may not have almost had Las Nevadas collapse in on itself because he called the police on a black market dealing happening in the owner’s office.

It was fun, though! Too bad Quackity didn’t see it the same way as him. Sigh.

From that, he met Techno, the first hero to arrive on scene, The Blade . Apparently, he had history with Blackjack , as did Wilbur but Wilbur has history with seemingly everyone in the city.

Then, he was the main person the SBI heroes interrogated, out of the three, it was mostly Wilbur with Phil being the long-awaited dessert. It was then that he learnt of Wil and Fundy’s complicated father-son relationship and thanks to Wilbur visiting more frequently after the whole fiasco, they became close friends. The great, cold-hearted Blade followed (somewhat begrudgingly) and then the Crowfather.

Doc was merely a connection. He met him through Stress as he met False and Cleo a while later, though the zombie woman came with having the kids. Mumbo? Mumbo was a person he had invested plenty of his time watching before he interfered with the humans. Grian was mostly a pest Mumbo couldn’t get rid of and so the man accepted him as a constant presence in the corner of his eye –until they became besties, that is!


4. How and when did Mumbo discover his ability (exploding potatoes)?

Mumbo’s ability awakening was… a surprise, really. It happened out of the blue and a little bit out of the ground, also. It was a new development and while most people get their powers at a very young age, for him it just… happened!

He was tending to his garden behind his lovely tiny house, watering and harvesting plants when a potato exploded right into his face.

To think that he was on vacation from his redstone, film and Green Life projects. Nope. He was rushed to the hospital the moment the people living in the R&B van next door took notice of his explode-ificated state.

The fact that he made it out in one piece was considered a miracle by the doctors. He only had soot, charred dirt and the atrocious smell of burnt keratin on his face to show what had happened. A bit suspicious, given that he didn’t have a power registered in the database but there was nothing to be proven, so they all just shrugged it off.

A day, an uneven mustache and a check out later, he is back at his tiny house, crouched over his potato plants, looking at them accusingly. He is aware of the avian standing in the distance, at the treeline like a disowned variant of Slenderman but he can’t bring himself to care –he has more serious problems at hand.

He unearths a potato, rotates it in his hand. Nothing. He grabs another one. Nothing again. Was the explosive potato a prank?

And of course, that’s when it explodes.

He coughs into his hand, waves off any soot that clings to his face from the smoke, yells an “I’M FINE!” when he hears the door of the neighboring van squeak open and he finally looks down at the hand that was holding a potato not too long ago. The door squeaks closed, no one has run out to investigate, thank God, and so, Mumbo takes another potato in hand.

He looks at it intensely. The potato pulses and that’s something he didn’t take note of before. Before he can think about it, he throws it far away from himself, right at the Slenderman-reject at the treeline. His aim is spot on as he hears an indignant squawk right before the explosion.

He weighs another potato in his hands. Well. Guess he’s found a new weapon. He should’ve played more with potatoes when he was a kid.

(Basically, Mumbo had his power ever since he was a kid but he almost never touched a potato with his own hands because he always wore latex gloves to cook with –not mentioned in the story)


5. Did Boatem have End Crystal duels/blowing each other up?

Yes. Yes, they did.

After Mumbo was introduced to the group of friends and his ability became known to them, they all wanted to try it out.

Firstly, they rented out an empty field in the middle of nowhere. It’s just dirt and maybe a bit of wild grass but nothing that could spread fire to the surrounding fauna. They devised teams and they settled on a game close to Paintball.

Paintball: Potat Edition. Bomb Edition. Tag but so, so much worse on so many levels.

As cruel, inhumane and downright moral-questioning as it was, it was also good practice. Mumbo managed to get his power under control and lengthen the time between potat explosions. In the end, after a lot of playing, blowing each other up and experimenting, they found out that the trigger for the explosions was Mumbo thinking of a potato he’d touched exploding. Mumbo tried to control it better and found that imagining a ticking potato put a timer on it.

Simple enough.

Why he had that thought in the first place, is perhaps the best mystery of them all!


6. Can I steal your interpretation of Watcher/Listener powers?

Yes! Go ham with it, too and for any questions regarding them, feel free to ask me on here, Tumblr, Quotev or Wattpad -where you could ask privately! :D 

Also, tell/tag me if you have a fic/oneshot inspired by this lil guy because I’d love to check it out!


7. How does Phil manage the school bills?

The one good thing about the private school the kids are going to is that most of it belongs to Phil. Well, not literally but rather metaphorically. The guy has funded most of it, seeing as his own sons went there as teenagers and Phil just so happened to have been the top donator at each school play, event or trip. No one dares tell him that the new boys are a handful and certainly none of the teachers tell him that Tubbo has accumulated so much blackmail on them that the principal can’t even expel them for any mishaps they enact.

That being said, the school bills are unusually low for Phil. He found it weird the first time, so he went to the school to check it out. They told him the bill was right and he was on his way with a shrug. Most of it was Benchtrio’s doing, to be fair but his own reputations with the school got him that little discount too.

All in all, Phil has ended up spending less than he expected on Tommy and Ranboo.

As for Sam? Tubbo has him covered too and maybe Cleo helped the kids with the blackmail.


8. Do Avians like Grian have nesting seasons/other bird traits?

Grian isn’t quite an Avian; he is a Watcher-in-Avian-feathers. However, Avians, like Phil, still exist. Each one takes after its actual bird counterpart, so it’s natural for them to follow the general instincts and behaviors of actual birds. Some even do courting dances as a little traditional routine! It’s also very normal to find at least one nest (made up of clothes, branches, trees and saplings) in the house.

In his attempt to simulate Avian life, Grian has only ever made a mess of a nest in the corner of his bedroom and he’s never bothered to clean it up after the following ten (10) attempts at making it better. (The nest is perfectly fine but he’s just a bit of a perfectionist -especially after seeing Phil’s)


9. What are Quackity's powers?

His power is Luck. He can basically make the chances of something raise or fall depending on his mood. For example, he can raise the chances of a gun finding its target or making it miss completely. It’s also the main reason he decided to build and invest in his casino!

You can understand why… just don’t tell the authorities. Rigging games is illegal, I think.


10. What was Ranboo’s connection to the End? Did Tubbo have a connection because of it too?

Being (partially) an enderborn and therefore being connected closely to the endermen, the inhabitants of the End and the wild counterpart of his hybrid side makes Ranboo a very valuable resource for Watchers and Listeners. He’s like a battery charger to them, thanks to the fact that his body produces magic that originates from the End’s void. While Ranboo can’t give it away, Watchers and Listeners can draw from it in case they’re on low power themselves (e.g. when Jimmy used Ranboo’s energy supply to teleport away).

Not the most ethical thing to do but now that the two of them are back they have a whole lot to explain.


11. Why was XD on a rampage?

XD is a bit of a nutcase. Okay, not ‘a bit’; he is a handful but that is to be expected from a god of chaos. The Overworld’s simplicity was just not cutting it for him. No shine, no shivering magic in the air, no normal-for-him life . For him, life ended when the Watcher and Listener war ended.

…He may have been a bit to blame for that one. That might have been why he just appeared on the Overworld one day.

He can’t really complain, though, because it ended up that some humans were cool. Having George, Dream and Sapnap was like being on vacation; he tried to view it that way. However, being a god of chaos and not causing said chaos came to be a tad irritating. Finding the remaining godlings of the End scratched that itch but that wasn’t the only reason he went on a rampage!

He got attached to the humans. He grew a weak spot for them and he didn’t want to leave them and return to the End alone. So why the fuck not bring the End to the Overworld? Solid plan, ay? He only wanted to share his homeland with his new friends but goddamn did he go the wrong way about it. Smol, gluttonous blob of a naughty god *holds gently*


12. What did the other villains do after Grian and Jimmy disappeared? (did they face-reveal?)

They were… distraught, to put it lightly.

Pearl was the one that was affected by their disappearance the most. Grian was like a brother to her and she was also close to Jimmy. She didn’t eat for a week following their disappearance, simply repeating the final moments of light and emptiness in her head all day. Xornoth wasn’t directly affected by them being gone but Pearl’s state of mind did worry him. Gem remained strong for the both of them, even though it was hard to push Pearl towards eating again.

Scar was deceptively calm about the situation, often wearing an unreadable expression that never dropped around the kids but it always fell when he was around Mumbo or sometimes even Quackity, the latter of the two was too awkward to console him but the guy tried his best. That’s what he gets for dealing with an emotionless assistant for years: bad socialization skills (not including blackmailing and shit-talking people).

Speaking of Mumbo, even though Grian stalked him before manning up and talking to him, he considered the pesky bird a good, close friend. He didn’t leave his workshop for a couple of days, leaving him alone to mourn his friend whom he falsely believed to be dead. (who can blame him though?).

Impulse took it lightly, only having to be there to support Gem when she got overwhelmed by Pearl’s not so glorious mood and Xornoth’s constant brooding. Fundy also spent a whole lot of time at Impulse’s or going to the SBI for comfort.

Stress didn’t have the time to grieve when she was called into the ER at ungodly hours of the night and spent her three hours of free time in the staff room to sleep. After what had happened, there were plenty of injured people and Martyn was only one Listener –not to mention that he couldn’t just show up at a hospital without security calling in reinforcements. He only sneaked in when there was a case of a void liquid victim, reverting the person to their proper age before flying out of the window.

Martyn also didn’t have the time to be worried. He knew they’d come back, eventually, so he had to revert the city to its original state before they did. Oh, and, he tried to tell this to everyone else but the story was not very believable when they didn’t have the whole context –only Scar did and he didn’t really take what had happened lightly.

All in all, the villains didn’t face reveal but they did lie low after the whole fiasco.


13. What happened to XD? Where did Grian & Jimmy go? Will their void-soaked appearance remain? Why did it happen?

 

When the light vanished, the Watcher and the Listener were in the End dimension. Dark sky, endless terrain of yellowish endstone and the roar of the Queen Ender Dragon as she flew above her perch and across the towering, sharp obsidian pillars.

XD was held in a cage of pure void between them, the god of chaos left to cry as he was set down on the ground like a bag of trash. Jimmy faltered as he put his feet on steady ground and had it not been for Grian being there, he would’ve fallen face first onto it. Poor guy was exhausted, relying on the Watcher’s leftover magic to get them to the End.

Jimmy really wanted a nap but he had work waiting for him, as much as his hearing would’ve liked to bail on him. The energy of the End did nothing to make him feel better.

“You are going to baby jail”, Grian huffed, pointing an accusatory finger at XD, who would’ve hissed at him had he been a cat.

Baby jail wasn’t a playpen. Nope. It was the void beneath the floating islands of the End. It’s similar to the myth of Tartarus but without the life-long torture part –any physical torture, at least. It’s more like solitary confinement but as the ancient people once said: “If a man lives in solitude, he is either a beast or a god”. In their case, they have a god.

He’d be fine for a decade or two. Maybe they’d check in once in a while but other than that? A god could live in solitude for years if they had so chosen to. XD never was much of a social butterfly, it would be easier for him.

So, to the void they dove. Grian kept a close eye on Jimmy whilst they floated just above the liquid black. Void Liquid couldn’t do much to a Watcher or a Listener but it could stick to them like glue and draw them down like quicksand. 

In the void, the Queen would be in charge of keeping him there. Maybe she’d hand out another punishment for what he’d done or send him back to his domain.

For an unknown amount of time, they stayed there to recover from the fight. They stayed until magic soaked through their skin, coating their arms and faces familiarly.

When they returned to the Overworld, the void on their faces was gone, the magic used to open a gateway through the seams of the two world dimensions. The coating on their arms remained and through the days, it would be absorbed slowly by their bodies and its need for End magic.


Thankfully, they didn’t need to work to live, seeing as they could technically create paper money out of thin air with just a few words– now to remember what the rhyme for that one was…


14. What happened to George?

George left the hero scene not long after he was tried at court for bringing the apocalypse upon the world. He doesn’t know what happened during the date he was told the incident occurred. He doesn’t remember much, actually; the whole thing is all foggy. The last thing he remembers of the day is greeting Phil and Wilbur and then having to stare at the TV because they wanted to snoop through their house.

It’s what he told the judge and with his background as a law-abiding hero, the judge –mostly– believed him. He had to go through many psychology tests and double-checkings and other stuff that he doesn’t like to recall and Dream and Sapnap try to feel him in on the memories that he’s lost.

Maybe it’s for the best that he can’t recall Phil’s pained shouting or what he intended to do before Watcher intervened. The very thought makes him cry into his pillow at night and throw whatever object is close enough to him when either Dream or George try to enter his room.

It takes him three months to work up the courage to call Wilbur. Wilbur, unsurprisingly, doesn’t pick up. George gives up on the third time, taking the hint and dooming himself to the routine he’s found himself in. He puts himself to sleep not long after with his sleep spores –it’s a healthy enough coping mechanism, he thinks.

It takes another three for Wilbur to call him. George thinks he’s dreaming, at first, as he has been for the whole week. Then, he rubs the sleep out of his eyes and focus falls back into reality as his hands drag sleep sand across his eyelids.

Hesitantly, he reaches out with his hand, delicately holds the phone off of the night stand. On the third ring, he swipes on the green button. He isn’t expecting the seriousness in Wilbur’s voice when he speaks into the microphone.

“I’ve sent you an address. Meet me in five, asshole, you have shit to answer to”

Indeed, he has a lot of shit to answer to… most of which he did six months ago.

They meet at a video club, of all places, and before George can fully step inside, he is slapped across the face by an incredibly angry Wilbur.

“You fucking ass!”, Wilbur shouts as George rubs at his stinging cheek.

“Wilbur–”

“No, don’t ‘Wilbur’ me!”, the man yells at him. George doesn’t know if they’re still friends –after everything, he doubts that the option of friendship would be open for them. “You put me through fucking Hell for a fucking blob of all things! You tortured Phil, you caused shit and let other people pick up after you!”

“I–”, and Wilbur’s hands grab at the collar of his shirt and bring him so close to him that George can feel Wil’s breath ghosting over his nose.

What can he say? That he couldn’t help with evacuation efforts and help out the community because he was running to and fro court and lawyers and psychotherapists? That he couldn’t even fucking remember what had happened himself? That he had memory gaps consistently for two months straight?

He can feel heat behind his eyes and his face scrunches up in what could be a growl but any of his friends would know different. Shoving Wilbur away and stumbling back, shoulders hitting the door, he can’t help the tremble that wracks through his spine …and he explodes.

“I– I’m fucking sorry, Wilbur, okay?! I don’t even remember what I put you through, it’s all fucking blurry! I’m sorry for all of it but I can’t take it back now, I–”, fuck , “I didn’t want to do it– I didn’t know what I was doing!”

“You were being controlled”, a voice cuts off his rampant rambling. When he looks up, fumbling to wipe the tears out of his eyes, he sees that Wilbur has stepped back –alarmed, confused, surprised even– and he realizes that they aren’t alone in the shop. There is a clerk behind the counter, sunny blond hair and bright eyes, riffling through a box of blue cases.

“Who are you?”, he asks and he hates how his voice cracks mid-sentence. The guy looks at him, locks eyes with him, puts his forearm on the surface of the counter and leans in close.

“I am the god police”

Wilbur snorts.


15. How did the villains get away without prison time? Did the SBI accept Grian?

Turning a blind eye to this whole situation is easy enough, surprisingly. After the whole god fiasco and the court case, the authorities minimized their search for the Watcher and the two Listeners (though Martyn still kept a low profile). The villains were viewed like heroes for a short while, even if most of them stopped their villainous activity altogether.

Phil can’t say that he was very surprised when he saw Grian’s face under the misplaced scarf of the Watcher. Part of him had already found out but the rest of him had just refused to accept that he’d been fighting a dear friend that whole time. He doesn’t consider arresting him for more than a second when he has a bit of time to himself, pacing through his office at the newly-rebuilt SBI HQ. Wilbur took it… Not so well but he’ll come around eventually –he’s mostly mad that Grian kicked him in the face that one time over Wil apprehending his kids.

Techno… Well, there isn’t much Techno can do as a toddler but he sure can glare . His burning, red gaze was enough to send Grian running when they’d broken the news to him. Thank goodness that Martyn wasn’t finished with the city because he’s afraid Grian wouldn’t be with them for long had Techno been his normal, tall, brutish self.

The truce ended up extending well past the fight at the stadium, which was great for the villains. Phil made sure to visit, clear things up and settle the issue of arrest. He didn’t arrest anyone; he chose to turn a blind eye to their actions and assign himself to another villain group. Someone in the whole city had to have outshined them at some point!

Everyone lying low for months was a huge help too. This and running away before the heroes could come to their senses after the battle are the only reasons none of them got prison time.

When Martyn comes around to revert Techno from a baby food-spitting toddler to his brute self, Grian doesn’t dare leave his apartment. He’s magically reinforced the door, he’s double locked it to, added about five different locks too because it’s Techno we’re talking about here and the guy can bust down–

He busts the door down. Grian yelps. Their eyes meet. The Orphan Obliterator is held over the man’s shoulder.

“So, uh, how have you been?”

Techno raises an eyebrow.

“Grian”

“Y-yes?”

“Run”

By the end of the day, Grian has tons of bruises and cuts from becoming Techno’s personal punching bag and Techno has apparently forgiven him for his lies after that five-hour marathon.

It’s nothing that a bit of magic can’t fix so Grian doesn’t hold it against him.


16.  What about Sam and Doc?

Who would dare chase after the G.O.A.T.? His mech and some of his other creations came in handy, at least, in the world-revival thing. Sam made him put in the effort to help the poor city that he’d ravaged with dynamite and gunpowder and all of his crazy, overthetop creations.

“You’re sentenced to community service, man”, he had told him, in the tone that a disappointed father would use on his kids. Doc never liked it when Sam got all parent-child with him but he had been right in the fact that he had to pay for his heinous crimes in some way.

Community service is better than jail time.

Moving in with Sam and Ponk and Tubbo was not related to that. It was related to Doc running from the popo and simultaneously overexerting himself doing his best to serve the public and Sam half-carrying half-dragging him to the couch. The doctor not being able to doctor? Unheard of!

Tubbo wasn’t all that thrilled about it but at least he got double the redstone knowledge.

(His teachers were not so thrilled. Let’s just say that almost bombing a bank isn’t as lonely on his list of redstone crimes anymore)


17. How does Scar enchant? Is he the only enchanter? Could enchanting be learnt?

Enchanting requires a special sort of magic and spells to work. Lots and lots of spells, runes and the like. It can be learnt if you have the right tools in hand, though it can take a lot of time. There are some people –mages to be exact– that practice enchanting but it is incredibly rare to come across one.

Scar is the only known enchanter in the city and only the heroes (and some villains) know that he has an enchanting set-up in the back room of his crystal shop. He uses his vex magic to do his work and dare he say it works like a charm! He is well sought out in the hero and villain work, who just so happen to also make up 100% of his clientele. It’s not really a secret but his services as a Vex hybrid are for the filthy rich and not for the common person.

Half of the spells he uses he has already memorized through years of repetition, while the other half sit in books that collect dust on the bookshelves. There are some ancient scrolls too, which Jellie has paid extra attention to and scratched through the paper like– well, like paper.


18. Some Watcher lore snippets (Martyn's explanation of Shadow (Watcher) Lore)

A small bit that I’ve taken from Martyn’s lore is that people hear Watchers the way they want to hear them: mostly in rhymes like Martyn heard them in his Last Life episodes.

So, I took the concept of rhymes and gave Watchers and Listeners the ability to create things if they say a poem about what they want to create. Yes, this includes light beams and converting ruins into their original glory!

As for their teleportation ability, that’s hard-coded into their nature. However, they can’t create two portals at the same time. For example, they can’t open two portals in the Overworld to travel from point A to point B but they can open a portal to the End and from there, they can return to wherever they want in the Overworld.

Interdimensional teleportation takes a lot out of them so they don’t do it often unless it’s a clear emergency.


19. Sequel?

I want to finish my fanworks first before I even think of writing a sequel. Long time readers of my account have witnessed the many WIPs that sit at the bottom of my fic-list and it is honestly bugging me. I have also started writing a book alongside my online projects so balancing that is going to be fun!

Notes:

I think I've answered all of the questions that I received through the comments but I'm happy to answer any more that you have in the comment section! This fanfic/book is officially done and I'm not going to be adding more chapters to it. However, if there are questions about the AU and potentially any inspired people, I'm more than happy to elaborate on anything on Tumblr :) @beaningeneraldenial

Notes:

Tumblr :) | (: Quotev